Philosophy, Politics, Education, Ethics, Psychology, Religion, Psychoanalysis, Aesthetics, Humanism, The Arts, Ancient Greek Philosophy, Enlightenment Philosophy. A site dedicated to the humanistic art of lecturing and the synthesis of Aristotelian, Kantian, and Wittgensteinian Philosophy: The Pre-Socratics, Socrates, Plato, The scholastics, Descartes, Spinoza, Hobbes, Hume, Heidegger, Freud, Arendt, Sartre, Merleau-Ponty, Ricoeur, Jaynes, Cavell, O Shaughnessy, Shields, Lear, S. Gardner, Korsgaard, P.M.S. Hacker, G.E.M. Anscombe
Campbell opens this chapter with a characterisation of Myth:
“like dreams they are the revelations of the deeper desires, hopes, fears, potentialities and conflicts of the human will moved by the organs of the body operating variously against each other and in concert.”
The mythological view of the world is in fact, to some extent in accordance with Kant’s critical Philosophy which also claims that both life forms and inorganic physical objects are metaphysically grounded in a realm beyond phenomenal space, time, and matter: a realm that can only be reached by the mind. A temple, for example, is more than a building for worship, it is, as Campbell puts it, a concretisation of the noumenal world: a bearer of many symbolic properties that relate to the transcendental realm of the sacred.
There are many interesting relations between the mythological view of the world and the aesthetic views of the beautiful and sublime which bring us into contact with a repertoire of emotions that relate either to the form or the formlessness of the object we are confronting/contemplating. In Kant’s account of the dynamically sublime from his third Critique, the human will plays an important role and insofar as the appreciation of beautiful works of art are intentionally produced objects, the will is obviously involved in this experience too. One of the aims of the artist is to induce a feeling of pleasure in the audience of the work: a feeling that Kant argues is based on the harmony of the operation of the faculties of the imaginations and the understanding.
The task the artist sets for his audience is also one of passing judgement upon the work as a whole. This involves the application of some universal idea to the particulars of the object created. A transcendental principle is involved in this transaction: a principle Kant describes in terms of the “form of finality of the object”. The aesthetic judgement is characterised by Kant as one in which we demand agreement, on the basis of the fact that the feeling of pleasure experienced, is grounded in the harmony of the faculties. Even in this pure form, the mind, Kant argues is also prepared for moral feeling because Beauty “is the symbol of morality”. The feelings related to the experience of the sublime on the other hand relates to ideas of practical reason that are connected to our moral agency.
Mythological views of death, on the other hand, relate more closely to ideas we find in the various religions. Freud, we know, in his later writings was influenced by Greek mythology and its view of Thanatos but Freud, the scientist also grounds the phenomenon of death in Science. In his work Beyond the Pleasure Principle, Freud claims:
“The attributes of life were at some time evolved in inanimate matter by the action of a force of whose nature we can frm no conception. The tension which then arose in what had hitherto been inanimate substance endeavoured to cancel itself out. In this way the first drive came into being, the drive to return to the inanimate state.” ( Beyond the pleasure Principle in Metapsychological papers, P.38)
This is the beginning stage of Freuds so called “Mythology of the instincts”. Life emerged at some point in the history of the earth and just as its origin is a mystery, so is its end, because in the case of every living individual, the dead body no longer displays any signs of consciousness or life. Life as such will continue when these individuals die but only until that point at which their “time has come”, as we say. In human psuché the understanding and acknowledgment of these facts is part of the function of the Ego, which is carried out in accordance with the Reality Principle. It is the ego which is the dynamic agency responsible for the protection and preservation of the body and the self. As an agency it is situated topographically in all three zones of the unconscious, the preconscious and consciousness. The pleasure ego is the most primitive aspect of the undeveloped ego, which also has an intimate connection with the biological energy regulation principle that basically aims for the homeostasis of the body whilst still keeping some energy in reserve for some special or emergency actions. The Ego, that is, learns to postpone gratification, tolerating the painful tension involved in the postponement of desired actions. Freud appeals to Fechner’s connection of the feeling of pleasure to topographical consciousness:
“In so far as conscious impulses always have some relation to pleasure or unpleasure, pleasure and unpleasure too can be regarded as having a psycho-physical relation to conditions of stability and unstability….every psycho-physical motion rising above the threshold of consciousness is attended by pleasure in proportion, as beyond a certain limit,it approximates to complete stability, and is attended by unpleasure in proportion as, beyond a certain limit, it deviates from complete stability; while between the limits which may be described as qualitative thresholds of pleasure and unpleasure, there is a certain margin of aesthetic indifference.”( Beyond the Pleasure Principle, (226-7)
There is, then, in Freud’s work complex relations between the biological energy regulation principle and the psychological pleasure-unpleasure and reality principles. We should recall in the context of this discussion the theory of pleasure presented by Plato via Socrates in the dialogue “The Republic”. In this dialogue Plato argues for an important distinction between the pleasures of the body which are transitory and mixed with pain and the pleasures of the soul which are more aligned with the fulfilment of our more spiritual needs, e.g. our need for knowledge, reason and virtue. We note that neither in Plato’s view nor in Freud’s view are these accounts contaminated with a theory of Consciousness which insists that I cannot be mistaken about my experience of pleasure. There are, of course, affections of the body which cease before they are registered in consciousness, and the energy regulation principle will explain such phenomena adequately by reference to the telos of body/organ functioning, namely, homeostasis. Obviously homeostatic functioning of the organs is an important condition for both short term survival but also long term quality of life. There is a complex overlaying and integration of biological/psychological and mental powers which may make it difficult for the individual to categorically know what kind of pleasure that they are experiencing. Indeed Socrates in Plato’s Republic points to the relativity of pleasure/happiness when he notes that healthy people may not relate their happiness specifically to their health. If, however, they become ill they may well upon returning to a healthy state be happy about such a change in their state. If such an individual is, moreover, poverty stricken they may experience unpleasure until their toil and work takes them out of such a state. They might temporarily feel as if they could not feel happier until ,as was the case with the character Cephalus in the Republic, they have their money unjustly taken away by the state. The politicians responsible for taking the money of Cephalus may well temporarily feel pleasure until other politicians take their money away, or perhaps even conspire to have them murdered. Such a sequence of cases is of course the reason why Socrates and Aristotle recommended leading the examined/contemplative life, which according to both philosophers knows all the different kinds of pleasure and knows the pleasure of leading an examined/contemplative life is the most reliable and best. What we have described are Plato’s objective criteria for leading a life of virtue determined by the form of the Good. The subjective account of the wealthy mans transitory happiness and the politicians transitory happiness are based on subjective perceptions of pleasure. Plato even describes the life of the powerful ruling tyrant: a bloodthirsty life that ends in premature death because of the lack of understanding of the importance of the virtuous life. What gives the tyrant pleasure or makes him happy are giving in to the temptations of both unnecessary and unlawful desires.
Plato’s theoretical account of pleasure and pain maintains that they are not as common sense would have it, contraries. There is in fact a middle ground between these two types of experience. In other words, not all experience is either pleasurable or painful—some experiences are neutral. The reason we believe that the “neutral ground” belongs in the territory of these so-called contraries is that if either pleasure or pain are immediately adjacent to a neutral experience there is a tendency to give the neutral ground the name of what one has experienced immediately prior to the neutral experience. Alternatively, there is a tendency upon feeling relief from bodily pain to name the absence of pain as “Pleasing”.
Now whilst knowledge of the good must be related to desire, knowledge of the true need not be. For example, on thinking through the sequence of premises, “All men are mortal”, Socrates is a man”, “Socrates is mortal”, I know all these premises to be true irrespective of any feelings: I may have, e.g. regret at the death of Socrates. The interesting question to raise in this context is whether in knowing the truth that I am mortal, I can grasp this truth in a desire-free state. According to both Spinoza and Freud the desire to continue existing is one of the strongest of the animal desires. Yet we find Socrates in his death cell claiming that death is good . Is this because he lived the examined life as part of his his three score years and ten? The religious individuals acceptance of their death is perhaps not quite in the same spirit, believing as they do in a life after death which has no philosophical support. True acceptance of death would seem to entail being cleansed of all fear and desire, and this might not be true of religious individuals with false beliefs firstly, about their God being the only God and secondly, about a life after death.
Freud’s view of stability is certainly connected to the Greek idea of eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life) which requires the overlaying and integration of a number of different powers energised by eros or the life instinct. For Freud it is the secondary process of the mind which sublimates the primary process where the death instinct or Thanatos may be playing a larger role in the life of the individual. The primary process of the mind is the process in which the most primitive instinctive drives of the mind strive for uninhibited gratification. The secondary process seeks to postpone all such gratification in favour of less dangerous and more lasting , secure gratifications. Both Socrates and Aristotle agree that secondary process gratifications were part of the structure of leading the examined-contemplative life. Freud elaborates upon this theme:
“We know that the pleasure principle is proper to a primary method of working on the part of the mental apparatus, but that from the point of view of the self-preservation of the organism among the difficulties of the external world, it is from the very outset inefficient and even highly dangerous….the pleasure principle long persists however as the method of working employed by the sexual instincts which are so hard to “educate”, and starting from these instincts, or in the ego itself, it often succeeds in overcoming the reality principle, to the detriment of the organism as a whole.” (P.278)
This entails, Freud argues, that two defences are used by the ego against the primary process pleasure principle, namely splitting and repression. In the former case those instincts that are difficult to educate are split off from consciousness and they are then repressed allowing the ego to compensate for this loss of energy by using another defence mechanism, namely sublimation to produce creations of works of art.
In a long section of this essay (Beyond the Pleasure Principle), Freud discusses what we know about life at the cellular level, and in so doing admits that we know as little about the origins of the sexual instinct as we know about the origins of life. After postulating and abandoning various hypotheses he finally settles upon what he calls a “mythological” account” that originates in both Plato’s symposium and the Indian Upanishads. In these latter writings Atman:
“felt no delight. Therefore a man that is lonely feels no delight. He wished for a second. He was so large as man and wife together. He then made his self fall into two and then arose husband and wife.” (ftnt. P.331)
Freud, however, remains hesitant and treats his final position on this issue as a speculative hypothesis, naming this position as his “Mythology of the Instincts”. On this final account sexuality’s function is to reconcile the two halves of split man, each desiring the other not romantically but out of biological/psychological necessity (Platonic love?). On this account hate belongs to that other. school of instincts, death, construed as “the destroyer of worlds” (Bhagavad Gita). After a protracted hylomorphic discussion which included Schopehauers claim that the purpose of life is death, Freud finally placed his hope in future Biological Science. If Schopenhauer is correct in his characterisation of the relation of these two different groups of instincts, then this kind of account would allow us to understand more fully that Socratic moment in the Phaedo where Socrates claims that whatever death is in its nature, it must be good. Perhaps such an interpretation would also allow a more complete understanding of the oracular proclamation that:
“Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction.”
The above interpretations perhaps would lead man to appreciate more fully the life he is currently leading as well as the reason why it is important to strive for the examined/contemplative life. Aristotelian hylomorphism, seems, then, to make even more sense in the context of a discussion in which life is portrayed as an irritation/excitation of inorganic matter that is temporarily displaced whist life continues to exist. Aristotle postulated the idea of prime matter, and whatever that is in its nature, we can, Aristotle argues, only know of it in some form (shape). Life for this hylomorphic view is an energetic organisation of matter, and death occurs either when this energy dissipates or the organs necessary for the distribution and transformation of energy are no longer able to maintain the minimum requirements of homeostasis.
A stone is formed matter as is a, a star and a galaxy. The kingdom of Minerals have their forms and functions as do the Kingdom of Plants and Animals. We, according to Aristotle have the potentiality to become both the worst and the best of animals, suggesting that the constellation of the powers of the human psuché may well be a mixed blessing. The question to raise here is whether the study of Mythology can lead to a greater understanding of the origins and telos of the three kingdoms proposed by Linnaeus.
Campbell claims that Mythology can release us from fixation upon false ideas which, if true, indicates an important kinship with both Ancient Greek and Enlightenment Philosophy. He initiates a discussion of Kantian Critical Philosophy, one of whose aims was certainly to neutralise the power of false claims by analysing the logical properties of judgements based on a trifold characterisation of the faculties of human psuché (sensibility, understanding and reason) Kant draws a major distinction between aposteriori judgements based upon experience, and apriori judgements which are known via the analysis of concepts. It is interesting in such a context to pose the question whether the judgement, “All men are mortal” is an example of an analytic or synthetic judgement (based on experience). The concept of mortality would appear to have a necessary relation to the concept of man because man belongs primarily to the kingdom of living things and the final cause or condition for the existence of living things is that they will inevitably die and return their inorganic elements to the earth. Freud pointed this out and claimed that this process was operating even during life in the form of a drive.
Kant’s idea of death is that it is the end of life and further that since life is the condition of all possible experience, including the experience of the soul as an object, death is the end of all experience.(Prolegomena P.76, §48). All men are mortal cannot, then, be known by experience because the species of man stretches far into the future beyond our current experience, and whether or not all men are going to die, cannot be verified at any present moment. This does not mean that this statement is either false or meaningless, but rather that it has to be supported by judgements relating to the totality of conditions constituting life and its ultimate end in death. It must therefore be a contradiction to claim that men are not mortal given all the facts that can be produced in support of this judgement., e.g. hylomorphic facts about the nature of cells, tissues organs, etc .The question that remains hanging in the air is whether All men are mortal is an analytic or synthetic a priori judgement since both are related in different ways to the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
Kant claims that Metaphysics rests upon a base of synthetic apriori judgements which connect concepts necessarily but not analytically, i.e. mortality may not be “contained ” in the concept of man, because it is science that classifies man as an entity within a much larger class of animals, and all living things. Now whilst the origin of life may be a mystery, its natural manifestations in accordance with principles governing such manifestations are not. It is therefore the task of the Aristotelian essence-specifying-definition of man to locate him in the animal kingdom, and at the same time to differentiate him from other members of this class, via his unique powers of discourse and rationality. All animals may be mortal, but not all animals can speak and reason. Knowledge of biology is the science we rely upon to provide us with the essence-specifying-definitions of all living things. The human psuché, on the other hand, requires not just the knowledge of Biology but knowledge of many disciplines if we are going to be able to understand the full range and limitations of its powers.
Mythology like many other disciplines , if it is to continue occupying an important role in our lives, must acknowledge the above biological, philosophical and psychological accounts of the being of human being which includes knowledge of life, death, space, time, and matter. Paul Ricoeur summarises the function of myth well in his work “Symbolism of Evil”:
“”Myths will be here taken to mean what the history of religions now finds in it: not a false explanation by means of images and fables, but a traditional narration which relates to events that happened at the beginning of time, and which has the purpose of providing grounds for the ritual actions of men today, and, in a general manner, establishing all the forms of action and thought by which man understands himself in his world.. For us moderns a myth is only a myth because one no longer connects mythical places with our geographical space. This is why myth can no longer be an explanation… But in losing its explanatory pretensions the myth reveals its exploratory significance and its contribution to understanding which we shall later call its symbolic function–that is to say its power of discovering and revealing the bond between man and what he considers sacred.” (P.5)
One recalls in this context the insistence by many “scientists” that for example the City of Troy was a fabled location until in the 19th century when it was actually discovered to have existed. Nevertheless it can be argued that mythological thinking even of the literate societies has its limitations. In a review of Paul Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative, Vol 1 , the following is claimed:
“The limitations of myth may well have given birth to Philosophy, when it came to providing explanations demanded by aporetic questions, and raising issues relating to the infinite media of change, namely, space, time and matter. It no longer seemed efficacious to personify Time by the figure or image of Chronos, engaging in the curious activity of eating his children. and being castrated by the most powerful of his children. Such images just did not seem to respond appropriately to the awe and wonder of a newly awoken consciousness in the face of the sublimity of life in a world of such complexity. These images did not possess the required universality and necessity of the philosophical principle of sufficient reason.”(http://michaelrdjames.org)
Some commentators, however have been carried away by the desire to criticise the limitations of myth, e.g. Ernst Cassirer in his work “Language and Myth” (trans Langer, S. K., New York, Dover, 1946). Cassirer points to the Socratic complaint from the dialogue the Phaedrus.: e.g. to explain death by an image of a god-like wind whisking the soul away is to misunderstand the phenomenon of death. Neither Gods nor monsters, Socrates argued, meet the criteria of sufficient reason demanded by Philosophical explanation.
We know that Plato, too, was not averse to using allegories and analogies to explain enigmatic phenomena when philosophical arguments could not be provided. The Myth of the Cave obviously relied heavily on the analogous relations between the warmth and light of our sun and the form of the good (the virtuous life). We remember too that it was in the Republic that Socrates rebuked Homer for his poetic representation of the gods as deceitful, unjust, and prone to immoral behaviour. These gods for Socrates were not manifestations of the form of the Good proposed by Plato in his Theory of Forms, but many interpretations of the intentions of Homer are possible including the possibility that he favoured certain elements of the previous pantheon of impersonal deities/forces such as the demiurge, the erinyes/euminedes etc over the “new pantheon”. The last act of Socrates was a request to a friend to make a sacrifice to Asclepius, the god of medicine, presumably as thanks for the relatively painless experience of being poisoned to death. This indicates that some of the gods, especially those connected with knowledge and leading a good spirited flourishing life, were admired by Socrates. We also ought to recall in this context that the early career of Socrates was spent as a so called “natural Philosopher”, investigating the physical world and its elements. Socrates himself attributes to Anaximander’s claim that “All is mind (noos)”, the inspiration for the turn away from this kind of physical investigation and toward the investigation of the human psuché (its powers of virtue and vice). This Socratic turn at least mitigated the accusations directed at Socrates for being an atheist, a rumour that may have aided in his unpopularity with a large part of the jury that considered the accusation levelled against him of denying the value of the gods of the polis and corrupting the minds of the youth. Anaximander claimed, as we now that the moon is made of stone, and perhaps Socrates believed this proposition to be true whilst also believing in the demiurge and noos. As far as mythology was concerned Socrates was prepared to consider myths symbolically but he refrained from interpreting Orphic and other mythological images literally ,and as we have mentioned, objected to the Homeric images of the Greek gods behaving immorally. There was probably no clear distinction in the minds of the Ancient Greeks between Religion and Mythology as there is for the modern understanding, e.g. Freud.
Freud would in his later works produce a theory with implications for both mythology and religion, in which he cautioned against embracing pathologically originated images of figures related to, for example, the Oedipus Complex. We ought, however, in this context, to recall his positive references to Greek literature and Mythology(Oedipus Rex, Eros, Thanatos, Ananke). Freud was also familiar with Ancient Greek Philosophy which he actively referred to in his later work using his “God” logos to illuminate the many meanings of “Being” referred to by the terms, areté, arché, diké, phronesis, and eudaimonia. Part of the logos of the transcendent involved the use of allegory and analogy which Campbell uses Kantian Critical Philosophy to explain:
“A is to B what C is to X points to a resemblance not between two things but between two relationships between quite dissimilar things. The relation of A to B perfectly resembles that of C to X and what X represents is a quantity that is not only unknown but absolutely unknowable, which is to say metaphysical.”
Campbell then produces examples of two Kantian analogies in order to illustrate how we can via discourse and reasoning (logos) illuminate aspects of metaphysical “quantities” or entities:
“as the promotion of the happiness of children(A) is related to the parents love(B) so is the welfare of the human race (C) to that unknown which is God’s love(X)
“The causality of the Highest Cause (X) is precisely in respect to the world (C) what Human Reason (B) is in respect to the work of human art.(A)”
This form of reasoning by analogy to “reveal” something about the unknowable X, is the Kantian equivalent of the Platonic strategy of using allegory or analogy whenever logos or argumentation failed to “reveal” the full nature of what one was attempting to explain or justify. Aristotle’s Hylomorphic Metaphysics could situate God on his pure-matter—pure form continuum, characterising God as pure form but confounding his readers when he tried to attach concrete content to his characterisation: content such as God is thinking about thinking and in doing so is thinking about himself. We are, of course, finite beings and can only think something about something, a power which originates in our experience of the world. Thinking about thinking is clearly a higher power which we might expect of a being of infinite power. If Gods thinking were in any respect related to the world, he would have to be situated somewhere in that world, and that would immediately compromise the status of his infinitude. Indeed it is this relation of infinite Being to the temporal which myth attempts to “show” in its images, metaphors, allegories and analogies. Such images immediately bring with them “the affect” connected to awe and wonder which appears to be occur more readily once we are prepared to discard our own selfish desires and fears. Campbell points out that insofar as we can speak meaningfully about this highest or first cause, it can only be done in the metaphorical mode of “as if”. This is best done he argues via:
“a psychologically affective image transparent to transcendence”
Campbell further elaborates upon this position by claiming that the Lord’s Prayer which begins “Our father..” is a metaphorical invocation, given the fact that we know we are not addressing a parent of ours, any male parent, or indeed any specific human being. Therefore, Campbell argues, this prayer’s impact is primarily psychological, especially given the fact that it is not embedded in any network of concepts and judgements, but at best inheres in a system of parent-child sentiments. The prayer, of course, also contains a confession of our sins and a request for forgiveness which Freud may well have claimed has a cathartic value in relation to the fear we all feel for the consequences of our actions. The reference to “heaven” in the prayer is of course not a real location-designation, but rather a term which designates a metaphorically constituted “morphogenetic field”, to use Campbells expression.
Campbell insightfully hypothesises that there might have been a Lord’s Prayer that began “Our Mother:::”. We ought to recall in the context of this discussion that the Greek oracles were predominantly female. It would not stretch the powers of the imagination too far to conceive of a prayer to these oracles, who thought that everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction ,and every human, therefore, had a responsibility to “know thyself!”
Campbell also notes the fact that ferocious wars have been fought over what he calls “tribal literal interpretations of the meaning of their own locally conceived deities”. The local deity was taken to be a fact of universal significance which, if ignored, proved that we are dealing with fundamentally irrational beings. Whereas, what in fact was occurring, was combat over different metaphorical interpretations of one and the same transcendental X.
Aristotle’s “First Philosophy”, “Metaphysics”, was groundbreaking in that it provided us with the first panoramic view of the world that was based on pure reason and science but was also in accord with the knowledge we possessed of diké, arché, epistemé. As we have seen God was interpreted in terms of this Aristotelian hylomorphic framework, and the thought that men might fight over different secular philosophical interpretations of “being” would have caused amusement amongst the followers of Aristotle. For hylomorphism and critical Philosophy, claiming that the tentative characterisations of the transcendental X that is an in- itself is absolutely unknowable, are facts, would merely reveal that one did not know what epistemé, (knowledge or science), was. Unfortunately Europe in particular has been at various points in its history transformed into “killing fields” because of a lack of knowledge of political science and ethics. Secular wars such as we have witnessed seem to have been provoked for more secular reasons, relating to national boundaries and ideologies rather than whose God was the true God.
Campbell in explaining the contrast between metaphor ,allegory, and fact, points to “symbols”: e.g. the moon as the power of life and the sun as the transcendental eternal energy/light of knowledge and consciousness. The moon symbolises life because of the allegory with the life of a man waxing and waning until a new moon/life begins the process all over again. On the 15th night of the new moon, Campbell claims, when the moon is full, the waning process begins. The denotation of this symbolism is that of a life as measured by the Biblical, namely, three score years and ten, which reaches its zenith at 35 years before the life-waning processes begin to take effect. It is at this point in mans maturity that the light/energy of his consciousness/knowledge is at its peak, and identification with the transcendental X in our lives can occur. Once this occurs, Campbell argues we can regard a part of ourselves (noos?) as consubstantial with this transcendental X which does not belong to the space and time our bodies inhabit because this part of ourselves appears to be beyond death. Campbell sums up this discussion by referring to a key thought of the Upanishads:
“Thou art that!”
Metaphysical ends transcend death. but can also be represented in the “virgin births” so common in some mythologies. The divine being is anthropomorphised, and embodied, and thereby enabled to act in our space-time continuum whilst partaking of the realm of the sacred. Poetry can also be concerned with this transcendental X. The best Ancient Greek source we have in the field of aesthetics is of course the work of Aristotle. He begins with the position that “Being has many meanings” and goes on to analyse the meaning of tragic/poetical narratives. Three of the primary meanings of Being are connected to the ideas of reason, the good, the true, and the beautiful/sublime, and it is important to understand that we can study these ideas via the three kinds of sciences , theoretical science, practical science, and productive science. The narratives of tragedy may be literally true or only partly true as is the case with Shakespeares tragedy of Macbeth who was not a fictional character, being a real historical king, but many of his actions would have been characterised by Aristotle as mimesis Praxeus whilst at the same time embodying artistic intentions to relate to the transcendental X ‘s of ethics/politics and the beautiful/sublime. Aristotles views of the function of poetic/tragic narrative are summarised below:
“Aristotles poetics give us an account of the function of the narrative that ties the beginning, middle and end of the attempt to represent or imitate action into a composite whole. This composition or plot refuses a reduction into episodic point-like events, because the creator is concerned to connect events/actions in a universal manner. The theme of this universality is more concerned with areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké (justice) than it is with the divine form of logos. The spectator of the drama learns from what he witnesses the possibilities related to a tragic reversal of fortune from the good to the bad. Involved in this learning process is a recognition that we all get what we deserve in the spirit of diké…… This change of focus from Homers Gods living on Olympus to an inner controlling voice was also linked to the Socratic account about Homer and the depiction of the Gods as engaging in unethical actions” (Essay 2 in Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative” Vol.1–Aristotle’s Poetics and Muthos (http://michaelrdjames.org)
Mythology, Philosophy and Art all deal with Time in different but related ways. Tragedy, Ricoeur argues in “Time and Narrative” attempts to articulate the relations between time as opaquely lived in our everyday life-worlds, and time as transfigured in the tragic mimesis.In the constructed time of the narrative whose telos is to reveal the true denotation of tragedy, we encounter the death we all owe to nature. The scientist, fixated upon the methodology and strategies of theoretical science mistakenly universalises this agenda to all the sciences, at best sees in tragedy an experimental laboratory in which hypotheses are being tested, and at worst sees a cauldron of “subjective” emotions. Such scientists cannot see the relation of our life-world to the transcendental X Kant highlights in his “Metaphysics of Morals” and “Prolegomena” (cited by Campbell):
“The peculiar features of a science may consist of a simple difference of object, or the sources of cognition, or the kind of cognition, or perhaps of all three conjointly. On these features therefore depends the idea of a possible science and its territory.” (Prolegomena to an future metaphysics that will be able to come forward as a science, Translated Ellington, J., W., (Indianapolis, Hacket Publishing, 1977)
The transcendental X’s of nature are different kinds of Object to the transcendental X’s of a human psuché engaged in the projects of the ethical life-world. In terms of Time, the Practical Scientist is not looking into the past for the causes of a present phenomenon in order to project the future, but is rather engaged in seeing how a future telos of a project is going to determine what is to be done in the present. Indeed, it might even be claimed that the theoretical scientist, in doing what he is doing, is atomising time in a similar fashion to St Augustine’s division of time into the past-present- and future. Aristotle, on the other hand presents us with a definition of time which whilst dividing time, preserves its holistic character:
“The measurement of motion in terms of before and after”
Time, on Aristotle’s account, measures objects of motion in a space-time continuum by dividing the time-continuum into before-now-after with a view to establishing principles of motion that are embedded in a network of causes and effects discoverable by observation in either natural or laboratory conditions. The concern of the practical and productive scientist (ethics and arts) does not measure out time in coffee-spoons but seeks its phenomenal meaning in, for example, tragedies and myths. The framework of cause and effect is used in Tragedy, Myth, and History, but in these contexts we are not concerned with observation-based measurements but rather with the validation of judgements relating to The Good which are in turn related to categorical-ends-in-themselves. In other words, the “objects” we are concerned with in such contexts are “ideal objects” and “ideal causes”connected to our actions and strivings.
One interesting feature of tragedies as we enter the modern world via the tragedies of Shakespeare is the concentration on “losing ones mind” or “losing the balance of ones mind”. Macbeth, first sees a dagger freely hanging in the air when the balance of his mind is disturbed and as the play progresses he loses more and more control until in the final sections he hallucinates Banquo’s ghost at a feast taunting him for his crimes. This, then, is a “modern” tragic concern, although Plato did alert us to this kind of phenomenon with his account of the fate of the tyrant in his dialogue “The Republic”. Both Macbeth and the Platonic tyrant bring about their own deaths by actions rooted in unnecessary and unlawful desires.
Mythology, Poetry, and Philosophy are all concerned with finding answers to aporetic questions formulated by Kant in relation to the 4 questions he claims defines the territory of Philosophy, namely, “What is man?”, What can I know?”, “What ought I to do?” ans “What can we hope for?”. All three questions are related to the Delphic concern with both
“Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction” and
“Know thyself!”
Some sceptically-inclined doomsday commentators claim that all hope is lost and that we are culturally experiencing, “the last days of terror”, before an apocalyptic end. In these last days it will appear that our entire value system has been upended. This of course is tragedy dramatically universalised, but it is not clear that these commentators do not have adequate grounds for their prognosis.
Kant’s Critical Philosophy claimed that we could in fact use both the concepts and principles of both theoretical and practical reasoning to characterise the History of man and his civilisations. We can, that is, attempt to describe ad explain all phenomena we encounter in terms of cause and effect using the methodology of observation, measurement and manipulation of variables in designed experiments. We can also, however, “interpret” the events or actions we witness as being regulated by categorical laws and principles, ending the process with a judgement on the value of what we have witnessed in relation to these principles and laws.
Morality and Law are twins from the same mother, diké. The moral consequences of a legal judgement that one is guilty of a crime are considerable. During such a process if we discover that the moral character of a witness is unworthy, they will not be counted on to tell the truth and their testimony can be ignored.
Conceiving of the world as a totality of facts as some theoretical scientists do and conceiving of any search after a transcendental X as irrelevant is an anti-metaphysical stance that has been very popular in certain scientific circles. Such scientists have come to regard all metaphysics as “idealism” and as anathema to the scientific project, categorising Kantian Critical Philosophy in these terms, thereby denying the dual-aspect account of explanation/justification we find in Kantian theory.
According to Kant History uses both types of reasoning in its descriptions and explanations of the facts that belong to a particular region of the world and a particular period. Yet it is criticism from this discipline that has so tarnished the reputation of traditional myths and legends, especially when it could not be immediately shown that Agamemnon or the City of Troy actually existed. There does not appear to be any obvious search for a transcendental X in historical texts, even if such an X is clearly referenced in both ethical and religious texts. We have previously argued in earlier essays (reviewing Ricoeur’s “Time and Narrative”) that History is “trans-scientific”(concerned with at least two types of science) and also connected intimately with the major thesis of Aristotles “Metaphysics” which is:
“All men desire to know”
and the major thesis of Aristotle’s Nichomachean Ethics, namely:
“All human activity strives for the Good”
We know that in spite of the Aristotelian essence-specifying-definition of man being “rational animal capable of discourse”, rationality per se, was only a potentiality for man. History, therefore ,would have as its major theme the attempt of the human species to collectively become rational in a hylomorphic actualisation process. History up to this point therefore has been principally a history of our desires and fears, an important aspect of the project “know thyself!” set for man by the Delphic oracle. It is difficult sometimes to disentangle the mythical from the historical content of the Bible, which Campbell claims is charting the fall of man from the Grace of God . This is a complicated agenda:
“”Mythologically, the fall is related to the separation of Heaven and Earth where the consciousness of an eternal presence is represented as lost and the mind and spirit of mankind is trapped in the phenomenal realm.”
He refers to the Gnostic Gospel of Thomas in which God claims that he is everywhere “spread upon the earth and man does not see it”. We dwell, Campbell claims, in two worlds simultaneously which are symbolised by the illuminated temporal moon and the eternally burning sun. This abyss between the world of the divine and man, was the reason, it is argued, that the Christian God sent his son to earth to save mankind–an embodied presence in the phenomenal realm that both originates from and returns to the realm of the transcendental X–the sacred eternal realm of forms.
In the Gnostic tradition the Kingdom of Heaven is not only all around you but also within. It is in this context that we ought to understand the Hindu proclamation “Thou art that!”. Campbell argues that “Man has closed himself up in his cave” and this takes us back to the famous Platonic “Myth of the Cave” where it is required that man find his way out to the sacred light and warmth of the sun which is an allegory of that transcendental X–The Form of the Good. Campbell, however prefers the allegory that originates from the Upanishads:
“”So the light of the moon( A) is to the light of the sun (B) as is moral life (C) to the lives of all around me are to that Atman -Brahma (X) which is absilutely beyond all name, form, relatin, and definition.”
This example uses the metaphysics of Nature to “picture” the moral relation and thereby subsuming the physical world of nature under the moral world of the spirit. There is no doubt that there are aspects of both worlds that awaken awe and wonder in man but here Kant’s approach whereby the awe and wonder is directed at the power of a great waterfall or storm at sea appears more convincing and illuminating especially if one believes the experience of the sublime is a key experience insofar as access to the transcendental X is concerned. One can also in the context of this discussion draw attention to the folowing Kantian example of the sublime:
Calling upon Kant only to set his reasoning on this topic aside requires explanation which I cannot provide. It would seem that Philosophy is more committed to a holistic understanding of the world as a systematic whole than religion is. Our Jewish Christian relation to the transcendental X of the Godhead is one of submission and anxiety whereas the Kantian relation to the transcendental X builds upon the moral confidence of an agent who is worthy of our moral respect at least insofar as the experience of the sublime is concerned. Perhaps Campbell feels that the Upanishads convey a message of moral confidence and respect. In this context Campbell discusses “The Way of Art” (the heading of chapter 3) and the relationship between the way of art and the way of the mystic who has no craft and who recommends a disavowal of the body:
“I spit out the body”
Whether this is a realistic attitude toward the body is of course questionable, given that the human body is the origin and home of human life and consciousness. We recall in this context, the Cartesian sceptical claim, that we can imagine the “I” without a body, but also that this modern form of dualism was well-refuted by the critical Philosophy of Kant which accepts the hylomorphic view of pusché and many hylomorphic principles. Freud, too, would have been highly sceptical of this mystical disavowal of the body and its accompanying implication that disembodied thought could be the source or origin of life and consciousness . The artist works through his body ,with physical media such as , language, paint , stone, sound, etc, thus mobilising the life force and feelings of the body in the name of the search for the beautiful which Kant claims is the symbol of morality. This physical process for Freud is a non-sexual form of substitute satisfaction which he terms “sublimation” (an important vicissitude of the instincts).
Both the artist and the mystic are, of course concerned with the transcendental X in their different ways, but Freud would certainly have claimed that the way of the artist was the healthiest form of life, and more likely to maintain a harmony and balance of the mind conducive to eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life). Recall too, that the first principle of psuché maintained that the soul (psuché) was the first actuality of the body with its constellation of organs and limbs. In the context of Indian Religion we ought also to bear in mind that in the spiritual exercises of the yogi, it is recommended that we discard the external world toward the end of the meditating process. Whether it is possible to separate desire and its representations completely from a body and the external world is a question that Campbell does not raise. This would seem to be an important aspect to consider given the title of the work indicates that Campbell is exploring the inner reaches of outer space.
We conclude with Kants view of the sublime in relation to both art and religion given to us in his Analytic of the Sublime, contained in the third Critique of Judgement:
“Perhaps there has never been a more sublime utterance, or a thought more sublimely expressed than the well known inscription upon the Temple of Isis(Mother Nature): “I am all that is, and that was and that shall be, and no mortal hath raised the veil before my face” ( Kant’s Critique of Judgement, Translated Meredith, J., C., (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973), P.179
The inscription is on a statue of Isis located at the Temple. Plutarch’s Moralia characterises Isis thus:
“Moreover, many writers have held her to be the daughter of Hermes, and many others the daughter of Prometheus, because of the belief that Prometheus is the discoverer of wisdom and forethought, and Hermes the inventor of grammar and music. For this reason they call the first of the Muses at Hermopolis Isis as well as Justice: for she is wise, as I have said, and discloses the divine mysteries to those who truly and justly have the name of “bearers of the sacred vessels” and “wearers of the sacred robes.” (https://penelope.uchicago.edu/thayer/e/roman/texts/plutarch/moralia/isis_and_osiris*/a.html)
Campbell claims that human physiology has not changed over the last 40000 years, but there is a theory proposed by Julian Jaynes that with the advent of writing( ca 3000 BC), a major reorganisation of the function of the organ of the brain occurred: two areas of the left-side of the brain became firmly associated with two language functions (language comprehension and motor-language function. This reorganisation is assumed to be the result of the complex uses of language that for example culminated in highly literate civilisations such as that of Ancient Greece, where during the period from 400-300 BC, Plato and Aristotle were producing highly complex philosophical dialogues and records of lectures in areas such as metaphysics, logic, biology, politics rhetoric and the arts.
Homer too must be mentioned in this context with, for example, his Iliad , an account of the Trojan War which modern archaeology has now firmly established as a historical event. This period of Ancient Greece stands out in mythological contexts because although Homer wrote about the warrior Achilles who undoubtedly was a great hero of the times for the Ancient Greeks, it was Plato with his dialogue about the last days of Socrates that was arguing for a new kind of spiritual hero in the name of Philosophy. This establishment of a spiritual hero was obviously also related to the theoretical turning of attention to the way in which the polis was ruled. Plato named no corrupt individual Kings or rulers in his criticism of Athenian government, but merely pointed abstractly to the importance of enlightened rule and the rule according to Laws. Achilles, on Plato’s and Aristotles account of the virtuous man, did not live up to their criteria of areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) when it came to his behaviour of desecrating the bodies of his enemies on the battlefield amongst other things. Socrates was named the wisest man in Athens for his intellectual pursuits, but he too had a history of bravery in battle. Socrates we should recall was also sceptical about the invention of writing on the grounds that he believed it would lead mankind to place less reliance on his memory. At this stage of its evolution, writing had not yet achieved its full potential and the phenomenon Socrates may have been referring to was those readers who were using texts blindly for source material rather than for the purposes of learning the content. Current knowledge of the way in which the brain has been organised by written texts, includes the fact that the language function of the brain may serve to enhance memory via multiple association pathways associated for example with the verbal heard image of the words and the visual written image of the words.
Modern research requires of course reference to multiple written sources representing the history of the knowledge in a particular area of research, and this practice may have been initiated by Aristotle who saw it as his scholarly duty to criticise and synthesise multiple historical sources in his reasonings about a particular topic of research.Most of Aristotles dialogues and theoretical published writings have been lost so we do not have a complete record of his evolving theoretical commitments. This was not the case with Plato’s works.
When Campbell states at the beginning of his work “The Inner Reaches of Outer Space” that both myths and dreams come from a single psychological source, namely the imagination, he connects this source to “the conflict of the organs of the body” which must include the brain. This is a hylomorphic position which we ought to recall claims that the first actuality of the body is the soul (psuché). Campbells position is also similar to that of Spinoza in which it is claimed that an adequate idea of the soul will entail realising that its first idea is the idea of its body. For Aristotle, however, it is not just the human constellation of organs that constitutes human psuché, but also the configuration of the human limb system, its extensions, and human posture that are important factors to take into consideration.
Campbell also refers to the will, a concept which in fact is a later elaboration upon hylomorphic theory best characterised by Kant in his critical writings. The will can, of course, be associated with an impulsive desire or wish to do something and in such circumstances the imagination plays a central role, but it can also be an instrument of reason. The rituals and images of myth would appear to be driven more by the imagination than reason, although as we deal with the myths of more advanced civilisations, there is an increasing presence of rational content. Insofar as primitive mythology is concerned, however, it would appear that the Psychology of Jung is a more appropriate theory than that of the Kantian Psychologist Freud. Indeed Jung’s concept of the “collective unconscious” containing as it does reference to universal human desires and fears, is more useful in this context than that of the more technical Freudian idea of the unconscious which may well contain the elementary ideas and archetypes Campbell refers to.
Freud however, may also have regarded behaviour that is directed and regulated by certain elementary ideas and archetypes as psychotic. In an account of the behaviour of the Yogi from early Indian Mythology Campbell himself claims that the yogi is swimming in the same waters the psychotic is drowning in. To record and communicate the imaginative adventures of so many peoples and civilisations, however, would certainly have seemed for Freud to be part of the “talking cure” mankind was in need of if he was to fully understand his animal origins and early mental evolution. For Freud, as was the case with Kant, the actualisation of the power of rationality in the species of homo sapiens lay in the far distant future, and perhaps we should add that whether this process would reach its telos or end was more of a question for Freud than it was for Kant. The weapons of mass destruction had not yet been created or used by the time Freud died in 1939, but we can already note in his work from 1929, Civilisation and its Discontents, that he thought the future for mankind looked problematic. Indeed it must have seemed to Freud as his books were being burned by the Nazis that in the battle between the giants of Eros and Thanatos, the latter was faring better than expected. Freud was a man of science and must have seen its civilisation building potential especially in the field of medicine. Had he lived until 1945 he might well have seen in the creation of the weapons of mass destruction by the scientists of the day, the presence of Thanatos.
Einstein who cooperated with Freud on a project designed to explain the psychological mechanisms involved, in warfare, refused to participate on the infamous Manhattan Project. The success of this project in the production of a weapon of mass destruction and the decision by Truman to use the weapon on civilian populations at the end of the second world war must have seemed by many humanists to be a low point in the history of civilisation. Shortly after this catastrophic event for the Japanese however, the influence of Eros was felt when the Kantian project of the United Nations was actualised, thus providing us with renewed hope for a humanistic future, however far away that future may be.
The concept of consciousness for Freud was loaded with Cartesian implications which Freud did not accept completely given his commitment to the role of the instincts and the preconscious mind in the human form of life (psuché). The Preconscious, for him was a function related to both the meanings of words, and our knowledge, and these functions could easily be activated by questions such as “What is the meaning of the word x?” and “What is x?”. This preconscious function obviously became more complex with the advent of writing which supplemented our verbal images of words with visual images, thus providing language with a gravitas it had not possessed before, whatever the effect it might have had on our memories. That one text like Aristotle’s “Metaphysics” can be a synthesis of a large number of preceding historical texts has obvious advantages when it comes to the advancement of thought on a particular subject or in a specific area of study. Aristotles collected works are also a testament to the diversification of intellectual interests one could find in the Ancient Greece of his lifetime.
You can find a number of references to mythology in Aristotles works but his interpretations were never literal , urging us rather to search for and find the “symbolic or metaphorical meanings of the myths he referenced. Ideas such as life after death or the characterisations of malevolent or protective spirits were still subject, in his Philosophy, to regulation by the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. For example, the emotions of fear and desire in his work were sublimated and subjected to the search for first principles. Indeed such is the range of Aristotles thought it is doubtful whether a thinker of such a kind could have been possible before the invention of writing.
We know the importance of principles and a methodology to Philosophers such as Plato and Aristotle. The distinction between what is true (Aletheia) and what is not true, required both principles and a methodology, as did the distinction between what is empirical and what is transcendent. Neither the elementary ideas or the archetypes were as such direct concerns of Philosophy. Philosophy’s concern with psuché, to take one example, was not connected to ideas relating to the question of whether there was a personal life after death. Taking such a position literally would have seemed to many Aristotelian inspired philosophers to be violating the principle of noncontradiction. An imagined personal life after death for them was just a figment of the imagination.
For Freud there was, in our unconscious minds, a sense that nothing can happen to us–the absence of a sense of our own mortality–which can be interpreted as meaning that we believe ourselves to be immortal but does not necessarily have to be interpreted in this way.
Indeed, if Aristotles dictum that the first actuality of the human body is the soul is correct, then this would also suggest that the death of the body entails the death of the soul, and insofar as the body is also the bearer of consciousness this suggests that the death of the body also entails the disappearance of consciousness. Since Socrates claimed in the dialogue, the Phaedo, that death was one long dreamless sleep this too speaks for the absence of even unconsciously motivated psychic activity. Paradoxically it was Freud, the anti-religious Philosopher that took us back to the work of Plato and the cultural battle between Eros and Thanatos. In this battle on the individual plane ,a wish or will not to die originates in the unconscious and can be used by the power of the imagination to motivate acts of heroism or even foolish acts of bravado.
Thanatos for Freud was subject to regulation by Eros and its institutions but, Freud maintained that a narcissistically inclined ego can engage in compulsive aggressive behaviour of various kinds for various reasons. Freud referred to a case history of a one and a half year old boy who engaged in repetitive compulsive behaviour in response to anxiety over the absence of his mother. Freud’s analysis of this behaviour attributed a motivating influence to Thanatos, the death drive or death instinct.
Freud was of course theorising in a very different cultural climate to that of either Aristotle or Kant. Kant, is the philosopher of freedom par excellence, but he was not living in Freudian times when a whole-scale inversion of moral values and laws was taking place. Plato we know feared the abuse of freedom that resulted in lack of respect for ones parents and teachers which was not the case during Freudian times but is becoming prevalent in our so-called “Modern times”: this extreme idea of freedom in some quarters appears to be nihilistically detaching the idea from our individual and collective responsibilities. Hannah Arendt pointed to the collapse of respect for authority that has been occurring over the centuries since Henry 8th’s dissolution of the monastries, so perhaps we can presume that Freud would not have been surprised by these phenomena and by our modern secularism and atheism. We believe we fought two world wars for the idea of freedom, but if these reflections are credible then the only conclusion we can draw is the gloomy one that we did not have an adequate idea of what we were fighting for while we were fighting against what we perceived to be evil. The Kantian idea of the good will was certainly eclipsed at the end of the second world war when the USA dropped two atomic bombs on civilian populations as part of the “final solution” to the “Japanese problem”.Indeed it is to Freud’s credit that he identified the United States as a problem in his work “Civilisation and its Discontents”, having visited the country earlier in the century. Russia was also identified as a problem for the evolution of civilisation, a prophecy that is becoming increasingly relevant as we move through the 21st century. Both of these countries, Freud claimed, are threats to the hope for the progress of Western Civilisation.
Freud, we should also recall, co-authored a book on Woodrow Wilson, the American President behind the Treaty of Versaille. With the help of a co-author who knew the President and had access to Presidential correspondence, Freud psychoanalysed Woodrow Wilson who as we now know suffered a series of mental breakdowns during his life. We can see therefore how important historical writings are, and perhaps also how important it is that they are cleansed of the material of imaginative fears and desires, cleansed of ideas of malevolent and protective spirits.
History does, however, seems to have shown us that a very materialistic view of the world has prevailed over the kind of spiritual view manifested in the work of Kant. This secularistic and atheistic spirit has however produced a backlash in the form of the art of those who wish to regress to an Ancient Indian view of civilisation which, as we know involves detaching ourselves from the external world in favour of an inner space which remains at rest amidst all the commotion and noise of the universe. This kind of retreat from the world would have been highly problematic from both the Kantian and Freudian points of view.
Freud’s Reality Principle is a very pragmatic principle requiring much knowledge of the world and oneself which is Kantian to its core. Freuds pragmatism is not however materialistic and acknowledges the need for a spiritual dimension involving a respect for both knowledge and the moral values of the society. The Ego is an important Freudian agency whose first concern is the protection of the body, but whose concerns continue in the spirit of areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time–the civilisation building power). These demands from our external world can only be achieved if one has knowledge of the world and of ones own powers. Knowledge of the world is defined in such contexts in terms of knowledge of relevant facts and reasons for these facts. Aristotle’s remarkable discovery of logic pointed out that if you know the principle or reason for a state of affairs you can then deduce another state of affairs, e.g.:
All men are mortal
Socrates is a man
Therefore Socrates is mortal
“All men are mortal” is a universal conceptual truth that is connected to both the facts that all men are born, live, and then die as well as the reasons for these facts such as “All life forms are mortal”, “All men are life-forms”. Reality, for Freud then, is definitely connected to rationality and the principles of thought and judgement. For Aristotle and Kant and perhaps for Freud too, the above “logical truths”and their experiential consequences belong in the realm of the study of Metaphysics which also discusses the theoretical idea of God in relation to both the principles of Nature and Morality. Amongst these principles are the logical principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason, which belong to the Kantian faculty of reason that has the telos or purpose of exploring the totality of conditions for a state of affairs to be the way it is or for human psuché to be the form of life that it is.
The Oracular proclamation, that:
“Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction”
was of course very much on the minds of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle and perhaps was also on the minds of Kant and Freud, as was the challenge that we human beings need to know ourselves if we are to avoid ruin and destruction. That we are all destined for this inevitable loss of the gift of life is clear, given the facts we know and can justify, and the reasons for them. For Aristotle and perhaps for Kant too, all human activities aim at the good in spite of the fate that awaits us all. It is human psuché with its potential to be both the best of animals and the worst of animals which most clearly manifests the presence of protective ad malevolent spirits.
Socrates suggests that we seek for justice in its magnified form in the polis because it is here that it is easy to see if and how the city encourages its citizens to lead a good-spirited flourishing life (eudaimonia). Such a life entails that its citizens possess the virtues of wisdom, courage and temperance in the face of the temptations to lead lives dedicated to bodily pleasures, or the acquisition of wealth and power. Socrates in Plato’s Republic proposes a principle of specialisation for the citizens of this ideal polis: a principle that the polis should be organised in such a way that the essential work of the polis ought to be done by those that are most suited for that work, i.e. amongst other aspects, important tasks ought to be done by those that have the powers or capacities required for the tasks. To take just one key example, those that are tasked with the activity of passing laws must pass laws that are just. Plato with his class division between workers, warriors and philosopher-rulers, elaborates upon this idea with a strangely uncharacteristic materialistic idea of souls that are composed of bronze, silver and gold which are manipulated by the rulers who institute controversial “breeding programs” to maintain the integrity of the classes. There is no trace of either this programme or the rigid division Plato recommended in the Republic in Aristotle’s work but he did propose that an ideal enlightened middle class should emerge in the future to rule according to the principle of the Golden Mean : a principle which navigates a middle course between the demands for the freedom of the poor and the demands for unbridled power by the rich. Such an ideal middle class, Aristotle argued, would rule in the name of justice and rationality embodied in the Ancient Greek understanding of epistemé, areté, diké, arché, aletheia, logos, eros, and eudaimonia. The larger the middle class, he argued, the more stable will the polis be. This, by the way, is the aim of many contemporary centrist Politicians in Europe. The Ancient Greek idea of human psuché was well captured by Aristotle’s essence specifying definition: “rational animal capable of discourse”. The discourse at issue here manifested a concern for the above Greek ideas as a means of bringing about a good spirited flourishing polis that will remain stable and not fall into the abyss of ruin and destruction.
The institution of written texts and documents is also an essential aspect of the governing of the polis which requires possession of the knowledge necessary for prudent, just and wise rule: the great-souled man, (phronimos) possesses such knowledge. One important aspect of running the polis is care for those citizens who are disadvantaged in various ways, e.g. suffering from mental health issues. Without statistical data it is difficult to know just how prevalent such issues were. One assumes it was the medical profession of the time that helped these patients for obvious reasons given the Greek view of psuché where body and soul were so intimately related. Many but not all mental health issues begin with traumatic experience which of course affects the normal functioning of the body in various ways. There were of course no institutions for mental health care as was the case during Freud’s times. There is a suggestion in Plato that it was the family that took the major responsibility for patients suffering from serious mental health issues. We ought, however, to remember in the context of this discussion that institutionalisation of mentally ill patients during Freud’s lifetime could not be called either prudent or wise. We recall that whilst Freud was initiating his “talking cure” literally thousands of women were being forcibly incarcerated in European mental institutions for “hysteria”, a condition that Freud, together with Josef Breuer would investigate using the so-called “talking cure”. Their treatment was dubbed the “moral treatment” because it respected the patients wishes.
The trauma hysterical patients experienced was not always remembered or even acknowledged by them and Freud and Breuer therefore resorted to hypnosis to gain access to the traces of the traumatic experience. Hypnosis however proved not to be a viable technique because not everybody could be hypnotised, but also because the only treatment available was through post hypnotic suggestion in which the symptom would often disappear once the patient returned to consciousness. This was not a cure though because another symptom would just take its place. What was needed for a complete treatment was a state of mind in which the patient was conscious but relaxed enough to gain access to unconscious memories with the help of appropriate techniques such as free association and dream interpretation. The number one rule of the psychoanalytical discourse was that the patient honestly communicate all the thoughts they are having during the treatment period. The techniques used in these sessions also needed to identify the defensive “resistances ” that prevented the unconscious material from emerging during these sessions.
Consciousness, we know, is merely a vicissitude of the instincts and it is used by the ego in relation to the pleasure-pain and reality principles with a preference for the latter, especially when it comes to subjecting emotional gratifications and anxiety to the discipline of rationality. In this regulation process it appears as if the mind is layered and the lower layers do not easily manifest in consciousness requiring special techniques if they are to be accessed (free association, dream interpretation , and managing resistances).
For Freud it was clear from the beginning of his theorising that the unconscious was not a location in the mind which was in many other theories regarded as a special kind of substance. Rather the unconscious was part of a functional mental process regulated by the energy regulation and pleasure-pain principles. Freud, claimed he was a Kantian Psychologist and it is against the background of this claim that we should seek to understand why he wished to use the term “Mythology” in relation to his theory about the role of the instincts in psychoanalysis. Kant, we know, was engaged in a much larger metaphysical project charting the totality of conditions for mental functioning. What Freud is engaged upon could well be described as theorising about the outer reaches of inner space. Interior trauma eventually expresses itself in outer symptoms, which are both bodily and behavioural. It is important in psychoanalytical treatment that the traumatic memory become part of a cathartic process which brings it into some kind of relation both to consciousness and to language.
O Shaughnessy in his work “The Will: a Dual Aspect Theory” provides us with an account of the role of the body image in the context of normal action. The Will, he argues, in its active physical projects involving the body uses what he calls a projected “body image”(consisting of all of the parts of the body that are under the control of the will) to initiate the action desired. In seeing an apple and desiring to eat it, my arm and hand are energised in order for the reaching and picking activity to provide the necessary conditions for the activity of eating the apple. O Shaughnessy is influenced by the writings of Freud. We are, O Shaughnessy argues, mentally aware of the act of moving our arm and this awareness is non-observational: it is an immediate awareness. These explorations are obviously relevant to explaining what it is that is happening when a patient suffering from hysteria suddenly cannot use their legs or their eyes: i.e. cases of hysterical paralysis and hysterical blindness. Physical investigations of such paralysis and blindness reveal no real cause but there must be a cause nevertheless, and this must be similar to the causes that produce our imagined dream images, imagined actions and imagined sensations. The dreaming mind is to some extent a deranged mind operating in extremely unnatural circumstances, and this is also true of the hysterical patients mind. The relation of the body-image to the hysterical mind is, of course, not a normal one and perhaps what is creating hysterical phenomena is more closely connected to dream mechanisms and phenomena than to normal mechanisms and phenomena. O Shaughnessy is also critical of some of Freud’s positions, e.g. He claims that instinctive drives are not for Freud connected to representations. This criticism may have been true of Freuds very early materialistic theories but it is not true of the later theorising where Freud is insistence that he is dealing only with the psychical representatives of the instincts which otherwise for him, as is the case for Kant, are an unknown X.
Schopenhauer’s account of the will maintains that the will is independent of representation. Perhaps the best way of conceiving of Freuds position philosophically is through the lens of Aristotles hylomorphic theory. Instincts for hylomorphic theory would be matter that is organised by certain principles that typically operate in the realm of psuché, but they can also in their turn be regulated by other principles and become vicissitudes of instincts, e.g. consciousness. Now my awareness of the movement of my arm may be instinctive but it is a form of knowledge of myself, and some form of knowledge of myself is also going to be operating in my consciousness of myself as thinking. Campbell argues that the images of mythology come from a conflict among the organs of the human psuché, and the most dramatic examples of this phenomena come in the form of dream images when we are seemingly woken suddenly and seem to remember walking down some steps and missing a step after perhaps falling asleep in a very tired state. This phenomenon may have been produced by the life instinct in an emergency response to the organs of the body (including the breathing responses of our lungs) shutting down too fast and too completely. This image, like all dream images has the function of trying to keep us asleep–here the conflict is seen clearly.
Now dreams do not normally connect to the transcendent dimensions of our existence in the way in which Myth does, although Carl Jung maintains that the dreams of individuals in the later stages of the self-individuation process may relate to the transcendent and the infinite more directly. Campbell believes that many narratives of Mythology connect more directly to the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of moral than our Christian narratives. The growing trend of secularisation and atheism indicates however that our Christian religion is not providing us with meaningful symbols. Campbell argues that now that we have the knowledge of the universe that we do, and have walked on the surface of the moon looking at our planet from outer space, we have to develop a mythology that relates to our planet and its place in the universe. This is not an easy task given the facts that our planetary system is merely a series of specks in the galaxy which in its turn is but one galaxy in an almost inconceivable number of other galaxies. Narratives normally posses the telos or purpose of celebrating our lives on this planet, celebrating the power of being human in response to the powers of nature and space. The Greek and Shakespearean genre of tragedy, when performed on a stage as a visible spectacle may, however, be the best we can do in the form of acknowledgement of the power of nature versus the power of man, who, as the Greek oracles claimed is destined for ruin and destruction. The proclamation from the same oracles to “know thyself!” may also be the registration of an ancient pre-literate wisdom which respects that aspect of nature which is beyond human control, for example, a huge asteroid impacting the earth, a large volcano erupting and exploding, a large devastating earthquake, constant heavy rain for a long period of time, etc. Having watched men walk on the moon was significant in many respect but perhaps its primary significance is in the realisation that should something cataclysmic occur on our planet there is a t least the remote possibility of starting again somewhere else. So perhaps our modern mythology might create narratives related to the problems of moving a civilisation to an inhospitable environment. The heroes of such narratives would obviously be scientists and engineers as long as the cataclysmic event on earth was not of the scientists making. If, however, the weapons of mass destruction which they have invented produces a cataclysmic event, they will be held responsible for destroying what took tens of thousands of years to create and will in Jung’s terms be manifestations of the Shadow of the Psuché. The Shadow for Jung took many concrete forms of minsters and demons and was seemingly less abstractly conceived than the Freudian death instinct which was related to Thanatos of ancient Greek Mythology.
Campbell, in the context of this discussion, notes that contemporary popular themes of concern are health, progeny and prosperity and these seem not to acknowledge the possible tragic fate of mankind and also do not seem to acknowledge the second coming of the saviour as prophesied by our Christian religion.
In a chapter of this work entitled “Cosmology and the Mythic Imagination”, Campbell once again takes up the Apollo mission and its use of what he claims is Kantian a priori knowledge of the laws of space:
“The laws of space are known to the mind because they are of the mind…..Outer space is within inasmuch as the laws of space(known by NASA) are within us….Outer space and inner space are the same.”
We are, he claims, born out of the space containing our sun and our earth in a galaxy formed long before we were born. Our earth is on the galactic view merely a satellite of the sun. We are creations of this earth, our eyes are of this earth and our knowledge too belongs to this earth which is a creation of space. Campbell refers in the context of this discussion to the “Atlas of the Universe”. Out universe, he claims:
“Is a universe of unimaginable magnitude and inconceivable violence. In it billions of thermo-nuclear furnaces are scattering from each other…some stars are blowing themselves to pieces littering the universe with dust and gas from which new stars and their satellites are being born.”
Add to this the traces of micro-waves we have discovered and attribute to being remnants of a huge explosion ca 18 billion yers ago and we begin to understand why scientists wish to speak about a space-time continuum in which they claim we are seeing the traces of an event that occurred eons ago. Space, time, and matter, are for Aristotle and Kant in their constitution infinite, but it is difficult to believe that either Philosopher would have claimed as some scientists have that the universe came into existence with this huge explosion. They would undoubtedly have agreed that this explosion carried an important cosmological significance with it. Both Philosophers, in all likelihood would have been more inclined to side with Ovids account of the universe for which there might have been no beginning, merely a chaos of elements which Deus brought into order by sending all the elements to their places. For these philosophers anthropomorphizations of God or the gods would have been essentially contradictory since Deus for them was something abstract like the laws of space/time/matter/psuché.
Psuché, according to Plato, Jung and Campbell is the location of concrete elementary ideas or archeytpes which, if the circumstances are propitious, we can recollect. For Campbell, Mythology contains the images of Deities which are local forms of the elementary ideas and archetypes. He further claims that the mere contemplation of these elementary ideas and archetypes sends us into a state of ecstatic rapture. Kant felt aw and wonder at the mere perception of outer space and the thought of the moral law within and Aristotle probably felt the same in relation to the thought of the infinite and Prime Form.
Campbell also points out in this chapter that the book of Genesis in the OT is “merely the local and tribal mythology of one of the peoples on earth and does not therefore meet the criteria of universality and necessity sought by, for example, the philosophers. He does not specifically say so, but he probably means to level this accusation of perspectivalism at Greek Mythology. Concrete images such as the gods living on Mount Olympus would appear to support his position but we ought also recall that Zeus and the pantheon of the Greek Gods replace the earlier mythological figures of the demiurge, the erinyes/euminedes, eros and thanatos. The proclamations of the oracles seem indeed to predate the later mythology relating to the war between the gods and the titans.
Campbell claims that mythology is essentially trying to reveal what is transcendent and metaphysical in our existence and we should not therefore fixate upon the concrete manifestations of these symbols. In this context we ought to realise that Mythology is an art form and as such is presenting elementary ideas to audiences aesthetically. Now Kant has pointed out that both universality and necessity were involved in aesthetic judgements and activity, but in a subjective form. The particular province of Mythology appears however to incorporate knowledge of the transcendental ideas of nature and the transcendental ideas of the power of being human. The sublime is, then, an important focus for mythology and the communication of sublime truths may have been one of the tasks of the Ancient Greek oracles, e.g. “everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”. Campbell, in this context, points to the destruction of the city of Jerusalem in 70 AD. God’s chosen people had their city, their temple and the ark of the covenant destroyed. Campbell wishes to point to such events as illustration of the fact that the laws of man and his cities do not elevate them above nature and that we should always bear in mind that different mythologies are there to curb the hubris of man by reminding us of the relativity of different deities and lifestyles.
The invention of writing was of course an important cultural event that allowed mythologies to be written down and preserved for the attention of future historians. Around the time that writing and mathematics was being invented priests were curious about the immensity of the heavens which could not be explored by earth bound beings such as us. This awe and wonder was then sublimated by the invention of mathematics which attempted to find a means to measure space and time and thus project human ideas and numerals upon space and temporal duration. Numbers were obviously related not just to space but also to time. As a result of this invention and its projection, the heavens began to become associated with almost inconceivable magnitudes and events occurring in the heavens over time also appeared to manifest regularities that also symbolised the transcendent and the metaphysical. Numbers became thus associated with sacred properties especially when particular numbers began to appear in cultures as distant as Iceland and India.
Darkness is the prevalent property of the universe and light is a secondary phenomenon generated by thermo-nuclear reactors (stars) but in spite of this fact it is light that is associated with the good and darkness with evil, especially for those forms of psuché possessing the power of vision. These visual properties of darkness and light have no particular meaning for plant life which does not possess a visual system. The light and darkness for plant life are stimuli that produce not pictures of reality but a chemical reaction.
Campbell claims that the Nietzschean proclamation that God is dead was only directed at the jealous angry Gods of different tribes and he also claims that we moderns have left these gods behind for experiences of transcendence. Now Kant certainly experienced and theorised about transcendence and found space in his life-world for the sublime and the sacred. We moderns of the 21st century, however appear too preoccupied with our technological gadgets to search for the mysteries of life in our secularised societies. Campbell claims the following:
“God is the infinite sphere whose centre is everywhere and circumference nowhee.”
This is a fine characterisation of the infinite universe and also accounts for the fact that:
“Every local image of God is one among millions possible”
Mythological places may be symbolic but they may also be actual. Heaven and hell are obviously symbolic, sublime and dreaded places located in the inner space of mans psuché which may then be projected upon real geographical places such as the heavens or the bowels of the earth. We need to understand, Campbell argues, that when the Bible claims that Jesus ascended up to heaven that this event really did not take place as described, and we are dealing with something metaphysical and transcendent. In this event what we are witnessing is the retreat of Jesus as an real figure in outer space to our inner space.
Hinduism has its pantheon of deities which include Brahman, Atman, Indira, Vishnu and Shiva. In one of the Hindu narratives Indira believes he is the only god of the universe until Brahman informs Indira that is rather he, Brahman who will foresee the dissolution of the universe and that he, indira is but one of a very large number of Indiras. The hubris of Indira is thereby neutralised. We are also introduced to Atman that part of the individual psuché that is a part of Brahman and therefore eternal and unchangeable. The Buddhists deny this because for them there is no constant essence of the soul. Both religions believe in resurrections of the soul which compromises any notion of life that maintains that it is of the essence of life to come to an end in death.
The relation of Consciousness to Life is a modern enigma which has been obscured by the focus of modern thinkers upon the representational function of consciousness rather than on its relation to Will and Action. When I perceive the waters of a waterfall rapidly flowing over a precipitous cliff-face, I am , of course, in normal circumstances conscious of what I am seeing. What I am perceiving, however, may or may not be committed to memory. If I am asked in relative close proximity to the experience I ought nevertheless to be able to describe what I have witnessed, namely a spectacle in the external world that as presented did not involve my agency . The “I” that is called upon here is capable of representing sensory experience. In this process there will of course be no space for the evaluation of this experience as long as I place no evaluation in my account. Any interested third party, inquiring into what I had experienced, would be given a conceptual account of an essentially sensory experience (assuming we are no longer in the presence of the spectacle). The context of my description is a context of inquiry, and what is said is not intended as an explanation or justification of what had been experienced.
On the other hand, had it been the case that in an attempt to use the power of my imagination to grasp the significance of this scene, my imagination failed to provide a relevant concept which I could subsume this phenomenon under, this experience of the extreme power of the waterfall, may change in character from a purely sensory encounter to one in which the spectacle presents itself as sublime. If this happened I would feel a transformation of my mind from being essentially receptive of the sensory event confronting me, to being active, and according to Kant my activity would take the form of me valuing my freedom and moral agency, i.e. valuing a power nature cannot possibly have.
This consciousness of myself would then not just involve the sensory power of perception but also the sensory power of the imagination and the powers of understanding and reason. The experience of the sublime, then, arises as a kind of compensatory mechanism because the idea of our moral agency (the knowledge of good and evil) has such importance for us. The transcendental X of this experience of the sublime is the noumenal self which is to be contrasted with the phenomenal self when it is having purely sensory experiences.
The consciousness we have of ourselves is not a form of consciousness other life-forms can share. Kant refers to this in his work “Anthropology from a Pragmatic point of view”:
“The fact that the human being can have the “I” in his representations raised him above all other living beings on this earth, Because of this he is a person, and by virtue of the unity of consciousness through all changes that happen to him, one and the same person–i.e. through rank and dignity an entirely different being from things such as irrational animals with which one can do as one likes. This holds even when he cannot yet say “I”, because he still has it in his thoughts, just as all languages must think it when they speak in the first person, even if they do not have a special word to express this concept of “I”. For this faculty (namely to think) is understanding. But it is noteworthy that the child who can already speak fairly fluently nevertheless first begins to talk by means of “I” fairly late (perhaps a year later): in the meantime speaking of himself in the third person (Karl wants to eat, walk, etc). When he starts to speak by means of “I”, a light seems to dawn on him, as it were, and from that day on he never again returns to his former way of speaking.—Before he merely felt himself; now he thinks himself.” (P.15, trans Louden, R.B., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2006, P.15)
Self- knowledge, as defined by the oracles of Ancient Greece is a burdensome task for those whose love of self knows no bounds, those whose self love prevents the kind of abstraction involved in moral reflection upon action. Self knowledge would also involve knowledge of how to use the powers at the disposal of the human form of psuché (in the right way at the right time (areté)). Perhaps the most important powers at the disposal of the human form of psuché, is the power of making something worthwhile of himself: the power of moral agency. The most important idea behind this power is of course the idea of freedom which does not appear to be a major concern of Oriental Mythology. In our Occidental tradition, which values Philosophy, we find the important secular movement from the theoretical idea of God to the practical idea of freedom. Yet it is also important to point out in this discussion that Kant did not diminish the importance of this idea of God located as it is in a realm of the sacred. This fact places Kant clearly in the camp of the Humanist Philosophers which include both Plato and Aristotle who also manifested a commitment to the Metaphysics of morals.
Campbell situates the Kantian transcendental X in a wider Eastern Mythological contexts: a context which is trying to explain and justify immortality and reincarnation:
“There is the immortality of the one that dies and comes back to life. That is the world of the fathers: in many cultures the ancestors are supposed to live on the moon. The other immortality is that of the one who has gone through the Golden Sun door and will never return: he has left his body as a burned out ash on this side of the Sun: his Soul has passed beyond. The idea of the reincarnating principle is that of two orders: first the reincarnating principle that puts on bodies and puts them off as the moon puts on and puts off its light body; and the other is that principle of sheer light that never dies, the light that is incarnate and immanent in all. Now one of the aims of all of the high Culture religions on the Oriental side of the line is to realise ones own identity with that solar light.”(P.44)
Campbell elaborates upon this metaphor of light with a metaphor he used in a teaching context: Looking up at the lights on the ceiling of the lecture hall he saw the multiple lights generating the light in the hall. There are two phenomena here, he argues, the light of the lecture hall and the light of the individual bulbs. If one bulb should go out because of a fault in the bulb there may not be a noticeable perceptible difference in the light of the hall and that individual bulb, of course can be replaced without disrupting any proceedings. Campbell draws the comparison between the individual bulbs and their light and the heads of the students in his audience possessing consciousness. This, he claims, is a different idea to the transcendental idea of consciousness which is more similar to the light of the lecture hall which in turn of course is like the light of the sun which Plato saw to symbolise the form of the Good that is transcendent. This latter form of light, it is argued was never born and will never die (P.45). On this mythological account the transcendent is manifesting itself in the phenomenal world and is manifested by what is in the phenomenal world. This, of course, resembles the Kantian account of the phenomenal and noumenal self which are of course not two different selves as Schopenhauer thought, but rather two different aspects of one and the same “I”.
Campbell points out in a chapter entitled “The Ever Burning Sacrifice” how, in different cultures, the invading Aryans from the North settled in the areas they conquered and became integrated with the conquered peoples. They created a hierarchy in society where the warriors and the priests were above the merchants and peasants. We can see this phenomenon clearly in Ancient Greece. The priests were superior to the warriors and became the example to be followed if one wished to become a noble and fulfilled human being. They built their alters everywhere, sacrificing to the gods, simultaneously demonstrating their power to bring the gods to them for a common meal. The emotions associated with such events are obscure but perhaps they gave rise to experiences of the sublime.
In India, the energy associated with sacrifice was called Brahman(P.52). As we move forward in time to the 8th century BC we can encounter in India the first so-called forest philosophers and it is perhaps with them that the first humanistic orientations in mythology appear. With these first Eastern Philosophers the idea of Brahman, the energy of the sacrifice, gets transformed into the energy of all life. The great texts of this period, the Upanishads, investigate Brahman and conclude that Brahman lives in the sun, the sacrifice, and in all things. This dilution, Campbell argues threatened the sacredness of the sacrifices and we can see in Ancient Greece for example, Philosophers like Plato separating themselves from religion and the priests, yet attempting to maintain the sacredness of the sun and the forms. Indeed with the exception of the reverence for the oracles, the priests are conspicuous by their absence. Plato’s perfect Republic we know was run by Philosophers and warriors and this was the beginning of a process in which the sacrifice was to diminish in importance in relation to living the good life: a life of contemplation. This may have been the beginning of a process of secularisation which would eventually wipe the realm of the sacred off the face of the earth.
The Indian Yogis and the Ancient Greek Philosophers are in many respects antithetical figures. Campbell points to one such contrast, claiming that the Indian priests to a certain extent renounced the world whereas the Ancient Greeks embraced the world in spite of the oracles proclamatory warning that “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”. There is, however a strain of world-renunciation in Plato’s Republic where we note a retreat away from the physical external world in favour of a spiritual world of forms. This perhaps to some extent disappeared in Plato’s later work “The Laws”, but we see with Aristotle a return to the physical external world and a Philosophy of psuché (form of life)that embraced the life of contemplation, God represented as a primary form responsible for all change in the world. Neither Plato and Aristotle shared the Indian reverence for sacrifice but did, via Dionysius, recognise the eternal circle of life.
Maurice Bowra in his work “The Greek Experience” (Weidenfeld and N Nicolson , London 1957):
“The peculiar nature of man determined the Greek notion of pleasure. They had no ascetic or puritanical hostility to it; in some respects they regarded it as a supreme good. But at the same time they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young, and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility, and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different. from anything available to the gods. The advantage of this system is that it combines a natural taste for enjoyment with a real respect for proved capacities in action and in thought. Paradoxically, it may mean that in what seems to be his more human side, man is closer to the gods than in what wins honour and respect. But it also means that goodness and happiness are brought together in a balanced harmony: for the Greeks believed that if a man is good he is happy, but also that if he is happy he is good.”
The above testifies to a “balance of mind” that involves engaging with the world through achievements in action and in thought that would survive thousands of years and found empires of the future. It is a very different frame of mind to that which we encounter in the Old Testament where, to say the least the relation between Yahweh and men is strained over the issue of the knowledge of good and evil. Man is condemned to mortality because he wishes knowledge of good and evil. Sacrifice of animals was still an important part of life in the narratives of the Old Testament, but once Jesus had been sacrificed for the fall of man, sacrifice was seen to be barbaric. Prayer, however, was an important activity for both praising of God and the forgiveness of sins which would be judged by an all powerful and all-knowing God. The Greeks were more occupied with how to attain knowledge and virtue (areté) than how to avoid sin. The Christian reverence for the realm of the sacred was very different to the respect for this realm we find in Ancient Greece. In Ancient Greece we see a reluctance to see the world from the bubble of ever present temptation and sin: a world in which one waits for judgement day, and the release of the soul from the prison of the body. The Greeks, we know, saw the body, soul, and well governed city to be amongst the beautiful things of this world, perhaps reserving the experience of the sublime for extraordinary feats of thought , rhetoric or Philosophy, and encounters with symbols of the infinite.
The Upansihads reverse the attitude of refusing to engage with the world manifested by the Dravidian Yogis. Siva and Buddha insist on more engagement. The Buddha, for example was not a Brahmin but was certainly promoting the emergent idea of an enlightened consciousness/life. Buddha in this respect resembles a forest Philosopher who believed in life being the medium for the emergence of Brahma within. Buddhist ideas resemble Socratic ideas but there is no evidence of diffusion, and so the resemblance between the positions of Socrates ad Buddha must be considered as examples of the parallel development of ideas. There are, however, considerable differences in their respective commitments given the fact that Socrates used the method of elenchus and the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason to earn the praise of the oracle that claimed he was, “The wisest man in Athens”. It is clear from the differences between the thought of Socrates and Buddha just who was the priest and who was the Philosopher. The priestly view of life as an ever-burning sacrifice or series of reincarnations was very different to the philosophical view of life arguing for the importance of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé,(knowledge of oneself and ones world) arché(principles and las), and diké(justice).
The Ancient Greeks saw their temples as a sacred space for citizens and oracles but almost equally important for them was the important life-space of the polis: a space that they believed ought to be respected. The Humanism implied by the above account is obvious. Whilst the thoughts and teachings of Buddha may well have inspired many political leaders there is no specific engagement with the problems facing political communities as there was with the thought and activities of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. There is nothing, for example resembling Aristotles Constitutional theory where an enlightened middle class emerges to save the state from division and subsequent ruin and destruction. There is nothing in the teachings of Buddha resembling speculations about ideal states such as Plato’s Magnesia: a state in which Just laws were important, and a nocturnal council of enlightened political leaders provided education for the citizens. There is in Buddha, however, the concept of an enlightened soul (who would cease to reincarnate). Buddhism, however looks upon the self or the ego as a a problem standing in the way of self-enlightenment . There is the famous parable of a man who wakes up in the morning realising he has lost his head who begins to look about him for its location. This of course is Buddhist irony and the message is that one cannot use the self to look for the self, implying perhaps that there can be no such thing as self-knowledge or at least that this form of knowledge is not as important as the Greek oracles claimed. Buddhas parable may however also be interpreted to mean that one cannot objectively observe oneself and this is especially true if one is engaged in an action which requires a particular circumspective type of awareness. It is this kind of awareness which is responsible for the detection of errors in a sequence of action Whilst one cannot engage in the act of observing whilst I am engaged in any particular act of building, I can nevertheless see the result of my work and know that it was I that brought this result about. Humans posses the power of action and they also possess a power of knowing what one has chosen to do because they have the power of freedom either to choose to do the action or alternatively to choose not to do the action. Consciousness is, of course, involved in this choice and whilst this has been historically an important concept in the problems facing Philosophical Psychology, it is a complex concept which requires philosophical analysis. Indeed, the concept of psuché (forms of life), given the Aristotelian analysis of it, may be a more appropriate concept to use in relation to the problems associated with self-knowledge. This is the route the later Wittgenstein took with his concepts of forms of life and instinct.
For both Kant and the later Wittgenstein the self is something that is very much to be found in this world, interacting with it physically via its actions, interacting with it socially via the uses of language embedded in our variegated forms of life and less directly via thought which leads to both speech-acts and actions. The issue of Consciousness surfaces once again in this kind of discussion, and we need to determine where it fits into the schema of the powers of our human minds. Freud, we have agued is a Kantian psychologist who questioned the Cartesian and phenomenological notion of consciousness. For Freud Consciousness is not the primary function of mind , but merely a vicissitude of the instincts. For both Kant and Freud the “I” that thinks must be an I that also has its preconscious and unconscious aspects which are important for a complete knowledge of the form of existence of this “I”.
Campbell joins this debate by pointing out that for the Indians a flower turning its face toward the sun is a manifestation of consciousness. For the Greeks, however this phenomenon is more a manifestation of psuché (life). For us moderns Consciousness in a sense can be associated with Campbells light analogy. If a bulb gets broken, he argues, the light goes out. Similarly with consciousness it disappears in sleep, after a severe blow to the head, and also when we are dead. Our modern suggestion, beginning perhaps with William James, is that Consciousness is tied to the material substrate of the brain, the most important organ for the human psuché. Upon awakening from a coma or sleep, I may well be conscious, but perhaps not thinking anything, merely orientating myself once again in relation to my surroundings, perhaps in the case of the coma wondering where I am. Is there an “I” at work here? Probably not. If Kant is correct, then the “I” emerges only when this “I” begins to think something about something which in turn would seem to suggest that the Cartesian Cogito argument(I think therefore I am) may still be a good argument. This, however, suggests that consciousness is not identical with this “I” even if it may indeed be an important necessary condition for the occurrence of thinking. On this account consciousness seems to be a sensory event belonging to the faculty of sensibility. Consciousness is however quickly transformed if I try to remember where I am or even who I am. Memory would then seem to be an active form of thinking that requires an “I” to function in the human psuché.
Wittgenstein in his later work discussed a phenomenon which he argued was half perception, half thought, namely seeing something as something, e.g. seeing a face in the clouds and this may be a kind of ground-zero-thinking with a minimum involvement of the “I”. If this is so ,this phenomenon helps us to understand the scope and limits of the function or power of Consciousness. For our Ancient Greek Philosophers, however, it was psuché in all its forms which was the most important idea in need of investigation, especially the human form of psuché which Aristotle defined as “rational animal capable of discourse”.This kind of account ,of course, stands in stark contrast with the mysterious art of the Indian Yogi whose intention it is to stop all spontaneous activity of the mind. In regressing to this state, it is argued:
“The notion is that you, yourself are identical with that form of forms, Brahman” (P.60)
In this state it is encouraged that you visualise yourself with a serpent coiled at the base of your spine: a serpent you shall try to mobilise through control of posture and breathing and perhaps also making the sound of “aum”, all of which supposedly encourage the serpent to move up the spine and into the meditators head, thereby fully awakening our human psuché. Once the serpent passes the level of the throat, the yoga master may pass into a trance. This is a kind of zero-level of the psuché, resembles as Campbell points out on Page 63, the experience of some psychotics:
“The yoga is somehow experiencing a psychotic break-up but is not drowning in this subconscious sea that swamps the ordinary psychotic….The psychotic is drowning in these waters while the yoga is swimming.”
During its journey which begins at the genitalia, sexual pleasure is felt in the mode of imagining and the journey progresses to its next bodily station which is the navel–“the city of the shining jewel” in which one:
“wants to consume and gain power for oneself over everything, one is driven by a will to power.”
Both of these experiences of sexual pleasure and power are of course primary regions of the human psuché. The next stage of the serpents ascent is at the heart:
“It is at the level of the heart that one comes first into relationship to the higher principle of the power of art and the spirit, which are not those of the empirical outside environment.” (P.66)
This spiritual journey requires assistance from the voicebox in the vicinity of the throat via uttering the sound “aum” which Campbell claims symbolises the energy of the divine sound produced in some mysterious way which does not involve contact between two different things (which would seem to be necessary for physical sounds in our physical world):
“Aum is God.. Aum is God as sound….this is the sound aspect of the form that we are going to find when we meet god. It is the sound of God, the sound of the Lord of the World, out of whose thoughts, out of whose being, out of whose energy, substance the world is a precipitation. Aum is the word of words, that original Logos we find in the Bible..in the Gospel according to John: “In the beginning was the word, and the word was God”(P.69)
The effect of the sound is supposed to remove attention from the lower drives and focus ones attention on the next spiritual level. As the serpent ascends further upwards, the world is excluded and at the third eye, heaven is reached. The journey cleanses us of all worldly things and finally of the world itself. The Kantian pantheon of powers is a result of another kind of discipline that attempts to acquire as much knowledge of the external world and the powers of psuché as is possible. The powers of human psuché follow from the form of the human body which includes its constellation of organs, limbs, limb extensions etc. These powers obey various principles that also organise their interaction and integration with each other.
Freud refers to three of these principles, namely the energy regulation principle, the pleasure-pain principle and the reality principle. The Energy Regulation Principle is related to our instinctive and biological needs such as breathing, sexual activity and eating. The Pleasure-Pain Principle will regulate higher activities such as Love and Belongingness and will interact with both the Energy Regulation Principle to produce the lower forms of pleasure and the Reality Principle to produce higher forms of pleasure connected to Art, Morality, and Spirituality in its various forms.
There is nothing in the Philosophies of Aristotle, Kant, Freud, or Wittgenstein that speaks for the putting off of our bodies and taking on of another body of different form. Persons, for these philosophers are particular people with particular life spans beginning and ending at specific times. For Kant and Wittgenstein who were in some sense religious in our Western sense of the term, God is not a being detached from the world, but rather is in the world and related to it in various ways, manifesting power in various forms, urging us, for example to lead better more fulfilling lives. When the light of our individual consciousness is extinguished, there is not darkness because that is the presence of something, rather there is a nothingness–a pure absence of light and darkness. The state has no relation to life. There is no form remaining which can be transmitted into, for example, the body of a swan. These philosophers see our world as composed of principles(forms) which regulate our life with things events and actions. This is a world of constant change that is determined by these principles.
The Bhagavad Gita is a religious text much of whose content rings no bells in our Western memory systems but there is one event which certainly would have rung a bell for the later Freud occupied with the power of the death instinct over mans life. This is the event of “black time”which according to the text :
“is a tremendous monstrous divinity with many mouths with great tusks in these mouths. Arjuna sees both armies flying into these mouths and smashing like grapes and the blood pouring down from the maws like spilled wine…..I am Kala. I am black time, who am here for the end of the world and am licking up mankind.” (P.87)
That the end of time will be because of War, is, of course, a general position of many mythologies, including perhaps the oracles of ancient Greece. We moderns, more than at any time in History have looked into the jaws of black night during our World Wars and have miraculously lived to tell the tale, but with the advent of the “new men” who were responsible not just for these wars but for the creation of terrible weapons of mass destruction, we dare not breathe a sigh of relief. Our hope for the future resides in the Enlightenment Philosophy of Kant who postulated the existence of a “hidden plan” that is guiding the journey of mankind to a better place, a cosmopolitan kingdom of ends. It was of course another ex-citizen of Königsberg, Hannah Arendt, who alerted us to the origins of totalitarianism and the new me who yearn for the power to destroy any hope for a better future. Indeed at a critical point during the second world war, whilst black night was roaming the world and weapons of mass destruction were being tested, one of these men, Robert Oppenheimer, turned to the Bhagavad Gita for the words to describe what was happening:
“I am become death, the destroyer of worlds”
Campbell in a chapter entitled “World Soul” claims:
“When we look at the contemporary Western Conception of the individual, of the self, it is predicated around the psychology of Sigmund Freud, Joseph Adler, and Carl Jung.” (P.88)
This remark is the manifestation of a prejudice in favour of Psychology at the expense of its mother Philosophy. Both parties had relatively recently separated in 1870, and gone their separate ways. This prejudice in favour of the fathers of Psychology who as a matter of fact also fundamentally disagreed with each other, was, of course, a phenomenon of modernism which Stanley Cavell claimed arose because we can no longer see the connection between what we are doing and the historical conditions for what we are doing.
Freud, one of the three fathers indeed produced a philosophical psychology that manifested the wisdom of Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Spinoza and Kant but did so in circumstances in which his work soon became obscured by the “New science” of positivism that committed itself intensely to the elimination of all metaphysics whether it be in the domain of Nature or Morals. The agenda of these new men was to ignore the history of thought in many regions of our knowledge in favour of a methodology of observation, measurement, and the manipulation of variables in experimental contexts. Oracles and proclamations to “know thyself” became historical relics. Whether the aim of these “new scientists” was to neutralise the influence of spirit seers and Eastern Yogis is not clear but the effect on Philosophy was considerable, calling into question much of the work of Aristotle, Kant and their followers throughout the ages.
Other factors also contributed to the severing of the thread of knowledge stretching from the Ancient Greeks to Modern Times. The Latin translations of Greek texts took a considerable amount of time and when this did occur there were problems with the meaning of a number of particular key terms such as phronesis, areté, arché, psuché, aletheia, eudaimonia etc. Many generations of scholars have occupied themselves with these problematic translations but most of the problems have now, after hundreds of years, been solved .
The History of Psychology, we know, initially centred upon both a modernist view of science and a modernist view of Consciousness, both of which very quickly revealed their limitations. The response to these limitations were unfortunately led by theoretical scientists who attempted to rescue the subject from the ensuing chaos by insisting that focus should shift to what in fact can be observed in psychological investigations, namely behaviour. This of course opened a door for the argument, characteristic of our technological age, that there is no observable difference between human and machine intelligence. Wittgenstein helped to temper this debate by claiming that what observation is, my reside in the eye of the beholder, because it involves seeing something as something. Seeing a contraction of the face as a wince or a pattern of movement as a manifestation of grief appears for example to go beyond the information given on a behaviourist account which involved reducing the world to a manifold of stimuli and responses. Behavioural movements per se are amenable to a number of competing descriptions, depending upon the origins of these movements, the physiological symptoms manifested, and the circumstances of the behaviour, but it is interesting to note that there is even a reluctance to speak of the behaviour of a machine because of the connection of this term to a physiological base which the machine does not possess. This debate obviously is related to Consciousness and its necessary ties to a particular physiological base and an energy regulation principle that is regulating life functions. A certain kind of chemistry is associated with life functions which a machine clearly does not possess.
The new men of science used a sceptical methodology to undermine everything metaphysical in the domains of both Nature and Morality. Stanley Cavell in his work “The Claim of Reason illustrates the operation of this scepticism in a recital:
“Request for Bssis: How for example do we know another person is angry?
Basis: From his behaviour…,the way he acts…
Ground for Doubt: But mightn’t he do these things, act that way and not be angry? And how do you know but that he is feeling something entirely different, or nothing at all?
Conclusion: I dont know…
Moral: I never can know. Behaviour is not identical with feelings and thoughts themselves
This recital takes us back once again to the initial attempts of the structuralists (Wundt) to order our sensations and feelings into some kind of psychological system. For Kant their project would have been misguided but Kant would have found the attempt to order behaviour into some kind of psychological system equally frivolous, since behaviour is controlled by the will and the will is both linked to the instincts (sensibility), understanding and reason. What these two schools of Psychology provide us with are at best accounts of how our sensory-motor system works at a relatively low level of psychic functioning. Behaviourism emerged agains the background of the theorising of the three “fathers” of psychology Campbell points to. It was therefore natural for Freud to become a target of the different schools of psychology (structuralism, functionalism, behaviourism).
The sceptical rehearsal of Cavell’s above devolves into another recital in which an automated human being with all the human organs, limbs, tissues etc presents itself for evaluation on the question as to whether this manufactured being can be said to have a human soul. If as Wittgenstein claimed the human body is the best picture of the soul then there would seem to be an argument for an affirmative answer to the above question. What this rehearsal lacks is reference to the important variable of the origin of the human body which includes having parents, growing in a human womb, being born into a completely different environment, and leading a life of dependency upon others during infancy, childhood, and adolescence. Even if this automated being has been programmed with a history of similar experiences, the origin of the programme is different to a human origin. It is, then, not just the bare presentation of a human body that demands we treat this manifestation as a human soul: there must be a physiological, psychological and social history present too. We can of course be misled as the automaton presents itself and responds to our questions relating to its origin with a pack of lies. Upon discovering the truth eventually we would not continue to relate to this being in the same way. We ought also to point out that this imaginative projection of a human automaton with a human brain organs and tissues may never in fact be technically possible. The later Wittgenstein is not a behaviourist because he must have included their theories in his judgement that modern psychology suffers from conceptual confusion. His grammatical investigations, on the contrary are an important tool in discovering what a person is because our language bewitches us and leads us into confusing one category of thing with another.
The sensible correlate of conceptual confusion is the world of illusion that the Indians called Maya, which is the veil that needs to be lifted before we can have access to Brahman (which Campbell equates with the Kantian noumena world) or Ding-an-sich (P.90).
Our Western roots in Ancient Greece were to flourish via Christianity, the religion chosen by the Military minded Romans and this in turn would give rise to individualism —a fruit that perhaps belongs more to the tree of the knowledge of good and evil than to the tree of life. Campbell cites Carl Jung and an actualisation process Jung refereed to as individuation. We live in societies, argues Jung, that demands we play a part , take on many roles as Shakespeare indicated. Individuation involves seeing these parts to be masks veiling the individual behind them. Jung, for Campbell, expresses in his Psychology the wisdom of Occidental mythology which is very different to Eastern Mythology where the the individual actually identifies with the part or the role that is being enacted. This ability to take on another form is typical of Eastern mythology and even becomes important in life after death when one may take on even an animal form in the next life. In such circumstances it is not necessary to worry about judgement day in the presence of God because the soul has a specific weight as a result of the life it has led: a weight that automatically determines what one is going to become. This is a system in which the ego is no longer merely regulated by other agencies (Freud) but is actually effaced because it is regarded as essentially unnecessary in processes that endure over long cycles of time..
The major difference, then, between Oriental Mythology/Religion and our Occidental Mythologies/Philosophies is that the former focuses upon God and the fruits of the tree of life and the latter upon Man and the fruits of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. In the Occidental tradition we also notice a major shift from the Mythological/Religious to the Philosophical/Secular. Kant, of course, was the major philosopher leading this shifting emphasis from the theoretical idea of God to the practical idea of freedom. Involved in this shifting emphasis was also a focus upon the beautiful and the sublime which of course were major concerns of Ancient Greek Philosophy.
The effacement of the ego, the thesis of reincarnation and the formlessness of the soul belong of course together, and are to be contrasted with our Western religious commitments to resurrection and the retained identity of ones soul . Whether one reincarnates or not, on the Eastern account, appears to depend upon the extent to which we can master our desires and fears, and by that is meant possessing the capacity to desire nothing and fear nothing. On this account this is not a matter of controlling or regulating the self, but rather of removing this “noise of the I” from the world. Only then, on the Buddhist account, will we rid ourselves of participating in the unending cycles of sorrow.(P.152). The fire or light of life is only finally extinguished for Hinduism when the individual dismisses the body and ceases all activity. Buddhism differs in that one can burn oneself or ones body out, but continue in an enlightened state doing ones duty, but in doing so one is like a tree acting just as the world acts without desire or fear.. There is no need, Campbell claims for the Buddhist to withdraw completely from the world and kill oneself:
“This idea is the basic Buddha idea, and it broke the grip of this literal yoga of killing yourself….when a person has purged himself of ego, he is like a string that has been burnt lying on the ground; it looks like string still but if you blow on it , it wisps away—it isn’t there. And so it is with a person who has quenched his commitment to ego and has pulled back. He is, as it were, in the centre, and life moves through him in a rolling process. This is the basic ideal, I would say, for the individual living in the world, whether in Buddhism, or Taoism or Hinduism.”(P.156)
Campbell further distinguishes between Hinduism and Buddhism by pointing out that whilst Buddhism is a creeded religion, initiated by a chosen figure or prophet, Hinduism is an ancient ethnic religion that one is born into, and whose laws one obeys blindly and without choice. Hinduism is split into castes, but the ultimate untouchables are those who have chosen creeded religions from across the seas, e.g. Christianity. The laws of the creeded religions come from the prophets who have a very special relation to God , but who are in a certain sense inferior beings. Whereas in the case of Hinduism the brahman who participates in rituals that can summon the gods are regarded as more powerful and therefore even superior to the gods. Hindu laws, however, have their origin not with the Brahmans, but issue direct from the universe. In Judaism and Hinduism, for example,the laws come from God even if in the former case Moses was the divine messenger. The religion of Ancient Greece as practiced around the time of the Great Philosophers, appears, however, to fall into a very different category given the fact that the laws are chosen by a great-souled human, a phronimos:
“It is from the Greeks that we get the idea that the human intelligence is competent to determine prudent, noble appropriate aims for human life and to contrive laws by which those aims may be achieved….This is not the traditional view either in the bible or in the Hindu tradition. The traditional view is that the law comes from the universe–or from the creator of the universe in the biblical tradition–and is imposed upon man. It is mans function to adjust himself to that law and then live by it, not to criticise it.”(P.163)
This suggests that we are dealing with essentially different types of mentality: the traditional form of religion the creedal form of religion and the Ancient Greek form of religion/philosophy. These different mentalities believe in the laws of the universe, laws that come from prophets, and laws that come from rational men who are great souled beings. It is these great souled beings that, in accordance with a Greek cultural-value framework—arché, areté, diké, epistemé eros, eudaimonia— best understands that knowledge and reason are the most reliable guides for that form of psuché we call human and whose essence specifying definition is “rational animal capable of discourse”. We are, according to Aristotle capable of being both the best of the animals and the worst of the animals, but we also possess a rational faculty (noos) that enables us to relate to the gods and the realm of the sacred. Reincarnation is not an important theme for the phronimos or Greek law-maker: it plays little or no part in the laws of the city, although respect for the chosen gods of the polis is also important for its stability.
Criticism of the gods is not permitted although it would seem that poets like Homer were given a poetic licence which allowed them to portray the gods anthropomorphically. Divine law, on the other hand, cannot be criticised, and in traditional religions is much more important than the laws instituted by man. Solon’s laws, for example, could be subjected to scrutiny and criticism by his peers. This criticism was offered with varying degrees of severity, the very worst criticism being that a law was unjust. This, according to St Augustine implied that unjust laws were not laws at all.
In our Western Christian religion we have a complex religious system composed of a respect for the traditional laws and commandments found in the Old Testament which form the foundation for the Christian law/commandment to “Love thy neighbour”. This commandment would appear to be more universal in scope than the OT commandment not to covet my neighbours wife and goods. Christianity however is anti-caste and anti-privilege, and favours the poor over the rich insofar as entering the kingdom of heaven is concerned, presumably because a rich mans ego is driven by selfish desires and paranoid fears that corrupt his soul.
Obeying the laws of the universe unreservedly as happens in the Hindu religion involves silencing the “noise of the I” in favour of the stillness of spirit sought after by the yogi. The Christian system, on the contrary, is equally critical of selfish desires and paranoid fears, but suggests that the individual take responsibility for their thoughts, actions and life on pain of censure from the community they live in which includes their families. We can see clearly the differences between these two systems in the practices of arranged marriages and the fate of the widow who must cast herself on her dead husbands funeral pyre. These for us Western rational animals capable of discourse would be irrational acts.
The Hindu system also has its duties connected with the role of the family head for example. When those duties are deemed to have been fulfilled the father is called upon to abandon all worldly things and seek a guru in a forest to teach him the discipline of yoga. In extreme cases the brahmin or guru can urge their pupil to bury themselves in the ground with just the nose above ground for several months. This is part of the process of abandoning of the body:
“You must shatter the life in yourself so that there is nothing there.”(P.176)
This theme that life is somehow something illusory is a part of Buddhism, the religion of enlightenment. Whilst the primary symbol for life is light, the end for which one is striving, after many reincarnations, is the extinction of the light. The Knowledge that is acquired on this journey of Enlightenment is that suffering and sorrow are to be found everywhere:
“The beautiful surface of things” (P.180)
Behind this veil resides a sense of evil, horror and ruthlessness. The Buddha withdraws from this spectacle when he sits under the Bodhi tree, preparing to teach the ways leading to Buddhism. The favoured image is that of the ferryboat that takes you from a wind-swept shore to a windless shore where nothing is in flux. There is no need of a Buddhist church because life is their church, and there is no need of any texts. This is a religion in which enlightenment can also occur via an athletic form of meditation in action: one can, for example, be a samurai dedicated to killing ones enemies without fear of breaking any divine laws or commandments.
Mythology is the remarkable attempt to address questions of fundamental importance for mankind: it is the form of study that not only demands to know the world and the self, but also demands some kind of practical justification or guarantee for such knowledge.
The Ancient Greeks formulated what they called aporetic questions, realising that the journey of knowledge is long, arduous and sometimes dangerous. They were the first to concentrate their attention on the art of thinking in the hope that the journey will end well, in spite of oracular proclamations to the effect that it is ruin and destruction that awaits mankind.
The Ancient Greek Philosophers also attempted to answer the so-called aporetic questions they formulated methodically, by developing the tools of dialectic, elenchus and logic. This exploration, however, was preceded by the obscure and secretive methods used by the Oracles to arrive at two of the truths relating to mans essence that were expressed in the hylomorphic account of Aristotle’s “rational animal capable of discourse.”:
Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction
2. Know thyself
These truths were proclamatory warnings agains the hubris of man who had proceeded by this time, to build complex civilisations. governed by the rule of law. These warnings, indeed may have been Parthian shots by the Oracles, whose influence was already beginning to wane in Greece. Socrates and Plato were, we now know, abandoning the temple for the agora, the ampitheatre and the Academy. Plato, we also know, chose to present the thoughts of Socrates in dialogue form, which were then performed in the ampitheatres and also in the Olympic Games. Aristotle’s Lyceum was, on the other hand, engaging in early biological experiments alongside lectures on the principles of psuché .
Plato, then may well have been the first of the institutional professors, and together with Aristotle, symbolised a concept of “The University”, which was never pursued, namely that which was striving to produce polymaths in the name of the love of wisdom. Nevertheless in the case of Plato and the case of Aristotle, there is deep respect for religion and the oracles of the temples. Some of Plato’s ideas, however, can be construed as the beginning of a process of the marginalisation of religious practices and institutions.
Socrates, we know, as part of his defence against the charge of heresy claimed that Philosophy was one of the children of the Gods and this at the time, might also have been regarded as heretical. We do not know exactly how it was received by the 500 man jury most of whom probably did not understand what Socrates was attempting to do in the agora or even why the Oracle thought he was the wisest man in Athens. Both Plato and Aristotle believed that the proclamation by the oracle to “Know thyself” was an important one, and the failure to follow this piece of advice might well end in the ruin and destruction of civilisation. The Ancient Greeks we know when confronted by the gigantic Persian army were proud of their own civilisation and their Independence from what they saw to be an autocratic tyrannical form of government.
The characterisation of Justice that Socrates provides us with early on in the Republic is that justice consists in citizens of the Republic working in accordance with a principle of specialisation where they work in occupations suited to their abilities and capacities and not interfere with the work of occupations they have no ability for. This argument for justice in the city, of course ,builds upon the Socratic account of justice for the individual which is that those guilty of unjust conduct get what they deserve. This, in turn, relates to the Oracular proclamation that Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction in the sense that it is unjust conduct on a large scale that will lead to the ruin and destruction of the city-state.
Campbell refers to this principle of specialisation when he points out that the first early civilisations that endured over time were characterised by the professionalisation of various important occupations. He names priests, merchants and farmers but interestingly fails to mention teachers and warriors. Perhaps it was not yet evident that a civilisation needs, according to Aristotle, three different kinds of forms, namely reproduction of children, reproduction of important artefacts and tools for living and finally but perhaps most important, the reproduction of important ideas via the process of teaching. All three kinds of forms were necessary according to Aristotle if a city-state was to become self sufficient and not be dependent on external circumstances for its survival. As the civilisation progresses, the need for a greater differentiation of occupations becomes necessary for self sufficiency. We ought to recall the evolutionary development of the city state for Aristotle begins in the large extended family, continues with a number of extended families forming a village ,and then ends with a number of villages coalescing to form the city-state. Self sufficiency is a difficult concept to define but it almost certainly refers to the needs of the citizens which would be exceedingly difficult to list.
The Psychology of Maslow may, however, serve as a guide in this matter. Maslow argues that certain needs are more fundamental than others and some needs arise when the more fundamental needs are met. Given the fact that we are animals, survival and reproduction are obviously important needs and Maslow includes both sexual and physiological needs for food, water and oxygen etc. If these needs are consistently and systematically met the next needs to arise are security/safety needs which, in our more complex societies can take a manifold of foms, e.g. Physical safety from physical harm, health safety which follows from access to medical care,, emotional security follows from not being subjected to anxiety fear and stress consistently and systematically, financial and work security follows from having a job which provides us with money and resources to meet our maintenance needs, legal and social security follow from the prevalence of justice in the society and the sense of being part of a whole.
The next level of needs are love and belongingness needs which follow from the need for intimate relations and friendships. Self-esteem needs are next in the hierarchy and this follows from the more abstract need for respect. All these hierarchical levels also require that our cognitive and aesthetic needs are met, and these are also relatively abstract and concerned with knowledge, justice and freedom. if, Maslow argues, all these needs are consistently and systematically met we will as individuals become self sufficient and relatively independent of our circumstances.
Self sufficiency for a city-state is relative because of the obvious difficulties in obtaining justice and freedom for everyone. It would seem as if the fundamental condition for such a state of affairs would be the citizens all being friends and treating each other as ends-in-themselves which is something that according to Kant might take one hundred thousand years to achieve. It is clear now why the wisest of the Ancient Greeks, namely Socrates, thought Philosophy to be a child of the Gods and a necessary discipline if one was to be able to answer all the aporetic questions arising about our human political, religious, artistic and ethical lives. Mathematics was of course taught to some professions who needed such knowledge for the instrumental purposes of the state such as tax collecting ,designing temples etc. Pythagoras, was a teacher of mathematics as a form of epistemé, but his life is shrouded in mystery.
The transmission of skills is obviously an important civilisation builder and various instrumental forms of practical knowledge are necessary for such technical matters. These forms of knowledge obviously differ to those forms of knowledge that are categorical such as the knowledge of arché (principles) and diké(justice). The logical principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are then, necessary to justify categorical answers to categorical questions such as “What is justice?”. St Augustine, for example, uses the principle of noncontradiction to point out that “An unjust law is no law at all”. The importance of knowledge to Ancient Greece, then stands in sharp contrast to the role that knowledge plays in the Garden of Eden myth whose moral is that we ought not to have eaten the fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil because this was a divine matter to be left to divine beings. Questions relating to the knowledge of good and evil are clearly aporetic questions, and Socrates, Plato and Aristotle took us some way along the path of answering these questions . Kant took us further along the path, but the journey has not ended and Kant was probably correct in his judgement that the journey to the cosmopolitan kingdom of ends that lies at the end of the path is going to occupy us for a very long time indeed. The complex interplay of the threads of arché, epistemé, areté, logos, and aletheia will need to be unravelled to lay bear the nature of such knowledge of “The Good”. Given the obvious importance of knowledge in the process of the actualisation of the idea of “The Good”, one implication for the professions occupied with city-state business is that teachers play a vitally important role in the fate of the city-state. Institutions such as the Academy and the Lyceum were indeed originally used as blueprints for our Universities, but that blueprint appears to have used a principle of specialisation in an exceedingly narrow sense and as a consequence lost the grasp of many universal aporetic questions such as “What is knowledge?” “What is The Good?”, “What is the beautiful and sublime?” and perhaps also the questions, “What is Justice?” and “In what sense does God exist?”
Perusing the educational system of the ancient Greeks we find that doctors were trained in temples using an apprenticeship system . This may have been due to the promotion of Aeschylus to the status of a God. Priests, paradoxically were not trained in the temple but in specialised religious institutions, and perhaps here too the principle of specialisation was conceived too narrowly. Plato’s Academy contained an area devoted to the worship of the gods and we also know that the last request of Socrates before he was put to death by drinking from the poisoned chalice, was to request that one of his friends sacrifice a cock to Asclepius, presumably in gratitude for the relatively painless effect of the poison he was forced to imbibe.
When Socrates was practicing his new method of elenchus in the agora it was clear to him that his method needed to justify the oracles claim that he was the wisest man in Athens. His chosen targets were powerful people, politicians, sophists, priests who were prepared to use the law to retain their power over the community, using it as a means to their ends, that is to say unethically. This particular use of the law brought Athens into disrepute and established Philosophy as an important subject in the task of educating the citizens of a society. The early Philosophers, we ought to recall were so called natural philosophers interested in the phenomenal happenings of the physical world, especially what is happening in the heavens. We recall the curious role of Anaxagoras in this respect who proclaimed that the moon was not a God-like ethereal entity but rather a solid body similar to that of the earth reflecting the light of the sun. Anaxagoras claimed also that noos was the initiator and regulator of all change, a kind of cosmic mind. Apparently Socrates was convinced by Anaxagoras ‘s writings to abandon his investigations into the physical world and concentrate instead upon the cosmic mind or noos. Socrates eventually transferred his efforts into the field of the life-world and focussed upon those various powerful experts in the polis who thought they knew what they were doing but were simply making the worse argument appear the better to those who questioned what was being done. The Socratic method then was both philosophical and educational.
Plato’s Theory of Forms, we ought to recall proposed that the Form of the Good was the most important of all the forms and Plato sought to justify his claim by using both argumentation and allegory, thus combining both philosophical and mythological thought. Forms are forms of thought which according to Plato, determine the template for everything we name or talk about and Plato furthermore characterises external world entities as imitations or copies of the original forms. Forms, for both Plato and Aristotle are that which justifies and explains what we encounter and question in the external physical world . For Aristotle, However, the formal “cause” (explanation) of something is only one kind of explanation and furthermore this is not as Plato claimed situated in some kind of non physical spiritual realm but rather, for Aristotle, something that is situated in the world.
The mythology and religion of Plato’s times was one source of the “form of the good” and good art for Plato refused to present the gods fighting, arguing, stealing etc., as we encounter them in Homer. Eros in relation to the beauty of the human body, the human soul and the human laws of the city involved the power of the imagination, the emotions, understanding and reason, all of which were necessary for leading the examined contemplative life characteristic of eudaimonia. Divine powers as represented by the demiurge and the erinyes/euminedes formed part of the Greek pantheon of powers which have a complex relation to what Plato and Aristotle called the formal causes or what religion regarded as the “realm of the sacred”. Both of these mythical impersonal powers belonged to an older conception of the divine and sacred which was later supplemented by Zeus and his anthopomorphised pantheon of personalities which included many goddesses such as Athena who concerned herself with principles of wisdom and justice.
Ancient Greek Philosophy did not disassociate itself from the realms of the divine and the sacred, preferring instead to include mythological concerns under the umbrella of Philosophy, the latest supplement to the pantheon of the Gods. Indeed this realm is definitely included in the Aristotelian position that “being has many meanings”. As mentioned previously for Aristotle, the forms were transmitted down the generations in fundamentally three ways, reproduction of children, the creation of artefacts and tools and learning of skills associated with them, and thirdly, the transmission of important ideas from teacher to pupil,
Doctors, politicians, priests, warriors and Philosophers, were also involved in the care for the body, soul, and city which all Greeks thought to be important. Lawyers too, were emerging given the complex legal system of Athens which permitted citizens to lodge indictments against each other, as instanced by the infamous indictment of Socrates by Meletus. Sophists became paid experts in “making the worse argument seem the better” for payment and thereby provided the legal profession with an inauspicious beginning.
As the centuries passed however, the Philosophy of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle endured as an intellectual activity concerned with the answering of aporetic questions, usually reserved for the oracles, questions concerned with Being, the sacred, the true, the beautiful, the sublime, and justice. Mythology, however was experiencing a decline owing firstly, to the ascendency of Christianity which historically has proved itself to be one of the more intolerant religions, secondly, due to the decoupling of the forms (the true, good, beautiful etc) from religious practices and institutions. Scientific knowledge, then, became more and more dependent upon a mathematical form of thinking and as a result promoted a general scepticism about anything that could not be observed, measured or manipulated. The formulating of aporetic questions relating to abstract ideas such as Being and other transcendental and metaphysical matters were lost in the wave of secularisation that began sweeping over Europe. One reaction to this state of affairs was the emergence of “spirit seers” who appealed to supernatural experiences that were appearing increasingly delusional with the passing of the centuries. Kant warned us of this emerging phenomenon, yet as late as the 1900’s Carl Jung was still attempting to rehabilitate the supernatural world of spirits in the name of psychology.
In relation to this wave of secularisation, Campbell claims the following:
“The word myth now means falsehood, and so we have lost the symbols and the mysterious world of which they speak. But we need the symbols, and so they come up in disturbed dreams and nightmares that are then dealt with by psychiatrists. It was Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung and Jacob Adler who realised that the figures of dreams are really figures of personal mythologisation….At present our culture has rejected the world of symbology. It has gone into an economic and political phase where spiritual principles are completely disregarded…Our religious life is ethical not mystical. The mystery has gone and society is disintegrating as a result.”(The Myth of Light…P.18-19)
We see a sign of this decay in the writings of the psychiatrist Jung. Campbell talks about this in terms of the transcendent and the metaphysical mysteries being transposed into the so-called “Mystery” of an after-life populated with ghosts and spirits. For Freud, these are fantasy laden figures generated by psychological processes that we need his later work to give a full account of. The clinical Freud and his technical language, indeed, help us to understand the defence mechanisms operating: sometimes these spiritual experiences relate to trauma and sometimes to modern mans fundamental discontentment with a life without obvious meaning which Kant decribed already during his time as “melancholically haphazard”. Kant we know explored in detail the mysterious aporetic questions relating to God, the soul and freedom and he was perhaps the last great philosopher who could write with an open mind about a transcendental ego situated in a noumenal world which we can merely glimpse from our lives in a phenomenal world of space, time and causation.
Freud claims he is a Kantian Psychologist but does not seem able to capture the Kantian penchant for exploring the transcendent and metaphysical realm of the sacred. When Freud speaks of god and religion he tends to focus upon popular attitudes toward spiritual figures, which are clearly childish projections of anxieties and wishes. Fear and desire are the major characters of the Freudian religious drama: characters that do not perform any cathartic function. From Freudian times onward (dating perhaps from 1929) it appears as if the mystery of life is no longer the concern of anyone. The aporetic question of “Being and its many meanings” has all but disappeared from our intellectual concerns. Campbell evokes Eastern Myth in general and the Upanishads in particular which he claims retains a concern for one of the many meanings of being, namely ,the mystery of life:
“Bring me a fruit of that banyan tree,
Here is is venerable sir,
Break it
It is broken venerable sir,
What do you see there?
These seeds exceedingly small,
Break one of these my son,
It is broken venerable sir,
What do you see there?
Nothing at all venerable sir
The father said: That subtle essence, my dear, which you do not perceive there, from this very essence this great banyan arises. Believe me my dear. Now that which is the subtle essence. In it all that exists has its self. That is true,. That is the self.. Thou art that Svetaketu (The Chandogya Upanishad Ch 12)
Nothingness, then, is not nothing but a something that appears to defy the normal categories of understanding and therefore, perhaps the normal principles of judgement. Hence the tendency toward the use of allegories, parables and dialogues. The Self or transcendental ego is not in the world like the banyan tree, but rather lies at the boundary of the world. There is no difficulty in identifying the above form of the banyan tree even if nothing can be seen. In the above however it seems that this truth is also connected to the truth of a Self which also cannot be seen. “Thou art that”–it is stated. This is a transcendental truth and reminds us of the Wittgensteinian dictum:
“Whereof one cannot speak thereof one must consign to silence.”(Prop 7 Tractatus- Logico-Philosophicus)
This, however, would not have been the view either of the Upanishads or Aristotle’s Metaphysics. The above mythological/religious text appears to be attempting to reveal “The Truth” in the Greek spirit of aletheia. This is not being done in the way in which Aristotle seeks “The Truth” of the “many meanings of Being”. Aristotle is a rationalist and sees arché ( founding principles) to be the most reliable component of Logos, and for him it is clear that there are principles or forms connected to that realm of Being called psuché which is that form of life which inhabits the physical realm of space, time and matter. For Aristotle matter is essentially connected to that which forms it into the entities we experience, and it is these forms that function like organising principles. Life is as much, for Aristotle, defined by its origins, as its end in death, and the origin mythology focuses upon insofar as life is concerned is that of mother earth.
The mystery for mythology is simple: How can a living entity emerge form a non living environment? The many different forms of life are, of course, fascinating but none is more fascinating than the human form who is capable of significantly changing the environment he lives in by building cities and civilisations, whilst inquiring into his own nature and the nature of everything around him. The powers of human nature, then, are important areas of study more for the Philosopher than the priest or mythologist.
Campbell claims that we no longer live in an age of mythology, religion art or philosophy, but rather appear to have succumbed to the more materialistically constituted forces of economics and politics. Campbell, notes, for example, with considerable regret that after Thomas Mann went to live in America he became engaged with political issues and lost his creative flair. This was around the time when Wittgenstein was complaining about the sound of engines in the music of Brahms and some time after Renoir made his aesthetic complaint about modern architecture:
“We get too accustomed to these things and to such a point that we dont realise how ugly they are. And if the day ever comes when we become entirely accustomed to them, it will be the end of a civilisation which gave us the Parthenon and the Cathedral of Rouen. Then men will commit suicide from boredom or will kill each other off just for the pleasure of it”(Stokes, A, The Collected Writings of Adrian Stokes, Vol 3, The Invitation in Art, London, Thames and Hudson, 1978, P 278)
The 1900 s of course began with the “ready-made urinal ” of Duschamps and in the name of this “Modern Art”we also experienced a number of paradoxical “works ” in several mediums, from weightless sculptures to empty canvasses, to soundless musical performances. T S Eliot also contributed to the spirit of these times with his poem, “The Waste Land.” and Hannah Arendt noted that the political party system was already collapsing around the turn of the century: the conditions were being laid for the emergence of totalitarian regimes and the subsequent deaths of millions of people, amongst them those hundreds of thousands of Japanese civilians that died from the dropping of two atomic bombs.
Wittgenstein, prior to these traumatic political events had left Vienna to study Philosophy at Cambridge University and within a relatively short period of time produced a work entitled “Tracatatus Logico-Philosophicus” (1922), which claimed that it was the “final solution” of the problems of Philosophy. Wittgenstein himself, of course was forced to retract this claim when he was preparing another work “Philosophical Investigations”, which would not be published in his lifetime: a work which moreover would contribute to mitigating some of the negative developments of modern Philosophy that in their turn were neutralising the arguments of Aristotle and Kant. In his final solution from his earlier work it is stated that “the world is the totality of facts” (not things like a banyan tree) . Language pictures facts, and the soul was essentially characterised as a linguistic solipsistic soul. The later work abandoned these positions in favour of the activity of language being embedded in Aristotelian “forms of life”, and the meaning of language was characterised as its use in various language-games. The solipsistic self was dropped for a soul embedded in a life world which was essentially public and communal. yet it was the early work which most reflected the spirit of the times and Campbell notes how such a spirit affected the interpretation of important religious texts:
“We take the Old Testament God to be a fact, not a symbol. The Holy Land is a specific place and no other, man is superior to the beasts, and nature has fallen. With the fall in the Garden of Eden, nature becomes a corrupt force, so we do not give ourselves to nature…..What do we read? We read newspapers concerned with murders, rapes, politicians and athletes and thats about it. This is the reading that people used to devote to worship, to legends, of deities who represent the founding figures of their lives and religion. People today are hunting around for what they have lost. Some know they are hunting. The ones who dont are having a really hard time.” (P.19-20)
Viewing the Bible as a totality of historical facts displaces the true locus of mythological and religious texts which is, according to Paul Ricoeur:
“For us moderns a myth is only a myth because we can no longer connect that time with the time of history as we write it, employing the critical method, nor can we connect mythical places with our geographical space. This is why the myth can no longer be an explanation; to exclude its etiological intention is the theme of all necessary demythologization. But in losing its explanatory pretensions the myth reveals its exploratory significance and its contribution to understanding, which we shall later call its symbolic function–that is to say, its power of discovering and revealing the bond between man and what he considers sacred.” (Symbolism of Evil, P.5)
Evil is a critical idea in the realm of the sacred : it is Ricoeur claims the critical point of our bond to the realm of the sacred. It involves the:
“threat of the dissolution of the bond between man and the sacred and makes us most intensely aware of mans dependence on the powers of the sacred. Therefore the myth of “crisis” is at the same time the myth of “totality”: in recounting how these things began and how they will end the myth places the experience of man in a whole which thus receives orientation and meaning from the narration. Thus, an understanding of human reality as a whole operates through the myth by means of a reminiscence and an expectation.” (Symbolism of Evil, P.6)
So, our newspapers are filled with atomic facts which we read in a curious frame of mind that does not resemble the way in which we traditionally read our sacred texts. We no longer refer what we read to these holistic humanistic concerns with, for example, mans capacity for evil, his capacity to bring down ruin and destruction upon himself and everyone around him. “Sin” was a universal idea of faith that evoked expectations that man shall be worthy of the life he possesses and leads. This moral dimension disappears when the emphasis upon the symbolic nature of mans existence is replaced by a myriad of different economic and political concerns. of course, if one tires of economical and political news, there is always the latest news about our sporting or entertainment heroes who always seem to be getting themselves into trouble, at least insofar as news reporting is concerned. It does rather appear as if concern with the news has become what Freud would call a substitute satisfaction, especially when we no longer desire to reminisce or concern ourselves with eudaimonia (leading a good spirited flourishing life). Modern man does not appear to be aware that he has lost something, and the question is whether we have regressed in relation to Campbells observation that we all appear to be hunting for something.
Campbell provides us, however, with a pedagogical item of news, namely the return of the Apollo mission where the first men walked on the moon. Returning to earth from the mission the crew received a question from mission control asking who was navigating the craft. The surprising answer given by one of the astronauts was “Newton”. Here were a group of scientists/ engineers for whom trust in the laws of nature was absolute and unquestionable and for whom the world was so much more than a totality of facts. It is clear from this example that the actual practice of science involves trust in the metaphysics of nature: Campbell’s response to this was the following:
“I immediately thought of Kant’s Transcendental Aesthetic, the first section of his “Critique of Pure Reason” where he says that time and space are forms of sensibility and that they are essential to our mode of experience. We can experience. anything outside of them. They are apriori forms. So it seems we know the laws of space before we get there. In his introduction to metaphysics, Kant asks, “How is it that we can be certain that mathematical calculations made in this space here would work in that space there?” The answer came to me from these men. “There is only one space because there is only one mind at work here.”….Enough was known of the laws of space to know just what energy should be put out of the rockets and what angle to bring the space-ship down within a mile of the boat waiting for them in the Pacific Ocean…The knowledge of space is the knowledge of our lives. We were born from space. It was from space that the Big Bang came that sent forth galaxies and out of galaxies, solar systems. The planet we are on is one little pebble on one of these things and we have grown out of the earth of this pebble. This is the fantastic mythology thats waiting for someone to write poems about.”(P-19-20)
These astronauts also manifested the reverse of what the ancients felt looking out into space, when they looked back at the awe inspiring view of the earth from the heavens. Kant in his writings about the mathematical sublime pointed out that experiences involving vast magnitudes such as that of outer space, quicken in us a feeling of the sublimity of the experience. Part of this experience is the realisation that the experiencer possesses cognitive powers that are appropriate to appreciate this magnitude. Kant takes this experience of nature and uses it in an example that he uses to demonstrate the metaphysics of morals.
Carazans dream is a dream of a man who had throughout his life been using the people around him for his own ends, He dreams one night of a judgement on his life and a punishment of speeding out into the vast infinity of space far away from even the light of solar systems. He awakens in a state of despair and resolves never to abuse his fellow man again. Carazan felt the consequences of a life of evil. This vice of acquisitiveness has, of course, existed throughout the ages in different forms, but up until modern times it has been seen to be what it is, namely a vice or evil that is detrimental for the character of man which, according to Aristotle and Kant, by nature strives for the good.
Hannah Arendt’s perceptive analysis of the banality of evil was proposed even in relation to the Nazis that decimated the Jews of Europe. They were not capable, she argued, of thinking, which on her account of the importance of human thought for bringing about the good, was a significant criticism, much more significant than the emotional reactions to this deed that insisted on calling the Nazis monsters. The Carazan of her time was probably Cecil Rhodes who upon perusing the planets did not experience the awe and wonder of the ancients, but a far more modern response of wondering whether they could be colonised (presumably for profit). She characterised him and a number of others beginning with Descartes as the “new men”: men who no longer thought as men once did but for whom anything was possible if you could persuade the masses that it was. Many, a significant minority, of these masses of course knew that with modern resources, nothing of significance was possible any longer. During these modern times the call has gone out several times from intellectuals for a “Newton of the moral universe” but no candidate has been found apparently, in spite of the obvious cultural presences of Aristotle and Kant.
What have we done to ourselves if the above claims are true? Many things, but one important thing is that we have objectified ourselves into a hypothetical totality of facts without any relation to the sacred, the good, the beautiful and the sublime. Hume was the leader of a movement which claimed that one cannot find a self in our perceptions even if the self is a bundle of perceptions. Kant of course combatted such a view in his Critical Philosophy but his views were vey quickly turned upside down by Hegel, and the self of modern Psychology in the 1900s moved from being a science of sensations, feelings and consciousness to being a science of observable measurable behaviour. In this process all the intellectual powers of the self or the soul fell away, until we find the lonely logical solipsist of Wittgenstein’s Tractatus proclaiming that the world is a totality of facts and the self is a subject about which nothing can be said. Of course, waiting in the wings of the universities there were followers of Aristotle and Kant and the later Wittgenstein, trying to restore something of the Ancient Spirit of Greece and the more recent spirit of the Enlightenment. Ideas of the good will and the importance of the proclamation “know thyself!” continued to be significant for these scholars working in the shadow of a modernist flow of ideas that disregarded the importance of historical approaches. This flow of ideas included regarding religion either as anathema or in terms of the fantasy-laden idea of a day of judgement in the after-life up in the heavens or down in the fires of hell. This belief in the after-life had no real connection to experience.
We pointed earlier to Campbells failure to take into account Kant’s ideas from the third Critique, the “Critique of Judgement”. In this Kantian work we encounter explanations of, and justifications for, the idea of God as well as descriptions/explanations of the idea of the sublime which Campbell refers to in the following way:
“This is what is known as the sublime, the experience either of space or of energy that is so prodigious that the individual simply diminishes out of sight. I have talked with people who were in some of the German cities during the British and American saturation bombings in World War 2 and they told me it was a sublime experience. So there is more than beauty in the world—there is the sublime. The mythology comingto us from space is sublime.”
Kant in his third Critique, “The Critique of Aesthetic Judgement” ,discusses two kinds of sublimity, the mathematically sublime and the dynamically sublime. In both cases the phenomenon that causes the response defies our power of imagination and the faculty of reason steps in either with the idea of infinity or the idea of moral agency. In the case of space that Campbell refers to above, it is clearly the idea of infinity that reason is using, but the case of the Germans who had been bombed is less clear, but might involve the idea of freedom and moral agency. The citizens, that is, take solace in the fact that they are not succumbing to the ruin and destruction wrought upon them from mechanical machines in the air. In both cases the Aristotelian faculty of noos is involved in appealing to the idea of infinity or the power of causing oneself to act freely in an expression of moral agency. In terms of the Upanishad idea of “Thou art that”, both ideas of infinity and freedom may be involved.
We in the West are obviously more familiar with the origins of our civilisation and those of the Near East than we are with the origins of civilisations in the far East, e.g. India and China. Campbell is attempting to increase our familiarity with the mythology of these distant cultures. In his discussion of Hinduism, he notes:
“The Earth is the energy of which some god is the personification and of which matter is a concretisation, and these things exist in eons and eons of time.” (Myths of Light, P.21)
He then tells us a story about the hubris of the god Indira and the intervention of Brahma who has the task of humbling Indira’s pretensions.Indira is informed, for example that he is only one of a multitude of Indiras that came before him and will come after him and all of them will descend into the life-forms of ants at some point in the future. These texts that use the idea of the infinite come to us from ca 400 AD, during the period of the decline of the Roman Empire. During this period both Plato’s and Aristotle’s ideas were still influential through the teachings of philosophical schools and academies which would just over a century later be closed by the emperor Justinian. The translations of Plato’s works were , however, more widely available than those of Aristotles, many of which were lost.
Campbell argues that civilisations in the West and Near East were more susceptible to invasion than those in the East which were more naturally protected by their geographical locations. The Northern Nomadic Aryans, from the North and the Semites from the Middle Eastern desert continually caused many settlements considerable difficulty, forcing them to adapt to radical changes in their lives. The first organised settlements arose in the Near East around 8000. BC with higher forms of culture emerging around 2500 BC in India and 1600 BC in China. Nomadic hunting and foraging were replaced by agriculture and animal husbandry. Around 4000 B C the first city-states emerged in the Tigris-Euphrates valley. Campbell points out that these city-states developed a division of labour based on a principle of specialisation, e.g. politicians, priests, merchants and farmers. He does not mention teachers, which is curious given the obvious importance of knowledge in the transmission of ideas in the society. Around 3500 BC we see the emergence of writing , mathematical calculation, astronomical observation and tax collection arising as a result of the principle of specialisation.
Village agricultural communities emerged somewhat later in Ancient Greece, ca 7000 BC. Settlers from the Near East probably brought the necessary skills and knowledge to form these communities. As a consequence organised city-states emerged somewhat later in Ancient Greece. The first city state was probably Iklaina (ca 1600-1100 BC). Persian city-states in contrast to those in Ancient Greece were autocratic and it was not long before rulers began to desire larger territories. Athens and Sparta soon became targets. The Athens of the 5th century BC was a city state with a complex system of law that had recently humanised an earlier Draconian system of law by, for example, redressing injustices between the rich and the poor.
Campbell argues that the mythology of the above system of city states as well as those of the Far East possessed the structures they did owing to being expressions of archetypal patterns of the human mind. These archetypal patterns were both models of the cosmos and the human mind. Archeology, for example has revealed that many civilised settlements had a mandala structure. in which the god/king/ruler was centrally placed in the settlement with his servants all around him. Campbell notes the calm acceptance of Far East peoples of the world the way it is , resting calm in the daily presence of their religions. They do not need to anthromorphise the powers of nature because their primary concern is not to harness these powers but see them rather as divine conditions for human existence. For them whatever is transcendental lies beyond the scope of human thought and there is therefore no attempt to understand God, because only God can know God. For the Eastern mind God is the infinite both without and within man: an infinite that has no name. Campbell contributes the following problematic reflection:
“in Occidental theology the word transcendent is used to mean outside of the world. In the East it means outside of thought. To imagine that your definitions of God have anything to do with that ultimate mystery is a form of sheer idolatry from this standpoint.” (P. 33)
Aristotle’s God is not defined, but portrayed as a special form of thinking which is completely different from human thinking , which is thinking about the world. On this account God is neither outside the world nor outside of thought. God as a prime mover is sometimes characterised in empirical thought as a force or power which imparts movement or motion to the world. On Aristotles account, however, God is a prime form which is more akin to a first principle. This does not put Aristotle’s God outside the world because for him forms are inside the world and not, as was the case with Plato’s forms something spiritual and beyond the physical world. Whilst on such an account Gods thinking is beyond our range of thinking , Gods thought about himself is nevertheless, not transcendent. Campbells formulation above is therefore awkward.
Similarly for Kant the transcendental x means something more akin to a first principle than anything more concrete or more spiritual. Indeed the relation of what Kant refers to as the noumenal world of things-in-themselves has a far more complex relation to our phenomenal world of experience. It is, for example, that which we can think and therefore cannot be outside or beyond our thought–but it is beyond our knowledge because it is beyond our experience or sensible intuition. God is therefore an idea of pure reason, a pure thought.
Theology, being a rational systematic study of God whether he be idea or existence, contrasts itself with mythology, which relies on the narrative forms of allegory and parable to communicate the meaning of its religion to us. For us in the West there does not see to be any reason to deny Aristotles or Kant’s thoughts on religion the status of theology. Indeed the clouds of mythology appear to condense into the drop of one question: “Can the relation of the world of man to his gods be the same as the relation of principle to the world and thought of man?” The mythological proclamation of “Thou art that” appears to raise other types of question relating to the principle of psuché and its relation to first principles. Campbell claims:
“You yourself are that which you would know”(P.34)
This rings true insofar as it hearkens back to the oracle of Ancient Greek and the challenge thrown down to us to “Know thyself!” Whilst we cannot have knowledge of the noumenal world in which God dwells we can nevertheless, according to Kant, think about God without being able to think like him. For Kant this kind of human thinking is not conceptual because given the fact that God is not in space and time, we cannot have any intuition of something that has the characteristic of being omnipresent in the past, present, future: no intuition of what is eternally present is possible. Man may well be made in God’s image but what it is that brings us closer to God is the relation of God, the first principle to mans cognitive powers, noos, for Aristotle, or Pure Practical Reason for Kant. In the third Critique Kant maintains that:
“we are wholly unable to cognise apriori whatsoever the ends of nature in the physical order, and above all it is impossible to see that a nature could not exist apart from such ends.” (Critique of Teleological Judgement, P.112)
Kant elaborates further upon this point:
“While fear in the first instance may have been able to produce gods, that is demons, it is only reason by its moral principle which has been able to produce the conception of God.”..” (P.112)
Kant has been arguing throughout his work that the theoretical proofs for the existence of God fail, and the only satisfactory proof we have for the existence of this first principle is a moral proof. Insofar as we can never have a conception of a nexus finalis in physical nature, we cannot definitely attribute any worth to, for example, a speck of dust floating in a shaft of light, a range of mountains, a waterfall etc.. Worth begins in the realm of thought and cognitive powers which only human psuché is capable of. The Categorical Imperative , then, is a principle that urges us to treat all men as ends-in-themselves which implies not using them instrumentally without their consent for our own narcissistic purposes. Whilst it is not the first principle for Kant, it is so connected to that first principle which Kant describes as the moral author of our world, situating it squarely in the holy space of the sacred.
Kant relates this moral argument for the existence of God to religion and theology:
“The fact that in respect of all our ideas of the supersensible, reason is restricted to the conditions of its practical employment is of obvious use in connection with the idea of God. It prevents theology from losing itself in the clouds of theosophy, i.e. in transcendent conceptions that confuse reason, or from sinking into the depths of demonology, i.e. an anthropomorphic mode of representing the Supreme Being. Also it keeps Religion from falling into theurgy which is a fanatical delusion that a feeling can be communicated to us from other super-sensible beings and that we in turn can exert an influence on them, or into idolatry which is a superstitious delusion that one make oneself acceptable to the Supreme Being by other means than that of having the moral law at heart.”(P.130)
Insofar as life after death is concerned, Kant argues that this at best is a theoretical issue which cannot be resolved because we have no choice but to construe the thinking self as alive (P.132) which we interpret to mean that the idea of life after death is a practical contradiction. It is of course possible to think about someone after their death, but that has no implications for their continued existence as a person. After ones death, a corpse continues to subsist, and it may resemble the body when alive in a state of sleep, but it cannot be woken. A physical analogy might assist us to understand the role of the body in life, e.g. when a light bulb fails to function because it is permanently damaged, i.e. ceases to produce light when connected to electricity. As such it is a light bulb in name only. A light bulb’s primary function is to produce light, but when the physical conditions for this function are no longer present, the bulb is no longer a medium for the production of light. Typically in such circumstances we discard the light bulb and think no more about it. This is a useful analogy in that light is like life, which also requires functioning material if it is to express itself in its various forms, performing certain functions through the use of its powers, e.g. in thought and thinking. Imagining oneself speaking , thinking or perceiving after ones death violates the principles of life articulated by both Aristotle and Kant.
Furthermore, one of the implications of the above Kantian account of religion is that our idea of our souls(psuché) are only possible on practical grounds and because of the ideas of reason, God, the soul, and freedom. Yet it is only the latter that:
“proves its objective reality by its possible effect there. By this means it makes possible the connection of the other two ideas with nature, and the connection of all three to form a religion.” (P.149)
This is a secular vision of religion and it further suggests why the rule of law was so important for those early civilisation-builders like Solon and Pericles during the Golden Age of Greece. On Kant’s reading morality would be the primary focus for the law, and Religion only a secondary concern. This puts into perspective the trial of Socrates, the wisest man in Athens who, together with Aristotle was arguing for the importance of morality in the civilisation building process. Aristotle too, we recall was accused of heresy, and there is an argument for claiming that these three Ancient Philosophers, Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, began the secularisation process that prioritised morality over religion. Kant, continued this secularisation process by producing a moral system that formed the basis for international law and human rights as well as a basis for the telos of a cosmopolitan kingdom of ends one hundred thousand years in the future. In such a cosmopolitan world, war will no longer occur, and the spare resources will be used for relieving poverty and education of the masses.
On the above view one might in one respect regret the diminishing importance of mythological religion in our modern societies, but given the sordid history of the use of religion to prosecute and kill so called heretics, perhaps the secularisation of religion was the only solution to prevent those in power from persecuting their enemies. In retrospect, now we have been exposed to the vast array of gods from different civilisations, the accusation of not believing in the one particular god a particular civilisation had chosen at a particular point in its history, the killing of people for such preudo-offences had no real justification. Kant’s secularism is however not the secularism we experience in our modern societies, where many people refuse to believe in the moral author of the Categorical Imperative, indeed refuse to believe in anything of significance. For Kant there is an important place for the realm of the sacred. This is not an invitation of the kind we find in mythology to “unite with the divine” (as Campbell put the matter, P.35):
“So, here we are in our exile. What can we do about the mysterious transcendent X? To find, as many a mystic has, that he was one with X and then be united with it on a martyr’s pyre, this was not permitted. In our religions we can only achieve a relationship to X. Our religions–and this is a very important point–seek a relationship to God, not the experience of identity with the divine. How does oe achieve a relationship to God? Well there are several ways of being related to this particular deity. One is the way of the Jewish tradition, another is the way of the Christian, and a third is the way of Islam.”
“Envelopment” as it occurs in religious contexts is an extreme response to sacred experiences and one advantage of the Kantian relation to the divine is that it occurs via understanding the self-sufficiency and independence of the moral principles associated with the categorical imperative. The religions mentioned above have, unfortunately, through their persecution of their enemies throughout their History exhausted their credibility by using their victims for their own ends—accusing them of pseudo-offences such as blasphemy and heresy. Socrates certainly sensed this when he defended himself against the charge of heresy by claiming that he was the midwife of Philosophy, one of the children of the gods. Kant almost set the record straight but he too was warned by his Emperor not to voice his opinion upon sacred matters.
Campbell virtually ignores this secular viewpoint and hails the recent arrival of Oriental religious influences such as Buddhism and Hinduism, as representing an awakening of our pre-Christian hearts (P.37), whatever this is supposed to mean. He refers to the great Greek tradition, but also to the not so great Roman tradition as well as Celtic and German mythology and fails to recognise the fundamental differences between these traditions. Can there, for example, be any greater difference between the Golden Age of Greek civilisation building in the spirit of Reason and the dark age of Roman military/engineering which chose Christianity as its religion : a religion which then built a bureaucratic Church around it, defending it by the cruellest means.
One candidate for the Transcendental X is of course the self. Campbell elaborates upon this possibility by referring to Indian writings:
“So in the beginning that was no beginning, there was nothing but the Self. And the Self at a moment that was no moment said: “I. Aham.Ego”. And as soon as it thought “I”, it experienced fear. Then it reasoned, though it was not very complicated reasoning—this was the very first attempt at reasoning after all–“Since there is nothing else in the world what do I have to be afraid of?” That eliminated the fear. Of course, no sooner was the fear eliminated than it had desire:”I wish there were another.” Well, in that state of being, a wish is as good as a fact. The Self swelled and split in half and voilá–there were two…” (p.38)
The process of splitting continued down the line of animal forms and the self named all the animal forms but soon became bored with the activity until God put the “I” to sleep and generated the female Eve. Campbell points to the resemblance between this narrative and that contained in Plato’s Symposium where a whole monstrous human being is divided into two to reduce its power, and separated, placing the two separate parts far away from each other:
“In their efforts to find each other again, they built cities and civilisations. This is really a basis for the Freudian view that all civilisation is a sublimation of disappointed sex.” (P.39)
The symposium dialogue however was about Eros not sex. Freud’s later theorising was also centred around Eros, a wider concept than sexual libido but the reference to Freud is certainly relevant. Campbell continues:
“In the Greek world a god is not a creator: rather the gods are our big brothers, and you know how it is with big brothers, you’ve got to be careful with them: but they really dont have the right to order you around. Still you’d better do what they tell you or else you’ll get hurt. This is a quite different attitude from that of the Biblical, Near Eastern Tradition, where God creates men to be his servants and He gives the orders.” (P.39)
So, in our Christian tradition, which is not the Greek tradition, we submit to God even in the most extreme circumstances such as those Job found himself in. No Greek would have accepted what Job was forced to accept. Yet both of these traditions form our heritage. The Greek demigod Prometheus embodies Greek defiance. Prometheus steals fire from the gods to give to man, and is punished by Zeus by being chained to a cliff face and tormented by an eagle, but Prometheus remains undaunted and expresses contempt for Zeus. Prometheus was free to determine his own fate and this freedom surfaced again during both the Renaissance and the Enlightenment. Socrates modelled himself not on Zeus who had a problematic relation to his father but rather on Prometheus, attempting to define the idea of justice for man. Socrates did not, however, show contempt for the Athenian justice system when it sentenced him to death unjustly. Socrates, indeed, was in many respects the new kind of hero, the hero of the examined life, freeing himself from religion and unjust tyranny. Socrates, we know, regrettably published nothing and we only glimpse the contours of his life thanks to his pupil Plato who himself was no doubt influenced by the thought of Socrates, but nevertheless went off in a direction Socrates may not have agreed with. Indeed if any direction was true to the spirit of the Socratic examined life it was either that of Aristotle’s hylomorphism or Kant’s Critical Philosophy of Freedom.
Life and Death, Eros and Thanatos, Desire and Fear, the Body and the soul. These are the dialectical opposites that have to be reconciled in any account of the human psuché. Freud, in his theorising discovered relatively late on in his process, the relevance of the death instinct, and its vicissitude aggression to the diagnosis of his patient’s maladies. For many rationalist Philosophers, the life(psuché) instinct ,must be a primary form of being-there-in-the world and any essence-specifying definition of life, must refer to the fundamental telos of this power, namely that it must come to an end in that state we call Death. The Proposition that “All life is mortal” must, that is, connect the concepts of life and death inextricably. The phenomenon of death is mysterious, and as such demands a complex form of explanation which does not deny the essential nature of Life.
Paul Ricoeur in his work on Freud and Philosophy (An Essay in Interpretation, trans by Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press, 1970) claims that we, the human form of psuché, are creatures possessed of desires, which are both disguised and revealed in different ways and in different situations. These desires belong to a cycle of life which in its turn expresses an ancient theme of mythology and Philosophy, namely the mystery of the infinite and its relation to Being.
Campbell in his essay refers to the mythical cycle of the movement of the zodiac constellation: a movement which apparently takes 432,000 years to complete. These constellations never cease moving of course and will continue their motion forever, or at least for very long periods of time. The journey of the constellations reach a point without resting, and continue on their journey. Were this to be the journey of a life form, one may well reach a point on a cyclical journey which one recognises to be a beginning, and recognise it to be such, perhaps also, as T S Eliot claims, “knowing” it for the first time”.
432,000 years ago is a period in which homo sapiens did not exist but earlier hominid forms did. It is not surprising that the Greek astronomers observed celestial phenomena with the awe and wonder normally reserved for the divinities of their mythological narratives. For some reason unknown to us the Ancients regarded this number of 432,000 as something with mystical, magical, occult powers, and we find even the Philosopher Plato talking about this magic number in his work “The Republic”. This connection of zodiac animal shapes and forms to numbers, remind us of course both of the animals we find in the darkness of primitive caves, and the Platonic journey out of the dark cave of our ignorance into the enlightening sunlight, where other forms begin to attract our attention, and numbers are used to measure out our life in coffee spoons. The Republic, of course, sought to overthrow the world of superstition in favour of a knowledge-based world, where the form of the Good was the primary principle of human existence. Yet even here, in this work, we find “noble lies”, and reliance on allegories to explain the mysteries connected to the human form of psuché.
Another later rationalist, Spinoza, speculating about the problem of Being qua Being, which revealed itself to his understanding as something infinite in form, eternal and self-causing, claimed that everything in the universe is striving to maintain itself in existence. The smallest speck of dust floating in a shaft of sunlight is striving to find its resting place as are all objects under the sun. Spinoza argues that Philosophy is capable of enabling us to view the world sub specie aeternitatis, in spite of our propensity to view the world as a series of beginnings and endings in which entities come into existence and go out of existence. He argues that is, that the idea of Being as a whole, can be both revealed and disguised in our everyday dealings with the world. The matter of psuché accumulates in one location, and life supervenes at the beginning of a psychic journey, where along the way, various capacities and powers form, and perhaps build upon other capacities and powers, in accordance with hylomorphic forms or principles. In the course of this actualisation process on the road to the end of the journey, a curious phenomenon occurs. We encounter individuals who wish for nothing more than to rewrap this gift of life and return it to its material source . This phenomenon appears to call into question the claim made by Spinoza that all entities strive to maintain themselves in their current state of existence, perhaps in the human form even transcending it. Appearances we have learned from the Philosophers, can be deceptive.
Paul Ricoeur claims that as a man possessed by desire we often go forth in disguise, and this may be what the Greek oracles had in mind when they proclaimed that acquiring self-knowledge was the most desirable of all philosophical quests. Life undoubtedly, is a good-in-itself, and also something that is good in its consequences, if Aristotle is indeed correct in saying that all of mans activity aims at the good. If the end of life is good, and life is a good in itself, then death as a consequence of life must also be a good as Socrates proclaimed from his death-cell. This is a departure from the position that death is only in very special circumstances a good outcome. One of the logical consequences of life being a good-in-itself, is the Kantian argument that using life to take a life is a practical contradiction, and this applies especially to oneself. If this position is correct, then the desire to commit suicide cannot as such be possible, and must be another disguised desire.
Joseph Campbell touches upon this issue and refers to Schopenhauer’s essay “on the Foundations of Morality” where the enigmatic phenomenon of men who jeopardise their own existence to save the lives of others. is discussed : a phenomenon which appears on the face of it to question Spinoza’s claim that all entities strive to maintain themselves in their existence. Campbell, in relation to this discussion cites a personal experience in Hawaii where someone attempting to commit suicide by jumping off a cliff, is rescued by two passing police officers, one of whom were, in the process almost pulled off the cliff. This type of phenomenon, Campbell argues, is a symbolic phenomenon of metaphysical importance, because it reveals or shows that men possess unconscious knowledge that all living human beings share an essence which is more important than our distinctness or separateness from one another. Campbell also refers to Kant in this discussion:
“But this of course is an idea that was already implicit for Schopenhauer and in Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, part 1”, in the “Transcendental Aesthetic” where it is shown that the “forms of sensibility”, time and space, condition all of our perceptions, and that it is within this field of time and space and what Nietzsche then termed principium individuationis, the principle of individuation, is experienced. Whence it follows that whatever may underlie or be antecedent to our experiences within this field must be unity, a “principle of unity”, or, perhaps, indeed, something even more mysterious than unity, beyond all our categories of thinking whatsoever—-categories such as unity and multiplicity being but forms, finally of our thinking. Underlying this field of multiplicity, then, there is mystery. And this is the mystery of our Being, the mystery of the Being of the universe, the mystery of the Being of all things.”
Campbell then continues this discussion by referring to the Kapha Upanishad, which claims that the True Self, that belongs to our human psuché, does not show itself except to those with “subtle intellect”. Perhaps Campbell would have included both Spinoza and Kant in this category of subtle intellects. The realm of Being referred to above, does not, Campbell continues, permit of the dialectic of opposites such as good and evil, life and death, etc. This realm of Being qua Being is not that of the Heraclitean dialectical realm of strife, but rather a more peaceful region of silence, where the opposites of motion and rest do not form part of the field of thought. Rather, under the aspect of Thought, it is Truth that is one and eternal. For Spinoza, Substance is identified with what he calls infinite substance which itself contains an infinite number of attributes. We finite human beings only know of this divine substance through the attributes of thought and extension. Under the attribute of extension we know of God via space, time and matter in space and time which we also know are infinite. Aristotle’s basic metaphysical and hylomorphic term of prime form is also an attempt to explain the meaning of infinite substance for us human finite forms of Being. Given the fact that all human experience is temporal, this of course produces a problem for understanding the infinity of Being or Substance. This prejudices our inquiry into Being in favour of investigating phenomenal motion and matter in space and time, the traditional sphere of concern for materialists. Prime form ,of course, is intimately connected with the divine form of thought that thinks itself, it is eternal and causes itself to exist.
Jung and Freud differ fundamentally in their different interpretations of dreams. Freud whilst being convinced that dreams provided him with a royal road to the unconscious, nevertheless was practically concerned with the problem of helping his patients return to the path of living, and the task of leading a flourishing life. For Jung, it appears that the issue of dreams was more metaphysical, and connected with mythological and religious concerns in relation to the unconscious and its determinative role in the life of man. It is remarkable to note that in spite of their considerable differences in viewing the basic terms of psychoanalysis, both Psychologists claimed that they were influenced by Kant. The dream of oneself, a 75 year old man as a 25 year old university student reveals the timeless character of the unconscious. The past of the dreamer is once again made present not in the form of a memory, but in the form of a current ongoing experience. If the dream was one involving the student looking for the location of a scheduled lecture, the different interpretations of Jung and Freud must surely suggest that there are fundamental differences of principle between the two, which in turn suggests that perhaps we should examine their claims to be influenced by Kant more carefully. Freud would be able to interpret the above dream in terms of the historical (reaching back to infancy) personal desires and fears of the patient. Jung on the other hand would generalise the interpretation and appeal to the desires and fears of mankind. Jung that is, appears to believe that dreams reach into the future and can be sketches of a solution to serious life-problems. Freud would probably not deny that such dreams are possible in the life of those with “subtle intellects”.
The Ancient Greek Philosophers were concerned with the power of discourse and rationality to overcome and transform those desires and fears that stand in the way of humans achieving the good spirited flourishing life (eudaimonia). Socrates, Plato and Aristotle were, of course, more concerned with the ethical and political problems associated with eudaimonia, than its psychological or anthropological aspects . For these thinkers, and for Spinoza, epistemé, arché, areté and techné all played a part in the processes of striving to lead a good spirited flourishing life. Indeed, Spinoza, for example, specifically says that it is a lack of adequate ideas about our life-worlds that hinders man from achieving what he strives for. One of these critical ideas is the idea of the scope and limits of the powers of our bodies, which Spinoza claims is the first idea in our minds.
Adequate ideas are of course, for Kant, constituted of both an understanding of the categories of thought and appropriate principles. The body is the bearer of our passions and emotions, and Spinoza produces excellent accounts of the principles underlying our understanding of these kinds of states and processes found in human psuché. Insofar as man is striving, not just to maintain himself in existence, but for perfection, he is steered by the pleasure-pain principle and the reality principle, if we are to use Freudian terms. Pleasure, for Spinoza, occurs when man attains a greater degree of perfection, and pain when man is diminished in his perfection. Man therefore lives for those things that contribute to his desire for perfection and hates those things which significantly diminish his perfection. Spinoza argues that it is the essence of being human to desire this perfection of being human, which of course will not be divine, but rather resemble the divine state of perfection. He also argues that given the fact that love is intimately connected to seeking a higher state of perfection, and given the fact that there can be no higher state of perfection than that which is divine, we humans can certainly love God, but God can neither love nor hate us because his perfection is not alterable. So when the Bible claims that God so loved mankind that he sent his son down to save us from ourselves, the term “love” must have a metaphorical sense. For Spinoza, then, having adequate ideas of God, and adequate ideas of our own bodies and minds, are all necessary to lead the good spirited flourishing life referred to earlier. Acting in accordance with inadequate ideas, he also argues, is typical of emotions where perceptions and imagination play a large role in our understanding of what we are doing. The tools of our understanding and reason are more likely to bring about agreement with our fellows than are actions motivated by the passions, it is argued.
Aristotle touches upon the role of the emotions in his work on Tragedy, in particular the emotions of pity and fear, which as we all know occur in particular circumstances have particular bodily symptoms and characteristic behaviour. Aristotle attributes to the tragic poets, the task of the catharsis of these emotions, which amounts to ensuring that we feel both pity and fear in the right way at the right time. Art, we know, is not just driven by reason but also uses pleasure and pain in order to envelop its audience in its project by deliberately evoking these emotions, and guiding them in accordance with adequate rational aesthetic and rational(ethical) ideas. Art, it is maintained, imitates life, but insofar as it does use adequate ideas of the emotions, and rational desires of man, it performs an important function in our lives–namely that of contributing to a better understanding of our human essence or our human nature.
Reason enables us, Spinoza argues, to view the world and ourselves under an aspect of eternity (sub specie aeternitatis) thus transcending the constraints of space, time and matter. This is a similar position to that we find in both the Aristotelian and Kantian accounts of the divine which Ricoeur characterises as the “realm of the sacred”. In the case of Aristotle we glimpse the perfection of God eternally thinking via a use of a part of the human mind he called noos, which reveals the divine primary form only through a glass darkly. Gods thinking, we have stated, is a thinking about thinking, and this is to be distinguished from our human form of thought which, because it is situated in space and time, can only think something about something. In this latter form of thought, a particular located in space and time is conceptualised in accordance with certain categories of thought and principles of reason.
An example of the above form of thinking is captured in the proposition “All men are mortal”, which we regard as a conceptual truth: a truth whose contradiction does not make any sense. Aristotles emotions of pity and fear are certainly tied up with the lack of understanding of death and the theme of death has been a concern of the poets, priests, and philosophers throughout the ages. According to Christianity a proper catharsis of the emotions of pity and fear would require for example loving both our neighbour and enemies, on the grounds that we all participate equally in being a human form of life (psuché).
This brings us back to our example of the dust particle floating in a shaft of light. Spinoza believes that the particle is striving to maintain itself in its existence but this particle differs in one essential respect from any life form associated with psuché, namely it is inert, not capable of causing itself to do what it is doing. The explanation of its behaviour will reside in a summation of external causes. Forms of life are, on the contrary, self determining, and to a greater degree less determined by external causes. We are dealing here with items from two different kingdoms of Being namely the mineral kingdom whose primary characteristics is its inertness, and the animal kingdom whose motions are determined by internal self causing desires and beliefs. There is, however, a relation between these two kingdoms which is suggested by the Biblical lamentation that we are dust, and to dust ,we will return.
Philosophers have argued that I cannot doubt the fact that I am going to die, and because I believe all men are mortal, I cannot doubt that other humans will also die, someday. This might explain why I care deeply about the loss of human life, and perhaps also care about the loss of the love of others close to me. This care about loss, for Freud, could take the forms of both mourning and melancholia, and it is significant that in Freud’s theorising, he sought for a particular mechanism to explain why in the case of mourning over the loss of a life through the act of suicide, we care so deeply that someone took their own life in defiance of Spinozas reference to the essential human desire to preserve its own form of existence. Kant too, embraced this thesis when he claimed that it is a practical contradiction to use ones life to take that same life: thus placing life clearly in the category of things that are good-in-themselves. Life, then, in both mythological and philosophical contexts has a defined position in the realm of the sacred in a way in which the dust particle floating in a shaft of sunlight does not, even if it too might become the focus of awe and wonder if we see that it too might be connected to life in the way the Bible suggests. An interesting footnote to add here, is that pollen, so essential to the maintenance of the existence of plant-life, can not be seen in a shaft of light and might need a microscope to detect its presence. This reminds us of the limitations of our sensory perception, which, in turn, reminds us of our finitude. Pollen, of course, insofar as it affects humans with allergies might not, as far as they are concerned, evoke the feelings of awe and wonder that might otherwise be associated with it. There is though the Indian myth of the “Pollen-Path” that must have evoked feelings of awe and wonder for those who know this story.
It might be argued that given our reliance on food that is grown, the plant kingdom is of greater interest for us than the occupants of the world of minerals. The primary phenomenon that excites our interest in all kingdoms, is change or motion in the context of space and time, and Aristotle’s hylomorphic theory of change referring as it does to 4 kinds of change, three media of change(space time matter), 3 principles of change and 4 causes of change, forms an essential framework for explaining why change occurs in the form that it does. This framework is then utilised in three different kinds of science (theoretical, practical, productive) to form theories about the domains these sciences are concerned with. Aristotles hylomorphic theory, that is, provides us with a categorical framework which is regulated by the principles of logic, e.g. noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
Campbell’s references to both Spinoza and Kant are interesting and significant, but he omits consideration of Kant’s Third critique, “The Critique of Judgement”, in his discussions. In the Introduction to the section entitled “Critique of Teleological Judgement” Kant claims:
“The Possibility of a living matter is quite inconceivable.The very conception of it involves self-contradiction, since, lifelessness, inertia, constitutes the essential characteristic of matter”. (Page 46)
If, Spinozas position is categorised as hylozoism which still remains an open question given the convolutions and nuances of Spinozas theory , such a position would be rejected categorically by Kant, and possibly by Aristotle too, in his later reflections, on grounds similar to those assumed by Linnaeus. The Ancient Greek term psuché, it has been argued in an earlier work, is categorically distinct from the inert world of matter and artifacts.
Kant’s teleological reflections elaborate in more detail upon Spinozas account of infinite Substance, which, for Kant, was one way of referring to God, or the underlying principle of change and motion in the universe . The connection of the scientific concept of substance to matter in space and time, however, might confuse the issue, and this requires that we must specifically designate the substance talked about by Aristotle Spinoza and Kant as a technical philosophical concept. The idea of God for Aristotle, Spinoza ,Kant and mythology, has no connection with scientific concerns of any kind ,even if we know that Spinoza was one of Einsteins favourite Philosophers. Campbells suggestion that there is an affinity between the Kantian idea of God, and some mythological ideas is certainly valid. Campbell might well have referred to the following passage in Kant to support his argument:
“We cannot conceive or render intelligible to ourselves the finality which must be introduced as the basis even of our knowledge of the intrinsic possibility of many material things, except by representing it, and, in general, the world, as the product of an intelligent cause–in short, of a God” (Page 53)
Kant claims further that the above kind of reasoning is also necessary for the conceptualisation of living forms, because:
“It is, I mean, quite certain that we can never get a sufficient knowledge of organised beings and their inner possibility, much less get an explanation of them, by looking merely to mechanical principles of nature. Indeed, so certain is it, that we may confidently assert that it is absurd for men even to entertain any thought of so doing or to hope that another Newton may some day arise to make intelligible to us, even the genesis of but a blade of grass from natural laws that no designer has ordered. Such insight we must absolutely deny to mankind.”(Page 54)
An adequate idea of God, then, lies beyond the scope of human knowledge, but it can nevertheless be thought and regulated by the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. The idea, therefore, is not objectively valid, but nevertheless can be attributed to all judging subjects who possess the powers of sensibility, understanding and reason. There can never be, according to Kant, any sensible presentation of God, and as a consequence, no conclusive proof of his existence, but because we are thinking, speaking beings, we can think and judge that it is God who guarantees the validity of moral judgements relating to the character and future of mankind. God that is, according to Kant, guarantees that virtuous behaviour will be its own reward, even if in many other respects we might find our life wanting. In a very special sense, then, the kinds of judgements we make about God are Subjective, in the aesthetic sense. Nevertheless we speak with a universal voice about God, and we can motivate what we say with moral arguments. In theoretical contexts Kant also relates noumenal reality to God as an idea of pure reason. Noumenal reality is defines as :
“the non-sensible something containing the ultimate ground of the world of sense” (P.139)
The objects connected with these ideas of God, the immortality of the soul are, Kant argues matters of faith (Page 143), which is characterised in the following way:
“Faith as habitus,not as actus, is the moral attitude of reason in its assurance of the truth of what is beyond the reach of theoretical knowledge. It is the steadfast principle of the mind, therefore, according to which the truth of what must necessarily be presupposed as the condition of the supreme final end being possible is assumed as true in consideration of the fact that we are under an obligation to pursue that end.”(Pages 145-6)
If we shift our focus to the practical, bearing in mind that in theoretical contexts concerned with the truth, God is an idea of the mind which we must have faith in given the arguments. This is a shift away from the abstract truth of the matter, and towards the form of the good, and in this practical realm, freedom is the primary practical idea of reason which Kant claims has objective reality:
“Freedom is the one and only conception of the supersensible which (owing to the causality implied in it) proves its objective reality in nature by its possible effect there. By this means it makes possible the connection of the two other ideas with nature, and the connection of all three to form a religion.” (P.149)
This is the reasoning that makes freedom the primary focus for Kant’s answer to the questions “What can we hope for?” and “What is a human being?”, and this is why Kant is the metaphysical philosopher par excellence of the Enlightenment. God is not abolished from his supersensible reflections, but, rathe,r is an idea that is used to justify the free exercise of our duties along with the categorical imperative in its various formulations. The personal end of a good spirited flourishing life is, then, further connected to a teleological cosmopolitan kingdom of ends, which may or may actualise over the period of the next one hundred thousand years.
The theoretical idea of the immortality of the soul is, of course, a major concern for mythology and religion ,and therefore for Campbell in his reflections. It is in this context that he considers the very profane and secular act of committing suicide, that Kant regarded as a practical misuse of our freedom— a practical contradiction which he expressed in terms of the ought-judgement–man ought not to use his life to take his life. If, in dying, we merely passed into another form of after-life which is better than this one, why, it could be asked, would religions that believe in the after-life, prohibit suicide? It could, of course, be argued that life is so precious that only God with his divine judgement could adequately decide whether that life should be ended. This makes sense, and gives theological weight to the verdict of an inquest, that John Doe committed suicide whilst the balance of his mind was disturbed. A more Freudian reading, however, may refer to a weakened ego submitting to the influence of a superego, turning aggression inward in accordance with the death instinct. The pain and suffering of John Doe obviously, in this case ,distorted the operation of the reality principle which normally acts in accordance with the desire to continue living, because living, as Aristotle testifies, is an absolute good or end-in-itself. This, in turn, entails that if we understand psuché, in Spinozas terms, and have an adequate idea of what life is, we must realise that death is an absolute and final end to any particular life, partly because a mind without an idea of a living body is no longer a mind. A corpse is a dead body, it is not alive. It is, that is, logically impossible (the logic of practical reason) that death– real death–not false alarms where the heart may stop and someone helps to start is beating again—but real alarms for those witnessing the event, and perhaps for whom the psychological loss will mean considerable suffering during a period of mourning: it is logically possible that death is a Good. The ambiguous descriptions of experiencing the occult “other side” could never be validated, because the experienced did not in any sense know what it was they were experiencing. There is a discussion in psychology relating to out of body experiences, and many text books on the subject do not commit themselves to a position because they do not have adequate ideas of the power of the body. There are, it is maintained in this context, recorded testimonies of people experiencing what they call the “other side” whilst being operated upon when their heart stops. It seems something of them floats upwards to watch proceedings they even seem to be able to relatively accurately describe in spite of being under anaesthetic. We know under anaesthetic that there are levels of unconsciousness and we know that at certain levels of unconsciousness we dream, and we also know some dreams relate rather specifically to what is actually going on in the body. Given these facts it is not out of the question that some kind of bodily awareness of what is happening is being transformed on the dream screen into realistic images. Freud testifies to the existence of these types of dreams in his “interpretation of Dreams”:
“The psyche attains in sleep a much more profound and wide-ranging sensory consciousness of its bodily nature than it does when awake, and cannot but receive and be affected by impressions of certain stimuli that originates in parts of the body, and in changes there, which it was unware of when awake.” (Strumpell 1877)
Aristotle, Freud points out, claims that certain illnesses can be foretold in dreams that relate to sensations connected to these illnesses that have as yet not supervened in the patient. Campbell, we noted in an earlier essay, subscribes to the hylomorphic thesis that the sensations and impressions relating to organs can connect to the imagination.
In his story about the two heroic police officers, Campbell noted that the man who was saved was, paradoxically, grateful to the two officers for saving his life, and this would seem to support our position thus far. Life is sacred and must have some sort of absolute value in our humanly populated world. The man who is dead, is the man for whom the ultimate and final event that can happen to a man has happened, namely the event of death. This event practically means that the memory system has recorded its last memory, consciousness has made its last appearance, and no exercises of any other psychological powers can occur. The dead body, the corpse, can of course be observed by others but it will no longer move unless it is being moved by some force outside it. We cannot sensibly say that the soul has been freed or liberated or has gone to heaven. Indeed the Socratic description of death being a dreamless sleep is apt as a metaphorical characterisation of this event of death that happens to everyone and is characterised well by the judgement:
What implications does the above have for the Freudian account of suicide? Those that attempt the deed of committing suicide half-heartedly or in desperation to flee from a life of misery, suffering and pain might be doing what they are doing “blindly”. That is, they may not know what they are doing. They may unconsciously be hoping for some care and attention, or even physical help to stop the process they have begun. All of these alternatives would seem to be covered by the description “committed suicide whilst the balance of the mind was disturbed”. We can also normally engage in actions “blindly”. There are many issues at play here, but given the fact that this is in fact a legal verdict, and as such rests upon an adequate understanding of the psychological factors involved, we can accept such a description as accurate, and to be clearly distinguished from a verdict of “Death by misadventure”, where the victim is trying to climb a cliff without adequate knowledge of climbing techniques. Anyway in a possible Freudian account of the act, reference would be made to the wounding of a weak ego by trauma or loss such that the suffering involved overwhelms the operation of the reality principle and a cruel superego used to hating and ruled by the death instinct instead of unleashing aggression outward, paranoically, turns the aggression inward and either punishes the possessor or in the worst case scenario murders the person concerned. There are many psychological mechanisms involved in such a state of affairs and Freud can account for most of them. The expression “Balance of the mind” therefore, is one which also indicates that the victim was not freely acting but instead was a victim of a number of causal mechanisms which blinded” him to reality.
Campbell in this essay also points to the influence of mythology and religion upon past generations who found themselves in circumstances different to ours and were perhaps not as “free.” as we are. Such individuals perhaps did not perhaps possess the knowledge of psuché that we have now. This period that Campbell speaks about was not as long ago as one might imagine. Even during the time of Socrates we still find the Philosopher sacrificing a cock in gratitude for a painless administration of poison. Animal life was not respected as much as it is today by the man in the street. Recall Pythagoras’ account of passers by kicking a dog, and his reprimand that the “animals have souls too”: they too, for him, were psuché, (forms of life). One does not have to go too far back in time to encounter the practice of human sacrifice to the gods, indicating a disrespect for even the human form of life. Did these primitive civilisations not then feel what we feel, and flinch at using the life principle to take a life? Campbell argues that such sacrificial rituals might have inherited an attitude toward life from Mother earth religions where:
“The first fact of life is that life consumes life, eats life: and the image of the oroberic serpent biting its own tail is a representation of this mystery. But another mystery of the serpent is indicated when it sheds its skin and is born again. So that along with the idea of death as the precondition of life comes this other idea of an involved power in life within this phenomenal field of time and space which puts on bodies and puts them off(as we read in the Bhagavad Gita) as a man puts off and puts on clothing.”
The image of the serpent being born again when he has not died, but only shed his skin is somewhat strained if it is to serve as an argument for life taking the same body after it has died. Only the skin has died, the snakes body remains alive and the same. A better image would be an image of the actual death of the snake in the vicinity of its reproduced offspring. Even this image only records the comings and goings of life as such. There is no image of, or argument for, an afterlife in these remarks. Such a religion also suggests the possibility of the phenomenal realm opening out into a timeless realm of the noumenal or supersensible. It leaves understanding of this timeless zone to those subtle and superior intellects who can for example see what is happening in dreams and understand their latent meaning.
As human life transformed itself from a nomadic form of existence to the earliest form of the city. states we find for example in Mesopotamia (Ur, Uruk, Lagesh, Nippur, Shuruppak etc), that the organisation of the city introduced initially a hierarchy of professional functions, e.g. priests (with superior subtle intellects?)politicians, traders, farmers, warriors etc. It was no accident that it was during this phase of mans history that writing and mathematics emerged to assist in the process of the organisation of the city-states. We also encounter the phenomenon of star gazing and the noticing of the ever so slightly changing positions of the constellations in the sky. Observing and measuring what was observed, appeared to be a favourite past-time of some of occupants of the city. This activity eventually generated a mathematical tool based on the number 60, capable of measuring circular motions. Buddha argued that at this time in the East the ego was “witnessing”, whatever this meant exactly, ones thoughts, feelings and the activities of the body.
This ego according to Buddha could not be directly witnessed and lay as Wittgenstein claimed in his early work at the boundary of the world, and not in the world like the heavenly constellations. This transcendental ego, it was suggested, lay in a supersensible realm but was no “god” in the normal sense of the word. Other religions suggested other conceptions of Gods, but the Western tradition probably began with Zorastrianism which expressed itself in the Philosophy of Heraclitus and in favour of a dialectical field of opposites that saw opposites to be separated without any possible category of unification, e.g. light and dark, good and evil. In our Western tradition also, the deities were many, usually instantiating different kinds of power and possessing different names. Some deities were associated with Good, and some with Evil and the devil, which possessed the power to possess good souls and make them do evil things. The Bible, for example contains the record of the struggle between such deities, e.g. biblical kings sacrificing to more primitive nature-gods. The Greeks mitigated this Heraclitean dialectical play of opposition forces by trying to domesticate the more evil forces such as Poseidon with his trident ruling the underwater world: by, that is, allowing him to live in divine and sacred spaces. At the same time as men were recording the motions of the constellations in the heavens, there were Greek figures like Anaxogoras who suddenly claimed that this sacred space of the heavens was inhabited by planets and , stars. He claimed further that the moon was made of the same kind of material as the earth , the sun was made of red hot metal, and the other stars were fiery rocks (Source AI summary and Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy).
This view probably contributed to his expulsion from Athens on religious grounds.The light of the moon was as a consequence of this picture, claimed to be the reflected light of the sun. and he was the first to correctly explain how eclipses occur.This was one of the first excursions of science into the sacred space of religion and mythology. Anaxagoras we know was in Athens at the time of Socrates and his work could be bought for one drachma. He was not, as some claim, a pure materialist because he claimed that the intellectual force of noos produced order in the universe . Euripides interpreted this to mean that noos was inside of all ensouled entities including humans. Noos produced order within us too. Anaxagoras, we know was instrumental in influencing Socrates to abandon his earlier materialistic physical investigations and begin looking both for a method of explanation and the philosophical explanation for noos.
Plato too is actually ambiguous in his mythology both claiming that mathematics was very important knowledge for the building of the ideal city-state but at the same time using an allegorical argument for the form of the good (which was related to noos), namely the role of the sun in everyones lives. As we mentioned earlier Plato in his republic was also fascinated by what he called this magic number of 432,000—the time it took for the constellations of the zodiac to rotate back to the same position. In his dialogues about Socrates, Plato emphasised the wisdom of his teacher as demonstrated by his use of elenchus in the agora on those experts on various subjects who thought they knew what they clearly did not. These dialogues were one of the first competitors to mythology and the allegories contained therein. Argument rather than allegory was the tool of the Philosophers that came after Plato, especially Aristotle who more or less invented both Logic and Biology as areas of study. Something being “like” something else, was a mere rhetorical device insofar as Aristotle was concerned.
The Delphic challenge to “know thyself! ” also became an important concern for Socrates, Plato and Aristotle who all sought in their various ways to formulate a theory of the human form of psuché. Aristotle was perhaps the most successful in this quest, arriving as he did at the essence specifying definition: rational animal capable of discourse, a definition related to both his knowledge in biology and his use of logic. The definition does not proclaim that all men are actually rational, only that this is the highest potential for man if he be fortunate enough to develop a subtle and superior intellect. Kant would later elaborate upon Aristotles hylomorphism and whilst the argumentative principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason were an important part of his methodology, what he said about Being and its many meanings and psuché, allows mythology a place in his conceptual framework.
The Greek contribution to synthesising Western and Eastern mythological ideas was one seeking harmony rather than opposition, seeking a way to reveal the mysteries of the universe, and the self, in a spirit of logos and aletheia which respected the infinite complexity of Being and the finitude of human knowledge. The Greek view of Science was perhaps best represented by the writings of Aristotle who certainly used observation and mathematics in those realms that required them, in accordance with his hylomorphic theory. A position that clearly proclaimed that the realms of the supersenible and sacred lay beyond the capacity of the human understanding.
Campbell refers to how the spirit of pure observation and measurement (disconnected from their wise use in the three different kinds of sciences constituting the Aristotelian architectonic) transformed very rapidly into a hard concern for hard facts and he refers to Darwin with the words:
“The hero was swept right off the earth”
American Behaviourism emerged shortly after Darwins ideas and very soon after that we find the early Wittgenstein proclaiming in the name of science that “The world is the totality of facts”. This form of logical atomism favoured a dividing up of the life-world into stimuli and responses, a world in which it was claimed either that consciousness did not exist, or at best was not relevant to psychological investigation, which must concern itself only with what can be observed and measured. This also laid the foundations for the equation of the psychology of man with a theory of machine functioning. This state of affairs coincided with Arendt’s reflections upon what was occurring in Europe soon after the publication of Darwins ideas. European political parties were losing their authority and this created a space for uneducated charlatans and madmen in which they could claim power and shape the world according to their twisted conceptions of good and evil–conceptions which denied the values embodied in our inherited traditions and educational systems. Whether this can be described as sweeping heroes off the map of the world is questionable, because our earlier thinkers found themselves in an environment where they were constantly responding to the demands for the justification of what was being done, and this is not the context for heroes. Campbell claimed that when these heroes were swept away the world was one devoid of live and positive transformative power. In Campbells eyes the two policemen saving the man from attempting to end his life were certainly heroes in such dramatic circumstances. Lives, however, are also changed and saved by discourse and the use of rationality in everyday less dramatic circumstances. Campbell argued too that the resultant state of affairs favoured a reemergence of what he called the “immanence of the occult”. If one cannot save the world with knowledge and reason then perhaps all that remains is magic.
During the early 1900’s two Giants of psychology(Freud and Jung) emerged in different parts of Europe to challenge behaviourism and the Philosophy of logical positivism lying behind it , and these two figures had very different relations to the occult. Carl Jung, for Campbell, may perhaps have been a heroic figure. This is indeed an interesting comparison because as we know, the first time that these two figures met ,they apparently talked uninterruptedly for thirteen hours about psychological and philosophical issues. Freud ,the founder and leader of an International Psychoanalytic movement that had spread rapidly around the world in fact later, appointed Jung as its President . Soon after this, however there was a falling out and the issue that separated these two men was the issue of the role of the occult in psychological theory—should it be regarded as an actual phenomenon indicating the presence of a spirit world or was it rather as Freud thought a phenomenon which demanded explanations either in terms of illusory sensory stimuli or in more complex cases , a product of unbalanced minds? This was a particularly interesting conflict, because both figures claimed to be influenced by Kant. Kant as we know wrote an essay entitled “Dreams of a Spirit seer” in which he made it clear that Critical Philosophy ,whilst acknowledging the realm of the noumenal or supersensible, cannot validate the descriptions of events that spirit seers give us. Using a form of elenchus and rational argumentation, Kant does not question that men may think they see and hear spirits from another realm of existence, but these phenomena permit of alternative descriptions and explanation, which are more in accord with what it is possible for us to know (as outlined in Kants Critical Philosophy). The mystery of the supersensible realm, argues Kant, must be carefully explored using what we know about the nature of the world and the nature of our minds. Mysticism, he argues, does not possess the conceptual framework or authority necessary to give us a reliable and valid account of “mysterious phenomena”. Freud of course was put in a difficult position when Jungs interest in paranormal phenomena became known to him and he wrote thus in one of his letters to Jung in 1911:
“I am aware that you are driven with innermost inclination to the study of the occult and I am sure you will return home richly laden. I cannot argue with that, it is always right to go where your impulses lead–You will be accused of mysticism, but the reputation you won with “Dementia” will hold up for quite some time against that. Just dont stay in the tropical colonies too long, you must remain at home” 12th May 1911
It is clear that the Freudian theorising on the nature of psuché includes a reference to the idea of a supersensible realm but we should recall in this context that the project Kant was engaged upon involved creating a new sense of the metaphysical that was not mystical but instead allowed a logical space for the great truths of mythology to persist with Philosophical support and in accordance with a tradition of rationalism stretching back to Plato and Aristotle. Seances and a belief in a spiritual after life is inconsistent with this tradition and its understanding of the scope and limits of the basic term psuché, which itself contains reference to the transcendental and metaphysical in its human form. On such an account the concept of the after-life may at best be metaphorical and at worst an example of what Freud referred to as projection to reduce anxiety or fulfill a fantasy laden wish.
The above letter was written before Freud’s later wave of theorising which was more rooted in the ideas of Plato, Aristotle and Kant so it is possible that Freud’s earlier responses to Jung’s mysticism was not as diplomatic as the written response. Freud was familiar with the work of Kant and would have read “Dreams of a spirit seer”, Kants criticism of the mystic, Swedenborg. Metaphysical spiritualism was certainly one of the targets of Kant’s critical Philosophy as was hylozoism and materialism of various forms.
Both Jung’s “collective unconscious” and Freuds “unconscious” were sceptical of the prevailing psychology of consciousness which was attempting to confront head-on the materialism of behaviourism. Freud, we ought to recall in this context was a reductionist, and committed neuroscientific materialist, when he wrote the work “Project for a Scientific Psychology”. In this work, which he later burned, for fear of tarnishing his reputation, he postulated three types of neurone and the energy regulation and pleasure pain principles which he would later retain in a larger framework of ideas. Jung does in his Psychology attempt to use certain Kantian terms such as intuition and thought, but his concern was not to provide an essence specifying definition of human psuché, but rather to map the differences in personality between people. For Jung, personality was mostly conceived to be determined by inherited predispositions to be found in the collective unconscious of mankind. These dispositions determined both the behaviour and thought of man. Jung also referred to two attitudes, extraversion and introversion, and two kinds of states of mind concerned with ones balance of mind, namely stability and neuroticism as well as 4 psychological functions, sensing ,feeling, intuition ,and thinking. These latter functions were then used to determine 16 psychological personality types. This is an impressive framework dedicated to the mapping of differences between men, and to that extent one may feel that Jung’s work has made a contribution to the discipline of Psychology. To some extent his work complements the work of Freud. Yet at the same time, it must be noted that there is a major difference between these two Psychologists insofar as the importance of religion is concerned. Freud must be regarded as concerned with criticising primarily Western religion and Jung perhaps promoted archetypes of many world religions.
Laurens van der Post’s book (“Jung and the story of our time”(London, Penguin, 1976) claims:
“..this ancient Greek world seemed a more naturally religious world than the Christian world in which the Reformation was about to explode. Even at the greatest period of Greek history and its point of loftiest achievement in arts, science, philosophy, politics and affairs of religion, the gods themselves did not hesitate to come down from Olympus and participate in some shape, in the heat and dust of the battle to live out the meaning that invested life on earth. Indeed the fact that the Gods themselves were housed in their native Olympus seemed to be significant proof of the close and intimate connection of Greece with its religious experiences. It was also significant that Greece’s decline started with the relegation of its gods to the planets and outer space.” (P.31)
It is clear from van der Post’s account that the Ancient Greeks lived in a religious space and time, and everyone during the day in the agora or dreaming in their homes during the night, were in some sense in the company of their gods. He also notes that the period of the Renaissance was a period in which an attempt was made to revive this passion for living by using all the powers at the disposal of ones personality. He expressed admiration for the Elisabethan Renaissance and its primary spokesman Shakespeare whom he claimed possessed an unparallelled gift for expression (P.33). This extraverted spirit of the time, however, was soon to turn to its negation in introversion, and seek to remedy the diminishing role of religion by a psychological mechanism which projected its aggression outward, thus creating the ideal atmosphere for wars that became increasingly barbaric as the technology for the instigation of death became more and more lethal. In this context it is worthwhile recording that Descartes, one of the “new men”, was a mercenary in the 30 year war , and also a designer of “war machines”.
We should also point out that it was to Freud that Einstein, (commissioned by the League of nations )turned for a psychological analysis of war in 1933. Freud by this time would have been able not to just list the psychological conditions necessary for the rise of mad tyrants and their success in persuading the masses to sanction their mad violent projects, but also refer to the kind of psychological effects that wars have upon their participants. Amongst these conditions however, Freud did not refer to the after effects of the ongoing process of secularisation and the collapse of the authority of religion.
Revolutions can be at least as brutal as war and van der Post has no doubt that the French Revolution was associated with the deposing of religion and the crowning of reason amidst the atrocities committed:
“After all one cannot overlook the symbolic importance of the fact that when the French revolution. was perpetrating its greatest inhumanities against helpless men and women, it officially deposed God and in his place actually crowned a goddess of reason in Notre Dame in Paris. “(P.37)
Rousseau is the enigmatic counter enlightenment figure that stands opposed both to the authority of religion and reason. We should recall however that Rousseau played an important part in Kant’s Enlightened Critical Philosophy by convincing Kant to abandon his Wolffian rationalism and adopt a more nuanced approach which took into account the dignity of man. In his work on Emile which Kant avidly read we find a pupil who does not read the Bible but rather “Robinson Crusoe”. We also find Rousseau affectionately embracing his fictional ideal pupil and leaving his own children to an orphanage. Van der Post points to Rousseau’s claim that civilisation is no longer progressing and also to the fact that Rousseau’s Philosophising does little to mitigate the suffering soul of modern man, but he attributes much to the inefficacy of religion to affect the spirit of man positively.
The decline in the respect for the dignity of man for Kant resides in the fact that man does not dare to use his reason in accordance with its scope and limits. The Enlightenment followed the Renaissance which followed a long period of Roman domination in which the Roman military and engineering spirit curiously settled upon the sect of Christianity as its chosen religion. The narrative of the life of Jesus was of course addressing the problem of mans failure to use his reason by suggesting that man instead love his neighbour and enemies as ends-in-themselves, but the narrative contained certain fantasy-laden supernatural events which raised questions about the validity of the account, given the previous heritage of the power of logos and argumentation from the Greeks.
Part of the dispute between Jung and Freud centred upon the role of sexuality in personality development–a thesis Jung contested. Freud never abandoned his sexual stages but he did widen the scope of meaning of eros, to include all life affirmative thinking and activity. Darwin had been the inspiration for much of Freuds so-called mythology of the instincts which included the sexual instincts under the broader category of the life instincts. Freud and other Darwinians were largely responding to the fact that evolution had for some reason ensured that humans spend a long time being dependent upon their parents, thus creating the need for institutions such as the family to last for long periods of time. This, however was not the only reason for the insistence upon the importance of sexuality. Freuds clinical experience with his neurotic patients regularly encountered sexual fantasies of certain kinds. Much time was spent analysing and interpreting these fantasies. So, Freud in fact responded positively to Jung’s criticism by expanding the scope of the meaning of eros to include civilisation building activities.
The Kantian emphasis upon the will and its relation to treating humanity as an end in itself was to be transposed to a lower psychological level by Freud, into the instincts and their vicissitudes, and Freud specifically claimed that he had charted the path of only some of the instincts. What he meant is not entirely clear, but we should remember that Schopenhauer had written a work entitled “The World as Will and Representation”, and in it he referred to the phenomenon of the will operating according to a principle of mercy (operative in the case of the heroic policemen). Is this something separate to what Kant meant by the good will or is it the case that the good will is in fact partly a vicissitude of this principle? The good will obviously has a sensible aspect and this might be a part of that aspect, i.e. there is nothing in Kant to prevent us from postulating that he adopted the hylomorphic thesis that psychological powers built upon other powers as well as integrating themselves with other powers. Freud referred to his Psychology as Kantian, and he also referred to the Hughlings Jackson neural thesis that lower parts of of the brain can be integrated into the higher parts. In this case the categorical imperative which urges mankind to treat his fellows as end-in-themselves could be construed as a higher level vicissitude of the principle of mercy.
Campbell discusses this principle in another essay in this collection in relation to the work of Thomas Mann. It has to be said that there is a tendency in Campbells presentation of Freud’s ideas to fail to see that in relation to the Freudian dictum “Where id was there ego shall be”, it is the energy of the id that is used for the purposes of the ego and the superego, and all three systems are integrated with each other and not as separate as some commentators claim.
Van der Post comments upon the “loneliness” of modern man and claims that this was a symptom of his times. For the Greeks, what man had in common, was related to psuché and its attendant capacities and powers, but for Kant it was the good will that was the driving force in man. This is not to say that man in fact universally possessed a good will, but rather possessed a consciousness of the imperative that he ought to treat his fellow man ends-in-themselves. The imperative to think rationally is also a demand made in the form of an “ought-to”: man ought not to contradict himself, but, as we all know, this demand does not hinder him from doing so, thereby contributing to the presence of confusion in the world. This could be clearly seen in the case of the tyrants of the time, who inverted good and evil and made the worst argument appear the better.
Freud’s work became over time, less materialistic and more Platonic and Kantian whilst at the same time being rooted in the hylomorphism that was presence in his medical training from Vienna University. Insofar as Freud could be regarded as concerned with mans spirituality, this was not in the form of the imagination and fantasy but rather in the form of the way in which eros and logos produce order and good in the world. Of course Thanatos and uncontrolled desires and fears were also striving to use the energy of the id for more narcissistic purposes, and the domination of such forces may partly account for the loneliness of modern man van der Post referred to. Previously one of the functions of myth was to bring men together via narratives that clarified mans relation to the realm of the sacred, and all that was required for such stories were an understanding of certain categories of judgement and an active imagination. As the world became more complex it was inevitable that Reason and argumentation would be needed to give man an understanding of his relation to this world in which the sacred appeared to become more and more marginalised, and this too might have contributed to mans feeling of loneliness.
Paul Ricouer’s work on Freud and The Symbolism of Evil in particular provide us with critical insight into the power and limitations of mythical thinking. He points out that myths contain symbols of evil which call for philosophical interpretation: a form of interpretation analogous to Freudian psychoanalytical interpretations of dreams and pathological symptoms. Symbols, myths, symptoms and dreams, then, all possess a latent-manifest structure, a complex form of double meaning in which the latent meaning is in some sense disguised/revealed by the manifest unless submitted to the logos of an interpretation procedure which relies on Aristotelian hylomorphic and Kantian critical theory. According to Ricouer both myths and symbols when correctly interpreted reveal the relation of man to the realm of the sacred.
Van der Post’s diagnosis of the loneliness of modern man may be connected to the phenomenon articulated by Julian Jaynes in his work on the Origins of Consciousness, namely “Deus Absconditis”: the phenomenon of the absent god that has left man alone to his fate. For Jaynes several engravings of an empty throne being approached by a king symbolise the advance of the secularisation process and its affect upon religion. Freud may well have had this phenomenon in mind when he referred to science and gardening as “displacement activities”: vain attempts to fill the void that has been left in the life of modern man. We ought to recall in this context the remark of the once scientifically inclined Wittgenstein, that science sends him to sleep. For him this modern world has nothing of the attraction of the bustling agoras of ancient Greece, the teeming Elisabethan London streets conversing about the latest play of Shakespeare, or the cosmopolitan Königsberg with its drawing room gatherings during the time of Kant. Things have undoubtedly changed whilst we have been occupied with making the worst argument seem the better. The Kleinian Renaissance art-critic, Adrian Stokes, in an essay entitled Greek Culture and the Ego had this to say about the Golden Age of Ancient Greece:
“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force which makes men live and thrive–for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city; for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action….If the complete force of mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greek of the great days that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Collected Works of Adrian Stokes Vol 3, London, Thames and Hudson, 1978, P.84)
Eros, insofar as Plato and Aristotle are concerned is probably all of the above , Eros being, according to the Symposium, a mediator between man and the Gods. Divine eros for Aristotle was of course connected to his metaphysical characterisation of God who was engaged in thinking about himself as well as producing all movement and motion in the universe.
Adrian Stokes embraces most of the above account of Eros and also Melanie Klein’s analyses of the instincts of man and their relation to good and bad, part and whole objects. She agrees that during infancy there is a tendency for the infant to be “enveloped” by objects such as the mother. When the “I” is subsequently formed more and more by the lost objects of the ego, there is more and more respect for the independence and self sufficiency of these objects. Stokes picks up this reasoning in his analysis of a certain kind of Renaissance art object which he designates as Quattrocento Art. Such art objects, he argues are whole objects in virtue of their independence and self sufficiency. They are, he argues, a restorative response to the depressive anxiety generated by past lost valuable objects. Such art enables us to become less dependent upon external objects. The internal objects of the mind are also more integrated with each other, and this in turn enables a more harmonious relation to the external world as such. Strong personalities (neither for Klein nor Stokes) do not view being alone as a problem exactly because their dependence upon external objects is minimal. This relation to the external world and its “modernity” which encourages a more narcissistic relation to objects, enables these individuals with strong personalities( possessing superior subtle intellects?) to correctly diagnose the condition of modern man and see the loneliness of the modern world as related to depression and the mania related to narcissism. Such individuals may like Kant see the whole as “melancholically haphazard” and restrict their participation in society to a minimum.
Jung too, according to Anthony Storr in his work noted that Jung was concerned too with the attribution of pathological symptoms and behaviour to what he called the “spirit of the times”. Freud took a more nuanced approach and attributed the discontent to be universally found in modern society, to a system that is ill-adapted to mans legitimate desires and fears, and further traced this phenomenon to its source in mans long childhood. The Pleasure Pain principle was not, in our modern era, in his view, regulated by the Reality principle of the Aristotelian golden mean and our children thus had more difficulty growing up with balanced personalities and appropriate behavioural patterns.
Freud may have regarded excursions into the realms of the para-normal as symptoms of the modern malady, a turning away from the melancholically haphazard external world, toward a more satisfying inner world, where there were mechanisms operating that one could control. Projecting “spirits” into the external world was for Freud a sign of a serious lack of psychic harmony, and may be a sign of an unstable unbalanced mind. The phenomenon of “possession” so fascinating for the people of Jung’s time became a source of fascination for Jung who became interested in the phenomenon of multiple personality. Jung was less inclined to see such a disturbance of normal behaviour, and more inclined to view this phenomenon as introverted. Whether possession, for example, was detrimental for mental health would depend for him on which of the unconscious archetypes were responsible for what we were experiencing.
Anthony Storr claims that Freud was obsessed by the body and that therefore Jung’s fascination with the spiritual world came as a welcome relief. This overlooks the Philosophical view of the human body (psuché) that we find in Aristotle and Spinoza which cannot be accused of being materialistic. Aristotles hylomorphic view was that the psuché is constituted by a constellation of organs and a configuration of limbs and posture that enables a particular form of life to form as a result of the power of these organs and limbs, which includes the power of the brain, eyes, ears, speech, bipedal activity, etc., and the influence of the sexual organs on the life choices man makes. The capacity for discourse and rational thinking and argumentation are obviously higher level activities and are therefore part of the essence specifying definition: rational animal capable of discourse.
Freud largely embraces this hylomorphic view of psuché as he does Kant’s philosophical and critical view of the powers of the mind and especially the importance of epistemé insofar as knowledge of the self is concerned. Mere self consciousness would not be sufficient for Kant to characterise the spiritual life of man. The Kantian faculty of sensibility—the home of sensuous imagination, the instincts and the apriori intuitions of space and time are clearly more biological than spiritual, but no one can surely deny that the faculties of the understanding/judgement and reason were not spiritual. These faculties were possibly not spiritual in the sense Jung intended, but given Kant’s criticism of “spirit seers” such a criticism cannot be taken seriously without first confronting Kant’s arguments from that article.
Spinoza claimed that the first idea of the mind is the idea of the body. This for us characterises well the intimate relation the mind has to the body. We also find in Spinoza’s writings reference to the more general phenomenon of change in the universe when it is claimed that all entities of whatever kind strive to maintain themselves in their existence. If we refuse to interpret Spinoza’s reflections as pertaining to hylozoism and consider only life forms as a specific category of Being, then we can see in his work Pre- Darwinian ideas that also appear to be in line with some ideas we find in Aristotle’s hylomorphism. Indeed Spinoza’s reflections appear also to support and predate the Freudian so-called “mythology of the instincts”. Freud also in some of his later writings addresses the higher psychological functions when he reflects upon the operation of the ego as a precipitate of lost objects. He also refers to higher psychological functions in his Group Psychology and the Ego, but there is no acknowledgment of the positive power of religion to structure our psychological capacities and powers: an acknowledgement moreover which is undoubtedly present in both Aristotelian Hylomorphic and Kantian Critical Philosophy.
Bearing in mind this omission, which leaves readers with the impression that Religion has no positive psychological value, the later theorising of Freud can be seen as an interesting elaboration upon Kantian ideas relating to the faculty of sensibility , the transcendental ego and the realm of the noumenal. Kant in His Anthropology elaborates in more detail upon this idea of the “I”:
” the sum total of pragmatic anthropology in respect to the vocation of the human being and the characteristic of his formation is the following. The human being is destined by his reason to live in a society with human beings and in it to cultivate himself and moralise himself by means of the arts and sciences. No matter how great his animal tendency may be to give himself passively to the impulses of comfort and good living, which he calls happiness, he is still destined to make himself worthy of humanity by actively struggling with the obstacles that cling to him because of the crudity of his nature.”(Anthropology from a pragmatic point of view Ed and Trans by Louden R B, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 2006, P.15)
We can see from the above quote where the inspiration for the agency of the superego came from, and we can also see how powerful the instincts are in this process of actualising our higher capacities and powers. Against the background of the above reflections it is difficult to see exactly why Jung wished to claim in an interview about his relation to Freud that he was influenced by Kant. If the influence ran as deep as he claimed then there would not have been this deep disagreement over the role of the instincts, eros, and the superego in the process of personality development.
On the issue of Jungs commitment to the occult and the paranormal which Freud characterised as the “black mud and rising tide of occultism”, it is difficult not to see in this commitment a lack of focus on the role the reality principle and the external world play in any account of the human psuché. Campbell, however, it must be admitted, is not committed to any form of occultism, and much of what he has claimed would have been well received by both Kant and Freud (except perhaps his view of Jung’s work).
We know Wittgenstein was a follower of Freud and according to the American Philosopher of Aesthetics, Stanley Cavell, Wittgenstein was concerned to put the soul back into the body. Freud, witnessing the rise of American behaviourism, was equally concerned with this task but he was equally concerned not to claim for the spirit or mind more territory than it actually occupied in the phenomenal realm. He was, it ought to be recalled particularly concerned with the Cartesian obsession with Consciousness which Freud believed was merely the tip of the iceberg of the mind.
Kant, Freud and Wittgenstein would not have sanctioned the view of the afterlife we encounter in occultism, nor would they have sanctioned a belief in ghosts, poltergeists and possession by the devil and their grounds would have been the grounds of Logos and Reason–the grounds of understanding and rationality.
Chapter One. Introduction: Psuché, Eros, Thanatos, and the Lost Objects of the Ego
Notes to Chapter One Introduction
Chapter Two. The Modern Age of Discontentment: The manic new men and the melancholic masses
Notes to Chapter Two
Chapter Three. Freud and Aristotelian themes
Notes to Chapter Three
Chapter Four. Freud and Platonic Themes
Notes to Chapter Four
Chapter Five. Aristotle and Freud: “Health is the Logos and Knowledge in the soul”
Notes to Chapter Five
Chapter Six: Freud and Kantian Themes
Notes to Chapter Six
Chapter Seven: Freud, Tyranny, The Law, and Political Philosophy
Notes to Chapter Seven
Chapter Eight. Concluding Remarks: History and Psychology
Notes to Chapter Eight
Bibliography
Author details
Michael R D James was born in South Africa and lived in Cape Town for 16 years. He travelled to England and was educated at Grammar School, Exeter University (Bachelour of education) and Birmingham University (Bachelour of Arts and Master of Arts in Philosophy). He moved to Sweden in 1979 and has lived there for over 40years, taking his doctorate at Uppsala University in 1987 in Kantian Philosophy. For 24 years he lectured in the International Baccalaureate Program and taught the subjects of Philosophy, Psychology, and Theory of Knowledge at Sigtunaskolan Humanistiska Läroverket. He introduced World schools Debating into Sweden and was the Swedish Schools team Manager between 2008 and 2013, coaching the team at the World Championships at Qatar and Dundee. His works “The World Explored, the World Suffered are aimed at integrating the thought of Philosophers of the Ancient Greek tradition, the Enlightenment, and those contemporary Philosophers that think in the same spirit. He enjoys reading, travelling, exercising, listening to music, being with his family, and walking his dog. He currently lives in Uppsala.
Blog page address: http://michaelrdjames.org
Chapter One. Introduction: Psuché, Eros, Thanatos, and the Lost Objets of the Ego
Kant makes an important distinction between civilisation and culture1, whilst at the same time acknowledging the importance of viewing these characterisations of mans social being-in-the-world in terms of his “lebenswelt”, rather than in terms of his technological “achievements”(techné). The latter achievements belong in the realm of a pragmatically based mentality, which seeks to focus on the means to ends whilst the former rather invokes a mentality that concerns itself with the elusive idea of ends-in-themselves.
The creation of the chair is an early technological achievement that can largely be explained in terms of the movement of material from one place to another: a causal history of events in a spatio-temporal continuum that brought together an object that serves a number of possible ends, including being placed in a library and helping to constitute a studious form of life. Such a form of life is situated in a context of involvements that transcends a merely reductionist causal analysis into events in which material is in motion and moving from one location to another. Even in this technical process, we need the idea of the form, or end of, “the chair” to explain just why this material took the form that it did: a form that is important in the contexts of Civilization and Culture. There is no better manifestation of the contemplative form of life envisaged by Aristotle than that of the University Library. The chair allows us to sit for hours reading or writing, events that appeal to the idea of an end-in-itself. In such a context we encounter both technical knowledge (how to build a chair) and the kinds of knowledge necessary to write literary works: e.g. epistemé, arché, diké, areté, logos, as well as the knowledge of aesthetic and teleological principles.
There is a complex relation between Civilisation and Culture that is connected to the relations between instrumental (means creating) and categorical (end-sustaining) reasoning. Aristotelian hylomorphic explanation acknowledges different kinds of explanation associated with these different types of reasoning: material and efficient causation is, according to Aristotle, more susceptible to hypothetical-instrumental reasoning, whereas formal and final causation is regulated categorically by logos. For Aristotle, the chair has a form (formal cause) that guides human activity to the telos that is embedded in what we referred to above as the context of involvement necessary for the possible cultural aim of a contemplative life. In these contexts, however, the chair also possesses what Heidegger referred to as a ready-to-hand form of existence2, unless of course it has specific aesthetic characteristics which mobilise an appreciative episode in which we stand and admire the chair instead of sitting in it and reading. Similarly, with the library–this stone building with high ceilings and marble floors–we might stand outside and consider its architectural characteristics such as the mass-effect of the stone, the rough and smooth surfaces, the distribution of windows and other glass apertures. Libraries and temples were designed and constructed in accordance with cultural teleological ideas, but as buildings they also have to meet the purposes of Civilization: they have, that is, to possess a ready-to-hand, means-to-an-end, character. The telos of Culture concerns itself principally with ends, and the telos of civilization-building activities demands a more instrumental-calculating form of reasoning.
Kant’s Philosophy situates aesthetic judgement, relating to the beauty of natural or art objects, at the gateway between sensible parts of the mind and its more intellectual thought-processes3. This assumes a hylomorphic approach in which aesthetic judgement functions as a lynchpin linking to a more organic view of civilization-building activities which meet firstly, essentially organic needs (fulfilling safety needs as outlined by Maslow) and secondly the higher psychological mental needs of culture.
Kant notes the following:
“The empirical interest in the beautiful exists only in society. And if we admit that the impulse to society is natural to mankind and the suitability for, and the propensity towards it, i.e. sociability, is a property essential to the requirements of man as a creature intended for society, and one, therefore, that belongs to humanity, it is inevitable that we should also look upon taste in the light of a faculty for estimating whatever enables us to communicate our feeling to everyone else, and hence as a means for promoting that upon which the natural inclination of everyone is set.”4 P.155
The beauty of a library may give rise to a judgement of beauty that has its source in a harmony of the sensible and intellectual functions of the mind (the imagination and the understanding), which in turn generates a feeling of pleasure. The Concepts of the Understanding are not involved, but the categories are, e.g. quality, quantity, relation and modality. We should note in this context that it is the categorical use of concepts in accordance with the categories of understanding /judgement which is responsible for the communicability of objectively valid judgements about objects, events etc. The aesthetic judgement, however, does not rest on concepts and is strictly speaking not about the object one is appreciating, but rather is about the subject who is engaged in the judging process. The feeling, then, becomes the focus of the judgement, and is the basis for, as Kant puts the matter, speaking with a universal voice about the beauty of the object. The aesthetic experience, insofar as the library is concerned, requires adopting the role of the spectator and engaging in a sensory exploration with the aid of the imagination and understanding. Here we encounter one of the most important functions of civilization, namely, to refine our feelings and inclinations, and seek happiness. Such contemplation may play an important part in engaging in the more serious business of Culture whose major task is to demand of us the performance of social duties that will help in the aim of avoiding the anxiety connected with ruin and destruction. In Cultural activities, there is a regulation of the desire for happiness and even a demand for sacrifice in relation to the telos of happiness. For the Greeks this regulation occurred in the name of principles (arché) and the virtues (areté, diké, epistemé etc). For Freud, the former appreciative activity is related to a mature form of pleasure, but there is a serious intent on the part of the creators of objects such as libraries, temples, and tombs, and it is this that demands the operation of the defence mechanism he called “sublimation” which, for him, was a vicissitude of an instinct. It is not clear, however, whether Freud would have subscribed to the distinction we are appealing to, namely, that between Civilization and Culture, but he is on record as describing his Psychology as Kantian and he “borrows” concepts from Greek culture (mythology) and Greek philosophy which assume some form of this distinction. If Freud is to be taken seriously then we can assume that the 4 Kantian questions which defined the domain of Philosophy, must to some extent concern Freud too, e.g. “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, What can we hope for?” and “What is man?”.
The Greek concept of areté, if defined in terms of saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time, obviously relates to both Civilization-building activities and Culture-creating and sustaining activities, such as the passing of laws and education. Both kinds of activity are important for “society”–the term Kant used above in conjunction with the term “humanity”. The former term-society-comes from Latin and this is important to bear in mind when it comes to the humanistic element of Culture, simply because the Roman idea or ideal of governing men was very different to the ancient Greek idea or ideal of governing the polis. The Romans, we should remind ourselves, were concerned, firstly, with engineering, and secondly, military objectives, and both of these require instrumental reasoning rather than the more categorical reasoning the Greeks thought so important if one was to heed the Greek oracles warnings about impending ruin and destruction. The most paradoxical God in the Roman Pantheon was obviously Janus with his two faces and two sets of eyes looking in different directions–a figure that appears to be the figment of an anxious imagination. Janus was perfectly placed at the gates of the city to watch the soldiers marching out to battle, and watch them returning with diminished numbers once the battle was over.
Kant was undoubtedly the major humanistic figure of the Enlightenment, and carried on the tradition of humanism from the Greek Philosophers, but there is one major apparent difference between Classical-Greek political philosophy, and Kantian Political Philosophy. Kant’s critical and systematic moral Philosophy paved the way for a more systematic understanding of the concepts of freedom, human rights, and peace, all of which were implied in Aristotelian Political Philosophy but whose contours emerged and became more clearly thematised in Kant’s Theory of Practical Reason and Action4. Lying at the foundation of these reflections, however, is an Aristotelian hylomorphic view of psuché, which is most clearly delineated in Kant’s Critique of Teleological Judgement5. Teleological judgments are obviously involved in the construction of artefacts such as chairs and humanistic institutions such as libraries, but it is their role in explaining the activity of psuché (forms of life) that both Aristotle and Kant thought equally important. Teleological explanations for both of these philosophers are different kinds of explanations compared to the kinds of explanation we use in theorising about nature. In this latter kind of explanation, insofar as objects of sense are concerned, it is important that we search for mechanisms e.g. the nexus effectivis of the form of the bird for example, but it is equally important to acknowledge that this form of explanation, valid though it is, could never adequately explain the necessity that attaches to the functional behaviour of the bird that sustains it in its existence.
The Polis or larger community, for Kant, requires explanations in terms of nexus effectivis, and also explanations which Kant terms, nexus finalis. In the case of the laws of the polis/community, unity is part of the city/community and is part of the nexus finalis we call “The Law”, which in turn relates to the nexus effectivis of breaches of the law by citizens. In this context we should recall the Socratic account of justice in The Republic where the unity of the city is emphasised, and it is ominously asserted that the divided city is headed for ruin and destruction. We should also recall that the Socratic argument against the passing of unjust laws was that these laws might in the end not be in the interests of the lawmakers. Socrates pointed here to the importance of knowledge in any effective legislation process. Teaching those who breach the law the necessity of obeying the law is part of the civilising process. But the finality of laws, insofar as unifying the city is concerned, extends into the sphere of Culture and its purposes and goals: the sphere of a quality of existence that strives after the property of being in a broad sense “healthy”. For Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, the healthy city is the just, peaceful city.
As Political Philosophy progressed through the millennia, we find, with both Hobbes and Descartes, a fascination for artefacts and the objects of science, at the expense of an appreciation of the importance of healthy life forms. Hobbes, for example, thought that the state is best viewed as an arte-factual construction. The political entity, for him, was more like the ready-to-hand chair than the cultural humanistic institution of the library. For Hobbes and Descartes, educational processes were engaged in the technical task of “constructing” minds rather than the humanistic task of “nurturing” them.
What Kant called “mechanical causality” in his Critique of Teleological Judgement can certainly be applied to explaining how the chair came into existence. In Aristotle’s Theory of Change, the creation of the chair is an example of change that partly requires reference to mechanical causality, which is not the case if we are talking about the tree (the material of the wood). The form-of-finality of “forms of life” require different kinds of explanation. Such forms, Kant claims, exist as physical ends which are both cause and effect of themselves” (Kant P.18). This is part of Kant’s noumenal account involving:
“a kind of causality that we cannot associate with the mere conception of nature unless we make that nature rest on an underlying end that which can then, though incomprehensible be thought without contradiction”(P.18)
The generation of a genus of life such as an animal or a tree is a case of something causing itself: a cat produces a kitten which is a cat and an oak produces an acorn which will grow to become a tree: like produces like. If trees produced kittens or cats acorns this would be similar to the relation of artefacts to their human creators. The polis, according to Hobbes6 was arte-factual–his laws were artefacts that were mechanically designed. This runs contrary to the views of both Aristotle and Kant. The individual born in a polis is to be nurtured under its laws as both a free individual and a citizen living in a domain in which a certain form of life is valued: a form measured by the ideas of areté, arché, epistemé, diké. The form of change which the infant and child needs to undergo before these forms/ideas seem appropriate, is complicated (Kant P.19): far more complicated than the forms of change a tree undergoes as part of a forest or the changes wood undergoes to form a chair. All forms of life, however, share with each other essential characteristics involving the mutual relatedness of their parts to each other: in the case of the human form of life we are dealing with the relation of organs, limbs, hands, bones, tissues etc., which are all necessary for the form of life the human will lead in a polis containing trees and chairs, libraries, temples, and tombs: a form of life requiring a constellation of human powers and abilities. The powers of a tree are obviously more limited than the powers of a rational animal capable of discourse, a being that, amongst other things, creates chairs, makes laws, and discusses Philosophy in the agora. The library, temple, and tomb in the agora look, on the face of it, to be very complex arte-facts, but they are endowed with a telos that is essential to psuché and are thereby endowed with the values and norms associated with areté, arché, epistemé and diké. The users of these “institutions” contrast with the users of the chair placed in the agora by a degree of complexity that separates the idea of civilisation from that of culture. Culture requires the presence of free and educated individuals to perform the duties associated with families and the polis, and this requires a long process of the development of their powers: a process Aristotle thought of as a self-actualisation process.
The chair placed in the agora is part of what Martin Heidegger called a context of involvements6. More recently analytical philosophers have used the term “instrumentality” to designate the essential character of equipment. For Heidegger, the chair is an entity “ready-to-hand”, and belongs in a context with other objects such as the table, the objects placed on the table etc. The ways in which these objects relate to each other are to be explained by the purposes of the will and its sensory and motor functions. The powers of the will and the human body have an intimate relation to each other. The will can will action in both instrumental-civilisation contexts (techné) and categorical culture-constituting contexts involving areté.
Aristotle’s biological/psychological account of psuché7 embraces all forms of life from the plant kingdom to the animal kingdom, and also points to the form of life with the most awe-inspiring and impressive repertoire of powers: the rational animal capable of discourse. The biological base of these powers, however, resides simply in a specific constellation of organs, limbs, hands, bone and tissue, which may, if conditions are not propitious, never actualise its capacities if it is not nurtured to do so in the appropriate civilised circumstances. Part of this actualisation process involves the historical/philosophical problem of the relation between the body and the mind, which was not a fundamental issue for the Ancient Greek Philosophers. These Greek philosophers intuitively understood that the relation was intimate and perhaps would have thought that Spinoza expressed this relation well when he said that the first idea of the mind was the idea of the body. Aristotle, in particular, would have found this to be an appropriate claim. Freud, too, recognised the importance of a psychological mechanism to protect the body when he attributed to the ego the primary task of the protection of the body.
Perhaps the mark of the beginning of the so called period of “Modern Philosophy” is instantiated by the kind of claim made by Descartes who maintained that one can, in fact, imagine the absence of ones body whilst retaining the idea/conclusion that “I exist”8. Aside from the problem of Descartes’ dualism, and his ambivalence on the issue of the distinction between scientific and philosophical problems, there is something of analytical importance in Descartes’ challenge to the Aristotelian/Spinozist positions. After Spinoza, Greek hylomorphism (that rejects both materialist and dualist accounts of the relation of the mind to the body), made a comeback via the Critical Philosophy of Kant, which also embraced Spinoza’s suggestion that the ultimate adequate idea of the self includes reference to an adequate idea of the role of the relation of the body to mind.9 For Kant this relation is hylomorphic, and concerns both powers of sensibility and powers of understanding that are in some ways mutually reciprocal : but, a concept without an intuition is blind, and an intuition without a concept is empty–intuitions, however are the matter for the “forms” of concepts.
The question that arises in this context is, of course, whether we can see the presence of hylomorphism in more recent “modern” philosophy. The analytical Philosophy of the later Wittgenstein certainly played the role of neutralising various forms of materialism and dualism, and thereby created a space for the re-emergence of Aristotelian and Kantian positions. Brian O Shaughnessy is a modern Philosopher who is influenced by Freud and the later Wittgenstein, and whose work on the relation of the body to the mind is one of the most important epistemological characterisations of our time. In his investigations there is reference to the principles (arché) of non-contradiction and sufficient reason and a firm rejection of materialistic reductions and dualistic “spirits” of the mind.
The Historical/Philosophical problem of the Will has always been concerned with
1. The Will’s relation to the body and
2. The Will’s relation to the World.
O Shaughnessy (OS) discusses these problems extensively in terms of the epistemological relation of the body to the will, and also in terms of the logical limits of the will.10 In terms of this latter question OS argues that the initial and primary target for the will is a body-part inserted in a body image. For example, the hand reaching for the wireless knob, insofar as the observer is concerned, engages with the world and enables the agent to turn up the volume of the wireless via the causal connection between the fingers of the hand and those parts of the radio responsible for volume control. The action that is a response to the request “Turn up the volume!” is under control of the will, because the will mobilises the arm and the fingers of the hand that are part of the body image of the agent. This body image is psychologically “present” for the agent, and is the source of his awareness of the position and location of the parts of his body that are under the control of the will. Some organs are, for example, not under our control, but our limbs, hands, and some organs such as the eyes, ears, nose and genital organs are all part of the body-image which is under our control, and this is part of that which constitutes what in Spinoza’s words was characterised as “the first idea of the mind”. I am asked to turn the volume of the wireless up and move my arm toward the goal and subsequently activate my fingers to turn the knob in the appropriate direction. This is an excellent account of an instrumental action situated in what Heidegger called a context of involvements. The term instrumentality is defined by the Collins dictionary as “the condition fact or quality of being instrumental, or serving as a means”. There is, therefore, a clear sense in which the parts of the body contained in my body-image can be construed as “instruments” that are used for various purposes, amongst which are those purposes which sustain me in my existence and contribute to the quality of my existence (in the context of a Civilisation and Culture).
This state of affairs, in Greek terms, would fall under the categorical term “techné”, which Heidegger utilised in his reflections on our relation to technology. This region for Aristotle requires both material and efficient causes (explanations), if we are to give an adequate account (essence-specifying definition) of, for example, instrumental action. It is clear from the above account that there are non-active parts of the body that are not part of the body-image, e.g., those parts involved in digestion or fighting infections and these activities lie beyond the scope and limits of the will.
OS uses categorical thinking to designate the psychological and mental status of the will: he sees the category of “the active” to be critical in the account we give of this region of our mind. OS also uses the Freudian term of “ego-affirmative” to characterise the activity of the will. The will, that is, whilst being connected to an energy source that OS describes as “impulsive”, also manifests itself in all activities that can be described in terms of “striving”. This, in turn, entails the presence of desire/intention, and this is the case for all forms of life that possess complex organ/limb systems. The powers of desire and belief in animal behaviour are in contrast to what are widely regarded as the non-instrumental powers of nature, e.g. rivers and oceans. Whilst some poets such as T S Eliot may consider the river to be a god, and a “conveyer of commerce”, its activities are not as such explained in teleological terms. Apart from this fact we know nothing of the purposes of Gods.
Similarly, we have, as Kant maintained in his Critique of Teleological Judgement11 no knowledge of the final ends of nature (P.27). Furthermore the river has no internal structure responsible for directing its activity, which consists primarily in flowing from A to B. The power of the river is purely mechanical-physical, and therefore is not to be explained in formal-final causal terms. Philosophically, the river is also not a God, because a god must possess a repertoire of powers that are not mechanical-physical. The demiurge of the Greeks is regarded as a divine artisan creating the world out of the materials of chaos in accordance with the “forms” (principles). Presumably, the river is the kind of thing the demiurge created and not a part of the original chaos, but the principles involved in its creation must differ in some respect to the principles responsible for the existence of living organisms (psuché). The river, therefore, cannot be a God. The Demiurge might then be a divine artisan using principles to create the world, but the demiurge does not have a body and does not operate in accordance with the mechanical-principle/causes that regulate or constitute physical reality. The Demiurge, then, is an independent “power” which our thought is not capable of fully understanding.
Kant contributes to this debate by urging us to use a subjective principle of reason to provide an account of nature that views nature as system of related “ends”. It was this challenge that Aristotle met by providing his theory of change, which included 4 kinds of change in three media (space, time, matter), three principles of change, and 4 causes of change (material, efficient, formal, and final). This theory allows us to explain material/physical/mechanical change at an empirical level but also allows us to explain the use of categories and principles such as are found in Newton’s “Principles of Natural Philosophy”. Kant, who understood Newton well, refused to juxtapose God and Science under the concepts of creator/world created. He discusses this issue at length in his Third Critique in the context of a metaphysical account of the relation of man to his world. Material laws, however, which are the concern of empirical science, (using the methods of observation to discover and verify), rest upon the categories of understanding/judgement, and principles of logic. These laws, Kant argues, are not, ultimate laws which reason can decisively justify, because the principle that unifies them, is, a super-sensible principle. The Judgements associated with this state of affairs, refer to a causality distinct from material/efficient causation:
” we must think. a causality distinct from mechanism, namely a world cause acting according to ends, that is, an intelligent cause–however rash and indemonstrable a principle this might be for the determinant judgement.”(P.40)
Moreover, Kant insists that this teleological form of explanation is especially necessary when it comes to providing philosophically defendable accounts of psuché (forms of life):
“No one has ever yet questioned the correctness of the principle that when judging certain things in nature, namely organisms and their possibility, we must look to the conception of final causes.”(P.40)
It needs, however to be pointed out that this conception of final cause is problematic if applied to material that is not endowed with life, because, as Kant argues:
“the possibility of living matter is quite inconceivable,”(P.46)
One ought, then, not to be surprised to learn that we are dealing with two different kinds of explanation. The first, which is associated with the quantification of matter and its material/physical relations and this physical kind of explanation demands powers of observation in order to manipulate and measure variables and the relation of variables to each other.
Given this conception of the whole of nature as a system of ends, it is difficult not to concede with Kant that the cause of the world as a whole is best conceived of as a form of Intelligence that it is difficult to characterise in any further detail. Kant does, however, refuse to conceive of this Intelligence as an instrumental force in the world operating in accordance with material and efficient causes. This form of Intelligence does, however, remind us of the Greek idea of the Demiurge— a being whose medium of operation was that of thought and understanding.
Kant would certainly refuse to countenance any physical manifestation of this agency. No one could expect such an agency to do things like “turning up the volume”. Rather this Being is operating more like that of a principle. The relation of Principles to material objects is not a concrete relation in a context of discovery but is more like an explanatory relation in a context of explanation/justification. Principles are part of the explanation of the essence-specifying definition of material objects/events.
The Demiurge, viewed as a real agent would, in the light of the sphere of its operation in the medium of thought, be an illegitimate conception, insofar as Kant was concerned, since we are dealing in this case with the realm of the super-sensible, which Kant believed we can know nothing categorical about. At best, for Kant, the Demiurge could be characterised as an idea, form, or principle constituted in the realm of thought. We, as thinking beings, do not think in the same way as the Demiurge, whose mode of thinking in this realm was characterised by Aristotle in Metaphysics book 10, in terms of thinking about thinking. We, in contrast, can only think something about something and this is reflected in the subject-predicate of our language, which has a thinking-something-about-something structure. Thinking about thinking could perhaps be characterised ontologically as having the status of the principle of all principles, or first principle.
In the Critique of Teleological Judgement Kant claims that Reason is the faculty of principles aiming at the unconditioned—that which is without conditions. This would then entail that thinking about thinking is a divine form of reasoning. We, Aristotelian rational animals capable of discourse, can only think something about something, i.e. understand the world in terms of concepts, aiming categorically at the truth and knowledge (epistemé). Our human theoretical understanding, on this account, refers, then, to principles, that are not unconditionally constitutive of the Being of the external world. The principles involved are merely regulative–hence the importance of the Greek conception of the Demiurge as the Being, whose thought constitutes the being of the world as a whole.
Human thought occurs via concepts, and here we lose the immediate connection with reality that is given via intuitions. Our connection is mediated through our cognitive powers. The power of reason reaches out to reality, and immediate intuitive connection via concepts and logical principles such as non-contradiction and sufficient reason. Whilst concepts are in search of understanding reality, Reason, in its theoretical use, is striving after a perspicuous representation of the unconditioned actuality of the world as a whole. In order to achieve this, it works with the idea of an unconditioned ground of nature. Human intuition, understanding, and reason are all powers of a finite being. The Greeks, in spite of their embrace of theoretical reason, prized practical reason above all other forms, probably because they believed we were brought closer to reality or Being via, for example, our belief in the “Form of the Good”. We, rational animals capable of discourse, use reasons for the purposes of areté (doing and saying the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké (justice as conceived by Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle). Both of these ideas relate to finite beings and finite action situated at specific times and places—something which is a very different kind of being to that of the form of actualisation of a divine, infinite being, thinking about thinking. Indeed to fathom the full depth of the idea of the omnipresence of the Demiurge requires a form of cognition we rational animals capable of discourse do not possess. This may entail that we do not fully understand the form of the good and that therefore our most important creation–the polis– is constantly in danger of falling into a state of ruin. Perhaps we could prevent this from happening if we heeded another oracular challenge, namely to know ourselves.
Freud’s responses to this oracular challenge to “Know thyself”, are of singular importance, given that they are, as he claims, relating to Kantian Philosophy. The later Freudian reflections even use terms drawn from Greek mythology, namely Eros, Thanatos, and Ananke, in order to establish a broader context for both his topography relating to states of consciousness (preconscious, unconscious, and consciousness) as well as the agencies operating in this topography, namely, the superego, ego, and id. The Ego emerges as the fundamental agency, using the Reality Principle, to neutralise the influence firstly, of the Pleasure-Pain principle and secondly, Thanatos–the death instinct. The Ego, Freud claims, serves three masters, the superego, the id and the external world. It does so primarily in the role of a regulating inhibitor in accordance with the reality principle. Its spheres of operation are mainly in thought and action. Freud also speaks of two psychological processes operating in these spheres of operation, namely the primary process (The instinctive part of the mind most closely allied with the body), and the secondary process whose task is to inhibit and initiate life-affirming activity. It is obvious from Freud’s account that he, like Aristotle, saw humans to be primarily animals and only secondarily practically cognitive beings that are forced to make instinctual sacrifices and suffer as a consequence from high levels of discontentment. Freud’s writings are a testament to the fact that the oracular challenge to “know thyself” requires much understanding and reasoning in the name of wisdom.
My argument in my earlier works (The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action (Vol. 1-4), has been that, if we are to fully understand Freudian theory, we need to understand the thought of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, Kantian Enlightenment Philosophy, and the later Philosophy of Wittgenstein. We ought also to consult the works of Analytical Philosophers such as B O Shaughnessy on the topics of The Will and Consciousness. We know that Freud claimed to be a scientist, but the exact meaning of his claim is unclear, because, what is clear, is that he embraced science in the way in which Kant embraced science, namely, in a philosophical spirit. Freud, we know, used his science in a practical clinical setting, and not the theoretical setting of the laboratory. His interest was not in the manipulation and measurement of variables, in a context of discovery, in which observation was the primary perceptual concern. In Freud’s consulting rooms it was thoughtful speech in the name of areté that was the medium for the application of the Pleasure-Pain and Reality Principles. The task at hand was to interpret the symptoms that manifested themselves, for the purposes of the “talking cure”, as one patient described psychoanalysis, or rather, as Freud would have described the telos of what was occurring, for the purposes of strengthening the Ego. What was encountered in these consulting rooms, for example, were cathected ideas and motor images of desired objects generated by the primary processes of the mind, which in turn gave rise to anxiety and manic desires (wishes). This, in turn, disturbed the operation of the secondary processes of a mind concerned with the problems of love, work and diverse cultural issues. Verbal images, which were characterised by Freud as being indications of thought-reality, played an important role in this cathartic process. This power of thought was of importance philosophically to the Ancient Greek Philosophers, Kant, and the later Wittgenstein.
The work of mourning and the dream work were important aspects of the clinical work, which initially used the techniques of hypnosis (later abandoned for good reason), but graduated to the more complex techniques of free-association, dream interpretation, identification, and transference. These techniques were used as a means of substituting the operation of the secondary process (reality principle) for the primary process (pleasure-pain principle). In the course of this psychological “work”, there is a movement, from what is manifest to consciousness, to what is latent in that part of the mind concerned with the instincts and the defence mechanisms. Bringing what is latent into consciousness, viewed as a vicissitude of the instincts, is part of the task of the talking cure that strengthens the ego. This involves mobilising the cognitive power of language, and its re-presentation of content in the context of a search for the Truth about what is good about life.
O’Shaughnessy’s use of the term “desire” in his account of the will and its relation to action presupposes that the will is essentially related to desire and belief, elements which together help to account for the complexity of animal activity and human action. OS marks the distinction between animal and human activity partly at the epistemological boundary where he claims the dog believes that he is about to be fed but our human awareness, he claims, is propositional, and humans, he argues, know that it is true that they are about to be fed. This knowledge is vitally significant in all human action-contexts where it is important for the agent to establish the meaning of their action, which includes the intention with which the action is performed.
Elisabeth Anscombe’s work on Intention12 argues hylomorphically about a case in which I accidentally killed my father on a hunting trip, because I mistook his moving camouflaged hat at a distance for a moving deer. I intended to kill the deer but shot my father instead. The distinction between the so-called formal object of my action (the supposed deer) and the actual material object (my father) could only occur in the space of thought-reality. Desire was also important in this court-case because I certainly did not want (desire) to kill my father but the inquest will probably be more interested in establishing my intention than my desire, although the two are clearly intimately related in any action. Reasoning is an important aspect in all court judgements. The judgement of “accidental death” that might emerge from the inquiry will inevitably involve teleological judgements in the third person in relation to the details of this case.
Now, it would be problematic to suggest in the above case, that Freud would allow us to suspect that in spite of my conscious protestations of innocence I may nevertheless have harboured an unconscious desire to murder my father. Consciousness, we have claimed is a vicissitude of instinct, and at the time of my firing the gun there was an awareness of a putative material object of the deer, which involved a formal idea of the deer. Being a rational animal capable of discourse, for O Shaughnessy, includes a form of self-awareness that animals do not possess because they do not possess the array of cognitive powers humans do. These powers form what he calls a unified self, composed of a tight circle of mutually related properties:
“When we speak of persons we have in mind beings endowed with a distinctive set of properties, consisting mostly in capacities such as for thought and reasoning but also in the knowledge of certain fundamentals like self, world, time, and truth. These properties are necessary conditions of one another, and in some cases are related by bonds of mutual entailment.”13
This view too has its hylomorphic and Kantian elements, containing, as it does, a commitment to the self as a whole, and the importance of belief and knowledge for thought and action. Consciousness plays an important role in O Shaughnessy’s account, but it is evident that the human form of self-consciousness is not a power possessed by animals. We have a truth-relation to the world, which involves thought-reality and external reality juxtaposed and compared in terms of the categories of understanding/judgement and other criteria of truth.
O Shaughnessy interestingly does not believe that his commitment to Freud rules out a commitment to Descartes, in particular the argument that I am certain of my existence because I am capable of thinking critically about my existence (The Cogito argument, “I think therefore I am”)14. I am also, Descartes insists, capable of being certain about the fact that I am thinking simply because any doubt about this fact is a thought (involved in reasoning). This, it can be argued, is a part of what Freud referred to as thought-reality, and this means that rationality plays an important role in the constitution of self-consciousness and the Ego. The Ego is not merely a defensive agency but also possesses the desire to know the truth and the desire to understand in a context of living, loving and working. A strong ego, according to Freud is vital to the mental and physical health of the self that has the task of strategically managing its activities, capacities and powers. This is needed if one is to meet the Delphic oracles challenge to “know thyself”, which has been challenging Philosophers for millennia.
For Aristotle, such a complex task would require knowledge from all the sciences incorporated in the various disciplines forming part of theoretical, practical and productive science. Kant managed to condense all this into four fundamental questions of Philosophy, namely “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, “What can we hope for?” and “What is man?” In the context of this discussion Freud’s theories are often criticised for not being scientific, but his broad perspective of science correlates well with both the Aristotelian canon of sciences and the Kantian view, which likewise sees the importance of theoretical, practical and aesthetic reasoning. None of these accounts can be “reduced” to the materialistic concern for matter in motion or its associated concentration on the manipulation and measurement of variables in a context of discovery (a concern that relies heavily on observation-based knowledge).
Freud was both a research scientist and a trained doctor and we should note that Medicine has long been committed jointly to both clinical and experimental methods. The clinical method obviously dominated Freud’s research and practice of medicine, and this fact must be related to his view that he was studying not the instincts as such, but rather their psychical representatives. We should note too that, for Kant, it was a mark of theoretical science that it be able to use mathematics to quantify its results, but it ought also to be recalled, mathematics is concerned with the quantification of space and time, rather than “lived space and time”, which is the focus of all the practical and productive sciences concerned with psuché. Movement into this region of science not only takes us away from the investigation of material and efficient causes in a context of exploration/discovery, but also into the more formal region of thought reality situated in a context of explanation/justification.
Freud in his consulting rooms very often found himself confronted with enigmatic, seemingly contradictory phenomena, requiring hypothetical speculation and/or explanation/justification in a context in which he was working with preliminary conceptions of health and catharsis. His theory was designed to connect the seemingly disparate phenomena of wishes and dreams, hallucinations and symptoms, life and death, instinct and consciousness, and pathological behaviour with everyday behaviour. He eventually arrived at final justifications for his connections that were more appropriate to the practical and productive sciences (e.g. medicine). Eventually a method evolved which involved discourse in accordance with a rule of truthfulness, and various technical means (hypnosis, free association, dream interpretation, managing the transference relation, etc.) of coaxing the patient to follow a trajectory of treatment that promised a better life, (“What can we hope for?”). This truthfulness-relation was well suited to the account we are given by O Shaughnessy where belief, desire, intention, and action are integrated to form a quartet of powers that help to form the unity of self-consciousness.
Freud reached a turning point in his work with the writing of The Interpretation of Dreams15. There was no longer any appeal to the brain and different types of neurones with different psychological functions. Instead we were given an account of a psychical apparatus that is in a continuous state of change, initially operating in accordance with the primary process in the infant where every wish is a command and the journey of life proceeds largely in accordance with the workings of the pleasure-pain principle. This form of functioning is then subjected to processes of inhibition initiated by the ego but primary-process thinking continues to hold us in its grip every night when we dream. Once the ego is strong enough, life proceeds in accordance with both the pleasure pain principle, (in those circumstances where it is appropriate), and the reality principle, where that is justified. The Hughlings-Jackson physicalist principle of the higher centres in some sense incorporating the lower centres is still envisaged as the physical brain substrate of such an integrated state of psychological affairs.
Freud, in fact, claimed that future brain research would justify his theorising and Gerald Edelman’s Nobel prize-winning research has proved him correct16. It has, for example been discovered that the sleeping brain has the same energy profile of the 6 year old child. The relative inactivity of the sensory and motor centres of the brain, account for this diminished passive state of the brain. Dreams occur at some points in the sleep cycle, and this occurs in a medium of images on a dream screen that is somehow connected to the REM we witness as observers. When as adults we awaken from a dream and remember it, the whole event then becomes eligible for cognitive status, especially if we tell someone about the dream, and begin to pose questions related to the dream. An activity controlled wholly by the pleasure principle is thus brought under the control of language, and the reality principle. This process of the narration of ones dreams was part of the treatment process Freud used to explore the neurotic and psychotic mechanisms that appeared to be responsible for the poor mental health of his patients. In this process, Consciousness played a role in controlling ones manic desires and anxiety, by hosting the secondary process of thought-reality: a process in which the word demands reality principle responses to the objects, events and actions that constitute our human form-of-life or being-in-the-world. In terms of pure energy regulation, which incidentally is a biological principle important to Freud, the Ego’s task is to inhibit the free discharge of energy that is released when we hallucinate or experience primary process phenomena. The task of the secondary process, then, is to subject this process to regulation and produce a more quiescent state in the organism: a state which does not require the intervention of defence mechanisms such as repression, displacement, denial, etc.
Consciousness, which Freud initially described as ” a sense organ for the perception of psychical qualities”17, is in its turn transformed by language and its relation to thought-reality. The Preconscious mind is the repository, according to Freud, of the word meaning of our verbal images as well as the repository of our knowledge. This content can be accessed by questions such as “What does that word mean?”, ”What did you mean?” or “What is consciousness?” or “Why is the concept of consciousness important?” Unconscious content, however, cannot be accessed by this means and requires the application of specific psychoanalytical techniques.
Thought-reality encompasses areté (saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé (self-reflective knowledge), arché (principles), diké (justice) and eudaimonia (the idea of a good spirited flourishing life). These were the remarkable concerns of that Greek Culture which gave rise to a triumvirate of three Great Philosophers (Socrates, Plato, Aristotle) tied together by the pupil-teacher-relation.
The Art critic, Adrian Stokes, was greatly influenced by Melanie Klein, a second-generation psychoanalyst whose work builds upon the Freudian position. In a work entitled “Greek Culture and the Ego”, Stokes speaks of the primitive primary process of “envelopment” which is part of what Freud called the “oceanic feeling”, a feeling of being at one and continuous with the world, most common in infancy before objects achieve a substantial degree of independence and constancy. Obviously the pleasure-arm of the pleasure pain principle is operating in such circumstances. Stokes claims that in all great art there is an invitation to be enveloped by the work and its world, but he also claims that this is operating together with a secondary process perceptual operation that also appreciates the self-sufficiency and externality of the object being appreciated. It is, of course, this latter aspect that is the concern of the work of the understanding in its attempt to conceptualise the world. The envelopment function is an effect of the work of imagination and its wish fulfilment function. Needless to say it is this form of operation of the pleasure principle and the imagination that is unable to sustain a truth relation with the world: a relation that has to begin with a constant independent object, event, action and conceptualisation of this something, before something true can be said or thought about it.
Stokes invokes the Greek idea of the Aristotelian Golden Mean, and illustrates this idea by claiming that Man is situated between the animals and the gods and is, in the “golden position”. He also takes up the issue of pleasure in the life of the ancient Greek and quotes Sir Maurice Bowra:
“..they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction, which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different to anything available to the gods…The Good and the Beautiful were brought closer together than heretofore. I consider this accommodation both then and in the Italian Renaissance to issue from an adjustment between the good objects of superego and of ego. I shall say that the concept of beauty projects, not the ego-ideal, but the ideal ego as an integrated system”18 P.81.
There is clearly embodied in Greek metaphysics an interest in differentiating the theoretical, practical and productive sciences. At the same time there is an interest in exploring the unity of Being and its many meanings. The superego is associated with practical reasoning, and the ego with beauty and the kind of aesthetic reasoning that is intrinsic to the productive sciences. The Greek term “aletheia”, according to Heidegger, carries the original meaning of un-concealment and is connected with the pragmatic work of the imagination but it is also, Heidegger argues, a fundamental operation of what he calls the interpretation of that practical relation I have to reality, which, in turn, is characterised by a form of awareness that is pragmatic. For Heidegger, it is practical work that brings us closest to the meaning of Being that is brought into un-concealment via a manner of practical knowing he characterises as “circumspection”. Involved in any task that is habitual, it appears as if consciousness is freed to engage with the task unless something unexpected happens, and the task is interrupted by some external factor or error in the performance of the task. This is the nature of work for Heidegger19, where tools and other objects are ready-to-hand and only reveal themselves to consciousness when something goes wrong or the task comes to an end. Language does not make an appearance in this work-context and the whole process seems to be moving in a realm of particulars in a way that does not require the operation of conceptual thinking or any related form of communication. Heidegger, however, wishes to promote the importance of this kind of instrumental example to the forefront of his Philosophical concerns. Of course, this kind of work has a wider meaning in that it was important for the building of civilisation during the hunter-gatherer phase of human evolution where language and thought may have played less of a role in determining the activities of man. Julian Jaynes, a brain researcher and psychologist, in his work Consciousness and the breakdown of the bicameral mind,20 postulates a period in man’s history when language like all other major functions of the brain was located in both hemispheres and Consciousness, as we know it today, did not exist. Heidegger’s account of circumspection and its importance for bringing us into contact with Being may have been of historical importance during a period before language became concentrated in the left hemisphere and Consciousness emerged as a result, but that may be the limit of its importance. A Kantian-Freudian critique of this position would involve promoting a more conservative form of practical reasoning in which action is subsumed under the categories of the understanding/judgement and the principles of reasoning.
Kant, however, shares with the Ancient Greeks the desire to give an account of the integrated array of powers that give us access to the many meanings of Being. To this end, he proposes Judgement as a third fundamental power alongside Reason and Understanding, in order to provide an account of the role of the beautiful and sublime in our civilisations/cultures. In his third Critique, the Critique of Judgement21 we are invited to consider both aesthetic judgment and teleological judgement in relation to the aims of the Critical Project. In both of these forms of judgment the idea of the Good, or the finality of ends are fundamental assumptions.
With respect to aesthetic judgments, Kant concedes that they are based on a feeling that arises as a consequence of the harmony of the powers of the imagination and understanding. Yet, he argues, we speak with a universal voice about this feeling, and believe we are communicating something of importance to our fellow man when we make judgements of the beautiful and the sublime. For Freud and Stokes, such judgments would be criteria for the possession of a strong ego that can love, work, and hope for a better future. Beauty, for example, is a function of the sensible power of our minds in which the imagination plays a key role without the influence of defence mechanisms. The mature strong ego resists total “envelopment” in relation to these experiences, and stands as an independent ego contemplating an independent self-sufficient, external object.
The question of “envelopment” arose acutely at the beginning of the development of psychoanalysis when Freud experimented with hypnosis in his treatment. The hypnotic state usurped the consciousness of the patient who found themselves not asleep, but not awake, and this subjected the patient to the treatment rather than allowing the patient to independently and consciously process what is being “brought to consciousness”, during the treatment. Stokes points to the fact that the Ancient Greeks stood in awe and wonder at the beauty and strength of their gods, but that this experience may have possessed enveloping qualities. This same “oceanic feeling”, Freud argues, may also be operating in Group Psychology when the “masses” are mobilised by hypnotic messages, detached from the reality-testing function of the mature ego and its use of defence mechanisms in relation to the demands of reality. This feeling preserves moments of elation and transforms moments of anxiety into aggressive impulses. In this primary process-led experience, the mechanism of projective identification may arise in relation to the presence and words of charismatic leaders. Here we may be led to focus on those that are not members of the mass movement and small differences between members and non-members may be magnified a hundredfold, thus polarising relations between groups. Imagined harms are attributed to imagined agents in an ocean of anxiety, anger and hate. The obvious absence of areté, epistemé, and diké contribute to a dehumanising process that can ultimately have terrible consequences. Truthfulness and truth are abandoned in favour of essentially psychotic responses. In times of war even the level-headed Greeks may have submitted to such primary-process phenomena, and in times of war against an enemy of overwhelming numbers there may well have been no other reasonable response than anxiety, anger and hate, but one cannot help wondering whether many would have been aware of the artificiality and inappropriateness of the emotions and behaviour associated with such events. This draws attention to Freud’s claim that the reality principle “aims” at freeing itself from the hold of the pleasure pain principle, and success is never guaranteed. Stokes continues to cite Bowra on the theme of the balanced personality:
“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force, which makes men live and thrive: for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city: for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action. These different forms of eros agree in making it a power which drives a man to throw his full personality into what he does, which sustains him in powerful exertions and impels him to unusual efforts which sets his intelligence fully and active to work and gives him that unity of being, that harmony of his whole nature which is the spring of creative endeavour… If the complete force of a mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greek of the great days would have denied that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Stokes P.84) 22
This is a possible answer to the Kantian question “What is man?” but also undoubtedly relates eros to areté. Bowra’s words are obviously wholly endorsed by Stokes in the name of a Strong Ego, thus highlighting the important harmony in the Philosophy of Kant and the Psychoanalytic theory of Freud. The strong ego is thus motivated by Eros—not the God of Greek Mythology– but rather that “down-to-earth” life-principle which emerged from Socrates’ speech in Plato´s symposium. A God could hardly have been the progeny of a rich resourceful father and a poor mother who is seduced at a feast when the wine was plentiful. This is the Eros we picture padding bare-footed through the streets of Athens in search of the meaning of life (psuché), placing him in a similar position to that of Diogenes roaming the streets of Athens after dark with a lantern in search of the faces of honest men. It is poetically apt that Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle follow upon these sceptical characters and begin Philosophising on the meaning of Being with specific focus on arché, areté, dikéepistemé, and the difficult task of leading the good-spirited flourishing life which, in the case of Socrates, could only be achieved by leading the examined life. For Plato eudaimonia was only possible if the polis was ruled by Philosophers, and for Aristotle, the contemplative life was the key to this elusive state of Being. All three philosophers refused to flinch in the face of the Oracular Proclamation that everything created by man leads to ruin and destruction. If they were discontented with their lives, it was certainly not made manifest or announced in the agora. Socrates was certainly the most sceptically inclined of this triumvirate of Philosophers and we all know his fate. Elenchus was part of the Socratic method but was experienced as trickery by the sophists, and as confusing and even comical by the poets.
Stokes points out in this essay how the body-mind problem is not as such a problem, but rather a relation, and is conceived of in terms of psuché. The material of the body is “formed” by appetitive, spirited and rational principles whose presence is manifested in the life of Socrates who ended his existence by resolutely accepting the unjust death sentence passed by the Athenian court. Aristotle’s hylomorphic approach to the problem of the meaning of life is more complex and pluralistic than either the Socratic or Platonic approaches, and best illustrates the scope of the aims of Philosophy in relation to the many meanings of Being. This hylomorphic approach retains the idea of the primacy of the Good, and the importance of political, ethical and psychological concerns.
Stokes continues his elaboration upon the theme of envelopment in relation to our aesthetic experiences:
“Art shows us that diverse feelings will congregate under an integral form. Much Greek myth retains the character of epitome, a witness of the ego’s power to project a good image of its own balance that incorporates under this figure a symposium of meanings many of which would also have suffered envelopment by one meaning.”(Stokes P.84) 23
The History of Philosophy bears witness to this position: materialistic theory has over several different periods attempted to reduce human life to its animal substrate, and dualistic theory has on several occasions taken us deep into the unknowable territory of the divine: the territory of the eternal infinite. Separating the existential categories of thought and extension in dualistic spirit also leaves us with a perniciously divided view of life (psuché).
Sensible thought, for Kant, on the other hand, brings us into close contact with both the natural world and the world of thought-reality. Kant, in particular, views the natural world under the aspects of the beautiful and the sublime and both of these aspects testify to the strength of the ego. Kant asks us to imagine standing at the foot of a powerful waterfall and claims that this experience will have two moments. Initially, we will feel fear at the power of the waterfall, but this will subside and give rise to an awareness of our own moral power, and this power of reasoning will remove all fear and anxiety.24 In Freudian terms this is an appeal to the power of the superego, which has integrated itself with the strong ego in this experience of one form of dynamic physical nature. Art objects, on the other hand, mobilise the form of beauty via self-sufficient independent objects, and the operation of the imagination and understanding in a harmonious unity. The subject is not totally “enveloped” by this form of beauty in Quattrocento art, Stokes argues, because it invokes a form of thought-reality which is not defensive but rather aims at the production of objects that are self sufficient yet capable of suggesting a symposium of meanings.
For Freud, Art, like science is a deflection from directly concerning ourselves with the business of life, and is therefore considered as belonging under the heading of “substitute satisfactions”, which require the mobilisation of the defence mechanism of “sublimation”. The work of the ego operating in this case, Freud argues, is connected with the restoration of lost objects and the attempt to neutralise the depressive anxiety associated with this process. Sublimation is used in this context to produce a whole object, which is not subject to the manic emotions (e.g. projection, paranoia), but is rather associated with part objects that envelop us and polarise our experience into the good versus the bad. Now projection of part- objects, (as part of a manic defence that might occur in the context of being detrimentally influenced by a charismatic dictator), is a psychotic mechanism, but not all projection is psychotic. O Shaughnessy provides us with an example of projection in the context of action that occurs everyday. When someone asks me to “Turn up the volume!” of the wireless, this clearly involves a two-stage process whereby both the speaker and the hearer understand that the first stage is to mobilise the arm, the hand, and fingers in what he calls a “projected” body-image.25 The fingers then turn the knob of the wireless and the second stage of the projected intention of the action is initiated, which results in the increased volume of the sound coming from the wireless. Projection, that is, does not appear to stop at the body image, but is involved in all forms of instrumental action. Indeed, there is even a difference between the paranoid projection of a dictator and the depressive projection of a widow believing she hears the steps of her dead husband on the steps outside the door. The wish that the husband not be dead overwhelms the more cognitive secondary processes that contain the knowledge of his death. In this situation, the ego is temporarily weakened by the loss of a valued object. When, however, reality manifests the futility of the wish, a certain temporary balance is restored, and in time, these kinds of experience ought to restore this balance more permanently.
Michelangelo, we know, from his letters, suffered from depression and Stokes argues that his works seek to restore the loss of once valued objects. His “Times of the Day” situated outside of the Medici tombs place life at the gates of death, aiming at a reality all can understand: namely restoring life in the face of death. Eros is present and larger than life in all the works of Michelangelo. The painting of the Delphic Oracle on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel testifies to the presence of the Greek spirit in the midst of this most famous painting of the Italian Renaissance. This pagan figure situated in this house of Christian worship was certainly controversial for some Catholics, and it signifies a projected acceptance of all forms of human wisdom in this house of contemplation. Here we saw the restoration of the lost wisdom of the Greeks. Freud, we should importantly remember in the context of this discussion, claimed that the ego was a precipitate of lost objects, testifying to the fact that life was a serious business involving considerable suffering on the way to the ideal state of eudaimonia (a good spirited flourishing life). In this struggle, which Michelangelo knew only too well, a depressing discontentment may prevail and lead one to periodically believe with Shakespeare’s Macbeth, that “Life is a tale told by an idiot signifying nothing”. We also know that Freud understood this discontentment, which even led him to ask whether all the efforts and struggle to avoid ruin and destruction were worth the effort.
It is important to realise that Freudian theory shifted considerably over time, a fact well documented by Paul Ricoeur in his work “Freud and Philosophy: An Essay in Interpretation, Trans Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press, 197026:
“The shift from the descriptive to the systematic point of view required by psychoanalysis is made as a result of the dynamic attributes of the unconscious: the facts of post-hypnotic suggestion, the terrible power disclosed in hysterical phenomena, the psychopathology of everyday life, etc, “compel me to attribute an affective activity to certain strong unconscious ideas”. But the experience of psychoanalysis compels us to go further and to form the notion of “thoughts” excluded from consciousness by forces that bar their reception.”(P.118)
Ricouer points out in this excellent commentary, that the Instincts, on this dynamic point of view are the Kantian X of this system, and that furthermore, rather surprisingly, the unconscious contains ideas for which there is no regulation by the principle of non-contradiction. The operation of powerful defence mechanisms, and the difficulty of the task of psychoanalytical treatment, indicates why a hyper-cathexis is needed in order for this important vicissitude of Consciousness to manifest itself. Nevertheless these unconscious ideas belong to a system containing the psychical representatives of the instincts, and generally speaking, the aim of this system is a homeostatic form of satisfaction: this is a system regulated by feeling, and the pleasure pain principle, whose underlying sub-principle is the energy regulation principle that strives to conserve an amount of energy for the purposes of action, but otherwise strives for a state of homeostasis. This system is a “feeling system”, and requires a hyper-cathexis in accordance with another principle (the reality principle), if all the human powers are to be actualised, and eudaimonia achieved. Prior to this hyper-cathexis and the subsequent strengthening of the ego, the system is narcissistic. Amongst the defence mechanisms the ego uses to chart its course through life, is the process of Sublimation. Art, and the appreciation of the beauty of nature, and the sublime, stand at the gateway of our Culture. Freud was convinced that psychoanalytical theory could assist in the interpretation of the objects of our Culture, in the same way as it assisted us in the enigmatic business of the Interpretation of our dreams. This conviction took on greater significance after his discovery of the role of the death instinct in the diagnosis of a group of his most difficult patients.
Lurking in the background of artistic activity is the creator’s relation to authority, especially in those situations where the ego finds itself threatened. If authority is experienced as cruel, and this has been internalised in the course of the artist’s personality development, there are serious implications for the moral well being of the individual. The superego, we know, is a systematic concept, which, as an agency, passes judgement on activity in the domain of the will connected to moral activity. Normal personality development will seamlessly integrate the superego’s moral concerns into the realm of the Ego, but pathological disturbances in this development will result in a split between the ego and the superego that will involve a considerable amount of aggression. Patients suffering from Melancholia, for example, will turn this aggression upon their own egos, and self-destruction may well result. In the course of this cycle of self-destruction, we will encounter pathological forms of self-observation, condemnation and idealisation.
The immediate source of our moral ideas is, of course, the family, who are the messengers of our Culture. At stake in this process, is not just the individual’s relation to his family, but, his relation to all forms of authority and social institutions representing that authority. The work of civilising ones children will involve a number of defence mechanisms, including identification, which involves the abandonment of sexual desire in relation to socially prohibited objects. Sublimation too is related to non- sexual forms of substitute satisfaction, which also suits the purposes of culture. The compensation offered to the individual for this postponement of gratification into an indefinite future may not be, Freud argues, sufficient, and the subject may feel a deep-rooted discontentment at being forced to make such sacrifices in relation to his appetites. The Ancient Greek image of a thousand-headed monster with a thousand different forms of appetite illustrates well the psychoanalytical attitude to the pathological pursuit of a life devoted solely to the satisfaction of ones ever- growing appetites. Plato’s tripartite soul (appetite, spirit, and reason) 27 also well illustrates Freudian theory and its view of psuché (life). Plato’s view of the soul, we know also served as a picture of the polis, and the forces of unification/division that were operating, “writ large”, to use the expression favoured by Socrates in the Republic. The laws (arché) are obviously a symbol of the rational intent of authority, and the relation of the population to the laws will determine whether justice (diké) will be pursued or not. Such cultural control surpasses that of controlling the appetites and involves also mobilising the spirit of man to make the necessary sacrifices for his polis. A life devoted to the satisfaction of appetites threatens to envelop the self and close off other more fruitful avenues of development. The Ego, Freud argues, grows through sacrifice and the loss of desired objects.
Melanie Klein, Stokes argues, characterises this activity of the ego in relation to the loss of desired objects, in terms of what she calls the “depressive position”. In this phase of the development of the personality, the individual ego attempts to overcome the fragmenting power of the pain and suffering. What emerges is a power, which can integrate both internal powers and external experiences into a whole. In his essay on Greek Culture, Stokes argues that in the process of its cultural development, the gods shed much of the omnipotence attributed to them, and man emerges as the agent responsible for the ruin-destruction, or alternatively, flourishing of the polis. In this context the oracular challenges to “Know thyself” and “Nothing too much” (Stokes P.94) 28, thus became less messages from the gods and more the principles of a philosophical life-view that man needs to embrace and understand. This development was a mastering of the depressive position, which testified to the healthy nature of Greek authority. Thanatos is kept at arms length, and there is a refusal to internalise destructive attitudes and tendencies.
The art of the Quattrocento was, in Stokes’ view “life-enhancing”, and manifested the same spirit as that which has been found in Ancient Greece, whether we are considering their love of social discourse in the agora, or the rationality of their artists, lawmakers and intellectuals. Stokes points out that, in these Quattrocento works of art, there is an element of the influence of an “oceanic feeling” in the act of appreciation, which defines the kind of psychical distance we need in order to contemplate the independence of the created object: the feeling involved in this envelopment process, then, is non-pathological. Kant, in fact, registers this fact in his Critical Philosophy, by insisting that in all judgements of beauty, the ground of the judgement is the feeling of pleasure that arises from the harmonious activity of the (enveloping?) imagination and the (conceptual) understanding. We may speak with a universal voice when making judgements, but the judgement nevertheless remains subjective, and is, about the subject and the subject’s mental activity rather than, the objects we confront. The experience is essentially an activity of the sensible faculty of the mind, and it is the “effect” of the object upon sensibility which is important in this aesthetic transaction, e.g. the mass-effect of the stone of a building, the “blossoming” of the embellishments upon the surface of the wall of a building, the light-effect of the colour and shapes of a painting. This kind of judgement is to be contrasted with an objective judgement such as “Man is a rational animal capable of discourse”, where the proposition is in accordance with categories of the understanding/judgement and principles that are parts of arguments. These principles will include the principles of non-contradiction and sufficient reason.
The Strong Ego that has endured the losses of its desired objects throughout life, has risen above the fragmenting forces of the suffering and pain that manifests itself in what Klein called the paranoid -schizoid position, where our relation to part objects occurs also in relation to a self that split into a good/bad self. The greatest test of the strength of the ego is its relation to its own impending death. Does it face death resolutely, or in fear? What do we lose in death? Obviously we lose our life, but more concretely, we lose the use of all of our powers starting with the most sensible powers of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, touching and ascending to the powers of imagination, memory, language, thought, understanding, judgement, and reason. This is a lot to lose, and it is hardly surprising that the wish to remain alive is a very strong desire, and envelops both the body, and the idea of the body in the mind. We know that Freud claimed that the first task of the Ego is to protect the body, and he thereby identified the psychological process that lay behind the Greek ideal of a healthy body and a healthy mind. The Greeks knew, for example, the importance of the principle (arché) of the Golden Mean in the regulation of the appetites, spirited anger, and aggression, which could destroy a body very quickly. The “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle is mostly directed at our pleasure-pain relations to the world, and our bodies, and the maxim “know thyself”, was probably directed at the higher intellectual functions of the mind, namely understanding, judgment, and reasoning.
Death, then, is not an event, but a telos, that is represented in the Freudian system by the death instinct. This “instinct” was also for him writ large in Civilisation, and was part of the cause of man’s discontentment with his existence. Man can, of course, control his environment using instrumental reasoning, and to some extent control other people through persuasive reasoning, laws, and other forms of categorical reasoning, but he cannot change one fundamental truth, namely that “All men are mortal”. Whatever man does or thinks is possible, he is going to die, because his body is a finite living thing that will eventually return to the earth from whence it came. This accounts for the presence of the idea of death at the heart of psuché. Yet it has been pointed out Socrates was content to die. This kind of acceptance of the prospect of Nothingness was extraordinary. Was it connected to the examined life that he led, and was continually recommending to his followers?
Ricoeur points out that the introduction of the Death Instinct required that Freud recast his entire theory. In the revised theory, Eros is the central power that the Ego uses to deal with the threefold categories of suffering that have to be endured in the course of the activities associated with living and working, namely, suffering caused by the external world, suffering caused by other people and suffering caused by ones body. In the course of libidinal development man is destined to abandon earlier stages of development that have been cathected with considerable energy and emotion. In this developmental process the critical demand of Eros upon the Ego results in the widening of the circle of life to include membership in much larger groups than the family. This, however, is not a straightforward matter, because Culture sometimes demanded irrational things such as that one love ones neighbours and ones enemies. Freud regarded these essentially religious commandments as absurd and even dangerous. These challenges, he argues devalue the love man naturally feels for himself and his family. Also to be considered is the fact that:
“men are not gentle creatures who want to be loved and who at the most can defend themselves if they are attacked: they are, on the contrary, creatures among whose instinctual endowments is to be reckoned a powerful share of aggressiveness. As a result their neighbour is for them…someone who tempts them to satisfy their aggressiveness on him, to exploit his capacity for work without compensation, to use him sexually without his consent, to seize his possessions, to humiliate him, to cause him pain, to torture and kill him, Homo hominis lupus.” (Civilisation and Its Discontents, 1929)
The stage is therefore set for man’s journey to ruin and destruction, and the arena for the spectacle will be Civilisation where the Giants of Eros and Thanatos will battle for the soul of man and the soul of his cities. When, to the above form of suffering, one adds the threats from the external world and the threats of bodily suffering, one can perhaps better appreciate the significance of the characterisation of the Ego as the precipitate of lost objects. Where work is the concern of the Ego, Freud raises the interesting question whether all the effort involved in our work to maintain and develop our civilisations, is worth the time. The mere posing of the question suggests that Eros is not destined to win the battle with Thanatos, as it did in the case of Michelangelo who, despite periods of depression, carried on working into his eighties producing his cultural objects: poems , sculptures, paintings, architectural works etc.
Stokes, in his essay entitled “Michelangelo” quotes from one of his letters:
“I live on my death…..And he who does not know how to live on anxiety and death, let him come into fire in which I am consumed”(Stokes P.54)29
Michelangelo was also an architect obsessed with the mass-effect of stone and as a sculptor he attempted to set this mass in movement. His figures “Times of the Day”, standing outside the tomb of the Medici’s contain both mass and the suggestion of movement. They embody Michelangelo’s loss and depression, anxiety and death. We see here, too, the inspiration of Antique art and its concern with the nude and healthy body.
Stokes also notes the prevalence of Guilt in the work of Michelangelo:
“Nor have his biographers known him in this respect. It is usual to stress his generosity to worthless relations as well as his many other gifts, particularly to the poor. They overlook the manifest compulsiveness, they overlook the horse who is running with all his might, spurred invisibly by guilt, anxiety, the desire to restore, as well as by live.”(P.24)
Michelangelo was not a gentle creature and rather than expending his energy on exploiting his neighbour he used the mechanism of Sublimation to produce the greatest art we have experienced. He was a religious man who feared for his soul and who, in his will, commended his soul to God. This obviously raises a question pertaining to the relation of Freudian theory to religion. Freud came from Jewish origins and we know he was not institutionally religious but, given his claim that his Psychology was Kantian, and Kant was philosophically committed to the existence of the idea of God on moral grounds, we need to inquire further into what Freud would have thought about the Kantian argument.
The compulsion to repeat an activity over and over again, does of course call for interpretation. The resemblance of such a state of affairs to rituals of all kinds, including religious rituals is striking. Freud connected ritualistic behaviour with superstition, which, he noted, was also present in children’s wish-fulfilment and anxiety-related behaviour. The wish for the love and protection of a father was also a part of Freud’s complex analysis of phenomena in this domain of human behaviour. Some commentators have noted that there is a kind of negativity associated with religious thought, and existentialists have also noted that negation is an important characteristic of consciousness, and thereby important for reality-testing. Whether this is somehow related to the death instinct is an interesting question to answer on another day. The death instinct certainly wishes to restore an earlier state of things, returning the organic to the inorganic.
If Eros is to defeat Thanatos, and a God is to emerge from the battle between these giants, we cannot rest content with principles such as the pleasure-pain and reality principles, which do not present any world-view. Ananke, perhaps, announces such a world-view, demanding as it does from us, that we bear the burden of existence and face squarely the harshness and suffering of life, without any attempt to mobilise defence mechanisms. Ananke alone, however, does not suffice, and Freud in fact invokes a God in this context:
“Our god logos will fill whichever of these wishes nature outside us allows, but he will do it very gradually, only in the unforeseeable future, and for a new generation of men. He promises no compensation for us who suffer grievously from life…. Out god logos is perhaps not a very almighty one, and he may only be able to fulfil a small part of what his predecessors have promised. If we have to acknowledge this we shall accept it with resignation.”(Ricoeur P.326) 30
Reality for Freud, according to Ricouer, then, is, “The world shorn of God”(p.327) 31.
Logos is a god with no trace of the humanisation of the divine being left, which is not incidentally, true of Eros. Logos refuses any connection to superstitious, obsessive rituals requiring images loaded with affect. Logos, does, however, appear to require conscious reasoning, and an awareness of the operation of Negation, which in turn allows us to explore the possibility of death as the contradiction of life—an operation not possible in the unconscious system of the mind given the fact that no contradiction is possible in that system. Negation, we should recall from Freud’s article with the same title, is a systemic condition for the material that is in the unconscious to occur at the level of consciousness. In the conscious discourse with his patients, much material relevant for the analysis surfaced, especially in the patient’s negations or denials of a thesis, e.g. “No, that figure in the dream did not resemble my father in any way!” This operation also makes possible the more complex attitude of resignation in relation to the acceptance of the inevitability of my death. Unconscious desire has no idea of the mortality of man and would not be able to accept the Socratic motivations for the acceptance of his own death.
The Socratic equivalent in Freud for leading the examined life was leading the life of a scientist, but Freud may also concede that leading the life of the artist could have equal merit. It is rare, however, that the work of art confronts the harshness of life directly. Michelangelo’s “Times of the Day” may be an exception in juxtaposing the concerns of life with the inevitability of death. Aristotle saw in Art a learning-process, which involves Logos: a process that can lead to an understanding of principles (arché).
Logos, for Kant would involve the operation of reason and its principles of non-contradiction and sufficient reason but it might also involve the existence of God which, in his Third Critique must be a valid idea in much the same way as the moral law is a valid idea. The issue for Kant, however, was an issue of faith, not the superstitious obsessive faith of the masses, but rather a rational (logos) faith grounded in the moral law and Practical Reasoning and its principles. This is a faith that also believes in the freedom of the moral agent to choose his/her destiny. This was a partial answer to the question “What can I hope for?” and Logos would be seen to be important in arriving at the complete answer to this question. There is an implication inherent in the question that we humans are not the Highest Good in the Kantian system, and this honour is given to the idea of God (although in practical contexts freedom was the highest idea of reason). The logos of God in the Kantian system, involves the guarantee of happiness in proportion to the virtue manifested in a life. Many believe that the logos of the Freudian syste§m is one in which determinism rules and this, if true, would make it difficult to find space for the freedom of the agent to exist.
Connected to this dilemma is the religious idea of Original Sin. This idea is discussed in Kant’s work “Religion Within the bounds of Mere Reason”32. Guilt is, of course, a leading concept in relation to such an idea, and something like this conception, must be involved in the Delphic prophecy that everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction. Kant does talk in terms of a radical evil that can only be overcome by a re-evaluative revolution in ones life, one that is motivated by both a faith in god and his divine justice´. This, however, is not the same idea as the Original sin in the Bible because, for Kant, the will is not fatally flawed, but rather “subject to” good and evil. Man experiences his guilt, punishments, and a kind of salvation after the revolution in his character has occurred. When all this has occurred, man may well find the strength to accept his own death with equanimity, if he knows he has not generally made people unhappy. For Kant it is the good will alone, which is pleasing to God and he therefore did not believe that ritualistic worship was justified. His church was therefore an ideal church. Miracles and other supernatural events would not find any place in such an ideal institution. Only a good life would please his philosophically characterised divine God. This position resembles that of the Freudian appeal to the god of Logos. The Bible is also a matter for concern in this discussion especially if it appeals to supernatural events, which defy natural explanation. This kind of appeal is an invitation into the realm of paranoia and obsessive-compulsive behaviour. The god of Logos, Freud argues will be for a new generation of men and this reminds us not of the Christian Kingdom of Heaven but the Kantian Kingdom of ends in which the good is not just good in its consequences but also good-in-itself and will become actualised in a cosmopolitan world in which peace is the norm and wars are considered irrational. This is an answer to Glaucon’s Challenge to Socrates, in Plato’s Republic, to prove that “justice (diké) is both good-in-its consequences but also good-in-itself. In Plato’s Republic “The form of the Good” was not just ethical and religious, but also political because life was not easy for the good man living in an evil polis. He may, for example be put to death for attempting to lead an examined life, as was the case with Socrates.33
Kant’s religious views were also aligned with his political views. The ethical/political idea of a kingdom of ends is also part of his answer to the question “What can we hope for?”. Indeed one of the formulations of the moral law appeals to the kingdom of ends. There may be empirical evidence accumulated over long periods of time against the thesis that mankind is continually progressing, but Kant’s time scale over one hundred thousand years suggests that evidence has to be accumulated over at least tens of thousands of years if one is to refute his thesis.
Perhaps in the light of these discussions one might be more sympathetic to the accusation that both Freud and Kant are agnostics, given their commitment to a god that cannot be experienced, but this idea of God may be the only argument we currently possess that the good is good-in-itself. Aristotle has been forgotten in this debate, but he believed that God was a thinking being (who is thinking about thinking) and our understanding of such a divine being is severely limited, given the fact that our finite form of thinking was a thinking about objects or concepts in a finitely composed continuum of space, time and matter. This, for Kant, was also a possible position because the realm that is being referred to is the realm of the thing-in-itself (the noumenal), which can be reached in a limited way by faith but not at all by the kind of knowledge we finite beings possess. It might be that this is the best context in which to evaluate justifications by faith proclaimed by religious thinkers. Freud appeared to have faith in his god logos, and in that sense, if faith is a belief-state, this belies the characterisation of “agnostic” that some have proposed as an apt description of his relation to religion. The more popular accusation that Freud was an atheist was probably prompted by his more casual remarks about himself, that he was a godless Jew, which might incidentally also be the opinion/accusation of a more traditional Jewish believer.
The ethical/political end of the Kantian Kingdom of Ends requires of course a hylomorphic belief in the validity of teleological judgement in connection with the good will, and its relation to the moral law. The actualisation of the Kingdom of Ends is a process that also involved Logos, a process requiring principles from many realms of reason and also requiring self-knowledge that is constituted by principles drawn from many disciplines in all three domains of Aristotelian sciences (theoretical, practical, and productive). The Logos of Kantian Political Philosophy is clearly hylomorphic, suggesting as it does, that rationality is a potential moral power, which, hopefully, will supplant the instrumental powers that we use to achieve our personal happiness. Whether or not the potential is actualised depends on the extent to which the continual progress we make using our current level of rationality can produce the “revolution” in our self, referred to earlier. If the revolution occurs, our focus shifts from our personal happiness to our worthiness to be happy as measured by our adherence to the moral law. If an agent is not happy because he has led an examined life, which includes doing his duty insofar as the moral law is concerned, and he is dying, the mere consciousness of his worthiness to be happy ought to suffice for him to meet his death resolutely with a degree of contentment.
Kant, in his political writings pointed to the difficulty of achieving the revolution he referred to, because the agent is prone to a form of social unsociability in which he refuses to be influenced by others, preferring instead to legislate for his own will with maxims that might except himself from the rule of the moral law. This antagonism toward his fellow man is, of course, one of the root causes of the ruin and destruction that threatens all mankind. Such an agent of course has limited self- knowledge and does not appreciate the value of the “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle. The principle of practical contradiction also does not apply in such circumstances, because, if the agents antagonism leads to his ruin and destruction this is surely not what he would want.
For Kant the idea of peace is juxtaposed with that of freedom, and Kant proposes a League of Nations to neutralise the antagonism of nations toward each other in order to regulate a world order plagued by wars. Rationality between states is also conceived of hylomorphically, in terms of a potentiality. The Kingdom of Ends, according to Kant, will take the form of Cosmopolitanism that Kant clearly saw the seeds of, in his Cosmopolitan Königsberg. We currently see a process of globalisation without seeing or appreciating its Cosmopolitan end, but as long as wars take us closer and closer to the ruin and destruction prophesied by the oracle, it becomes less and less clear that we are in fact progressing to some “form of the Good” as Kant conceived of it. Freud, whilst not claiming that we are spiralling downwards towards ruin and destruction, despaired of the “beacons” of Capitalism and Communism as the eagle eyes of Freud detected the possibility of Thanatos winning the battle against Eros in the not too distant future.
Notes to Chapter One: Introduction
1 Kant, I., On History, ed. by White Beck, L., and Anchor, R. E., and Fackenheim, E., L., (Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merril, 1963)
2 Heidegger, M., Being and Time, Translated by Macquarrie, J., and Robinson, E., (Oxford, Blackwell, 1978)
3 Kant, I., Critique of Judgement, Translated by Meredith, J., c.,(Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1952)
4 Kant, I., Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, Trans. Gregor, M, (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1997)
5 Kant, I., Critique of Judgement.
6 Heidegger, M., Being and Time.
7The Complete Works of Aristotle, Ed. Barnes, J., (Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1984)
8 Descartes, R., Meditations on First Philosophy, Ed. Cottingham, J., (Cambridge, CUP, 1996)
Two theses fill the mind with are and wonder. The First is Aristotle’s oracular proclamation that
“Being can be said in many ways”.
Metaphysics is the science of first principles that studies Being qua being in a way that avoids the dogmatism of some ancient schools and the scepticism of more modern approaches. Kant was hailed by some critics as being “the great destroyer”. Critical Philosophy with its hylomorphic concerns certainly demolished reductionist materialism and certain forms of spiritual dualism such as Cartesianism but we have argued in earlier works that it is best seen as a continuation of the metaphysical project that Aristotle began over 2000 years ago.
The second thesis of awe and wonder therefore relates to the Kantian account of knowledge which is summarized in the following:
“Hitherto it has been assumed that all our knowledge must conform to objects. But all attempts to extend knowledge of objects by establishing something in regard to them a priori, by means of concepts have, on this assumption, ended in failure. We must therefore make trial whether we may not have more success in the tasks of metaphysics, if we suppose that objects must conform to our knowledge……As regards objects which are thought solely through reason, and indeed as necessary, but which can never— at least not in the manner that reason thinks them—be given in experience, the attempts at thinking them will furnish an excellent touchstone of what we are adopting as our new method of thought, namely, that we can know a priori of things only what we ourselves have put into them” (Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, Trans Kemp Smith, N., London, Macmillan, 1963, Page 22-23)
Metaphysical accounts of Being must, then begin with principles known a priori in contexts of explanation/justification : which objects conform to. These principles form the a priori base for natural investigations. Science, on this view, is not cast in the role of a student of nature posing explorative questions, but rather as a judge possessing knowledge of “The Law”, deciding which laws to apply and how to apply them in contexts of explanation/justification. The role of experience here is via our intuitions which relate to the phenomena we experience as appearances, whether that be in the form of visual/auditory/olfactory or taste sensation or somatosensory sensation. Such forms of experience cannot of course reveal the object’s existence as it is in itself.
The imagination is constituted of representations of sensory experiences but imaginative experiences can be an antecedent to the conceptualisation of a number of intuitions, or alternatively, relate to the practical goals and ends of the faculty of sensibility which can in turn be related to appetitive or higher forms of desire such as compassion, antagonism, courage, ambition(issues related to the advancement or inhibition of the life instinct, eros).
The practical goal of Aristotelian eudaimonia is not to be translated as a happy life but rather as a good spirited flourishing life which can only be achieved if one is worthy of whatever feeling of happiness one is experiencing. The question to raise here, then, is whether there are a priori intuitions other than time and space related to our practical life—-are there, for example, intuitions related to our instincts which refer of course to our motor rather than our sensory activity. According to Campbell our fantasy life arises from our body which he insists is composed of a system of organs. Aristotle included our limb-configuration and tissues in his idea of the body whose first actuality is the soul. This is the basis of Spinoza’s idea that the first idea of the mind or the soul is the idea of the body.
O Shaughnessy speaks in his work “The Will:A Dual Aspect Theory” of a body image which does not include the internal organs but is related to those parts of the body that are under the control of the will, e.g. the limbs and their extensions (hands feet, etc). It is clear however that with instinctive behaviours relating to hunger that the organs play as large a role as the will. Aggression does however seem to be more intimately and immediately connected to the motor system. The sensory-motor associations of these primary and primitive responses also form a part of experiences relating to feeding and fighting and these associations do not appear to be a natural part of our system of ideas, but may certainly link up to language and its various sensory and motor functions.
Wittgenstein in his investigations of the phenomena of pain and how it is related to our language functions, claims that I learn to replace my exclamations of pain by saying the words “I am in pain!”, which replace and perhaps sublimate my instinctive response. The words “He is in pain” on the other hand, are used in relation to the behaviour and circumstances which give rise to pain responses. This first person process of learning language may be a part of sublimating the pain response under the language function of telling people about my pain and seeking their compassion for my predicament. The first function of the Freudian ego is to protect the body and the role of pain is obvious in such a process. Compassion in relation to my pain also becomes an important feature of our human form of life striving to survive and lead a life that is both good-spirited and flourishing (eudaimonia). These reflections are unquestionably hylomorphic and require elaboration of the kind we find in William James’s “Principles of Psychology”:
“Instinct is usually defined as the faculty of acting in such a way as to produce certain ends without foresight of the ends and without previous education in the performance” (Vol. 2, P.383)
William James we know also regarded Consciousness not as an entity but as a function, and to that extent might have agreed with Freud that Consciousness was in fact a vicissitude of instinct. For James, function is caused by structure, which includes organic structure, and he rejects the application of own “ideas” such as self-preservation to the instinctive activities of animals which appear to have the consequence of survival. Apart from the consequences, however, it seems relatively straightforward that the animal is striving to live, to stay alive, even if we cannot attribute an own “idea” of staying alive to them. Animals do not live in the world of ideas, they are not language users and have no use for the language function of representing things in their absence, as is the case with the human psuché (form of life). The animal and human form of life, however, according to James may well include the function of a sensible form of imagination. James quotes Schneider’s “Der Thierische Wille”:
“Schneider subdivides impulses into sensation impulses, perception impulses and idea impulses. To crouch from cold is a sensation impulse, to turn and follow if we see people running one way, is a perception impulse:to cast about for cover if it begins to blow and rain is an imaginative impulse. A single complex instinctive action may involve successively the awakening of impulses of all three classes. Thus a hungry lion starts to seek prey by the awakening in him of imagination coupled with desire…” (Principles of Psychology P. 385)
Hunger and Reproduction are “ goals” of animal forms of life but even if they possess sensory-motor systems similar to ours there are significant differences between the two forms of life. Aristotle defined the human psuché in hylomorphic terms of “rational animal capable of discourse”, a form of life which includes walking upright on two legs, a posture in which the sense of smell becomes less important than the sense of sight, which, in its turn , becomes a key power in the human repertoire of powers that of course includes a complex language that gives rise to relating to objects in their absence and various forms of rationally based abstract thought. Different dominating powers of perception (smell vs vision) give rise, in its turn, to different forms of motor activity which partly define our relation to our environment and the future dimension of time. The mechanisms that help to define the animal power of memory which is more tightly tied to the environment than is our human power, are associative, and William James has given an excellent account of this mechanism in terms of the role of the brain and the chemical/electrical activity activating this primary organ of the body.
The animal has different powers partly because it has a different configuration of limbs and organs as compared with the configuration that allows the human to walk upright and engage with the environment in a more indirect fashion. The animal certainly has a different less complex brain without the networks of connections and differentiations we find in the human brain : networks which permit the inhibition of primary reflexes and the possible resultant delay in wished-for gratifications. This may be a consequence of the possibility for the human brain to form a more complex representation of the end of activities it engages in, using this representation to initiate a sequence of behaviours to bring about this end. Many psychologists have appealed to the role of consciousness in the learning of new skills, and whilst Freud regarded consciousness as a vicissitude of the instincts, Freud and William James were both at pains to diminish its importance for the human psuché, claiming that it is but one psychological function amongst many others.
For William James in his essay “Does Consciousness Exist?”, his starting point was “pure experience”. Thoughts, James argued, perform the function of knowing in relation to “pure experience” and suggested that consciousness is a principle of such knowing. James posits two polarities of experience, the one being the subject or bearer of the above knowledge, and the other being the object known. The hemispheres of the brain, James argues, provide humans and animals with a consciousness of memory which of course is composed of the representations of absent objects that may or may not connect directly to the motor system and some form of activity. If the activity is concerned with the protection of the body from, for example, a rattlesnake confronting one on a narrow cliff path, the experience will be composed of both perception (groups of sensations), expectation, emotions (feelings of terror) and presumably action taken to avoid the calamity of a possible bite. Many of the images composing this experience will be composed of images from the past experiences of my memory system. These will be lodged in both the hemispheres of the brain. Primitive instincts relating to the protection of the body will be mobilised by the perception of the snake.
Sexual behaviour too involves the cortex of the hemispheres, given all the societal prohibitions governing the appropriateness-considerations for such kinds of action. This however is a remark that highlights the material “cause” or aspect of sexuality which of course has its root in several regions of the body including the sexual organs and the organs of sight and touch. Maurice Merleau-Ponty in hs work “the Phenomenology of Perception” embraces Freudian theory which has both Platonic and Aristotelian elements:
“For Freud himself the sexual is not the genital, sexual life is not the mere effect of the processes having their seat in the genital organs, the libido is not an instinct, that is, an activity naturally directed towards definite ends, it is the general power, which the psychosomatic subject enjoys, of taking root in different settings, of establishing himself through different experiences, of gaining structures of conduct. It is what causes man to have a history. In so far as a mans sexual history provides a key to his life, it is because, in his sexuality, is projected in his manner of being towards the world, that is, towards time and other men.” (Page 181)
Even within the complex networks of both hemispheres we can find reference to what James regards as “intelligence”, a global power of the human psuché, in relation to the pursuit of the ends of not just life but the good-spirited flourishing life:
“In all ages the man whose determinations are swayed by reference to the most distant ends has been held to possess the highest intelligence. The tramp who lives from hour to hour: the bohemian whose engagements are from day to day: the bachelor who builds but for a single life:the father who acts for another generation: the patriot who thinks of a whole community nd many generations; and finally the Philosopher and saint whose cares are for humanity and for eternity.” (James, W., Principles Vol 1 P 23)
This ancient concept of intelligence is holistic, emphasising as it does the ability or capacity to lead a particular “form of life” connected to the principle of how good such a form of life is. Our modern theoretical concept of intelligence connected to intelligence -testing, abstracts from the practical idea James is using, which, of course, has a more intimate relation to practical than theoretical rationality. Aristotle claimed in the opening to his work the Nichomachean Ethics, that all Human activity aims at the good, and this is why the Platonic form of Good is so important in the characterisation of our human forms of life. The Greeks thought in terms of three broad categories of the good, namely the goods for the body , the goods for the soul, and the goods of the external world: In relation to these categories, the tramp, bohemian and bachelor lead more limited lives as compared to the father, patriot, philosopher and saint (whose lives are certainly more complex and the result of more complex histories).
In man language plays an essential role in both his capacity for discourse and his rationality which are also measures of the intelligence with which he engages with in his life:
“Take for example, the “faculty” of language. It involves in reality a host of distinct powers. We must first have images of concrete things and ideas of abstract qualities and relations: we must next have the memory of words and then the capacity so to associate each idea or image with a particular word that, when the word is heard, the idea shall forthwith enter our mind. We must, conversely, as soon as the idea arises in our mind, associate with it a mental image of the word, and by means of this image we must innervate our articulatory apparatus so as to reproduce the word as physical sound. To read or write a language other elements still must be introduced.”( James, Pages 28-9)
Writing and Reading have cultural consequences which greatly enhance their value as forms of human activity, and therefore are regarded as both civilisation-building and culture-creating activities. Even this form/use of language must, in the end, be related to the sensory-motor constituents of the brain which James together with Hughlings Jackson (Pages 29-30), maintains, is the material of the mind. The “form” or organisation of this material in the cortex is related to the “consciousness” James claims is seated in the hemispheres of the brain. James, we recall ,thinks of this term as designating both a function and a principle related to the perceptions and considerations that are the task of hemispheres in which memories of our past experiences reside.
Freud too was influenced by Hughlings Jackson, in particular his thesis that higher functions of the brain can assimilate lower functions such as hunger, and turn dining into a complex social occasion, encompassing many of the higher pleasures relating to life. Another task of the hemispheres must be to delay gratification of all kinds, including the sexual. They can also delay responses in favour of other more rational responses, built upon knowledge of how the external world operates, and knowledge of the norms and values of the society.
The Ego, Freud argued, is the agency of the mind that mediates between the lower impulse driven psychological functions, and the higher more abstract normative considerations of what we ought and ought not to do. The Ego also has the function of performing the task of monitoring the external world in the light of its knowledge. It responds to pain by forming memories of what ought or ought not to be done, and it strives for the pleasures of life in accordance with the Aristotelian principle of the golden mean, and the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. Pleasure/Pain has a particular bodily history for Freud, a history in which pleasure is first located around the mouth, and moves through various zones to the genital area, before becoming a global bodily phenomenon in a process of psychosexual development. This process has clearly hylomorphic commitments. Pain, however, for Freud was the great educator, and the ego was therefore designated as a precipitate of lost valued objects. In mourning our losses, we respond to such objects or the memories of them in accordance with what Freud called the reality principle.
The whole business of a human life is a complex one and many vicissitudes of the instincts are formed and used on the road to attempting to lead the good-spirited flourishing life. We do not find sympathy for the Freudian rationalist position in James’ radical empiricism, but there is a focus on relatively holistic ideas, such as consciousness, intelligence, and forms of life, which all relate significantly to the Freudian Reality Principle, that, in turn, is related to both Platonic Aristotelian and Kantian explanatory strategies. James does not believe in the transcendental Ego of Kantian Philosophy, preferring a thesis of pluralistic psychology that assumes many different selves, not tied together by a transcendental “I” or ego, which connects and differentiates representations. Kant argues, however that without this transcendental owner of experience, knowledge as a phenomenon would not be possible at all:
“Consciousness of self according to the determinations of our state in inner perception is merely empirical, and always changing. No fixed and abiding self can present itself in this flux of inner appearances. Such consciousness is usually named inner sense or empirical apperception. What has necessarily to be represented as numerically identical cannot be thought as such through empirical data. To render such a transcendental presupposition valid there must be a condition which precedes all experiences and which makes experience itself possible. There can be, in us, no modes of knowledge, no connection or unity of one mode of knowledge with another, without that unity of consciousness which precedes all data of intuitions, and by relation to which representation of objects is alone possible. This pure original unchangeable consciousness I shall name transcendental apperception. That it deserves this name is clear from the fact that even the purest objective unity, namely that of the a priori concepts (space and time), is only possible through relation of the intuitions to such unity of consciousness. The numerical unity of this apperception is thus the a priori ground of all concepts, just as the manifoldness of space and time is the a priori ground of the intuitions of sensibility.” (Immanuel Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason, Page 136)
This power Kant is referring to has the function of combining the manifold of representations into one unity. Intuition for Kant is that which brings us into immediate and direct contact with appearances which are not things in themselves but signs of this transcendental object Kant designates with an X. In the stream of thought it is the categories of our understanding/judgement that provide the universal and necessary unity of representations in the case of knowledge. These fundamental concepts are intimately connected with the transcendental ego and apperception which is manifested in our self-consciousness. One such fundamental concept is that of causation which necessarily connects the representation of a cause with the representation of the effect which is illustrated in our perception of the change in the position of a ship steaming down a river.
William James’ mechanism of association would not be able to produce the knowledge of why the ship is moving downstream if its respective positions were merely associated without necessity. These respective representations of the ships position in space at different times are, therefore, represented on Kant’s account as necessarily connected in the consciousness I have of myself. James, of course, denies both this unity and the necessity of the categories. The knowledge of why the ship is changing its position as it does is, therefore, according to Kant, due to the fundamental concepts of space, time, and causation. For James, his analysis of judgement is tied up with the power of thought to think something about something, and it begins with a something that is given to us in feeling which enables acquaintance with the thing to begin. When we begin to operate upon that feeling by thinking or analysing it, we then begin a cognitive relation to what we are acquainted with. For James, feelings can be both sensations and emotions, whilst thoughts are conceptions and judgements (Vol. 1 Page 22) In his account of the stream of conscious thought, James includes all forms of consciousness, but he does not believe sensations as such are important in this account, since he claims they are not what we experience. Rather the idea of sensation is a result of an act of discrimination which identifies this basic idea as an element of consciousness. Every Stream of Thought, however, is owned by a personal consciousness that is continually changing and related to objects that appear independent of this personal consciousness. Attention is focussed on some aspects of these objects which we choose because of our interests, which in the case of the ship could range from an interest in taking a trip downriver , to the design of the ship, or even an interest in the power of the river etc.
For Kant the ship steaming downstream can be a pure matter of intuitions which are organised by the imagination initially. Whilst this is occurring we are probably dealing more with a stream of a simpler form consciousness rather than with an articulated stream of thought which would result in a cognitive judgement about the event, whether that be in terms of the idea of a ships essence as being capable of navigating the river in the way that it does, or alternatively in terms of the rivers power to take waters to the sea. If this experience gives rise to a judgement such as “The ship is steaming downriver” then we are dealing with a relation of concept to object that is true, which is a fact, i.e. we form an epistemic judgement in which we know that it is true that the ship is steaming downstream. Had T S Eliot been witnessing this event he may have seen an unusual aspect of the rivers power which he expresses thus:
“I do not know much about gods; but I think that the river
Is a strong brown god–sullen, untamed and intractable,
Patient to some degree, at first recognised as a frontier;Useful, untrustworthy as a conveyor of commerce; then only a problem confronting the builder of bridges.
The problem once solved, the brown god is almost forgotten
By the dwellers in the cities–ever, however, implacable
Keeping his seasons and rages, destroyer, reminder
Or what man chooses to forget. Unhonoured, unpropitiated
By worshippers of the machine, but waiting, watching and waiting.
His rhythm was present in the nursery bedroom,
In the rank ailanthus of the April dooryard,
In the smell of grapes in the autumn table, And the evening circle in the winter gaslight.
The river is within us, the sea is all about us;….”
This poem is an articulated poetic experience which may have been provoked by the sight of the ship steaming downstream. The experience is symbolic and the poem is a linguistic articulation of the latent content of the experience which has what Paul Ricoer terms a “double meaning”, resting in the feeling of the sacredness of the river and the harmony of the faculties of the imagination, the understanding and reason. There is clearly also an ethical import expressed in the above poem: an import perhaps also expressing a sacred view of Humanity we find in the Greek oracle’s proclamation that “everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”. We ought to know our own natures but without the poetic courage of the poets we would choose to forget the oracular proclamations and look upon rivers in purely instrumental terms.
Kant has the following to say about the symbolism of the sacred. There is no possible intuition of God, the omniscient, omnipotent all good principle of the universe. Our only contact via intuition is an indirect contact, one in which intuitions “symbolise” the different aspects of the God-principle. This is why Kant had to make room for faith in his metaphysical systems. We cannot know God, but we can think this principle without violating the logical principle of noncontradiction.
Symbols give rise to thought, Ricoeur argues, and the mechanism operating here is not that of association but rather one of analogy. Plato’s allegory of the cave is operating on the mechanism of analogy which is referred to in the linguistic operator of “metaphor” in which we redescribe reality via the operation of a transposition of meaning from one more commonplace domain to a different domain which in the case of “Man is a wolf” displaces the meaning from the species domain to the genus domain which can be seen as the principle of the species—hence the presence of “meta” (“before”) in the term metaphor. In the case of Plato’s allegory (an extended metaphor in the spirit of logos) it is the knowledge of the form of the Good which is the first principle of his exposition in the Republic. This correlates well with both the views of Aristotle and Kant, who also emphasised the importance of a practical Philosophy that also provides us with perspicuous accounts of the role of the so-called productive sciences and arts for which the metaphorical function of language is so important.
Shakespeare, is perhaps the poet that best mastered the art of the extended metaphor through his use of symbolic language which, in Hedeggers terms, put the truth of beings to work. Ricoeur claims that when extended metaphors occur in poetry or myth (muthos), it is moral action that is being imitated for the purposes of tragedy (the catharsis of the emotions of pity and fear). What we experience in the transcendental spectacle of Shakespeare is the unconcealment of a meaning of being and of the good which is captured in the ancient Greek term of aletheia. This according to Ricoeur is one of the functions of metaphor:
“To present men “as acting” and all things “as in act”—such could well be the ontological function of metaphorical discourse, in which every dormant potentiality of existence appears as blossoming forth, every latent capacity for action as actualised.” (Rule of Metaphor, P.43)
Campbell speaks about the transformation-function of metaphor in which “Meta” refers to what is transcendent beyond all categories of thought, to something that is supersensible. Once we move into this zone of transcendence, beyond the categories of conceptual thought which are governed by the categories of the understanding, we move beyond the realm of truth-value and into a dialectical realm of opposites, e.g., good and evil, male and female, light and dark, right and wrong, death and life, future and past. Through such dialectical opposites we move into the realm of the sacred and holy symbolised so well by the Garden of Eden myth with its trees of knowledge and life, where God and man dwell together in a mythical harmony for all time. The presence of man in this almost perfect scenario, however, reveals a fragility which disrupts this harmony, and ends in mans exile into the real world in which he will need to use his knowledge to survive as long as he can. The sentence of mortality that God has passed upon man is generally interpreted as a punishment. Man also is forced to endure perhaps the worst of all forms of suffering, namely the pain of being alive at one moment and not the next: the pain of having no future once this mysterious event of death occurs. This realm contains both elements of the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of morals that we can find in Kant’s Critical Philosophy which dedicated itself to the drawing of the correct boundaries around the domain of the metaphysical.
Myth by means of metaphor and symbolism attempts to say what lies in the region Anaximander called “apeiron” where we can find space, time, matter and continuous change. Campbell claims that poetry and mythology originated with the muses of the Ancient world. The ancient proclamation to “know thyself!” is related to the conviction that there is something divine and infinite within us which is capable of transcending our finite bodies living in a finite world for a finite time. This something, Campbell argues, is consciousness, which can in principle watch disinterestedly as the parts of the body which is the vehicle of consciousness fall asunder. This might explain why primitive man buried people with their weapons, because they belonged to the part of a man that can never die.
Animals for Neanderthal hunters were a sacred symbol of life and revered for their life-giving and sustaining power. Indian tribes in America, Campbell claims, addressed animals as a thou, and worshiped animal spirits. Rituals were also created for the purposes of concretely manifesting the meaning of the words of the myths. The Medicine men or shamans of primitive tribes often experienced near death experiences which enhanced their status in relation to myths about death being a crossing over to another realm of being. The idea of Mother Earth gave rise to a general feeling of awe and wonder for animals and their spirits as well as all manifestations of magnitude and power in mountains and rivers. These phenomena were all experienced as sacred by the mythic imagination as the sights and sounds of the divine or the sacred. These aspects of the world were related to the “thou-feeling” which has been so truncated by our modern life. Perhaps when we retreat to those few places where we meditate, e.g. our churches, our libraries, our studies, our concert halls, we share something of this ancient experience. This meditative experience is accompanied by a special type of pleasure which Campbell names “bliss”.
Campbell argues that the myths and rituals of these periods pre-dated the myths of the Garden of Eden and the Ancient Greeks we are familiar with, and the ancient Gaia principle of the earth mother-goddess has been supplanted by warrior myths or gods who tended to be masculine, e.g. Yahweh and Zeus (who castrated his own father). Greek Philosophy and Art inspired by the female oracles may have been attempting to relate more meaningfully to this ancient way of being-in-the-world. The ancient way of being, that is, may have taken the royal road to the way of being-in-the-world that is best for the human form of psuché: myth, that is,carried us back to a time when these experiences were closely related to eudaimonia (the good spirited flourishing life).
Myth is the fruit of the second tree in the Garden of Eden, the tree of life which no one is forbidden to eat of, and which Campbell argues bore Jesus Christ the saviour of the Christian faith. Mythology, Campbell argues, is embedded in a local geography and connected to ways of sustaining oneself in life which will determine some of the focus of the myth. The forest determines that life sustaining activities will take the form of hunting and searching for roots and berries. In such an environment there will not be the space or time to appreciate the awe-inspiring dome of the sky and the sense of perspective that surveying huge distances provides us with. This kind of open environment provided the Ancient Greek and Renaissance artists and poets with the inspiration for their works of art. Michelangelo and Shakespeare embodied the Renaissance spirit in different mediums and different landscapes.
Michelangelo’s sculpted figures at the tomb of the De Medicis manifest pent up human energy frozen at the gates of death. The mass-effect of the stone used by the Renaissance artists testify to the power of the human psuché to shape his world in harmony with his natural surroundings. Shakespeare too, puts the melancholy and joy of life and death on show in his transcendental spectacles: using language symbolically in ways no one has done before or after. Shakespeare also embodies an important theme of cosmopolitanism in his works which would later flower into the cosmopolitan hylomorphic critical Philosophy of Kant who conceived of a Kingdom of ends in the far distant future which will retain the oracular spirit of much of our Western Mythology and Philosophy.
The form of life associated with agriculture and plant life meant the substitution of the sacredness of the seed for the animal which we first hunted and then domesticated. The female Gaia principle of mother earth from which all life emerges and is sustained becomes for these communities the focus of the sacred and the divine. Each form of life had its heroes pursuing their heroic journeys manifesting courage of a life lived so close to death. Civilisation in its settled form brought with it other more sustainable long term values and attitudes that allowed communal and family life to thrive.
Love sublimates the more aggressive impulses and allows art and philosophy to emerge as civilising influences. New heroes emerge. Socrates, a new kind of intellectual hero recommending the examined life in search of wisdom and self-knowledge replaces the manic Achilles, the hero from an age with a warrior mentality.
Eros endures through the centuries until we reach the middle ages where we encounter the greatest love stories which Campbell argues created the distinctive form of Western individual consciousness that eventually led to the commitment to freedom and the international rights of man. Christianity’s two commandments to love God above all else and love thy neighbour contributed to this development which existed parallel with the warrior culture (Thanatos) that plunges us into war and conflagrations again and again until we reach what Arendt called “this terrible century” where two world wars are fought and weapons of mass destruction are used on civilian populations. This meeting of the eyes in a loving personal individual relation testified to the attempt to transcend the pain and suffering associated with the burdens of psuché and the inevitable mortality that defines life. Campbell believes that the principle teaching of Christianity is that which urges us to love our enemies. Involved in such a sacrificial form of life is a deliberate acceptance of suffering which Freud thought was beyond our idea of what was rational. Jesus on the cross is of course the supreme awe inspiring sacrifice urging us to embrace this form of life. Jesus so loved his father and mankind that he was prepared to sacrifice his life for the cause of the future of mankind: a message which, if universally embraced, would end all war and conflict. Such, however, was the power of the parallel male dominated warrior culture, that crusades and wars were paradoxically fought under the sign of the cross.
The Virgin Mary manifests the importance of the ancient female Gaia-principle and for Campbell the most interesting of the Gospels is that of the Greek Luke in which it is maintained that the Kingdom of the Divine is within us. This reflection also requires, however, the accompanying gnostic reflection of Thomas that the Kingdom of God does not lie in the future but rather is all about us. The Christian rituals of prayer and meditation in peaceful churches help to keep this spirit of Eros alive. within us. The Old Testament Yahweh who breathes life into the earth is not present in the earth, as is the female forms of the divine in accordance with the Gaia principle.
For Campbell all the above different forms of divinity are to be conceived of as the “masks of eternity”(“All our names for and images of God”) and underlying the mask is the transcendental form-giver that we can not know directly either via our senses or via our categorically based knowledge. We can in accordance with Kantian Critical Philosophy think about these form-creators without contradiction and this allows us the space to retain the wisdom incorporated in our earlier myths. A myth for Campbell is an extended metaphor for what lies beyond the visible world and he refers to Hindus that do not see much religion in our Christian writings. Our Western view that God is the source that is not present, is very different to both primitive and Oriental thinking, where the sacred and the divine is manifested in the powers we experience that fill us with awe and wonder.
Campbell himself claims that he is not a man of faith but rather someone who grounds their reflections in experience which accords well with the American Philosophies of pragmatism(William James) and instrumentalism(Dewey). Much of what Campbell presents is in accord with the presentation of James’ approach in his “Principles of Psychology” in which he investigates both the Conditions and Phenomena of psychological life.
There is, however, also a hylomorphic aspect to Campbells reflections. He maintains, that is, that the energies we attempt to symbolise in our myths and metaphors, and symbols, originate in our human body and life. The emotions associated with art which are associated with these religious symbols, metaphors and myths, are more related to the sublime than the beautiful, but both sets of emotion are related intimately to the moral life of psuché. One of the Kantian images most relevant to the awe and wonder we experience in relation to the vast expanse of space which fills the mind is that of the dream of Carazan, a man who has not valued the presence of his fellow men in his life. Carazan dreams he is judged by a supreme being who sentences him to flying out on an endless journey in infinite space and into far flung regions of the universe where there is no light and only pitch darkness. Carazan awakes from this experience of the “terrifying sublime” and reevaluates his life with his fellow men. This kind of dream is not common but its symbolic structure is unmistakable. This dream has both elements of the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of morals as part of its symbolic structure.
Campbell cites Schopnehauer’s thesis that one’s whole life has been constituted by the activity of the will within and this invokes the ancient Greek idea of the Good and the Enlightenment idea of freedom simultaneously.
The stories we tell are obviously important in both our civilisation building and culture creating activities and their role increased in importance once life settled down in communities like the village and the polis where the stories of animals living in a supernatural world became more earth centred and more concerned with the knowledge and wisdom we need to lead good spirited flourishing lives. The story is firstly designed for the children and youth of the community. Insofar as these were biblical stories they aimed at achieving a form of identification with the figure of Christ and the power of love to transform our existence. Christ, Campbell argues, embodies the presence of earlier divinities such as Isis and Osiris who were early symbols of the transcendental X that we are unable to directly represent conceptually.
Death is the mysterious telos of life that cannot as such be experienced. In that case the analogy of sleep that Socrates invoked was a good one. I can experience falling asleep and awakening from sleep but not sleep itself. Similarly I can experience dying but not death itself. Both death and sleep lie at the boundaries of our experience recalling the reflections of the early Wittgenstein (also influenced by Shopehauer) that all important matters relating to the self lie not in the world waiting to be experienced, but lie rather at the boundary of the world in a manner similar to the way in which the organ of the eye is not in the visual field but lies outside its scope.
Campbell cites the evidence of burial rituals during the period of Neanderthal man which testify to the existence of the question “What happens to the self after death?” The Neanderthals were hunters and perhaps to them the animal was a messenger or gift from the divinities believed in. The cave paintings from Lascaux also testified to the awe and wonder relating to animals occurring as they did not in areas of habitation but in areas reserved for other purposes. Caves also carry the symbolic power of the womb of the earth which is responsible for all life. Rituals relating to the initiation of adolescents into the life of the adult have been transformed in modern life where the transformation occurs much later over a longer period thus emphasising the importance of the Freudian observation that human psuché must endure a long childhood on the road to a state of maturity which may never in fact occur. The Shamans of primitive tribes were the equivalent to our priests and if they were the painters of the cave paintings perhaps they were also assuming the role of early artists. Modern artists are our modern myth-makers and they too have catharsis on their agendas, seeking to purge feelings of pity and fear and transform the self into an agency that knows and understands itself. Each of us, Campbell argues is a manifestation of the transcendent power or energy that we cannot fully comprehend but seek to know as much as we can about.
For the primitive form of consciousness embodied by the Native American Indians our modern life is an enigma and our actions are mysterious. When for example an American President offered to buy their land they were filled with consternation. How, they wondered, can one temporally possess what is sacred and has given rise to one’s own existence? Why does the white man spoil the landscape with poles transmitting talking wires from place to place? To them our actions seem to lack the real motivation that comes from acknowledging the power and energy of sacred forces. What they appear to misunderstand is the transformation that accompanied our own transition from hunting to agriculture where the death of a plant is not as absolute as the death of an animal. Cut down a plant, e.g. the vine, and new growths emerge . With this new form of life came a new and different appreciation for life. The perspective we have on life changes in many ways and unexpected associations emerge such as the tight relation between begetting future generations and one’s own death. The present generation has to make great heroic sacrifices for the coming generations. One learns in this process to grow old gracefully and watch one’s own disintegrating powers without comment or complaint.
The eyes, Campbell argues, are the scouts of the heart and seek out what they desire. True love, that is, is born from the heart and the eyes. These organs are the focus of the romantic artists and poets, the inheritors of the ancient power of Eros cleansed of the lusts and appetites of the body (via knowledge of the Platonic form of the good). This, Campbell insightfully argues, is the birth of our modern Western idea of conscious individualism. The cupid of the middle ages becomes a mischievous figure with a glint in his eye and the erotic meeting envisaged by these troubadours was one of the intimate meeting of eyes between two persons. This new mode of interacting was contrary to both the tradition of arranged marriages and the ecclesiastical idea of love which was bound up with religious prohibitions and inhibitions.
Love was portrayed by Shakespeare as the sickness that physicians could not cure. Here we encounter the ideal of one person (so important in psychoanalysis) opening up and unburdening their heart to another. The Legend of the Holy Grail is a part of this era of fantasy in which it was imagined that Satan and God were at war with each other. and the Grail, like the fire of Prometheus, was delivered to man by a neutral angel and signifies man’s spiritual potentialities which really cannot be symbolised by any one kind of physical object. God certainly did not love his enemy Satan but apparently suggests man do what he could not. In this world of the imagination there is evidence of the operation and reconciliation of Heraclitean opposites such as love is both joy and pain, and “love is the pain of being truly alive”. In this mythological world there appears to be reference to forms of consciousness which meditates on the mystery of the source and nature of Being.
On the Gaia principle space and time are the sensible conditions which allow goddesses to emerge. Campbell argues it was the Hebrew mythology that wiped out the worship of female deities. A situation which Christianity attempted to mitigate with reference to the Virgin Mary and the miracle of the virgin birth of Jesus. The agricultural communities of old testament times were often overrun by the hunters and herdsman for whom violence and conquest was a way of life. This state of affairs probably resulted in the building of walls around communities for protection and defence purposes.
Zeus, too, Campbell argues, was a warrior God, a state of affairs which was also mitigated by the presence of over 70 female oracles and deities such as Athena, Gaia, Aphrodite, the Erinyes, Hera, Demeter etc. In Greek mythology, the male and the female are in constant interaction.
The reference to the organs of the eyes and of the heart and their location in the head and breast above the lower pelvic zone where sexual and nutritive gratification dwell, has hylomorphic and psychoanalytic significance, even if the role of the brain is somewhat ambiguous on such accounts. Reference to the dominating activity of more primitive appetites and urges contain the potentiality for being transcended by the organs belonging to higher systems.
Campbell claims that whilst God is a metaphor, a thought or idea, the reference of the metaphor thought or idea is transcendent and lies beyond both Being and non-Being. The contrast of the Western Conception of the ultimate deity differs from that of the East. The West sees God as being the source of energy and his creation whilst the East sees God as manifest in this creation and being the vehicle of the energy of the Universe. The different deities being the personifications of this energy. The different sources of organ-energy in our bodies have different consequences for the forms of life we lead. These images, thoughts, ideas and metaphors then emerge from our various life-activities in our life-world.
The circle is a universal geometrical symbol that is connected to beginnings, ends and eternal circular movement. The cycles of life repeat themselves and are recorded by our clocks and calendars. The circle was sacred for Plato and symbolised the soul. For many primitive tribes the circle was associated with the magical and the miraculous. The circle is but one image or archetype emerging from man’s psuché, which has both bodily and psychological characteristics. What is inside the circle of the soul is a question which recurs again and again in many different forms in different mythologies. Life might be boundless but metaphors, thoughts and ideas are finite expressions with finite relations to other metaphors, thoughts, and ideas. Plato and Aristotle spoke of a hierarchy of forms of life ranging from the healthy, wealthy and courageous forms, which are all subordinate to the contemplative examined form of life that comes from meditating Philosophically upon existence. Mythology sees the highest hierarchical form of life in terms of the divine and perhaps questions whether the Philosophical form of life is as sacred and significant as the divine form of life which comes from meditation and prayer. Plato and Aristotle did not use the term “sublime” but undoubtedly referred to this experience insofar as the terrible power of nature was concerned. We should recall that the Oracles warned man that everything he creates is doomed to ruin and destruction. The Gospel according to Mark speaks of the end of the world coming in the future and the elimination of ethical thinking. The Gnostic gospel of Thomas on the other hand claims that the kingdom of heaven is all around us and this thought is certainly echoed in Kants “Cosmopolitan Kingdom of ends”.
Campbell argues that myth originates in the human body, a thesis Maurice Merleau Ponty would certainly have had sympathy for, given his commitment to an account of being-in-the world which recognises that the Body is the originating source of the lived-world man dwells in. For Merleau Ponty the self is the body which has many more dimensions than biological or psychological science can imagine. This source may well be part of a network of physical causes but this is not the primary significance of Merleau-Ponty’s Aristotelian proposal which suggests the importance of “form” in appreciating the holistic responses of the individual to his environment. This then permits the introduction of teleological considerations in the task of correctly describing and understanding the structure of behaviour. In his work “The Phenomenology of Perception”, MP has the following to say about the self that gives meaning to our behaviour:
“I am not the outcome or the meeting point of numerous causal agencies which determine my bodily or psychological make-up. I cannot conceive myself as nothing but a bit of the world, a mere object of biological, psychological or sociological investigation. I cannot shut myself up within the realm of science. All my knowledge of the world, even my scientific knowledge, is gained from my own particular point of view, or from some experience of the world without which the symbols of science would be meaningless. The whole universe of science is built upon the world as directly experienced, and if we ant to subject science itself to rigorous scrutiny and arrive at a precise assessment of its meaning and scope, we must begin by reawakening the basic experience of the world of which science is the second order expression…..I am not a “living creature” nor even a “man”, nor again even a “consciousness” endowed with all the characteristics zoology, social anatomy or inductive psychology recognise in these various products of the natural or historical process—I am the absolute source, my existence does not stem from my antecedents, from my physical and social environment: instead it moves out towards them and sustains them, for I alone can bring into being for myself..the tradition which I elect to carry on, or the horizon whose distance for me would be abolished–since that distance is not one of its properties—if I were not there to scan it with my gaze.” ( Phenomenology of Perception Translated Smith C., London, Routledge, 1962, Page IX)
The organs of the eyes and the heart referred to by Campbell may well be understood by biological and medical science in terms of a network of causal agencies and no one wishes to deny the validity of the scientific point of view for certain human purposes. These sciences however do not enable us to complete the task of knowing ourselves set by the ancient Greek oracles, a task that Aristotle undertook so systematically with his hylomorphic theory of psuché, a theory which relies four kinds of change, three principles of change, three media of change, and four causes of change which we find accounts of in three different regions of science, theoretical, practical, and productive. Our psychological “form” is complex but it is, both for Kant and for ancient myths, the self-causing source of the metaphors, thoughts, and ideas we have about our being-in-the-world and our life-worlds. Our human form of psuché certainly is in its turn “caused” to come into being by both the kinds of organs we possess and their configuration which has in its turn “caused” (in the fourfold sense conceived of by Aristotle) both the configuration of limbs, bipedal posture and the forms of life that flow from such a configuration. Such a being according to Aristotle is a rational animal capable of discourse. Our animal origins however were significantly transformed with our bipedalism which lifted our eyes upwards to see the horizon and the dome of the sky above, and the sense of smell was relegated to a subsidiary pace in the hierarchy of the senses. Yet the primary shift in our sensory motor systems was in regard to the motor function of speech which of course is intimately related to the sensory event of recognition insofar as our encounter with objects is concerned:
“The denomination of objects does not follow upon recognition:it is itself recognition. When I fix my eyes on an object in the half light, and say “it is a brush”, there is not in my mind a concept of a brush, under which I subsume the object, and which moreover is linked by frequent association with the word “brush”, but the word bears the meaning, and by imposing it on the object, I am conscious of reaching that object. As has often been said, for the child the thing is not known until it is named, the name is the essence of the thing and resides in it on the same footing as its colour and its form. For pre-scientific thinking,naming an object is causing it to exist or changing it: God creates beings by naming them and magic operates upon them by speaking of them..” (P.206)
When we are speaking, moreover, Merleau-Ponty claims, our speech is our thought. It occurs because we know how to use the words we are speaking and we know how to use our articulatory organs. My utterances are gestures expressing intended meanings. All motor behaviour is transcendent of the biological body in this respect ,when it is intentional and meaningful. It is not the soul but the body that speaks and behaves. My body however is not an “object” composed of organ systems and limb configurations but rather a “lived presence” which follows the special logos of psuché. Ancient man and his oracles appear to recognise God everywhere including within himself and this attitude is manifested more in the serene Eastern religions like Hinduism and Buddhism than it is in our own dramatic tragedy-laden Christianity. This does not however prevent the Christian from joyfully participating in the sorrows of the world.
Mythology, Campbell argues, must to some extent validate our experience and guide future conduct reliably, but neither the primitive myths nor ancient Greek or Christian or Eastern myths appear to be able to either validate our experiences or guide us into the future. In answer to the question of whether we are capable of formulating such myths for ourselves, Campbell appeals not to artists but to science and quantum interconnectedness. Science can be magical, he argues, appealing to a dimension of existence deeper than causality, but the question remains whether quantum theory can give us a better account of life than that we find in Hylomorphic theory, Kantian theory and Psychoanalysis . Will the inner-space of human life be accounted for by quantum theory in the same terms as the inner space of external objects? If so what then happens to the experience of time? Will it be a relative phenomenon as Einstein suggested or will the consciousness I have of this “now” be a necessary and absolute starting point? If so, are we experiencing the sacred circle T S Eliot talked about in his Four quartets, where after much journeying, we arrive at the end only to see it as our beginning which we now know better than we did when our journey began. This of course is a better journey than that of Carazan through endless pitch black space. Better in the sense that we dwell in the light, alive and conscious of the dark and of death but with the possibility of experiencing eudaimonia.
Very clear account of the source of myth, firstly, in the conflict of the organs of a body which give rise to fantasy and imagination and secondly in a particular social order that postulates certain ideals or ideas to live by. Myth, Campbell argues are the organised fantasies and ideas of a particular community. This is clearly hylomorphic. Aristotle argued that human psuché or the human soul has its source in the particular constellation of human organs that constitute a human being: one of the most important organs is of course the human brain with its layers of functions including instinctive and emotional functions and sensory-motor-language centres in the cortex. Thought, then, is a higher function connected to many other functions in the brain but especially to language. The sensory-motor functions are also, however of central importance given the importance of intentional action (the will) in the life of humankind. The Kantian elaboration upon hylomorphic Philosophy suggests that we conceptualise the mind in relation to what we can know about the the holistic effect of the brains function, namely thought, and Kant categorises the mind into three faculties: sensibility, understanding/judgement, and reason. The powers of affect, imagination and fantasy , sensory perception and memory all belong to sensibility whilst the faculty of understanding/judgement are regulated conceptually by Categories. Reason, both theoretical and practical, is regulated by ideas such as God, psuché (the soul) freedom and equality where principles such as the principle of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are not merely regulative but constitutive. Campbell of course does not interest himself particularly in these higher mental processes because his primary concern is with te power of the imagination and fantasy. If he has a Philosophical position insofar as these higher mental powers are concerned it is more likely to be Plato rather than Aristole. Plato we know divided psuché or the powers of the soul into three, namely appetite or lower desire, Sprit, and Reason. Mythology is a spiritual exercise stretching back to a period in mans history when reason had not been subjected to critical investigation. Campbell claims with considerable insight that the organs constituting our various powers conflict with each other and this plays out at the level of the imagination rather than the level of higher mental powers. He mentions our erotic and aggressive impulses and the disturbing effect these can have on the trajectory of a life aiming at long term happiness. He does however touch upon these higher powers when he refers to the ideas or ideals of thought processes which give life value. Plato we know however objected strongly to the view that images (even at the level of “spirit”) could be reliable guides to leading a good-spirited flourishing life. For Plato it was the Higher mental power of principles or “Forms” that enabled us to lead worthy virtuous (areté) lives. Campbell does not, however, engage with such Philosophical questions.
Rather Campbell claims:
“The function of mythological imagery is to harmonise these conflicting impulses and coordinate the energies of our body, so that we can live a harmonious and fruitful life in accord with our society”
Myth, then not only guides us to harmonise with our society but also with Nature which is both external to us but also within, because our organs and their particular constellation are products of nature responsible for giving us our human “form”. Myths also, Cambell argues guide us through the various phases of our life from childhood through adolescence to adulthood and finally to old age where it helps us to confront the one inevitabilityof life, namely death. The interviewer elaborates upon this by claiming that behind the narratives of myths there is contained:
“some kind of deeper truth about life”
Campbell assents to this with the qualification that mythology is “a systematic organisation of fantasy in relation to a given social order”. The concept of Truth, as Campbell realises, has more universalistic intentions. Whether or not this intention is realistic is a question even Philosophers have asked themselves but certainly at least both Plato and Aristotle believed that truth had both universal and necessary characteristics. Cambell however counters with one universal and necessary characteristic of myth by claiming that every early organised society possessed a guiding mythology.
The interviewer refers to one of Campbells last works, namely, “The inner Reaches of Outer Space” in which it is maintained that we are approaching a stage of globalisation such that it is no longer possible to think of the human race in terms of competing tribes. Campbell illustrates this thesis by the conflict one could see at that point in time in Beirut between the three major competing montheistic religions, namely Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Each has its own “truths” contested by the others. Campbell does not discuss whether this state of affairs is directly related to the medium of communication of myths, namely images and affects, rather than concepts arguments and principles which is the medium of truth and knowledge in the arena of Philosophy. Campbell rather attributes this failure to the failure of the leaders of these religions to realise that the role of their respective mythologies has been merely to support their particular societies. The belief that their Religion was the True Religion obviously prevented the kind of toleration necessay for these “tribes” to live together. This is where the oracular advice to know thyself would have been useful to all concerned. Kantians would instead refer to the Categorical Imperative which challenges men to treat each other as ends-in-themselves, a law that underlies the concept of Human Rights which includes the right to believe in the God one chooses to believe in. Also, the Philosophy of Plato and Aristotle were addressing this very problem of believing in the images of particular myths and religions when they formulated their respective Philosohies and appealed to non-relativistic universal and necessary priciples of sufficient reason and noncontradiction. Historically, therefore , it can be argued tht Philosophy grew out of mythology but left the world of image fantasy, and miraculous events behind in favour of concepts, categories, principles and arguments using the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
Cambell correctly uses the Philosophical Psychology we find in Aristotles works on psuché (soul) and acknowledges a self actualisation process where the constellation of human organs cooperate to produce the first actuality of the body which is its life. Many sensible and intellectual powers emerge from this actualisation process over a long childhood and many poentialities are actualised including that of discourse and rationality which build the one upon the other. Given the Aristotleian requirement that all parts of psuch´s must possess features of the whole we can expect to see reason permeating even sensible activities such as perception and imagination as well as regulating the motor system by the will.
Campbell insightfully argues that there are two types of mythology: one in which the individual is inducted via particular procedures into his group or community and aggression is projected to whatever lies outside that group. It is perhaps this use of the defence mechanism of projection of aggression which led Freud to diagnose religion as psychotic. The second type of mythology are instantiated by the Eastern Meditative religions in which it is recognised that the Gods are within one and it is the task of mythology to illustrate the presence of the kingdom of god within us by projecting it outward, sometimes in the form of miraculous events. The extent to which the believer understands the mechanism of his “projection”: understands, that is, that the objects of his projection are merely analogies of what is within, is the extent to which the projecting subject “knows” what is happening and therefore “knows” himself. Perhaps though it is only very few believers who are capable of this form of belief. In this category of religions Campbell mentions buddhism the enlightenment religion which like Plato urges us to seek for the consciousness within rather than using our consciousness to explore via the senses the external world. Campbell sees a deep affinity here to those Christians who seek to find the Christ within us. Both religions also emphasise the relevance of the world in which one must joyfully participate in its sorrows.
Science is discussed in terms of its inward psychological input, the material of which, of course, is that which we find in the external world. Campbell claims that Biblical stories about ascending to heaven do not fit in with contemporary science and have to be therefore be either discarded or reinterpreted. There is, however, Campbell argues in correlating the gods within gods and cosmic cycles within consmic cyles of Hinduism with modern science. All myths , on the other hand reveal the potential for spiritual development which is ongoing in spite of the negative view Campbell has of contemporary politics. We do not yet have a world-mythology that can transcend human differences although modern science may have the potential to provide us with such a mythology insofar as the mysteries of the universe are concerned. One mystery that of birth–the biological phenomenon of a new being coming into existence at the moment is not fully appreciated by local mythologies. Marriage too and its significance is not fully understood. If the individual is fortunate it will find a consciousness which reflects the divine within us and such a being will realise that the body, the vehicle of consciousness, can pass away without being experienced as a loss. The possibility of ones death, then, ought to involve transcendence of the loss of the physical body. Ascending to heaven or resurrection are examples of miraculous events that science cannot endorse as real events, as described in the various mythologies. The heavens, for example are vast and difficult for the imagination to form a comprehensive idea of. The Image of Christ Campbell argues is this side of the truth and needs to be transcended if one is to fully embrace the mystery of consciousness within. For Kant it was not such an image that enabled one to reach a state of transcendence but rather knowledge of the moral law within which enabled one to lead a fruitful good spirited meaningful flourishing life. This, plus the starry heavens filled his mind with awe and wonder. The moral law, as we know is something arrived at through understanding, judgement, and reason in the ontological domain of action where the agent is attempting to make something of the world he lives in, rather than allowing the world to merely “happen” to him, which of course can happen in death. Images, then, may fall into the category of what happens to us as is the case of those images we experience in sense perception. Campbell at one point in the interview claims that thought is important in the mythical process but then immediately transitions to images as if he believes images are thoughts—thoughts can happen to us but usually they are part of an active process directed by the will. One thought of importance in mythological thinking involves of course understanding that life and perhaps what Campbell calls Christ-consciousness is not unique to me but shared with all other human life forms. It is this understanding that allows us to see the world from another persons point of view (what Piaget called decentering). It is this Campbell claims that is the universal value of the image although the thought looks more like it is claiming something about something conceptually, rather than picturing something as abstract as such a Truth. Campbell speaks in terms of “metaphorical” images such as the ascension to heaven but the question remains here of whether what is being referred to here is something conceptual. A series of images, ofcourse, could perhaps picture some form of ascent into heaven but the heavens are vast and such a filmed sequence of images might still be playing out whilst it is still indeterminate as to the ultimate destination of the “ascent”. What then can this image be symbolising, whatis it an image of? Campbell realises that the term “metaphor” is a linguistic entity and as such words can be said to have both denotation and connottion and he claims that this image’s connotation is not to be confused with its denotation. This suggests that although language might picture what it denotes if the sentence is of the declarative form, it is rather the conceptual meaning of the word which brings the meaning of the image to us. This territory of theories of meaning may then not pertain to images but rather to concepts which are combined in sentences in which we say something about something which aims at the Truth. This is the territory of Philosophy and not Mythology. Mythological narratives use conceptual truths as well as images in their attempt to communicate their message.
The final question of the interviewer to Cambell concerns what advice he would give to young persons beginning their professional journeys. He speaks of “enthusiasm” which he says means “inspired by the gods” and suggests that these young people follow whatever inspires enthusiasm in themselves.
This question emerges in many contexts including that involving the decision to have children which is for obvious reasons connected with instinct and its imperative to reproduce the species. The responsibility we are referring to here though is obviously connected to the needs of the child which include providing for their physiological needs so necessary to keep them alive but also their security, love and belongingness needs, self-esteem needs as well as cognitive and aesthetic needs. We are the human form of psuché, and therefore, so many of our needs and desires are connected to the communal/social form of life necessary to provide the conditions for fulfilling these complex needs and desires. Aristotle pointed out that the community needs to be larger than the village if it is to be relatively self sufficient and provide a reasonable quality of life for its inhabitants. Size, however, is not the only condition for self-sufficiency: there ought also to be regulation of the community in the form of humanistically oriented laws and a peaceful relation with other communities.
The human form of psuché needs to develop a number of powers if it is to be able to create and maintain such a self sufficient community that allows needs to be met as well as a certain amount of freedom to choose the kind of life one desires to live.Ancient Greece was the model we in the West imitated and the matrix of ideas the community was built upon included areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) arché (principles or laws), diké ( justice), epistemé (knowledge), techné ( art and crafts), aletheia (truth), phronesis ( practical wisdom) philosophia–(filia, sofie: love of wisdom). These ideas emerged from the powers the human form of psuché possessed and exercised during the course of their lifetime. Aristotle attempted to provide an essence specifying definition of this form of life and its powers in the following terms:
“Rational animal capable of discourse”
Rationality and the role of discourse in the social-life of the polis were broadly conceived by Aristotle and incorporated concern for the above matrix of ideas in the context of a form of life he described using the term eudaimonia which is best translated as “good-spirited flourishing life.” Religion, in this kind of hylomorphic account was kept at arms length without being dismissed and God was conceived as a pure form possessing the qualities of eternal life and the power of thinking about thinking. Human life was finite possessing a language with a subject predicate structure permitting us at best to think something about something and also to think about ourselves as phenomena subject to particular categories of thought which in turn can be regulated by Reason and its principles( arché) of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. We can according to Kant and perhaps also Aristotle, think or speak indirectly about what the Ancient Greeks thought to be pure form and Kant thought to be things in themselves that underlie our experience of these things. Our powers are obviously manifold and combined are capable of providing us with a glimpse of pure form or things in themselves, but they are not, according to Kant sufficient to give us “knowledge” of things in themselves. When we use our powers in the name of the love of wisdom or Philosophy we can at best use the principles underlying our understanding and judgement but not have knowledge of what these principles are in themselves. This fact has traditionally been used by skeptics to prove that there is no such thing as knowledge but such arguments overlook the relationship between finite conceptual thinking and the living activity of thought related to the pure form of the infinite.
According to Kant Practical thought relating to The form of the Good brings us a little closer to some kind of understanding of the pure form of things in themselves when we symbolically express and appreciate phenomena related to the idea of freedom and responsibility that is connected to our moral principles and laws. This brings me to the topic of responsibility in relation to Psuché. Insofar as both the Ancient Greeks and Kant are concerned the concept of life is well defined in the major premise of the well known syllogism: All men are mortal, Socrates is a man, Therefore Socrates is mortal. The major premise, All men are mortal, is in other words, according to Kant a synthetic a priori truth which entails both that one cannot conceive of an immortal Socrates or an Immortal man, i.e. it is a contradiction of the concept of life to believe that there is life after life has ended as has been done in many religions. Death, is a final terminus for every individual man such as Socrates. His memory lives on in the minds of all who become acquainted with his life and deeds but that fact does not in any way mitigate the absolute and final loss of the life of Socrates. It is in virtue of the fact that we are rational animals capable of discourse that we can talk about Socrates: it is for example part of the essence of language to represent objects in their absence. But our third person representation of this form of life does not unfortunately have any consequences insofar as this form of life’s first person consciousness of itself is concerned. That, we know no longer exists and on this account death is more like the Socratic long dreamless sleep than the Christian ascension into a heavenly realm where different human forms of life dwell.
Apart from having children there is a different relation we can have to other species of animals –e.g. animal forms of life such as domestic pets. Upon acquiring a dog, for example, they very rapidly become a family member and given their relatively short span their life draws relatively rapidly to a close. There passing away can be more or less natural. In extreme cases where the quality of their life is diminished by pain and suffering it is left to the owner to decide whether to end the life of the pet. Now whilst quality of life can be estimated by what the animal is and is not able to do, there is nevertheless an element of guesswork involved when it comes to determining the right time for the action of ending the animals life. Animals cannot talk so we do not exactly know whether there is any analogy with humans, who may well wish their life away. Indeed this situation raises the Kantian question as to whether it is a practical contradiction to wish your life away since according to Kant it is a practical contradiction to use a life to take a life. Suicide during the last century used to be accompanied by the following comment upon the death certificate:
“Committed suicide whilst the balance of the mind was disturbed”
Extreme pain and suffering obviously disturbs the balance of the mind temporarily and extended suffering does the same with prhaps more long lasting mental health consequences. Psuché is best translated as form of life but has been both translated as “soul” during the dark ages and in more modern times as “psyche”: a term that the Psychologists of the late 19th century associated with consciousness which Freud refused to regard as the primary psychological phenomenon. Indeed, Freud regarded Consciousness as a vicissitude of instinct and spoke of the latter as belonging to his “Mythology” or foundation of his later theory, extending over the realm of knowledge constituted by three different kinds of sciences which studied our psychological and mental powers in different ways. Accusing Freud of being non-scientific when his theory was forced to range over the theoretical, practical and productive sciences is therefore otiose because his explanations were in accordance with different kinds of principles depending upon which of the sciences he was concerning himself with. Compared with the treatment of mental illness of his time by hospitals Freud’s “talking cure” was regarded as a “moral treatment” : a term that is an astute description of the revolution he brought about for all mentally ill patients. The balance of mind of these patients were clearly disturbed in very many different ways and Freud’s matrix of possible causes provides us with a diagnostic system that complemented well the psychiatric system of the time which attempted to account for all maladies in terms of lesions of the brain or brain anomalies.
Animals may possess the same sensory systems we possess but for us who walk upright on two legs the visual and auditory fields far surpass in power the smell/taste system of animals that appears to tie them to the present moment and the stimuli immediately surrounding them .Our powerful human sensory powers firstly provide us with a memory and language system that is not necessarily tied to the current stimuli in present circumstances, but allows us to think and talk about the past and future using the categories of understanding/judgement and the powers of practical, productive, and theoretical reasoning. These sensory , psychological and mental powers have allowed us to build and create the institutions necessary to maintain civilisations and cultures in which for example, I can attend a play that had been performed in Shakespearean England in the Elizabethan times and correctly interpret the symbolism and metaphorical structure that allows me to appreciate the beauty of an art that sets the truth of beings to work and also allows me to appreciate the sublime moments where the events I am witnessing surpass the power of my imagination and appeal to my intellectual moral powers in experiences of the sublime. Involved in this process is the sublimation my emotions of pity and fear which are embedded in a larger matrix of psuché, areté, diké, arché, epistemé, aletheia, phusis, phronesis and eudamionia. Most of these ideas aim at restoring the balance of the mind as part of the Greek oracles challenge to “know thyself!”
Animals do not have the psychological and mental complexity of humans and are not capable of taking responsibility for their life beyond the strong desire they possess to survive if they are living in the wild. Animals that share our human form of life and live in our homes, however, appear to exhibit an affection for us that comes very close to friendship which both we and they fear to lose. We become their guardians and they for the most pat trust that we will do what is best for them. This is an unproblematic relation for the most at until they begin to age and may be unable to sustain the kind of life they appear to enjoy most filled as it is with movement and play. It is at this point that our responsibility for them can be tested, extending even to making a decision not to allow them to unnecessarily suffer any further. The problem with this lies in this term “suffer”. At which point does the suffering become “too much” so we can apply the oracular proclamation “Nothing too much!” Animals, as Pythagoras rightly claimed are forms of psuché, and ought to be respected given that we too are animals and he objected to dogs, for example, being subjected to cruelty. One of the questions I am raising in this context is an epistemological one: namely, given that we are different species and animals cannot speak and articulate their wants and desires, how do we know when the desire not to suffer any further reaches that point when we can faithfully in the name of our friendship help them to end their lives well (euthanasia). Now in some cases when the animal for example is terminally ill with some disease their suffering becomes evident in their desperate behaviour but the issue is somewhat more problematic when we are dealing with the winding down of the functions of the body associated with old age, especially the reduction of that vital aspect of life, the ability to move. At which point do we say enough pain is enough. Do we even know for certain that the animal is experiencing pain?. There is for example anti-inflammatory medicine and there are injections. Either pain or stiffness may be causing the difficulty of movement the animal is experiencing. We could, of course ,ask a vet, that medically trained animal expert and once the vet begins to doubt whether the animal is leading a meaningful life most people would follow any mediacl recommendation to help the animal die in their sleep. But, one can wonder whether the vets point of view may be fixated in a conceptual framework that fails to appreciate other possible causal factors and treatments such as those related to diet for example, which of course take much longer to implement. A tailored diet would not of course affect the course of any serious diseases but it might give you a few extra months with your ageing four legged best friend. They may not know their life is drawing to a close but we do and this knowledge might make those last few months even more precious.
“The growing secular/scientific spirit of this century perhaps was beginning to take shape during the Renaissance but certainly reached some kind of zenith with the “new men” of the twentieth century who adopted a scientific spirit of social engineering to the political task of wielding power in the name of “final solutions” to the Jewish problem, the problem of the bourgeoisie and the Japanese problem. With the collapse of the political party system at the end of the 19th century, and the emergence of the masses for whom nothing seemed possible anymore, the promises and rhetoric of these new men must have lifted everybody’s spirit and it was in this toxic environment that the belief in “final solutions” in the spirit of Hegel and Marx appeared on the agendas of tyrants and democratically elected leaders alike (President Truman). The power of technological transformations to transform the physical external aspect of society also accompanied the underlying forces that were taking shape in our societies, strengthening the manic view that man was the master of nature. This was the background to the changes that were occurring in the name of the hidden plan of Kant, in the name of democracy, freedom, and justice. The immediate aftermath of the second world war which was punctuated by the act of dropping enormously powerful atomic bombs on civilian populations in Japan, resulted in the establishment of the Kantian idea of the United Nations whose remit was the establishment of Peace in the world and respect for Human Rights in all member states. This remit has expanded considerably and many internationally valuable projects emerged as a consequence in the name of this Kantian “hidden plan”. Freud was of course not alive to see these developments but he was alive not only to the threat of dictatorships but also to the threats of both the USSR and the US to peace and the project of establishing an international system of Justice.These subsequent positive developments testify to not just the reasonableness of the belief in a hidden plan when discontentment is widespread, but also to the fact that the one hundred thousand years is sufficient time for the achievement of the telos of the plan. There is a reverse side of the oracular proclamation that “everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”, namely, Dictators will die, and even if they return to destroy again they will forever in the future be measured by the standards of peace, human rights and international justice: i.e. their creations will also be subject to ruin and destruction. There can be no more cosmopolitan institution than that of the UN, and this too reminds us not just of Kantian cosmopolitanism but of Shakespearean cosmopolitanism (of the kind we encountered in Venice in both the Merchant of Venice and Othello).”
So sad to have missed this when it aired. Amanpour is one of my favourite Journalists (BBC quality).
Sandel argues in favour of public places and common spaces, and social mobility. He points to the strength of Europe with respect to the welfare state , good educational systems and pride in being European perhaps. Progressive patriotism is one of his solutions to elevating the dignity of the working man and his work. He does not mention the role that social media is playing in our increasing isolation but I am sure it is an important factor.
The book begins by considering the geographical location of the hypothetically conceived polis of Magnesia. The Athenian proposes a land-locked location on the island of Crete with 10 miles to the nearest coastline. This choice of a land-locked location appears to be the result of a judgement relating to harbours and the vices one can encounter in such trading environments. We ought to recall here that Athens was a cosmopolitan trading port, exporting and importing a wide range of goods. Grain was the only product that was regulated by the Athenian state.
Aristotle, in contrast to the view of the Athenian, as might be expected, supported a middle position between free and regulated trade but like Socrates and the Athenian stranger was opposed to unnecessary luxury and unnecessary money lending. Aristotle’s idea of wealth was that it essentially consisted in the use of things rather than mere possession of them. Money lent for interest is unnecessary he argues because it is what he calls a “sterile element”, but money can be exchanged to facilitate necessary trading transactions. Money of course is a possession necessary for maintaining life-activity: it is an instrument, a means to an end and if it becomes an end in itself, it defies its essential nature (This is the view of Socrates, Plato, Aristotle , and Kant). Indeed if it is used, for example, to buy high office in a government this is, in Aristotle’s view, a problematic corrupt practice. For Aristotle, such a practice is not in accordance with areté which demands that they who rule shall be the most qualified to rule. It is interesting to note that given the criticism of both Plato’s Republic and “The Laws” by Aristotle, there is nevertheless much agreement over the principles associated with areté, diké, techné, and epistemé. The extreme frugality of the Socratic “healthy city”where one sleeps on straw, and the extreme of the “fevered city” of Plato which abolishes wealth, separates the warriors and rulers from their children, and believes Philosophers would make the best rulers, are extremes that are both avoided by Aristotle in accordance with his commitment to “The Many meanings of Good” and “The Golden Mean”. In other words, Aristotles account of wealth would not fear the vice one encounters in particular environments such as harbours or ports.
Socrates in the Republic, in an attempt to define the meaning of “justice”, argued for the position that justice is both good-in-its-consequences and good-in-itself. Kant took this line of thinking to a logical conclusion with his different formulations of a categorical imperative which commands us universally to treat people as ends-in-themselves. One alternative ethical position to that of Socrates or Kant is onethat focuses on the consequences of action, e.g. the utilitarianism of the English empiricists (Bentham and J.S. Mill) which allows one to conceptualise ethical action in a scientific “causal” framework. This in turn focuses on “effects” rather than the maxims, intentions and will of the agent. The causal nature of this argumentation also allowed the instrumental form of argumentation used by economists to occupy the centre of the stage, politically.
There have been many arguments against the ethical position of consequentialism. The double effect argument of Aquinas , for example, points out that most actions have chains of consequences (effects that have effects), and that in some circumstances one item in the chain might be good (the injured soldier diving on a live grenade to save his fellows) whilst the effect of the effect, might be bad (the loss of the heroes life). Is, then, the action good or bad? Right or wrong? Appealing to a general principle of happiness will not help here because we cannot straightforwardly say the hero was happy to have lost his life doing his duty or that his fellows were happy that he lost his life. The ethical value of this action seems rather to revolve around the intrinsic worthiness of the action—namely that it is both good-in its consequences and good-in-itself (it was what he freely chose to do).
Polemical debates over the rights and wrongs of Capitalism also seem to attempt to rest their case on the principle of happiness as conceived by the consequentialists. The point of referring to such debates is that they are related to the issue of the role of harbours and the trading process, which might seem like an environment of vice waiting for regulation by areté, diké, arché, and phronesis: an environment, to use Socratic expressions, where the secondary art of making money has usurped the primary arts associated with a state of affairs that is both good-in-its-consequences and good-in-itself. Plato’s tactic of situating Magnesia in a land-locked environment is, then, an attempt to avoid an environment where most people feel compelled to follow the rules and tactics of the art of earning money, an art they believe is so necessary to survive.
“Modern” theories of utilitarianism sometimes make the extreme claim that the only good is related to the ultimate good of happiness which we know Kant rejected on the grounds that happiness was the principle of self-love in disguise, and such a form of love is not worthy of the dignity of man who has a duty to be concerned with what is not just good-in-its-consequences, but what is also good-in-its-itself. Kant would certainly have agreed with Aquinas’ double-effect argument against all ethical consequentialist theories. Aquinas argues that many consequences have consequences of their own and each consequence can have a different ethical value. Take the example of the badly injured soldier sacrificing his life in an enclosed space with his fellows by shielding them from the effects of a live grenade with his own body. The immediate consequence is from an observers standpoint bad–the soldier lost his life—-but the ensuing consequence is good because his fellows live on to fight another day. So one consequence is bad and one consequence is good, making the action difficult to characterise categorically. There is also the additional consideration that consequences are notoriously difficult to predict. For example, another live grenade may be thrown into the enclosed space and kill everyone present in that space. What these examples illustrate is the justificatory importance of the intention in such circumstances. The good intention flowing from the good will is what we principally use to categorise this sacrifice as a good action. The journalist writing about this incidence would certainly not criticise the heroic action on the grounds that it resulted in the death of the agent or that the hero failed to take into account the ensuing consequence (of another grenade killing everyone) for his fellows. In a war, of course, it is often the case that actions have the consequences of life or death, but even here the activity of the hero, as Aristotle would have claimed, aims at the good—however complex that aim might be. This raises an important question, namely, whether “The Laws” are primarily formulated with a view to the consequences of action, or whether these too must be just, i.e. both good-in-themselves. and good-in their-consequences. The answer ought to be obvious. A law such as that which prohibits the sale of sex, risks treating the prostitutes, (who often have had their freedom removed, by either being made dependent on drugs, or more straightforwardly the threat of violence), as means to ends and not as ends-in-themselves. Sweden has relatively recently placed the onus of responsibility upon the purchaser of sex and the final justification of such a position has to be Kantian.
The positioning of the secondary art of economics at the centre of civilisation building or cultural activity resulted in the dialectical materialism of Marxism that focusses on an economically oppressed proletariat who are suffering at the hands of an oppressor class who own the means of production. Aristotelian reasoning would reject Marxism on the grounds that in such theorising no attention is being paid to the middle class and their potential for wise constitutional rule of the polis. This class will, in the future, Aristotle argues, embody a range of virtues that will have been communicated to them via their upbringing and education. Aristotle, confronted then, with these modern alternatives of Capitalism and Communism would see them to be extremes which required focussing on a middle class that was formed with the help of the operation of the Golden mean principle.
Marx, of course, was influenced by the work of the idealist Philosopher , Hegel, who provoked a discussion of the importance of historical law in relation to the march of Spirit. Marx’s conception of “The “laws” was one which Thrasymachus of the Republic would have shared. For Marx laws were an ideological instrument of oppression for the proletariat and false representations of reality: the strong, that is, were using the laws to serve their own selfish interests. Hegel also, incidentally inspired the phenomenologists and existentialists with his reflections upon being and nothingness that generated for example Sartre’s idea of Consciousness which was a modification of the Cartesian conception. Sartre, we recall promised his readers an ethics based on his existentialist Philosophy but delivered instead a Marxist document ( Critique of dialectical reason) produced against a background of a refusal to denounce Stalin and being arrested for selling Maoist newspapers on the streets of Paris. For later phenomenologists like Merleau-Ponty who was also a Marxist, reason and rationality was supplanted by the ideas of “meaning” and “negation” in the context of the operation of the powers of perception imagination, and consciousness. Science too, was criticized for its materialistic metaphysics thus creating a form of metaphysical dualism that was also present to some extent in Hegel, which as we know aimed to turn the work of Kant upside down. We ought to also recall in the context of this discussion that Kant, like Aristotle, provided decisive criticisms of both materialism and dualism and negotiated a middle way between these two positions retaining the truths of both positions: truths that could not rationally be denied. Nevertheless phenomenologists and Existentialists of the 20th century chose to focus on the power of consciousness which, for them, was not grounded on the instincts which Aristotle, Darwin, and Freud believed were the foundation for understanding the meaning of the definition “rational animal capable of discourse”. This focus was partly complemented by the interest in the progress of empirical science in many different fields of investigation. It was, in fact, the Hegelian concentration upon conceptual concretisation or actualisation, plus his anti-metaphysical idealism, that contributed to the growing momentum of the logical atomism and logical positivism movements that swept through Europe ad the US.
Wundt and the Structuralist psychologists chose to define Psychology as the “Science of Consciousness” and sought to “discover” and quantify those basic sensations and feelings which might ground human experience and behaviour. These experiments failed to achieve their purpose and the subsequent response of those active in this field was to question whether Consciousness was the appropriate “subject-matter” for those who wished to discover the building blocks of experience. The initial response to these failed experiments was to shift focus from consciousness to behaviour, because, it was maintained, behaviour can be observed in stimulus-response framework embedded in a context of habit-formation.
Phenomenologists, inheriting the Hegelian dialectical method, as well as the focus upon Consciousness, committed themselves to the “description” of experience rather than the defence of the principles underlying phenomena connected to psuché. The scientific concern with behaviour rejected all forms of metaphysics and much of the reasoning associated with answering the question “Why did agent A do X?” Kant’s Psychology (Anthropology) used many of the groundwork assumptions embedded in Aristotelian hylomorphic Theory, but it may well have been neutralised temporarily by Hegelian dialectical logic and the anti-Hegelian “logic” of atomists and positivists. What emerged from the combination of all these “influences” was a philosophical view of Science based on a methodology that firstly, conceptualised consciousness as essentially connected to “subjective”sensations and feelings, and secondly, conceptualised behaviour (reflexive behaviour and habitual behaviour) as objectively observable and measurable. Perhaps the principle of association emerged from such investigations but this was more like an explanatory “mechanism” than something that could explain the relation between a condition of experience and a phenomenon of experience.
Marxist theory was constructed, as we noted, in an environment in which instrumentalist economic theory served as the ground to reject both Hegelian idealism and all forms of essentially philosophical argumentation in the arena of Politics. During this period economics was used also to justify the movement of economic globalisation via trade. We ought in this context to remind ourselves that for the Ancient Greeks Oikonomous was merely a secondary art designed to provide us with goods from the external world and perhaps goods for the body, or in other words economic activity focussed upon what was merely good-in-its consequences. The Primary Cultural activities of Art, Philosophy, Politics and Religion for the Greeks concerned themselves primarily with what is good-in-itself and good-in-its-consequences: such goods extend over the entire range of goods including the goods of the body, the external world and the goods for the soul.
Hannah Arendt included Cecil Rhodes in her gallery of “new men” and noted how he yearned to colonise the planets for economic purposes. The planets, we ought to note in the context of this discussion had always been objects of awe and wonder and associated with the Gods, but there is no doubt that philosophically we can also legitimately view the heavenly bodies such as the moon, scientifically, as Anaxagoras did, when he noted that the moon was merely cold stone illuminated by the light of the sun. Economics had always been an important consideration during war, but with the advent of the Industrial Revolution and the continuation of the Cartesian project of inventing war machines, it was obviously going to play an even larger role in the First and Second World Wars where the conflict was no longer between individual countries over individual territories but rather a conflict where the issue became one of militarising the whole world for political and economic purposes.
Neither Stalin not Hitler would have responded positively to Human Rights arguments or humanistic arguments demanding respect for the freedom of individual countries or individuals. Both of these tyrants thought of themselves as world-historical leaders (to use a Hegelian term) marching to the music of the Spirit of the Times, perhaps claiming the support of both historical and economic laws. Both of these tyrants committed terrible crimes and are perfect illustrations of the picture of the tyrant presented by Socrates in the Republic: both are bloodthirsty and act in accordance with their many unlawful desires.
The new men of Hegelian Dialectical Philosophy, Analytical Philosophy, Popular Science, Empirical Psychology, Machiavellian Politics and Global Economics were building upon the foundations provided by Descartes and Hobbes and all of these influences together succeeded in inverting the world-view of the masses in the name of the new supplanting the old: in the name of progressivism.
Yet it is also interesting to note that most of these dangers were already present during the time of the Ancient Greeks. They were not, however, in the ascendancy, because there remained during this time a mass belief in the sanctity and importance of authority. This belief, however, was eclipsed in modern times because, on the populist view, authority revealed itself time and again to be imperfect and this sufficed for a comprehensive withdrawal of trust insofar as all authority was concerned. Part of this process included the secularisation of religious belief alongside the dissolution of belief in Government and its various institutions (including legal institutions). There are, however, several curious phenomena worth noting:
The thought of Plato Aristotle, Kant, Freud and Wittgenstein live on in the “academies” of the universities and contribute to a kind of subterranean counter-reformation.
The process of globalisation continues on several different fronts and political shifts in favour of the formation of a larger well educated middle class are ongoing, as well as attempts to deal with issues of human rights and global warming on the world-stage.
The world has experienced peace for the last 75 years up until 2014 when Russia invaded Ukraine, violating both the country’s sovereignty and international law relating to human rights.
Weapons of mass-destruction have as yet not been used since their last use on the civilian population of Japan at the end of the Second World War.
The internet whilst favouring populist movements also provides a platform for the distribution of academic work to a wide audience.
So the news about our world is both good and bad and we await the next phase of our cultural development. Will the middle class be given the education and power they need to control the excesses and deficiencies of the state? Will, on the other hand, the new men succeed in marginalising knowledge, justice, and freedom and the other virtues necessary for most of us to lead good spirited flourishing lives? Will the Delphic challenge to “Know thyself!” be met by the middle class or will the prophecy of “everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction” become a reality?
Perhaps the most important Philosophical question posed by Kant was “What can we hope for?” Kant relates this religious question to the central question of his ethics, namely “What ought we to do?” These questions have not been of primary interest to modern phenomenologists and existentialists and neither the Philosophy of Religion nor ethics have featured as areas of concern. Sartre, Heidegger and Merleau -Ponty have all failed to produce an ethical theory of significance and they have retreated into either Marxism or in Heideggers case the National Socialism of Hitler. On the other hand, Kantian ethics and political Philosophy have resulted in the abstract grounding of human rights and the establishment of concrete institutions such as the United Nations which lies behind the “Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Kantian duty-based ethics is the ground for the claim that there is no such thing as a right, if there is no-one prepared to honour the duty to enforce that right. So Kantian Philosophy has resulted in concrete historical results in terms of restoring the authority of the law (international law) during a time when the new me were busy dismantling traditional authoritative institutions.
We see in the earlier books of this commentary that already during Plato’s time the process of dismantling the standards in the traditional arena of music was beginning. Perhaps the prosecution of Socrates may have been a reaction to more popular attempts to dismantle well intrenched traditional structures. Now whilst Human Rights may not have been as such present on the political agenda of the Athens of this time, the foundation, however, for these rights, namely the combination of the good-in-itself and the good-in-its-consequences, was being systematically explored by Socrates, Plato and Aristotle.
A wave of Military and Economic global processes have swept over our modern world in the form of invasions and free trade. The form of our living has become permeated by technological inventions and unimagined luxuries in many regions of the world as a result of the free movement of goods and to a more limited extent, the fee movement of specialised competence. This from the Ancient Greek point of view, is a form of life that violates the oracles commandment of “Nothing too much”: a life filled with unnecessary desires. From the Kantian point of view these popular trends indicate an unnecessary concentration upon happiness or the principle of self-love in disguise.
In the continuing discussion of the geographical location of Magnesia in relation to the sea we encounter the following:
“For the country to have the sea nearby is pleasant enough for the purposes of everyday, but in fact it is a “salty-sharp and bitter neighbour” in more senses than one. It fills the world with wholesaling and retailing, breeds shifty and deceitful habits in a mans soul, nd makes the citizens distrustful and hostile not only among themselves, but also in their dealings with the world outside.”(P.159)
The Athenian continues his discourse on the conditions tied to the land if it produces more than the polis needs:
“the state would be swamped with the gold and silver money it received in return—and that if a state means to develop just and noble habits, is pretty nearly the worst thing that could happen to it, all things considered.” (P.159)
This builds upon a Socratic argument to the effect that earning money may be necessary to maintain a household but it is nevertheless a “secondary art” in relation to the primary art of helping others in need through the medium of our work. Socrates argues that the primary art of the shepherd is to tend his sheep but the shepherd also has an interest in the secondary art of earning money. Socrates also uses the example of the doctor who has a primary duty to heal his patients and this ought to override the secondary consideration of receiving payment for his work. Relevant to this discussion is the argument in The Republic against the oligarchic rule of the rich in the polis. The danger with such a form of rule is that the focus of government will centre around the unnecessary desire for the accumulation of wealth. Plato appears in The Republic to favour timocratic rule because of its focus upon the love of honour: a virtue which does not feed the polis with unnecessary desires for luxury. The Athenian, however, believes that timocratic rule is limited because it is founded only upon one virtue from the range of virtues necessary to lead a city along the road to eudaimonia (a good spirited flourishing life).
The Athenian continues his reasoning about the strategic importance of being landlocked and claims that forming a navy can in fact corrupt the fighting spirit of the polis. The Cretan is indirectly criticised for the Cretans use of their navy:
“sailors have the bad habit of dashing forward at frequent intervals and then beating a very rapid retreat.”(P.161)
Fighting at sea, the Athenian argues, is neither noble nor courageous. He continues his argument by claiming that the land battles against the Persians were more decisive and important than the sea-battles which he claims were fought by :
“a motley crew of ragamuffins” (P.162)
The argument being proposed here is that it was the fighting on land that improved the Greek character. Part of the strategy of the argument was to emphasis that the highest good for the polis is connected with a range of virtues rather than mere animal survival. The argument continues with:
“Thats all very well, but when we examine the natural features of a country and its legal system, our ultimate object of scrutiny is of course the quality of its social and political arrangements. We do not hold the common view that a mans highest good is to survive and simply to continue to exist. His highest good is to become as virtuous as possible and to continue to exist in that state as long as life lasts.” (P.162)
The setting up of the ideal state of Magnesia requires, of course, a population which in turn in this instance requires a migration of people from elsewhere. The Athenian points out that emigrant groups have the unity of a swarm of bees. The unity of Magnesia, however, will depend upon the extent to which there is a common language, a common view of law and a common religion: so presumably the emigrant population will come from other areas of Greece. It is also claimed that the history of the relation of this emigrant group to the political and social systems they left will be of importance to the new state. If their relation was rebellious this behaviour might continue in Magnesia and destabilise the new regime. Assimilation of this “swarm of bees” would obviously take a long period of time. This discussion contrasts with that in the Republic where it was claimed paradoxically that all members of the state over the age of 10 years old would have to leave the vicinity for the establishment of the new callipolis. The argument for this was that the ingrained vices of the older inhabitants might be too intractable for the required acquisition of the range of virtues that fell under “the Form of the Good”. We can see from the account given in “The “laws” how Plato changed his approach to the task of forming the callipolis. On the question of what form of rule ought to prevail at the beginning of this process, the Athenian states:
“The ideal starting point is dictatorship, the next best is constitutional kingship and the third is some sort of democracy. Oligarchy comes fourth because it has the largest number of powerful people, so that it admits the growth of a new order only with difficulty.” (P.167)
Plato in both “The Laws” and “The Republic” in spite of the different approaches, continues to believe that the passing of good laws in a sound legislative process is an important aspect of the creation of the new ideal callipolis. Religion was obviously important in both projects and we find the Athenian insisting that “God is the measure of all things” thus evoking the connection between holiness and justice that Socrates established in the dialogue “Euthyphro”.
Finally an analogy between healing and the legislative process is proposed and it is claimed that two types of doctor administer two different kinds of treatments to their patients: one prescribes their treatment dictatorially whilst the other operates more freely seeking to learn from his patients maladies and attempting to persuade the patients of the efficacy of the treatment. The interlocutors all agree that both methods of compulsion and persuasion have their respective places and both these methods ought to be used in legislative activity: i.e laws thrust upon the population ought to be accompanied by liberal persuasive preambles before the laws are finally passed. The Greek word for “law” is “nomos”, which also incidentally has the meaning of “melody”, and this reminds us of the earlier discussion relating to the dissolution of traditional standards in the creation and appreciation of music, song and dance.
The first laws that ought to be passed should, it is argued, focus upon the institution of marriage, and the well-being of children. The suggestion is that men should be pressured into marrying between the ages of 30-35. This starting point once again emphasises the importance of the social unit of the family in Ancient Greek Political Philosophy. This beginning point contrasts with that of Freud who claimed that the first laws ( instituted in the transition between living in a state of nature and living in a civilisation), ought to protect the life of the ruler.
If there is, as Kant maintains, a moral law commanding that we act toward people as ends-in-themselves, then, if there are states that use their own citizens as means to ends at best and at worst threaten the lives of their own citizens, then this moral law would appear to grant everyone that wanted to, the right to leave such a state. We, who have lived through the latter part of the 20th century, and the beginning of the 21st century, are familiar with the right of immigrants to asylum. There does not, however, seem to be any demands made upon these immigrants to speak the language of the country or share a similar cultural heritage. If asylum seekers come in large numbers from very different cultural backgrounds this would seem to threaten to destabilise the state during the assimilation phase of this process. The conclusion to be drawn from “The Laws”, is that large numbers of immigrants must meet certain conditions if the stability of the state is not to be jeopardised in the short term.
The Kantian emphasis upon the universal necessity of treating people as ends in themselves is merely an elaboration upon the the ideas of the Good we encountered in the views of Socrates/Plato/Aristotle which demanded that whatever is being praised or blamed must accord with what is both good-in-itself and good-in-its-consequences. Areté characterised as the capacity to do the right thing at the right time in the right way places the focus on action and on the idea of Right which Kant reflected upon in his work, “Metaphysics of Morals”.
“So act externally so that the free use of your choice can coexist with the freedom of everyone in accordance with a universal law.”(The Metaphysics of Morals, Trans., Gregor, M. Cambridge, CUP, 1991, P 10)
This, of course, presupposes that everyone human in the name of humanity possesses at least one innate right. The translator of the above work in his introduction elaborates:
“From the concept of a right, Kant immediately concludes that human beings, merely by virtue of their “humanity” has one and only one innate right: the right to freedom of action.” (P.11)
Applied to the idea of possession there appears to be two different forms of possession connected to the above right—the possession of a self and the possession of the objects one owns. Translated into the duties of the state, this right ensures that every state has the duty to preserve and protect the life of its citizens. This is a complex duty as witnessed by the action the Athenian state took against Socrates for philosophising in the agora. The right to the possession of the objects one owns, is of course important for economic activity of all kinds including the wholesaling and retailing activity of ports and harbours. We know that in the Athens of the time of Socrates, emigrants entered the city from the port of Piraeus. Presumably Plato perceived the form of life in the harbour to be problematic and ultimately destabilising. Presumably this was tied up with the single minded purpose of accumulating wealth at the expense of other more noble forms of life.
It is not clear exactly why Plato did not believe in gradual evolutionary political change over long periods. Was it because he felt vice was so intrenched in mans lives and Thanatos was the stronger of the battling giants so that he could not share the Aristotelian commitment to the victory of Eros? The deportation of everyone over the age of 10 years old from Plato’s ideal Republic must have appeared problematic for Aristotle from the point of view of his common good view of justice, which involved everyone getting what they deserve. No one deserves deportation after a lifetime of life and work in a state.The only way of viewing such a phenomenon is in terms of the state using its citizens as means to a highly speculative end. Aristotle’s approach to reaching the end of all citizens leading a good spirited flourishing life was to educate them over a long period of time and create an enlightened middle class that would steer clear of excesses and deficiencies. Aristotle might also have viewed the negative view of artists/composers , the cowardice of the navy, and the supposed concentration of vice around harbours with suspicion. Aristotle’s basis for his ethical and political positions can be found in his account of areté (virtue):
“Virtue (areté), then, is a state (hexis) concerned with choice (prohairetiké) being in the mean (mesoteti) relative to us (pros hemas), determined by reason (logoi), and as the man of practical wisdom (ho phronimos) would determine it. It is a mean state between two vices, one of excess, one of deficiency, and for this reason: whereas one group of vices falls short and the other exceeds what is needed, both in affections and actions, virtue finds and chooses the intermediate(to meson) (Nichomachean Ethics 2, b, 1106b36-1107ab)
Areté is, then used in relation to both doing and feeling and one can see the complexity of the formula for “The Good” above.The ideal standard is not just defined in terms of the judgement of the phronimos but also in terms of the criteria of excess and deficiency (the criteria for vice). Implied in this account is also how the phronimos might justify any action or feeling. If, for example the actions relied on complex scientific knowledge for its performance the assumption is that the phronimos will either have knowledge of the various forms of science ,or alternatively, know how to acquire it. The above formula would not be easily applicable to the circumstances envisaged by Plato insofar as starting a new ideal society from scratch was concerned. Finding a completely new territory would be marginally better than deporting the adult population, but it too has its problems when measured on Aristotelian and Kantian criteria. This latter scenario was, as we know, actually played out in the emigration of large numbers of people to America, but that required famines in Ireland and Sweden and generally miserable circumstances in the countries that were left behind. In the establishment of the USA, political Philosophy certainly played a role in forming the constitution of the country. By this time it had become evident that cities could not survive the onslaughts of nations. One can trace aspects of Plato’s “the Laws” , Aristotles political and ethical philosophy and Locke’s political philosophy, in this constitution, but it also did not meet the criteria of treating all humans as ends in themselves (e.g. the slaves), and it did not meet Kantian criteria either. This lack of attention to human rights in general meant that the indigenous populations rights were not taken spontaneously into consideration. The country was simply colonised on dubious English authority which was subsequently rejected by the early pioneering settlers bearing their Bibles and ideas of “the Good”.
Apart from this remarkable exception of the USA, most nation states were forced to adopt an evolutionary approach to social and political change (revolutions such as the French Revolution were merely instances of internal warfare that tore the country apart and appeared, for example, to Kant, as a mixed bag of the good and the bad.) Aristotles approach to Political change acknowledges the important role of education outlined in Plato’s “The Laws”. Aristotle however, in contrast, focuses on the principle of the Golden Mean and the formation of a “middle class” free of vice. It was to this class Aristotle looked for the change that was required in society: a change that was based on both the good-in-itself and the good-in-its-consequences. The Consequence of Kantian thinking and the growing middle class was the establishment of the idea of Human Rights in International Law. Kant’s thinking in turn was built upon the Aristotelian formula for Virtue in particular and hylomorphic thinking in general. Kant elaborates upon Aristotles ethics and political philosophy and created the basis for a conception of human rights based on his concepts of freedom and duty. He did this in a world that was preparing for an industrial and technical revolution that would place Economics on the agenda of every politician. The Watt Steam Engine( 1778), The Power Loom (1785) and The Cotton Gin ( 1794) were all invented during Kant’s lifetime. This industrial revolution also inspired Marx, using the dialectical method of Hegel, to construct a vision of a proletariat-based society that denied, or at least ignored, the Aristotelian idea of the Golden Middle Class.
For Marx, too, Economic Justice was high on his agenda, accusing as he did, the owners of the means of production for creating a divided society by exploiting the labour of the “working class”. The uneducated masses were seduced by the idea of being the victims in a historical process and this prepared the ground for a revolution in the name of this peculiar view of distributive justice. This Marxist form of dialectical materialism together with Hegelian idealism succeeded in temporary eclipsing the idea of human rights that was emerging from Kantian Critical Philosophy. The secondary art of economic instrumental action, i.e. eclipsed the primary issue of justice which required a categorical form of reasoning relying on moral-categorical premises. Kant’s analysis of reason acknowledged clearly the difference between the instrumental form of reasoning revered by Hegel and Marx and the categorical form of reasoning demanded by an understanding of the moral law. The ambiguous idea of happiness which for Kant was a pseudo-principle deceived us into thinking that reasoning about this ambiguous idea constituted the good-in-itself and the good-in-its-consequences.
We should recall in this context that the Existentialist Hannah Arendt, eventually after a period of flirtation, rejected Marxism on the grounds partly of its injustices and partly because of the positions relation to the right to freedom. Hannah Arendt’s contribution to political Philosophy was substantial given her commitments to existentialism. She saw clearly the emergence of the “new men” which is a judgement that could only make sense against the background of the Aristotelian/Kantian theories of “The Good”. In the context of this discussion her analysis of the character of Eichmann based on her research into the documentation associated with his trial as well as his testimony during the trial, caused considerable controversy in the Jewish community who were convinced that Eichmann was the very embodiment of evil. It was clear to Arendt, on the other hand, that what she witnessed was not an evil man but rather a man with no character– a man for whom the good was a relative matter and the lives of other people not a matter for careful consideration. Eichmann in fact invoked the moral theory of Kant as part of his defence but even in this context Eichmanns understanding was flawed and even if he appealed to duty he did so in essentially instrumental terms that ignored the rights and the lives of the Jews. As we know for the Nazis, the Jews were a problem requiring a solution. This is a way of thinking about human beings which does not acknowledge that they are essentially ends-in-themselves and ought to be treated as such, which is the fundamental message of the Kantian account. According to Arendt, Eichmann did not appear to possess the capacity to reason about his actions or think about them in categorical terms. Of course he had grown up during the worst of times when political parties were disintegrating, religion influence was waning, and philosophical thought was once again stranded on the sand banks of different forms of materialism. He grew up during the period when Psychology was attempting to reshape itself as a science and when science was attempting to persuade the masses that with the assistance of technology “Everything was possible”. He grew up during the time of Freud, the Jew who proved to be a thorn in the side of the Nazis. Freud, we know was discontent with his civilisation and its failures to to provide us with the long-promised good spirited flourishing life. In this work Freud’s eagle eye like the eyes of Janus turned westward to the USA and Eastward to the USSR and in both cases he did not like what he saw. Freud was a student of history and he could not have failed to notice that in the one case we were dealing with a nation with little History and in the other case we were dealing with a nation that had undergone a devastating revolution that rejected much of its previous history: in this latter case millions of citizens would be murdered. He was reflecting on these matters before the final solution to the Jewish problem was implemented and over 6 million Jews were murdered in cold blood.
We ought to once again recall in this context that Freud claimed that his Psychology was Kantian. Freud, of course, was not concerned with analysing the problems of philosophy but rather with the problems of his mental patients and perhaps the pathological problems of political figures and judges such as Woodrow Wilson and Schreber. In these analyses the trait of narcissism emerged and were connected with some of the characteristics of Eichmann such as the inability to understand facts, and propensity for unbridled aggression. The law, however, did not appreciate the defence Eichmann offered and he was sentenced to death for his role in the final solution to the Jewish problem.
The hierarchy we were presented with by Socrates in “The Republic” appeared out of the blue without any discussion of the origins or History of actual political regimes. This, of course, was a reflection of the Platonic conviction that there is only one possible regime that fully manifests the range of virtues that are subsumed under the Form of the Good. Aristotle, in his reflections on Politics, disagrees with this position on the Grounds given in his Nichomachean ethics, namely, that Good has many meanings. One man, a few men or many men may all rule wisely in accordance with the Principle of the Golden Mean and the range of virtues required for wise rule. The condition of the possibility for such good government is, of course, that a range of vices including the life of luxury and arrogance have not permeated the souls of either the citizens or the rulers.
It was Aristotle’s Political vision, rather than Plato’s, which would millennia later, inspire Kantian Ethical/Political Philosophy. Kant in his political reflections also referred to human nature, claiming that men essentially manifest a characteristic he terms “unsocial sociability” which, in turn, is associated with a tendency toward antagonism in relation to his fellow man. This, for Kant, was the source of the arrogance Plato referred to in “The Laws”. Both this antagonism and arrogance have to be overcome if Aristotles ideal of friendship or fellowship between all citizens is to be actualised in the polis. Cleinias, at the opening of book 4 refers to this issue:
“But you wanted to explain what the legislator ought to aim at in the matter of friendship and good judgement and liberty.”(P.143)
The Athenians response to this is:
“There are two mother constitutions, so to speak, which you could fairly say have given birth to all the others. Monarchy is the proper name for the first, and democracy for the second. The former has been taken to extremes by the Persians, the latter by my own country; virtually all others, as I said are varieties of these two. It is absolutely vital for a political system to combine them, if (and this of course is the part of our advice, when we insist that no state formed without these two elements can be constituted properly)it is to enjoy freedom and friendship allied with good judgement.”(P.143-4)
The Athenian then engages in a narrative of the History of Persian government in which he mentions that Cyrus, a Persian ruler, was a relatively enlightened monarch allowing both free speech and the pooling of ideas from many different sources. This form of government declined into a more authoritarian form , the Athenian claimed, partly because of a problematic system of upbringing, partly because of a lack of education, and partly because of the lack of experience in running households. Authoritarianism, it is argued, deprives people of their freedom, and destroys friendship and community spirit.
The state has duties, the Athenian claims, for example, to both educate its citizens but also to praise them for manifesting a range of virtues and blame them for manifesting a range of vices but this should not be done in an authoritarian manner. The Athenian notes that neither a respect for education, nor a respect for freedom, was present in the declining Persian authoritarian regime.
The second mother constitution of Attica was then discussed against the background of the threat of the Persians, and the Athenian notes the lack of allies in the war with Persia. Spartan non-participation is especially mentioned including the late arrival of the Spartans to the battle of Marathon. Standing alone in the face of this huge threat had positive results for the Athenians, it is argued, including:
The emergence of a spirit of friendship and solidarity
Increased respect for their own legal and political systems
A modest attitude toward the history and future of Athens
The Athenian then begins an account of the decline of Attica from a position of strength after the Persian wars. He begins this account, rather surprisingly, with the changes that occur in relation to the music of the period:
“In those days, Athenian music comprised various categories and forms. One type of song consisted of prayers to the gods, which were termed “hymns”; and thee was another quite different type which you might have called “laments”. Paeans made up a third category, and there was also a fourth called a “dithyramb”(whose theme I thinks was the birth of Dionysus). There existed another kind of song too, which they thought of as a separate class, and the name they gave it was this very word that is often on our lips, “nomes”. Once these categories and a number of others had been fixed, no one was allowed to pervert them by using one sort of tune in a composition belonging to another category. And what was the authority that had to now these standards and use its knowledge in reaching its verdicts and crack down on the disobedient? Well, certainly no notice was taken of the catcalls and uncouth yelling of the audience, as it is nowadays, nor yet of the applause that indicates approval. People of taste and education made it a rule to listen t the performance with silent attention right through to the end; children and their attendants and the general public could always be disciplined and controlled by a stick…..Later, as time went on, composers arose who started to set a fashion of breaking the rules and offending good taste. They did have a natural artistic talent, but they were ignorant of the correct and legitimate standards laid down by the Muse.. They jumbled together laments and hymns, mixed paeans and dithyrambs, and even imitated pipe tunes on the lyre. The result is total confusion of styles…they misrepresented their art, claiming that in music there are no standards of right and wrong at all, but that the most correct criterion is the pleasure of a man who enjoyed the performance, whether he is a good man or not. On these principles they based their compositions, and they accompanied them with propaganda to the same effect. Consequently they gave the ordinary man not only a taste for breaking the laws of music but the arrogance to set himself up as a capable judge…instead of a “musical meritocracy” a sort of musical “theatrocracy” arose.” (p.153-4)
This passage confirms the earlier Socratic argument relating to the lover of “sights and sounds” that made up the crew of a ship, each of whom believed they could replace the captain whose authority on the basis of the knowledge of mathematics and astronomy they questioned. The problem with this argument is that just as the pleasure related to sights and sounds is a more simple pleasure than that related to the Captains knowledge of navigation, so pleasures of the composers in overturning the standards regulating artistic performances are also less complex than the pleasures associated with the discipline of adhering to an accepted standard. We are also reminded of the Platonic position in the Republic which argued against allowing artists to be part of the ideal Callipolis. The artists imitation of the forms, according to this argument, would threaten the citizens respect for the ultimate standard of the form of the good: which even Homer violated by representing the gods committing violations of the moral and legal codes of the time. In “The Laws”, we see an uncomfortable juxtaposition of excessive freedom, arrogance and narcissistic pleasure. The Athenian argues that this decline in the respect for the authority of musical standards is a precursor to the decline in respect for the authority of the laws of the polis, the decline in the respect for the roles of oaths and promises as well as the respect for religion in general. The particular form of regime the Athenian is criticising is, of course, that of democracy, where excessive freedom is the vice that is associated with the other vices of narcissistic pleasure and arrogance.
In the Republic Socrates argues that the artist is using his freedom and arrogance for representations in a part of the soul that does not concern itself with the calculation of the truth :
“And thus we should at last be justified in not admitting him into a city that is going to be under good laws, because he awakens this part of the soul, and nourishes it, and by making it strong, destroys the calculating part, just as in a city when someone, by making wicked men mighty, turns the city over to them and corrupts the superior ones. Similarly, we shall say, the imitative poet produces a bad regime in the soul of each private man by making phantoms that are very far removed from the truth and by gratifying the souls foolish part which does not distinguish big from little, but believes the same things are at one time big and at another little.”(The Republic of Plato, Trans. Bloom, A.,USA, Basic Books, 1968) (P. 289)
This argument asks us to consider the excesses of the instinct for imitation and refers to the sensible power of the imagination that is regulated by a pleasure-pain principle which is at odds with the reality principle whose domain of concern is knowledge and the Form of the Good. Plato also points out in the Republic that when the poets write about a battle they do so without adequate knowledge of the principles of warfare. Such accounts, Plato, argues, are not to be trusted by those interested in seeking to understand and reason about the phenomenon of warfare.
Kant adds another dimension to this debate by pointing out even if man wishes to be a master, he is in need of a master, principally because rationality, which is an aspect of the calculating part of the soul, has not as yet actualised itself in the entire species of man–the human form of psuché. Until this actualisation occurs, man remains a discoursing animal with the potentiality for being rational. The power of Language, of course, is an important power in mans repertoire of powers but, in its spoken and written forms, it is perhaps underestimated in everyday mass communication, which appears to prize the communication of images and emotions above the truth, knowledge and respect for established traditional standards. Public performances involving language in singing, for example, becomes an important litmus test for the spirit of a society if simple pleasures become the focus of the performances.
Aristotle’s view of the Arts also grappled with this problem. Aristotle viewed Rhetoric as an art, claiming its primary telos was persuasion, maintaining that the means of such rhetorical persuasion concerned not the verbal images of the imagination, but rather the enthymemes produced by the part of the soul that houses the powers of the understanding and reason. Arousing the emotions of pity, fear, anger and other similar emotions is not the central concern of this art, which like all other arts, aims at the Good. Rhetoric, Aristotle argues, is addressed to a judge, and his example is drawn from the context of trial in a legal system. Political rhetoric, designed as it is to argue for the law and its place in the constitution, is less inclined than appeals in the courtroom, to appeal to non-essentials such as pity, fear, anger, pleasure, etc(Complete Works of Aristotle, Ed Barnes, J., Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1984( (P.2152-3):
“..persuasion is a sort of demonstration…; the orators demonstration is an enthymeme: the enthymeme is a sort of deduction; clearly then he who is best able to see how and from what elements a deduction is produced will also be best skilled in the enthymeme, when he has further learned what its subject matter is and in what respect it differs from the deductions of logic. For the true and the approximately true are apprehended by the same faculty: it may also be noted that men have a sufficient natural instinct for what is true, and usually do arrive at the truth.”(P. 2153-4)
The end of this process of persuasion is conviction on the part of the audience. It is this end which ensures that the process is educational and instructional. The supporting argument provided by Aristotle for this is:
“The underlying facts do not lend themselves equally well to the contrary views: No. Things that are true and things that are better are, by their nature, practically always easier to prove and more persuasive. (P.2154)
It is also important to point out that rhetoric is not an imitative art as is poetry which Aristotle also provides an analysis of . Poetry, he argues relates to the nature of man and his activity:
“It is clear that the general origin of poetry was due to two causes, each of them part of human nature. Imitation is natural to man from childhood, one of his advantages over the lower animals being this, that he is the most imitative creature in the world, and learns at first by imitation. And it is also natural for all to delight in works of imitation. The truth of this second part is shown by experience: though the objects themselves may be painful to see, we delight to view the most realistic representations of them in art, the forms, for example, of the lower animals and of dead bodies. The explanation is to be found in a further fact: to be learning something is the greatest of all pleasures not only to the philosopher but also to the rest of mankind, however small their capacity for it; the reason of the delight in the seeing of the picture is that one is at the same time learning—-gathering the meaning of things, e.g. that the man there is so-and-so: for if one has not seen the thing before, ones pleasure will not be in the picture as an imitation of it, but will be due to the execution or colouring, or some similar cause.”(P.2318)
Aristotle also argues that the purpose of the different arts vary with the means, manner and objects of the imitation. The objects being, “agents who are necessarily either good men or bad”(P.2317). What Plato outlined as “decline” in this book of “The Laws” is what happens when these imitations lose their cultural bearings because they function in relation to the telos of pleasure in general rather than in relation to the means which brings about the best of all pleasures (according to both Plato and Aristotle) namely, the pleasure of learning. The process of decline delineated in Plato’s “The Laws” is not merely of classical interest and because this is such a slow and complex process we still see its effects today in our so-called “Modern societies” in general and “Modern Art” in particular.
Stanley Cavell in his work “Must We Men What We Say?”(Cambridge, CUP, 1969) helps to define and articulate this nebulous idea of the “Modern”:
“The essential fact of the modern lies in the relation between the present practice of an enterprise and the history of that enterprise, in the fact this relation has become problematic.”(P. XIX)
Plato hinted at this problem early in this part of book three when he blamed the role of pleasure and arrogance for the dissolution of the boundaries of the different stylistic categories of music. Cavell identifies another factor for us, namely the lack of agreement between critics of Art, and in this context he cites Humes example of two wine critics who, asked for their opinion about a particular wine, offer seemingly different criticisms, the one claiming to detect the presence of a taste of leather and the other claiming to detect the presence of the taste of iron in the wine. It appeared to the bystanders that both could not be right but this judgement proved problematic when the barrel was drained and a key attached to a leather thong was discovered at the bottom. Cavell points out correctly that this kind of taste is not in the same category as the taste of reflection Kant discusses in his “Critique of Judgement”. This latter form of Judgement is not based on the sensations of taste but rather on the more complex powers of perception, the categories of the understanding in harmony with the power of the imagination and the harmony of these faculties, which in turn allows us to speak with a universal voice in aesthetic judgement. Cavell, in his discourse on the problems with modern art also points to the defining role of the emotions and attitudes when audiences who experience art objects that do not fall into traditional categories or genres impulsively shout “fraud” or leave the performance or exhibition without further participation. Is this arrogance on the part of the audience or is there some justification for their responses? It can perhaps be argued more convincingly that there is arrogance in those artists who produce an object which we have difficulty in even calling a “work” of art (e.g. Duchamps “ready-made urinal”).
Plato argues in these passages that the mass-responses of the aesthetic audiences he is referring to, risk contaminating other cultural arenas such as those relating to the laws of the land. These latter more serious cultural matters, if viewed from the point of view of the master who does not wish to be mastered, can have the consequence of putting into question the validity of the laws of the polis. Hence the Platonic response of excluding artists from the ideal Callipolis.
Aristotle provides us with the complex criteria for the evaluation of works of tragedy which includes the task of the mass-catharsis of pity and fear. Firstly, his argument refers to the differentiation of different kinds of performance which are distinguishable in terms of the fundamental criteria of the means, manner and objects of the imitation-activity. Rhythm, language and harmony belong to the means, and those arts using the means of language can be either dramatic or epic. The objects are characterised as follows:
“The objects the imitator represents are actions with agents who are necessarily either good men or bad…since it is by badness or excellence men differ in character. It follows therefore that the gents represented must be either above our own level of goodness , or beneath it, or just as we are.”(P.2317)
These criteria will be important in the way in which both areté and epistemé are involved in tragedy and its catharsis of pity and fear in the design of the plot which is more essential to the work, Aristotle argues, than the depiction of the characters. Plots must have a beginning, a middle, and an end, and be of a length that can be remembered. Aristotles remarks amount to a formula for the excellent design of a plot containing characters of interest for us:
“A good man must not be seen passing from good fortune to bad, or a bad man from bad fortune to good. The first situation is not fear-inspiring or piteous, but simply odious to us. The second is the most un-tragic that can be: it has no-one of the requisites of tragedy: it does not appeal either to the human feeling or to our pity or to our fears. Nor, on the other hand, should an extremely bad man be seen falling from good fortune into bad. Such a story may arouse the human feeling in us, but it will not move us to either pity or fear: pity is occasioned by undeserved misfortune, and fear by that of one like ourselves. “(P2325)
Caregories of the Understanding/Judgement and principles of reasoning are clearly evident throughout Aristotles account of aesthetic experience and aesthetic objects, but perhaps the most important fact to register in the context of this debate relates to the “form of life” to be found in Ancient Greece during Aristotle’s lifetime. Bowra gives us a detailed picture of this:
“The peculiar nature of man determines the Greek notion of pleasure. They had no ascetic or puritanical hostility to it: in some respects they regarded it as a supreme good. But at the same time they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young, and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction which the Greeks made between man and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility: and through their use of it attains their own dignity, which is different from anything available to the gods. The advantage of this system is that it combines a natural taste for enjoyment with a real respect for proved capacities in action and in thought……it also means that goodness and happiness are brought together in a balanced harmony: for the Greeks believed that if a man is good he is happy, but also that if he is happy he is good.” (The Greek Experience, London, Weidenfield and Nicholson, 1957)
Since the above was written there has been much discussion about whether there is another meaning of eudaimonia, rather than “happiness”, that is at issue, namely the meaning of “good-spirited flourishing life”. The idea of the importance of freedom to both man and the gods is also a variation on a Kantian theme which attempts to chart the connections between freedom, responsibility and dignity. The complex form of pleasure associated with the moral form of life may, however, be no simple matter to understand, requiring an account of the relation man has to the God Kant conceived of in his later work: a God that guarantees happiness only if man is worth it.
Adrain Stokes in his work “Greek Culture and the Ego” refers to the above work by Bowra and elaborates upon the above discussion in Kleinian erms:
“The Good and the Beautiful were brought closer than heretofore. I consider this accommodation, both then, and in the early Italian Renaissance; to issue from an adjustment between the good objects of the superego and the ego….The gods represent justice, the superego, also the id….Human dignity is founded partly in the pursuit of an integrative balance or Mean. The alarming envy of man imputed to the gods is a guilty projection of mans envious attitude to their bountiful powers: the pursuit of the Mean will instruct that cycle. It would not be temperate, however, to refuse pleasure nor to obscure the face of death: the ego disregards them at the peril of some mastery in the psyche.” (P.81) (The Critical writings of Adrian Stokes, Vol. 3., London, Thames and Hudson, 1978)
Both Stokes and Freud point to the danger of excessive enveloping experiences that blur the fundamental distinction between subject and object. This is, Stokes argues, always involved in the invitation that Art extends to its appreciators. In authentic great works of art this invitation is always complemented with a work of the mind which constitutes a self-sufficient independent object as illustrated by the QuattroCento artists of the Renaissance period. Since this period, however, the role of the artist and objects of art in society have changed dramatically, sometimes so radically that some audiences have even questioned whether particular putative objects of art are what they claim to be, namely “works of art”.
For Stokes, Freud, and Melanie Klein the ideas of Eros, Thanatos and Ananke play decisive roles in the harmony and unity of mans thought speech and action as manifested especially in the four virtues of courage, temperance, justice, and wisdom:
“The truest wisdom lay in the properly balanced personality, in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means , in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire, to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force which makes men live and thrive: for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city: for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action. these different forms of eros agree in making it a power which drives a man to throw his full personality into what he does, which sustains him in powerful exertions and impels him to unusual efforts which sets his intelligence fully and actively to work and gives him that unity of being, that harmony of his whole nature, which is the spring of creative endeavour… if the complete force of mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greeks of the great days that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Bowra)
Stokes connects the above form of reasoning to the enveloping characteristic which Freud characterised as the “oceanic feeling experienced by the infant whilst breast feeding:
“but he made no connection with the surrender in favour of massive identifications of which he had written in “Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego”. He, there stressed that all groups are based on some exercise of this identification process. The enveloping bias of primitive mechanisms, whether passive to active, introjective or projective, is as essential to understanding civilisation, and to human intercourse as the bias of the integrated ego in favour of self-sufficient objects. But it seems likely that even a passive identificatory mechanism where it is culturally exalted at any expense—we shall see that one side of the aesthetic process strongly partakes of it–will connect with the manic merging of ego with superego and with all overriding superego attitudes.”(Greek Culture and the Ego, P.85)
In the political context of the Group it is the mark of the “Integrated ego” that it possesses a capacity to deal with the persecutory anxiety that threatens such integration. Stokes notes a support of this position from the biological level from Klein when she cites Ferenczi who claimed that all life forms react to unpleasant stimuli through a fragmentation of powers rather than an integration, and this becomes a threat to the flourishing life we all wish for.
The formation of the superego through the defence mechanism of identification is, according to these theories, the condition of the problematic group behaviour of the masses that are politically mobilised by populist politicians preaching a message of “everything is possible” to a mob that has come to believe that nothing was possible. The advantage (in this context of discussion) of hylomorphic theory is its explanatory power across all forms of group-life as well as its validity in explaining the different phases of development of a form of life. Groups can be more easily fragmented than living organisms and even when formed, are prone to regression to the primitive. The identification of a group with its leader becomes more likely when simple emotions such as fear and anger are mobilised in the name of descriptions of states of affairs that may be inaccurate. Hannah Arendt in her work on Totalitarianism has charted this process both psychologically and historically.
Group behaviour and discourse is not located in a unitary body and integration of powers are therefore more difficult. The tendency toward the more simpler negative emotions such as pity, fear, and anger and the presence of manic states of exaltation all relate to the absence of an inhibitor mechanism in the group itself. All inhibition is up to the judgement of the leader. Needless to say there is no understanding of the complex meaning of death since groups die only metaphorically and this might partly explain the lack of the presence of the more complex defence mechanisms such as sublimation which we find encoded in Greek myths. Sublimation, according to Freud is the non-sexual substitute form of satisfaction which contributes positively to ego-integration (an ego whose first priority is to protect the body). Greek myths also, however, contain a form of idealisation that sometimes has narcissistic connotations. One test of whether narcissism is present in any pattern of behaviour or thought process is the tendency in the agent toward melancholia (clinical depression) upon the loss of any highly idealised valued object. Narcissists do not go through the normal mourning process/work in such circumstances, which, if successful, strengthens the ego against further loss by installing anxiety free “memories”. For Freud the ego is defined as the precipitate of lost objects, and this is evident in his triangle of demand-refusal-wounded ego. The artist who is using the defence mechanism of sublimation is, according to this account, striving after the substitute satisfactions that his created objects provide for both himself and his appreciators. The object, must, of course, be capable of invoking more than simple sensations of pleasure and be more connected to the more complex form of aesthetic pleasure we find articulated in Kant’s Critique of Judgement.
Paul Ricoeur, in his work “Freud and Philosophy An essay in Interpretation.”(Trans. Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press,1970) points out that Sublimation is a vicissitude of the instincts but he also points out that, according to Freud the inner causes of this vicissitude (or “constitutional disposition) are unknown. Ricouer develops a theory in which Sublimation is related to what he calls the “symbolic function”:
“symbols represent the projection of our human possibilities onto the area of imagination. These authentic symbols are truly regressive-progressive: remembrance gives rise to anticipation: archaism gives rise to prophecy….True symbols are at the crossroads of the two functions which we have by turns opposed to and grounded in one another. Such symbols both disguise and reveal. While they conceal the aims of our instincts, they disclose the process of self-consciousness…Because of their overdetermination symbols realise the concrete identity between the progression of the figures of spirit or mind and the regression to the key signifiers of the unconscious.”(P.497)
The symbolic function, Ricoeur insists, is formed by language, and relates to spheres of meaning such as possession, power, and worth (Kantian areas of value). These three arenas of activity were very present in Plato’s Republic as well as in Aristotle’s “The Politics”. Ricouer, however, then goes on to invoke the Phenomenology of Hegel, rather than the Critical Philosophy of Kant:
“The sphere of power is likewise constituted in an objective structure. Thus Hegel used the term “objective spirit” to designate the structures and institutions in which the relation of commanding-obeying, essential to political power actualises and engenders itself; as we see at the beginning of the Principles of the Philosophy of Right man engenders himself as spiritual will by by entering into the relation of commanding-obeying. The “feelings” centring around this “object”, which is power, are specifically human feelings, such as intrigue, ambition, submission, responsibility: so too the alienations are specifically human alienations. The ancients already described these alienations in the figure of the tyrant.”(P.509)
Socrates in the Republic notes how the vices connected to tyrannical figures also include bloodthirstiness, persecution complexes, and other manifestations of the death instinct. The tyrant is a tragic figure well represented in the literature in general, and Shakespeare in particular. Modern conceptions of power, however, are culturally laden and centred upon the ideas of worth: freedom, duty, dignity and human rights of individuals. The Kantian picture of man needing a master he does not want, also plays an important role. There is in this account antagonism against those wanting obedience to commands. This picture, however, does not quite fit our modern political situation where modern constitutional democracies run by a large middle class have neutralised the divisive effects of the rich vs poor-conflict. Yet we do not have to travel that far back in time to witness how fragile our constitutions are. and how easy it is for potential tyrants to become actual tyrants using the democratic process to their own evil ends.
Freud, we ought to recall, claimed that his Psychology was Kantian, and thanks to his work we have a more technical and up-to-date academic psychological understanding of the phenomenon of the tyrant. In the light of such knowledge we have modified many institutions such as The Law to reduce the risk of tyrants obtaining and using constitutional powers. As Plato noted art, literature, and philosophy are also important contributors to the strengthening of those institutions which mirror the strength of the Ego and its degree of harmony with the external world, the id, and the superego.
As we claimed above Groups do not possess a corporeal body with organs, limbs, hands and a nervous system, sensations, appetites, consciousness, etc. The wishes, fears and suffering of the individual therefore do not correspond symmetrically to the wishes, fears and suffering of the group. Freud notes , in this connection, that being part of a group alters the mental state of the individual. Does it even make sense to say of the group that it has an ego when there are no internal stimuli to regulate in relation to the protection of the body? The group is not strictly speaking a form of life but rather a collection of life forms tied together by non biological psychological bonds, e.g. language. Perhaps though we can attribute powers to a group, insofar as it manifests group behaviour initiated not by the leader, but spontaneously. The problem of characterising group behaviour is reminiscent of the problem of correctly characterising the behaviour of computers and artificial intelligence. The computer may have a corporeal unity because it is an enclosed system, but the nature of this system is not that of a living system . Any self-protective behaviour the computer is programmed to manifest may not actually deserve that description, since a computer cannot die if it is not alive. Yet the group would appear to be more intimately related to the soul because it might be, if large and complex enough, in Socrates words, “the soul writ large”. It does, however, have the power to alter the mental state of the individual.
We know Freud was influenced by both Darwin and Anthropological studies of primitive societies, and that as a consequence believed that the origin of our life in groups began in a primitive horde ruled violently by a dominant male. The next stage of the groups development, for Freud, was constituted by a band of brothers murdering their leader. Very soon afterward they were struck with the realisation that the leaders fate would inevitably be the new leaders fate unless some change was made to the structure of the group. This change was initiated by laws of the group prohibiting certain specific actions.
Freud notes that a groups aim can be altruistic, especially if there is a group awareness of the importance of obeying the laws. This recalls Aristotle’s claims that the citizens of the polis ought to be bound by ties of friendship or fellowship which, of course, is far more likely if they are ruled by a Phronimos, rather than a dominant male leading a primitive horde. The suggestion is that given that a group is a collection of objects that are not internally stimulated to act by, for example, an act of will, as is the case for the individual, the alternative is to “bind” otherwise separate entities together by an external cause such as The Law. This recalls the Latin word “ligare” which means to bind and of course the Latin “religio” which means to re-bind. It is not clear, however that this is what Aristotle thinks is important in his claim that it is friendship or fellowship driven by eros that is important for a state to be self-sufficient. The Law, Institutions such as Universities and Schools, Government departments and aesthetic objects(including written works) are all Eros and Ego-related objects created with reference to areté, diké, arché, eistemé, and techné. Such entities all possess the characteristics of being both good-in-their-consequences and good-in-themselves. Kant claims that a government has duties to its citizens given the fact that they possess innate human rights, and many of our modern governments are measured by both this criterion and the extent to which they respect the freedom of their citizens to lead independent self-sufficient lives.
Adrian Stokes complains about ugly architecture and its numbing affect on our senses. Space, time and appropriate function seem to disappear and leave us with a sense of emptiness or loss.Unjust laws can have a similar effect with an added element of irritation of the wasted effort which is then added to the sense of pity for the “victims” of this wasted effort: victims that have suffered under such laws. What is missing in such phenomena is eros working through an integrated ego capable of bringing seemingly opposed states together into a good unity that is both good-in-itself, and good-in-its-consequences. Such an ego is capable of restorative activity without any idealisation of its objects, and without the involvement of any destructive impulses. Such an integrated ego may be important for scientific activity, Stokes argues, a search which ought to aim at a theory that is both good-in-itself and good-in-its consequences. The good object is obviously more valuable than the idealised object, and this might serve to differentiate the aesthetic object from the scientific object. For Freud the psychoanalyst, it is obvious that Science did not meet his criteria for the satisfactory explanation of the phenomena he was being forced to deal with in his consulting rooms. He was in need of a Psychological form of Medicine which did not exist at the time he was active. The science of Freud’s time tended toward either positivism or atomism and it in its turn did not appreciate the Freudian return to hylomorphic and Kantian Critical Theory. This was a time in which Psychology attempted to distance itself from Philosophical reflection by focussing on empirical, experimental, inductive science via a materialistic reductionist approach that sought to investigate sensations, feelings, and behaviour in the laboratory.
Stokes points out correctly that theory at an unnecessarily high level of abstraction has an enveloping quality that blurs the distinction between the subject and the object and therefore cannot be regarded as Knowledge as defined by the Greeks: Justified True Belief. It is important to note here that both the logical atomists and the logical positivists of Freud’s time regarded the theories of both Aristotle and Kant as idealistic abstractions. This was a curious position given the fact that both Philosophers synthesised the materialism and idealism of their time. Freud’s later view of science (along with gardening) was to regard it as a deflection from the serious business of living and the serious business of providing an account of The Good. These deflections are substitute satisfactions which attempt to diminish our misery and discontent with the lives we lead and the civilisations we live in. Aristotle and Kant would never accept that the science they embraced was some form of substitute satisfaction. For them a correct view of science was essential for engaging in the science of Psychology which was one important area of knowledge for the Delphic oracle who challenged humanity to “Know thyself”. The key idea for the grounding of such knowledge is that of arché (principle). William James we know, wrote a work entitled “Principles of Psychology” but instead of the knowledge we were looking for, what we were provided with was a plethora of instincts and emotions which were ambiguously described rather than essentially characterised in their essence (via Principles). The definition of Psychology that James provided us with, namely, “The science of mental life: its phenomena and conditions”, in its turn gave good descriptions of relevant phenomena but there was no clear structure relating the conditions to what is conditioned. Perusal of the index of both volumes reveals, for example, that there are no recorded references to Aristotle and only one reference to Plato’s realm of ideas which is described on P 462 as “stiff and immutable”. Part of the problem with providing content for the definition of Psychology by James was that of acknowledging that knowledge of psuché needed to stretch over a number of Aristotelian “fields” (Theoretical, practical, and productive science). Another problem, solved by the account provided by Freud, was to correctly determine the role of consciousness in the integrated account of mans powers. James to some extent provided us with an account of the function of the will and the brain which was to provide useful in later theorising but even here there was a tendency toward phenomenological description embedded in a context of exploration/discovery, rather than Critical reflection upon the conditions of phenomena (arché--principles) in a context of explanation/justification.
We pointed out in our commentary on Book two that History as a scientifically organised discipline did not exist as such during Ancient Greek Times. Aristotle, in fact, was the first thinker to systematically refer to the thoughts of previous thinkers in his arguments for his various positions( E.g. De Anima). But the two works of most significance for scholars interested in this question are “The Politics” and “The Constitution of Athens”.
We know that Aristotle’s Lyceum collected over 150 constitutions from different city-states as part of a research project into the art of government. This empirical collection of “evidence” was a surprising move on the part of this rationalist thinker, but this method was, in fact, in accordance with the Aristotelian account of the scientific method that accumulated evidence in order to formulate the basic terms of a theory. This stage of classification precedes the later stage of theory formation in which the search for principles and laws begins in earnest. Aristotle was well aware that these collected constitutions were more than just a totality of facts or descriptions of events and processes. They manifested an awareness of the relations of important ideas such as diké (getting what one deserves) areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and arché (principles or laws).
According to Raymond Weil, in an essay entitled “Aristotle’s View of History” ( Articles on Aristotle, 2. Ethics and Politics, Ed Barnes, J., Schofield, M., and Sorabjy, R.,(London, Duckworth, 1977), Aristotle prefers the term “constitutional” to the term “democratic” and he also makes some surprising claims such as, Solon, the lawgiver of Athens, was a “middle-class” leader and his work initiated the “constitutional” form of government. Solon, that is, according to Aristotle, embodied the principle of “The Golden Mean”. For Aristotle, this negotiation of a pathway between extremes insofar as the moral virtues were concerned was a desirable characteristic of political administrators and demonstrated “sound judgement”.
Plato’s work “The Republic” presents a hierarchy of political administrations featured his ideal Callipolis at the zenith, followed surprisingly by timocracies such as Sparta and Crete, followed by oligarchies, followed by democracies at the bottom of the hierarchy. Aristotle, on the other hand appears to reject the term “timocracy” in his system of classification and Plato in his dialogue “The Laws”, also seems to be raising questions about a form of government that places the virtue of courage above all the other virtues.
The Aristotelian schema of political administrations as we pointed out earlier was based on research into 150 different constitutions collected for the purpose of comparison and analysis. What emerged was a six-fold schema of rule by one person, rule by a few people, and rule by the many. For Aristotle, all of these three forms of government could be good if wisdom prevails among the lawmakers and rulers, but insofar as that did not happen, and the process of government became corrupted by arrogance or a love of luxury there were perversions of each form of government which he named as tyranny, oligarchy and democracy. So, for both Plato and Aristotle, democracy was an inferior form of government insofar as it was associated with an excessive desire for freedom and disbelief in the traditions and laws based on the “nothing too much” principle. Electing polis officials with complex responsibilities by a lottery system was criticised in the Republic from the point of view of leaving to chance whether or not these officials possessed the best capacities and abilities to perform these state-functions. Aristotle must have shared these concerns given the importance he placed upon areté, sound judgement, and the golden mean principle in his overall Theory of Change. For Aristotle the law-giver must be a great-souled man (Phronimos) with an understanding of History and Philosophy. Weil highlights the theoretical aspects that are involved in this:
“It is true that in Aristotle’s explanation of historical facts, there emerges the scheme of the four causes. In the city, for example, we can observe a material cause(the different estates), a formal cause(the form of the constitution), an efficient cause (the legislator) and a final cause (a good life).”(P.203)
Weil hints at the complexity of a hylomorphic theory of History but does not elaborate upon this aspect any further. The fact, for example, that the estates are composed of a constellation of villages, which, in turn, are composed of a constellation of families with patriarchal heads, is suggestive of underlying material and forms which in turn have shaped our desires and our powers of thought, understanding, judgement and reasoning.
The above also presupposes the importance of the ideas of areté, diké, arché, epistemé and techné for the evolution of the polis. The desire for the good life is undoubtedly a powerful and important desire that incorporates biological, psychological social and political needs which are difficult to fully satisfy and may well lead to the discontentment Freud reported in his work “Civilisation and its Discontents” ( The Penguin Freud Library, Volume 12, Translated Strachey, J.,(London, Penguin, 1976). This is not, however, an argument for the abandonment of this telos of the Good Life which is the answer to the Kantian question “What can we hope for?”: an answer that contains moral, political, and eschatological dimensions.
History, however, embracing as it does, a way of conceiving both what is going on in the present but also what has happened in the past and what might happen in the future, is nevertheless about the facts which occur in what Aristotle called the media of change(namely, space, time, matter). The events the historian studies, occurs in these media and these events sometimes leave physical traces that can be discovered long after the events have happened, e.g. archaeological findings of the buildings, settlements or cities which have been the sites of different political regimes. Yet it is only to the extent that documentation can be connected to these sites that we can begin to accumulate knowledge as to what kind of government ruled these sites or what kind of ethos prevailed amongst the inhabitants. Only documentation could provide us with the constitutions that may have guided lawgivers in their creation maintenance and implementation of “The Laws”. Of course documentation of various kinds are vulnerable to the destructive powers of natural disasters (e.g. floods, fires etc). If this is the case, then we find ourselves in the realm of hypotheses about the facts, the realm of probabilities, rather than certainties. Aristotle is prepared to speculate about such circumstances at the risk of being proven wrong: If, for example, documentation that was thought to have been destroyed is discovered. In this context Weil accuses Aristotle of collecting evidence and interpreting that evidence in accordance with the theories he has formed. He conceded that Aristotle never juggles with the facts but he does juggle with ideas. If the context is one in which there is no physical documentation then ideas about what happened must be theory laden, and the question then becomes whether hylomorphic theory is a better guide than for example, Platonic theory, or more materialistic theories. If the circumstances do not permit the articulation of facts then the judgments may be less historical and more philosophical, but it can be argued, nevertheless, that these judgements carry some political weight or force. Hylomorphic theory does not limit itself to characterising the world, but is also a theory about us, rational animals capable of discourse. We are, that is, forms of life constituted of a particular configuration of organs-limbs-hands that has lifted us out of an animal form of existence tied to a specific space and time, into a form of life where we can sit in a library and speculate about what Socrates, Plato or Aristotle thought, becoming thus, in Aristotles eyes the best of animals.
Book three begins in Aristotelian fashion with the claim that all investigations into the origins of political systems requires that we take into consideration the development and decline of such systems over long periods of change. The Athenian begins by appealing to History and Tradition, and claims that:
“The human race has been repeatedly annihilated by floods and plagues and many other causes, so that only a small fractions survived.”(P.119)
In the case of the legend-based occurrence of The Great Flood, the Athenian speculates that perhaps a few mountain-side shepherds (with no knowledge of the rat-race form of existence in the cities) survived. Given that all documentation of these political systems probably was wiped out, all the civilised structures and institutions of community life had to be recreated or reinvented. The shepherds on the mountainsides that survived still possessed their homes and their animals and were therefore not thrown into poverty by this cataclysmic event. But they were not rich either, and thus qualified for the middle-class status so favoured by Aristotelian theory. These survivors, the Athenian argued, accepted without cynicism the “doctrines they heard about gods and men” (P.122). These survivors will also have lacked the technology to be found in cities, especially those items designed to harm and kill human beings.In these surviving communities we are more likely to encounter good spirited activity and judgement and less likely to encounter hateful aggressive behaviour such as lawsuits, it is argued.
There is in fact today archaeological evidence of a devastating catastrophic flood ca 7500 years ago when the Mediterranean sea “roared into the Black Sea”. There is, that is, considerable evidence of the flood referred to in the Bible where almost all animal and human life perished in a flood which came after “40 days and 40 nights” of torrential rain. This, according to the physical evidence must have resulted in a thick layer of water transported sand, silt, and mud moving over vast areas of the earth. Huge boulders were also displaced. So, what for a considerable amount of time was regarded as a myth devoid of objective content, actually happened. In the biblical story of Noah we can, however, wonder whether he would have had the time to construct such an enormous ark but this too would have been possible if, for example, there had been longer periods of rain resulting in rising water levels prior to this cataclysmic event.
The Athenian continues his narrative of post-flood existence and claims that the first forms of government to be created were probably autocracies: a community form resembling the form of rule of households with a patriarchal head. After a period of time a large number of families might amalgamate to form larger communities that would be more likely to meet the growing changing needs of larger groups of people. Such larger groups would be aiming at creating a state of self sufficiency and independence. Traditional social and religious standards would be appealed to, but the patriarch would rule in his own way with his own conception of the rules and laws that he required subjects to folllow. As the community increased in size, representatives would be elected to review the different sets of rules and laws used by a number of different patriarchal heads . This would be for the purpose of creating a commonly accepted system (a system Plato calls an aristocratic system-the rule by a few representatives).
The Athenian moves on to discuss the example of the city-state called Ilium, built on a beautiful plain and situated at the source of several rivers: created long after the legendary flood. After the flood, three estates were formed with Sparta being perhaps the most important. Each ruler promised the other assistance in the case of attack or being wronged in some undefined way If one estate became the aggressor, the other two states would protect the victim. Unfortunately Sparta of the plains was the only estate not to succumb to corruption and the alliance ultimately failed. This, the Athenian argues was caused by the fact that the legislation of all of these cities of the plains was based on only one virtue out of a range of virtues, namely courage. This meant that these city-states were rife with vice of all kinds. The Athenian regarded this as fundamentally a knowledge issue:
“we maintain that crass ignorance destroyed that great empire, and that it has a tendency to produce precisely the same results today”(P.136)
Millennia after these words were spoken they still ring out their message today in our communities in which knowledge is built into the very fabric of our institutions. What we are encountering above is both a political and a historical argument and, of course, an argument for the importance of wisdom associated with sound judgement in the passing, maintenance and implementation of the laws of the polis. So, in this work “The Laws”, it is the “Form of The Good” that is the fundamental form of knowledge the Phronimos needs to perform his good work. History too, is also of importance for this work, but it differs as a form of knowledge from Poetry and Philosophy because it is based on particular truths which are the essential conditions for many of its judgements. Insofar, however, as History must be not just theoretically enlightening but also enlightening in a practical sense there must be judgements of value, (e.g. the value of a war for a particular society at a particular time) functioning as regulative ideas.
The Athenian then presents a number of arguments for the title to authority:
1. title of parents over children and descendants
2. title of those of high birth over those of low birth
3. title of elders over youth generally
4. title of master over slave.
5.title of the stronger over the weaker
6. title of the wise over the ignorant.
When however, those with any of the above titles to authority succumb to the thousand headed monster of our appetites and live a life of unnecessary luxury or succumb to arrogance born of hate, the Athenian “diagnoses” such conditions as “infectious” or “diseased”. This knowledge of The Good was certainly operative in Plato’s other Callipolis, “The Republic”, where, in order to come to terms with the evil of succumbing to ones appetites, Plato suggested that a prohibition be placed on the ideal rulers of this ideal polis: a prohibition that prevented the rulers from owning any money or property.
The Athenian also discusses the problem of endowing those who do not possess the necessary knowledge with too much authority. Such souls, it is argued will become puffed up with arrogance an injustices will follow as quickly as it does with those souls corrupted by a life of luxury. The Phronimos or lawgiver, the Athenian argues must possess a knowledge of the Good which includes a range of virtues plus a sense of proportion if one is to avoid a decline into “fevered” forms of government. Remarkably, in illustration of this point, the Athenian maintains:
” a man who combined human nature with some of the powers of a god observed that your leadership [of Sparta] was still in a feverished state, so he blended the obstinacy and vigour of the Spartans with the prudent influence of age by giving the twenty-eight elders the same authority in making important decisions as the kings.”(P.140)
The context of the above quote is what the Athenian referred to as the “age of destruction” of the empire of the Plains which included the Persian naval attack on Greece, and here again we encounter the combination of the Philosophical idea of the Good with a description of historical events and processes. We should also note, however, the religious element of the debate when the Athenian claims that Lycurgus(who created the Spartan Council of elders), manifest the divine power of sound judgement (the panacea for all forms of “fevered” government).
The Athenian also notes that another measure designed to curb the fevered judgment of the young was the introduction of “oaths of office”. This, he argued, would hopefully prevent them from becoming tyrannical.
Finally, the Athenian includes another surprising characteristic of the good state:
“One should always remember that a state ought to be free and wise and enjoy internal harmony, and that this is what the lawgiver should concentrate on in his legislation”(P.142)
This suggestion of the rational idea of freedom would become more important in the moral accounts Immanuel Kant would give in his duty-based ethics which we have argued elsewhere accepts many of the critical assumptions of Aristotelian hylomorphism. There is, for example, no doubt that Freedom played a large part in the determination of the Greeks in their fight against the Persians.
Book two opens with an examination of “the nature and purpose of education” and we propose therefore to put this discussion in a modern context in which the Aristotelian and Kantian conceptions of education in particular and normativity in general are in focus. R.S. Peters and P. Hirst in their work “The Logic of Education” define Philosophy in a way that aligns with the above criteria but also aligns with the type of Socratic investigations into these matters that we encounter in Plato’s dialogues:
“Philosophy, in brief, is concerned with questions about the analysis of concepts and with questions about the grounds of knowledge, belief, actions and activities.”(Hirst, P., and Peters, R., S., The Logic of Education, London, Routledge Kegan Paul, 1970, P3)
The above authors, in engaging upon an analysis of the concept of education, suggest an important connection between the reasons/justifications given in the fields of medicine and education. The doctor, in attempting to restore the body to a desirable state of health is aiming at a set of desirable qualities. The educator, similarly, in aiming to shape the minds of his students is aiming at a set of desirable qualities which are, however, perhaps somewhat more holistic, being connected with the desire to lead a flourishing worthwhile life (psuché). This issue of what exactly constitutes a worthwhile flourishing life connects to the Platonic criticism of the Spartan and Cretan views of how one ought to live in order to lead such a life. Hirst and Peters take up this theme via a discussion of the concept of an educated man which they argue would not apply to someone educated in Sparta because the Spartan militarised education is, in their view, too specialised to lead to the “broadening of the mind” that a more general eduction strives to achieve. This view is shared by the Athenian, the principal character of Plato’s dialogue “The Laws”.
The Athenian claims that the Spartan skills-based society has as its main aim, preparation for war, and this is to be contrasted with the more peaceful concern of the Athenian society with different forms of knowledge and the principles that organise these fields of knowledge. The Spartans detested Philosophy and Philosophers and would not have seen any point in either the examined life or the contemplative life where discourse centred around the Theory of Forms or the Theory of Change. The Spartans lived very much in the Greece of Agamemnon and Achilles, admiring the life of courage and honour of the warrior. The Spartan concern with training and discipline would not have been regarded by the Athenian (or for that matter Peters and Hirst) as “teaching” of the kind that occurred between the teacher Socrates and the pupil Plato and the teacher Plato and the pupil Aristotle. Skills obviously have a larger imitative component than does theoretical learning where the aim is to (via discourse), increase the powers of understanding and reason. Indeed some scholars(Alan Bloom) have maintained that it was part of Plato’s purpose to introduce Socrates as a new kind of hero inspired by the wisdom of leading an examined life and, for example, not claiming to know what one cannot justify. It would not have been as easy to dupe Socrates in the way Agamemnon duped Achilles in relation to the “stealing” of one of his mistresses. In Plato’s view the courage of Socrates as manifested in his acceptance of his death sentence far surpassed the manic courage Achilles displayed on the battlefield. Socrates was admired both for his wisdom and for his virtue but he was also hated for exposing the ignorance of many of the leading figures of his time via his method of elenchus or cross examination, and this may have, unfortunately, caused the ending of his life prematurely. This was a tragedy for his friends, but paradoxically, not for Socrates who was convinced that nothing bad can happen to a good man. For Socrates even the event of his death was part of “The Good”.
Hirst and Peters point out that the term “Education” acquired its “modern meaning” during the 19th century that:
“was thought of explicitly as a family of processes which have as their outcome the development of an educated man”(P.24)
Yet we can also see this kind of concern in Plato’s Laws and Aristotle’s political writings. The Athenian concern with the education man, however was very much linked to the goods of the soul and its relation to the external world whereas the Spartan concern was to train and discipline the body to face and endure physical pain for the sake of the honour one brings to oneself and ones family. Our modern conception of Education certainly appears to have its origin in the position the Athenian adopts toward forms of life which fail to embrace the moral/intellectual virtues put on display via the life of Socrates and the works of Plato and Aristotle. Aristotle via his Hylomorphic Theory of Change and its elements of “kinds of change”, “principles of change”, “media of change”, and “causes of change” certainly provided the political administrator with the intellectual tools necessary for critically examining the aims and processes of education. In the Nichomachean Ethics, Aristotle claims that all human activity including the arts and the sciences ” aim” at the good, and this requires, according to Peters in his work, The Concept of Education(Oxford, OUP, 1970, p.15), the power of concentration upon some specific objective difficult to achieve. This is why Peters argues that “education” is an achievement verb which also has an important relation to the ideal of an “educated person”. He goes on to provide us with some general criteria of “Being Educated” and appeal is made to the notion of an “intrinsic good” which Socrates regarded as “good-in-itself:
“we would not call a person educated unless he was capable, to a certain extent of delighting in such things [as science] for their own sake..This criterion of commitment to what is internal to worthwhile activities, be it the pursuit of truth for its own sake or the determination to make something of a fitting form is necessary but not sufficient for being educated..What might be lacking is something to do with knowledge and understanding: for being educated demands more than being highly skilled. An educated man must also possess some body of knowledge and some kind of conceptual scheme to raise this above the level of a collection of disjointed facts. This implies some understanding of principles for the organisation of facts. An educated person must also have some understanding of the “reason why” of things.”(P.18)
This contrast suggested above between “aim” and “purpose” is then, between the consequence of producing or creating something “fit for purpose” and the intrinsic value of those activities that are both good-in-themselves and good-in-their-consequences. The relevance of Peters’ discussion becomes more evident in a subsequent comment:
“The Spartans were morally and militarily trained. They knew how to fight and they knew what was tight and what was wrong:they were also possessed of a certain stock of folklore which enabled them to manage–provided they stayed in Sparta. But we would not say that they had received a moral or military education: for they had never been encouraged to get a grasp of the principles underlying their code.”(P.18)
Indeed, it is these very principles that are at issue in this dialogue. The Athenian is diplomatically criticising a civilisation that is built on one truncated virtue of physical courage and its associated honour, and he is subtly comparing such a civilisation to a culture built upon a range of virtues including diké, areté, and good judgement. It is also clear that Plato in his various dialogues is presenting Socrates as embodying or manifesting this range of virtues. We should also mention in this context that Aristotle believed that the Athenian stranger in “The Laws” was in fact Socrates. The reference above to ” a body of knowledge” would seem, however, to be more appropriate to an Aristotelian than a Platonic view where Socrates appeared to be mostly concerned with the attempt to find a definition rather than discuss the way in which principles organise facts in different sciences. Peters in his work “Aims of Education” refers to the autonomy of the individual which Aristotle thinks of in terms of self-sufficiency. Kant, in the context of this discussion would appeal to the autonomy of the free will of an agent who chooses to act.
We moderns no longer need to justify the examined life of Socrates or the Contemplative life of Aristotle given the fact that we have long since installed educational institutions based on the value-systems embodied in such forms of life. The issue of war v peace is still, however, haunting our modern world, and this may be one of the reasons why Freud was uncertain of the outcome of the battle between the giants of Eros and Thanatos: a battle which he claimed would determine the fate of those civilisations we were discontented with. This is good reason to regard many of the proclamations/prophecies of the Greek oracles with awe and wonder, especially that which claimed “Everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction.”(given that we have singularly and consistently failed to meet the challenge to “know thyself”)
On a smaller scale of concern for the modern discussion is the debate relating to child-centred education which was initiated by Dewey and his progressive school of pedagogues. This debate had the effect of disconnecting both the content of the curriculum and its principles from a method which encouraged the child to hopefully re-discover what had historically been discovered and modified for the better over many generations of learning and teaching. The Historical impetus for Dewey was partly the Psychology of William James as well as the Counter-Enlightenment Swiss figure of J.J. Rousseau who woke Kant from his rationalist slumbers and convinced him to pay attention to practical virtues and the dignity of man. Rousseau, in his ideal education of a fictional pupil Emile, initiated what we today call the child-centred approach in education, refusing to allow Emile to read the bible but allowing him to read the popular work of fiction, Robinson Crusoe. Hirst and Peters are critical of this child-centred approach and make the following claim:
“And does not a curriculum arise as much from the demands of society and the history of mans attempt to understand and appreciate the world as it does from chidren’s needs and interests.”(P.31)
The classical/enlightenment approach to learning and teaching is supported in particular by the Hirst-Peters ideal of the educated person but also by their conceptual analysis of the concept of “need”. Aristotle, we know insists upon the many meanings of “Good” corresponding to the categories and this in many ways is an elaboration of the Platonic position from both the dialogues we have discussed(The Republic and The Laws). The many meanings of good are symmetrical with the many meanings of being in that they are categorical, i.e. the good substance is God or the divine, the good quality refers to the range of virtues, the good quantity refers to moderation defined by the golden mean, the good relation is the useful(what is good in its consequences), the good activity,(what one does) the good event (what happens to one), the good space, the good time(the right time), the good position(the right circumstances), and the good state( the result of being affected by something). Hylomorphic theory then complements this ontological characterisation of human activity with 4 modes of being (the four “causes”, three principles, four kinds of change). Christopher Shields work “Aristotle” (London, Routledge, 2007) sees no difficulty in reconciling what Aristotle said in the Categories with what is said in his Metaphysics. Given the complexity of this structure of principles and concepts the analysis of need would also seem to be a complex matter. Peters and Hirst suggest a biological kind of need (for oxygen, nutrition etc), a psychological need (for security, love, attention etc), functional needs which assist in the production of a flourishing life, e.g. an occupation which provides one with both a living and quality of life, and “intrinsic” needs (for different kinds of knowledge and wisdom valued both in itself and for-itself by society). It is important to note in the context of this discussion that, for Peters and Hirst, conceptual analysis of the concepts of “education” and “need” do not, in and of themselves, provide us with conclusive reasons for doing one thing rather than another. This is puzzling. Surely their discussion of educational practices is designed to persuade us that, excluding content and the focus on principles as happens in child-centred education, is not good for many different reasons. Their argument is that the value judgements that are uncovered in their investigations can not in themselves be justified. As we can see from above the final justification may require reference to the whole hylomorphic theory of change articulated earlier which was in its turn largely accepted but to a certain degree modified by the Kantian categories. There is, however, no doubt even after these justifications are accepted there will be outstanding important philosophical issues to be resolved in the name of clarifying aspects of the the Philosophical “Theory of Being” or “Theory of The Good”. Of course, knowledge of “The Good” is an ethical issue concerned with the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason, and other more practically oriented principles regulating activity. Knowledge of “The Truth”, on the other hand, is less concerned with activity, and more concerned with our cognitive state which is, of course, used for the production of “facts”. This too, however requires justification in terms of principles.
Plato, Aristotle and Kant would all subscribe to the thesis that all activities aim at the good, and principle-based action leads to the achievement of the good aimed at, unless some external or internal cause interferes with the activity. It was, however, left to Kant to formulate a categorical moral law that is implied by both our ethical understanding of an action and judgement about that action. Kant’s Categorical Imperative has a number of different formulations but the two most important formulations are the “formal” account:
So act that you can will that the maxim of your action become a universal law
This is to be compared hylomorphically to the material formulation:
So act that you treat both others and yourself never merely as a means but also as ends-in-themselves.
From this we can extract the educational principle that the State ought never to treat pupils and students a merely means to its ends but also as end-in-themselves, i.e. they ought to be treated with respect to their autonomy and freedom. Similarly, the legal system must treat its citizens and strangers as means and as ends by respecting their rights as human beings, especially when these human beings come into conflict with the laws of the polis.
Plato indirectly refers to the importance of treating humans as ends-in-themselves in his dialogue the Euthyphro, where even the rights of slaves are discussed ,and Socrates poses the question whether Euthyphro fully understands the relation between what is holy or divine, and what is legal. This dialogue is a precursor to the Dialogues entitled The Apology. The Phaedo, and The Crito, which all give us insight into the legal process Socrates was subjected to, for the “crime” of doing Philosophy in the agora. The process began paradoxically, with a private prosecution of Socrates lodged by Meletus with the King-Archon of Athens. After ensuring himself that the indictment was in accordance with the law and procedures that needed to be followed the King Archon gave permission to present the case in person to Socrates after serving him with a summons-date to appear in court. A public notice of this event was issued in the agora. At this hearing Socrates was formally requested to submit a plea and both sides were questioned by the King Archon who made it clear what would, and would not ,count as evidence in the case. Socrates was on his way to this preliminary hearing when he met Euthyphro, who had come to file an indictment for impiety against his father (who had killed a slave by chaining him up whilst waiting for a legal process to begin against this slave for killing another slave in a fight). What is apparent from these dialogues is that private citizens of the time had more knowledge of the workings of the state and its laws than the average private citizen of our nation-states today. Plato in his dialogue, The Apology, documents in detail Socrates’ defence agains the charges of impiety and corrupting the minds of the youth. His answer to the charge of replacing the Gods of the state was ingenious, and amounted to agreeing that he was attempting to do just this, but that since what he was replacing the Gods with was Philosophy, which he described as one of the children of the Gods, this could not be considered an offence against the state, since even the children of the gods are divine and perfect. Socrates also argued that Meletus did not fully understand his own indictment. It ought to be pointed out in the context of this discussion that many sojourners in the agora regarded the philosophical activities of Socrates with suspicion but they also were mystified by the relation Socrates had to his daimonon. Socrates was a prominent figure and was the object of scorn for poets like Aristophanes who depicted the young Socrates as an atheist who gave explanations of physical phenomena and events which were not aligned with those explanations that could be found in the Greek mythology of the Gods. This as reference to the time before Socrates “turned away” from these physical investigations and began the more serious and dangerous investigations into what was just and what was holy. Accusing Socrates as an atheist was therefore an absurd accusation for both Plato and Aristotle who knew, for example, the respect Socrates had for the oracles who, according to mythology, were the messengers of Apollo. Plato also depicts Socrates in the Phaedo defending the integrity of the Athenian legal system which he clearly believes treats people as ends-in-themselves through its attempts to distribute justice on behalf of the whole community as fairly as possible. When Socrates, then, was given the opportunity to leave Athens after his death-sentence, he refuses to do so on both moral and legal grounds. Given that it is clear, (from a more detached perspective than that of his 500 jurors), that what transpired was a problematic judgement, it also perhaps became clear for Socrates that this verdict would go down in History as unjust. Humanism, however, triumphs in the way in which Socrates accepts his fate, claiming that nothing bad can happen to a good man who has led an examined life , even if he is put to death unjustly.
It is also important to note that death by poisoning was a relatively merciful death compared with some other historical forms of state execution such as stoning, crucifixion, hanging, electric chair, guillotine etc. One of the last requests of Socrates was to have a rooster sacrificed to Asclepius, thus proving(if that was needed), that he was not an atheist, but also proving another humanistic thesis that Eros (the love of life) and Thanatos ought to be reconciled peacefully at the end of a life, whatever the circumstances. So the message of The Crito dialogue may also provide the argument that Euthyphro could not understand, namely, that being mortal in our essence, we all owe the immortal gods a death as a form of catharsis, a form of healing where ones mortality is returned to the origin from which it emerged. Something is not right because it is holy, Socrates argues, but rather holy because it is right. We are united with the Gods in the end, even if that end comes via the unjust treatment at the hands of the laws of the polis. This also testifies to the claim made by Aristotle that a Good man is in need of a good state: he needs, that is, to be perfected by just laws if he is to avoid the fate of becoming the worst of animals. This may be partly why Socrates avoided the political life in favour of the examined life. One might also suspect that as a consequence of his self-knowledge and wisdom (Delphic Oracle—Socrates is the wisest man in Athens), Socrates had the foresight to judge that what happened to him would be recognised for the injustice it was, and recorded accordingly by History.
History as a discipline, however, did not begin its independent existence until millennia later but nevertheless a primitive form of the historical method began when Aristotle began to take into account previous thinkers thoughts on a particular topic or theme. By the time we get to the Enlightenment period and the work of Kant, History is becoming an important part of all university disciplines including Theology.
Kant in fact writes several essays in recognition of the above facts, in which he argues that a Philosopher interested in “Anthropology” and the human psuché, ought to engage in a Philosophy of History where the major task is to find ” A Universal History from a Cosmopolitan point of view.” and a subsidiary task is to speculate on “the Conjectural Beginnings of Human History”. At the time of writing these however, The University of Königsberg did not have a chair for a Professor of History.
The Chatgbt AI Robot claims:
“The first history professor at the University of Königsberg, which was officially known as the Albertina, was installed in the early 16th century. The University of Königsberg was founded in 1544 by Duke Albert of Prussia. The first professor of history at the university was Georg Sabinus, who was appointed in 1544, the same year the university was established. Sabinus was not only a historian but also a poet and diplomat, reflecting the Renaissance humanist spirit of the time”. (Answer to a question posed 21/6 2024)
In his essay on “Conjectural Beginnings”, Kant’s starting point is in accordance with the Freudian “Mythology of Instincts” and the Hylomorphic conception of human nature defined as:
Rational animal capable of discourse.
In this essay Kant charts how reason and imagination emerge in the species as powers which have competing aims but create the psychological space necessary for the human to experience the freedom to choose courses of action that are not ordered by the instinct (which he characterised as the voice of God for the animal). The imagination, Kant claims, has a tendency to generate unnecessary desires that wish for a luxurious form of life which reason deems unnecessary. Kant is referring to the Garden of Eden myth in the Bible, but these remarks also are in accordance with Ancient Greek mythology and philosophical accounts of the necessity to control ones appetites and desires. Socrates in the Republic famously criticised the “fevered city” for allowing ones appetites and desires to get out of control. It is being suggested both here and in Aristotles account of “The Good”, that there is a hierarchy of goods where the higher needs are both related to and transcend the lower more biological needs. Kant, like Aristotle, would situate the laws in the categories of relation(the golden mean), quantity( useful for the purposes of keeping peace in the community), quality( the virtuous ends-in-themselves) and even substance (divine law). For Kant, then, the faculties of understanding and reason would complement and modify the activities of the faculty of sensibility, thus exercising a law-like affect upon our appetites and a host of unnecessary and perhaps unlawful desires.
The Kantian rational animal capable of discourse, then, was on track, as a species for that end-in-itself Kant called the Kingdom-of-ends. The role of God, or the divine, in such a process-of-actualisation would be to ensure that worthy men led worthy lives of eudaimonia (good spirited flourishing lives). In such lives, such men would enjoy the goods of the body, the goods of the external world (good fortune), and the goods for the soul. In such a world, areté, arché, diké ,epistemé, techné would all play important roles in the life of the cosmopolitan citizen of the kingdom of ends: such is the picture Kant has of civilisation one hundred thousand years in the future.
Book 2 Continues its exegesis of the nature and purpose of education by giving an account of the infant’s experience of pleasure and pain, claiming that:
“This is the route by which virtu and vice first enter the soul” (P.85-6)
Plato continues this account with:
“I call “education” the initial acquisition of virtue by the child when the feelings of pleasure and affection, pain and hatred that well up in his soul are channelled in the right courses before he can understand the reason why. Then when he does understand his reason and emotions agree in telling him that he has been properly trained by the inculcation of appropriate habits. Virtue is this general concord of reason and emotion.” (P.86)
Areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) is playing an important role in this process.It enables us to love (eros) and hate (thanatos) the objects we ought to love and hate. Next on the agenda of discussion for the Athenian, is an account of the role of the Arts in Education. The Athenian takes up the activities of dancing and singing which he claims the educated man ought to master excellently. For Aristotle, too, the Arts will aim at both “The Good” and at trying to form an intellectual conception or representation of the categorical goods that can be subsumed under this general idea.
The Athenian uses the metaphor of hounds tracking a quarry, reminding us once again of the Socrates of the Republic. Yet there is also a similarity between the account the Athenian is giving us and the accounts we find in Aristotle. Reference is made to “character” (the good state) which is, it is argued, best formed via “imitating” the good. Such imitations, when made public and generating the praise or applause of the public and acclamations, critically use the term “good” ( a good of the external world). If these performances appeal to the goods for the soul, “character” may well be involved in communicating the virtues ( the “quality” of good).
For Kant, judgements of beauty involve the “harmony” of the imagination and the understanding in the artist which in selecting and attempting to represent aesthetic ideas require what he calls “genius”. Art works are produced and appreciated in this “spirit”. The aesthetic idea. of course, is related to the various forms of the good in various ways, but it is not a conceptual relation to the representations in the art work. Such an idea is, rather, designed to meet the requirement of understanding the idea intuitively as a work of the imagination. The aesthetic idea is the equivalent to a rational idea which is defined as a concept for which no intuition can be adequate. Kant also insists, in the context of this discussion, that the aesthetic idea of beauty is a “symbol” of the good that is connected to morality and the realm of ends-in-themselves. Kant also claims, in other contexts, that all our knowledge of God is symbolic, thus connecting aesthetic judgements to the noumenal realm of the super-sensible. Kant illustrates this reasoning by a reference to common understanding which:
“is wont to pay regard to this analogy…we frequently apply to beautiful objects of nature or, of art, names that seem to rely upon the basis of a moral estimate. We call buildings or trees majestic and stately, or plains laughing or gay: even colours are called innocent, modest, soft, because they excite sensations containing something analogous to the consciousness of the state of mind produced by moral judgements (Kant’s Critique of Judgement, Trans. Meredith, (J. C., Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1972), P.225
The suggestion is that the state of consciousness of awe and wonder are involved in both aesthetic Judgments (especially judgments relating to the sublime) and moral judgments. We can see in these remarks that Kant’s educational commitments align with both Aristotle’s and Plato’s positions. Plato’s attitude toward the Arts in the dialogue “The Republic” can not easily be compared with the position we encounter in The Laws. In The Republic, Plato wishes to exclude artists from his Callipolis, because of the fact that their aesthetic ideas merely “imitate” the forms. In the Laws, however, we find Plato adopting a more moderate position.
Book two continues with an argument proposing that Justice and Happiness are in harmony with one another, but there is a question as to whether happiness is a satisfactory translation of eudaimonia (which might perhaps be better translated as “good-spirited flourishing life” if the full meaning of Greek intentions is to be captured). This discussion links up with that of Socrates in the Republic where it is claimed that however much power a tyrant has, his life is notwithstanding not happy (neither good-spirited nor flourishing) and will probably come to a tragic end because this is how justice “works”. We know that neither Glaucon from The Republic, nor Cleinias from The Laws, are convinced of the proposed links between justice and eudaimonia. The Ring of Gyges myth from the Republic is meant to assert that were it not for the consequences, everyone would act in their own self-interests all the time. The Athenian argues:
“The lawgiver will…lift the fog that clouds our judgement… he will persuade us that our lives of justice and injustice are like pictures drawn in perspective. Injustice looks pleasant to the enemy of justice, because he regards it from his own personal standpoint, which is unjust and evil; justice on the other hand, looks unpleasant to him. But from the standpoint of the just man the view gained of justice and injustice is always the opposite.”(P.100-101)
This argument, that the better soul knows better than the worse soul, is then, accepted by his interlocutors. The Athenian goes on to argue that the unjust life is not merely shocking and disgraceful but is less “happy” (less good-spirited, flourishing) than the just life which is both just and holy. Both Aristotle and Kant would subscribe unreservedly to this position. We are all familiar with the inscription upon Kant’s gravestone where ti is claimed that two things fill the mind with awe and wonder, the starry heavens above and the moral law within. God would appear to be the principle behind the starry heavens and universe and also the principle that conditionally guarantees a good spirited flourishing life if one is worthy of such a life. Aristotle, on the other hand conceives of God as pure form and that form is described in terms of a thinking about thinking. Our access to pure form is of course limited by our finite natures and occurs best via leading a contemplative ethical life. In such a context we are obviously at the level of thought which surpasses in complexity the biological/psychological level of sensations and feelings that for Kant are located in the faculty of Sensibility.
In defence of the above argument the Athenian asks us to imagine three choruses composed of singers and dancers representing different ages of man. Each chorus sings about the life which brings the best form of pleasure. The third chorus represents men between the ages of 30-60 and is characterised as the noblest and most mature chorus.
The Athenian then returns to the theme of alcohol consumption and suggests the passing of laws that limit the consumption of wine. None under the age of 18 should be allowed to drink wine and young man under the age of 30 would be encouraged to drink only in moderation.
At several places in the dialogue the Athenian is critical of the military style of society that we find at this time in Sparta and Crete, claiming that the education one receives in such societies is oriented not toward peace but rather toward war and furthermore such an education is not conducive to producing capable political administrators.
Music is discussed theoretically and the Athenian presents three criteria that can be used to judge musical performances: firstly whether what is being represented is represented correctly, how correctly it has been copied and thirdly the what is referred to as the moral value of the representation, Here too, we see the suggestion that the beautiful and the moral have an intimate connection. The Athenian also claims that the “general public”cannot form adequate judgements about matter so harmony and rhythm because of the habits they have acquired which are not related to the idea of beauty.
The Laws is a post-Republic work where the central character is called the Athenian who uses the Socratic method in his dialogue with Cleinias the Cretan and Megillus the Spartan. The threesome appear to be engaged on the project of discussing a utopian polis called Magnesia situated on Crete and ruled by a council of rulers Plato calls the “Nocturnal Council” who attempt to rule in accordance with Philosophical Principles, constitutional laws and an Educational system that is formed by both Philosophy and the Law. The conversation takes pace whilst the three interlocutors are journeying on the road Minos took to seek the advice of Zeus every nine years.
The Athenian certainly resembles Socrates in his uses of argument to arrive at the truth about a matter. Apart from the use of elenchus he also appears to believe in the important relation between a man and his polis in which the latter embodies the life (psuché) of the individual writ large and the former provides the essential “elements” of the polis. Cleinias the Cretan and Megillus the Spartan present the laws of their respective cities with reverence claiming for them divine origins reaching back to Zeus and Apollo. Both insist upon the importance of the laws being war-oriented which the Athenian politely dismisses on the grounds that “the greatest good” must be related to peace. War at best for the Athenian is only necessary if its primary purpose is to bring about peace between men of the same city(civil war) or men of different cities. Instead of an appeal to the Gods the Athenian appeals instead to the ideal of a judge who understands the law and passes laws whose primary purpose is to ensure that the city is united and not the harbour of different conflicting interests. A distinction is drawn between, “total war” that occurs if these conflicting interests result in internecine war and the less terrible form of war where a foreign enemy is the target of the conflict. “Total war” requires more of the “soldier” than just the virtue of courage. Indeed, the Athenian claims that such a form of conflict requires of those involved in the strife a whole range of virtues which include self-control, good judgement and a sense of justice. War against a foreign enemy, it is claimed, requires merely the will to fight courageously which could even be done by mercenaries who fight and are prepared to die for the money involved. Socrates, we know, consistently maintained a critical attitude toward activities conducted solely for economic benefit (oikonomos). In discussing areté (doing the right thing at the right time in the right way) in relation to a doctors attempts to cure a patient who may not be able to pay for the treatment, Socrates dismisses economic calculation as irrelevant to what the doctor regards as “the greatest good”. Just as a doctor will be”loyal to the cause of treating his patients, so the citizen who possesses the range of virtues needed in a civil internecine war can be counted on to be loyal in a crisis. The Athenian, however, is at pains to point out that:
“The greatest good, however, is neither war nor civil war(God forbid we should need to resort to either of them), but peace and goodwill among men” (Plato, the Laws, Translated by Saunders T., J., Harmondsworth, Penguin books, 1970, Book 1, P.51)
The Athenian then proceeds to outline a categorical framework for a legal system which refers to the telos of peace and the “range of virtues” required of the citizens who live under “The Laws”. He lists the benefits that would flow from the presence of “good laws”, e.g. Health, Beauty, strength, and wealth which are the more obvious human benefits but he also then refers to the “divine” benefits of self-control, courage, good judgement and justice. The law-giver envisaged by the Athenian is not, however a God but rather a judge who:
” should supervise his people and confer suitable modes of honour or disgrace. Whenever they associate with one another, he should observe their pain, pleasures and desires, and watch their passions in all their intensity: he must use the laws themselves as instruments for the proper distribution of praise and blame….In all these instances the lawgivers duty is to isolate and and explain what is good and what is bad in the way each individual reacts.”(P.55)
Aristotle too would place his faith in the judge/lawgiver who uses his knowledge of the world and human life (psuché) to nurture and regulate the life of the community. This great-souled man or “Phronimos” loves the wisdom needed to prevent the city heading for the ruin and destruction predicted by the oracle. The city for Aristotle has an organic nature that lies behind an actualising developmental process in which principles lie behind the forms the institutions and the activities of the citizens take. The process, for Aristotle begins with the first community namely, the family, which, without a relation to a number of other families constituting a village would not be self-sufficient. Villages themselves can provide only a certain level of self-sufficiency which is better provided by the polis that comprises several villages. These actualising processes require the operation of the range of virtues that Socrates refers to above. The educational system of the polis, that is, praises virtuous behaviour and establishes the expectation that all citizens ought to engage in such behaviour but it also establishes the fear of the consequences of engaging in behaviour motivated by the vices. This fear is related to the blame that the community directs at what in their view ought not to be done. Legal institutions and processes support this moral structure which in the view of the Athenian has a therapeutic rather than a penal intention. We should recall here that Aristotle spent most of his life in Athens. He too, like Socrates became a potential victim of a failing justice system when he was accused of impiety. (an accusation that definitely had little therapeutic intention and had more to do with the reigning anti-Macedonian feeling that had been growing in Athens).
The Athenian also suggests that the laws ought to regulate the way citizens acquire money and spend it, honouring those that comply with the law and penalising those that do not.He qualifies this judgement, however by stipulating that it is the ideas of justice and self restraint rather than wealth and ambition which ought to to characterise the “spirit” of the law. The Athenian here echoes the Socratic argument in the Republic that it is the duty of the doctor to treat a patient in a crisis situation even if that patient has no resources to pay for his treatment. This argument clearly favours a humanistic therapeutic spirit rather than a secondary concern with the art of making money.
Various activities and institutions are thereafter discussed which appear to be connected with preparing the polis for war and developing institutions such as communal meals, gymnastic exercises and hunting which nurture the virtue of courage via the principles of avoidance of pain and control of surfeit pleasures. The Athenian also points to the dangers of such institutions/activities insofar as encouraging revolutions were concerned. The virtue of good judgement is, it is claimed, necessary in relation to the speech, action and feelings associated with them: areté or doing the right thing in the right way at the right time is an important aspect of developing the virtue of good judgement. In the context of this discussion the Athenian introduces the fact that Spartans regard drunkenness and drinking parties as anathema and illegal, thus truncating the virtue of courage envisaged by the Athenian. Learning to control fear and pain and not doing the same with respect to the temptations of pleasures is an important omission, the Athenian argues. The drinking parties of course have to be regulated to ensure the pleasures and pains are distributed appropriately and the proceedings ought not interrupted by unacceptable behaviour.** This reminds us of the Aristotelian standard of the Golden Mean and its role in developing virtues such as courage. The golden mean in relation to courage lies in avoiding the pain and suffering related to cowardice and the hubris and mania related to over-zealous fighting on the field of battle. The golden mean distributes the pleasures and pains, emotions, passions, feelings etc appropriately and this manifests itself openly in areté (doing and saying the right thing t the right time in the right way).
At this point in the dialogue the Athenian emphasises the importance of education to both the lawgivers and the citizens of the Callipolis Magnesia. Returning to the supervised drinking parties he claims that such events contribute to the complete education of the good man. Cleinias the Cretan, however, like Glaucon in the Republic, in relation to the arguments Socrates, demands a justification from the Athenian. The Athenian responds with a lecture on the nature and purpose of Education. His account begins by highlighting the importance of habit and the practicing of virtuous activities which ought to begin already with the activities of children’s games:
“If you control the way children play and the same children always play the same games under the same rules and in the same conditions, and get pleasure from the same toys, you will find that the conventions of adult life too are left in peace without alteration….Change, we shall find, except in something evil, is extremely dangerous.”(Laws, 797)
This echoes Aristotle’s hylomorphic theory of change where the philosopher is at pains to outline as systematically as he can the kinds of change, principles of change, causes of change and the media of change. Activities connected to war and economic activities are excluded from the Athenians account. What follows in Plato’s account is an argument related to how the law “calculates” in this judgement of the merits of pleasure and pain and the the manifesting of appropriate fears, expectations and confidence. Calculation is depicted by Plato as a divine power that has been transmitted to us humans and it is this power that is incorporated in the law, thus clarifying for a community the difference between vice and virtue. The educational activities, which include children’s games will be guided by the laws and the citizens will be trained to both obey and respect the law but they will also be trained to admire the power of legal “calculation”.
Returning to the supervised events of drinking parties the Athenian points out that pleasures, pains, anger and love are all made more intense under the influence of alcohol, whilst sensations, memories, opinions and thoughts become in general less influential. The subject regresses to a stage of early childhood and it is clear that self-control is lacking in such a subject. Nevertheless, it is argued, there is a positive aspect related to this state of drunkenness, namely, that ones inhibitions are neutralised and this manifests itself in a disposition toward boldness and fearlessness. If, in such a state one engages in shameful behaviour, this, is, the Athenian argues, the perfect training ground to confront ones vices. It is also pointed out in this context that one can also become drunk with the pleasure of being wealthy, beautiful and strong and such states ought to be recognised as inappropriate.
Aristotles view of the practical “calculation” involved in practical reasoning relating to law governed activity is that it is Reason which is being used in the use of the “golden-mean-standard”in the use of the power of calculation referred to by the Athenian. He would also claim that free choice is exercised in all activity that aims at the good, whether it be goods related to the external world, goods related to the body, or goods related to the soul. The question raised by both Aristotle and Kant in the context of this discussion is whether the type of reasoning or calculation involved is only means-ends reasoning or whether a more complex form of reasoning is involved which has the character of both what is good-in-its-consequences and what is good-in-itself.(Glaucons criteria for full justification of the idea of justice).
Instrumental reasoning is used of course in economic calculations which have become so unstable in modern times that written legal documents in the form of contracts need to be drafted and signed to ensure that any promises made are kept. This fact of course also testifies to the importance of the law to facilitate relations when morality fails to regulate our desires and actions
*Kant in his work “Anthropology” also adopted the above Platonic-Aristotelian view when he claimed that states of drunkenness where one has lost control of ones speech and actions reduce us to animals, but mild intoxication is morally acceptable because of the facilitation of relations between the participants at a dinner/drinking party. Virtues ought, he argues, to be controlling the discourse.
*Freud, as he so often does, adds an important dimension to this discussion in his diagnosis of the possible relations of alcoholism to paranoia, jealousy and obsessive compulsive disorders. He also points to the more general use of alcohol as an anaesthetic that is used to mitigate everyday suffering.
History and Psychology share many of the same problems relating to the validity of the judgements and theories associated with these disciplines. In my earlier work “The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness, and Action”, Volume one, the Roman image of Janus was used to illustrate the dialectical structure of many judgements and theories. One face and one pair of eyes look backward in time with what one imagines to be a sense of melancholy over all the past lost loved objects of desire, stretched out in the history of the species of man. A second face and pair of eyes looks forward into the future with what one imagines to be a sense of anxious expectation over what the passing of time might bring with it.
Janus is a Roman symbol associated with war and it is, therefore, not surprising that instinctive aggression, rather than understanding and reason, is suggested in interpreting the meaning of this Roman symbol. We know Freud possessed a Janus figurine which was displayed in his consulting rooms, along with many other figurines from different cultures. These figures, for Freud, probably also appealed to the art of interpretation in the process of inquiring into their meaning. This same art was used in relation to his patients, who, perhaps like Janus, manifested the symptoms of melancholy, anxiety and aggression. Freud, in interpreting these symptoms, used a categorical framework which stretched over a number of different sciences (theoretical, practical and productive), and he employed a number of technical concepts especially designed to both interpret and ameliorate these symptoms. Part of the strategy used, involved the Freudian learning-triangle of— wished-for fulfilment of a desire/wish, refusal of fulfilment, and consequential wounding of the desiring/wishing ego. If we are to take Freud’s claim that he was producing a form of Kantian Psychology seriously, then we ought to assume that the Philosophical Psychology underlying his patients treatment implies the practical ethical absolute of Kantian ethical theory, namely a good will.
O Shaughnessy (OS) in his work “The Will: a Dual Aspect Theory”, makes an important contribution to this discussion in relation to restoring the Will to a central position in the field of modern Philosophical Psychology. He points to logic and principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason to explore the scope and limits of this concept of the will, and thereby illuminates the relation of the external world to psuché (life). In elaborating upon this relation, OS adheres to the important Kantian-ontological distinction that was undoubtedly involved in the Freudian learning triangle (demand/desire- refusal-wounded ego), namely, that between what the world makes of man, and what man makes of himself through his behaviour and actions. It is clear that Pain is the driving force of the learning-process that is occurring in such contexts. The ego being referred to is, firstly, that which accords with Spinoza’s analysis of the mind-body relation, where the first idea of the mind is the idea of the body, and the task of this Freudian ego is to protect the body. Secondly, and perhaps more importantly from a psychological viewpoint, the ego is a precipitate of lost objects, which is ,of course, another aspect of the inhibition-responses of the agent concerned. This triangle and framework accords well with the Kantian diagnosis of our social-political relationships with each other, a diagnosis he describes in terms of the melancholic haphazardness of social/political events. This, if it is to be understood in the right way, needs to be further embedded in the hylomorphic framework of material efficient, formal and final causes, principles of change, media of change(space, time, matter), and kinds of change.
Aristotle claims in his work “Metaphysics” that we all desire to know, and he claims further in his work “Nichomachean Ethics”, that these claims, in turn, need to be embedded in the framework of ancient Greek oracular prophecies, which may also account for the prevalence of these very human dispositions of melancholia, anxiety and aggression. Three of the most famous recorded pronouncements are namely, that “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”, “Nothing too much”, and “Know thyself!”. These “proclamations” are also haunting Aristotle’s search after first principles.
It is clear that Freud’s Kantian Psychology presupposes both large parts of this hylomorphic framework as well as the spirit of these oracular proclamations. We know that during his last phase of writings, Freud turned specifically to the work of Plato for part of his “Mythology of the instincts”. He accepted that, at certain points in the theorising process, argumentation in terms of principles needed to be supplemented by stipulations which support the work of the principles, and for this purpose, he chose the mythological figures of Eros, Thanatos, and Ananke, partly to account for the role of death and aggression in his otherwise very technical accounts of Instincts and their Vicissitudes. Indeed the philosophical problems related to an obsessive concern with the idea of Consciousness inherited from the Cartesian tradition, is also addressed in the later revisions to Freuds theories, and we are in the context of this discussion, reminded of the Aristotelian essence-specifying definition of man, namely “rational animal capable of discourse”.
Consciousness, for Freud, is a vicissitude of an instinct, together with repression and other defence mechanisms such as Identification and Sublimation (the civilisation-building vicissitude). The Kantian judgement relating to the melancholic haphazardness of our social and political relations is also implied in Freud’s claim that man is fundamentally dissatisfied with his civilisation owing to the instinctual sacrifices that need to be made in order to create and maintain the level of civilisation/culture necessary to provide citizens of the polis with a flourishing life (eudaimonia). This Greek term also implies good-spirited and this accords well with the one absolute in the Kantian ethical system, namely, a good will.
In the previous chapter, Freud’s contribution to the biography of Thomas Woodrow Wilson was discussed. The work left us with an impression of the importance of the historic context of the exercise of power of an important character on the American political stage. History and Psychology interact in interesting ways that relate fundamentally to the Kantian ontology of what man makes of himself, and what the world makes of man. If, hypothetically, we could suspend the operation of the will of man, reducing the life instinct to a pinpoint of light in the darkness, the complex needs and desires of such a psuché, leave one with the impression that there is nothing in this psuché to counteract the feeling of being overwhelmed by the magnitude and power of the external world.
In his analysis of judgements relating to the sublime, Kant discusses the example of an observer of a powerful waterfall. The observers senses are at first overwhelmed by the raging waterfall. In the subsequent moments of this experience, Kant notes that another faculty of our minds is mobilised in response, and in this moment, we both understand and appreciate our power as a moral agent. On Freud’s account, what we are witnessing, is an ego initially succumbing to the exigencies of the external world, and subsequently being strengthened by the knowledge of the possible operations of the superego in accordance with the Greek idea of areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time). In this scenario, what we are partly seeing is the power of human freedom in a powerful deterministic world, containing causal forces, that will eventually bring about the extinction of all life-forms. The fact that rationality is merely a potentiality, and not fully actualised in the species, also highlights the importance of the oracular proclamation that “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction. Kant, the Enlightenment rationalist, also takes this aspect of human existence into account, and makes a proclamation of his own, namely, that rationality will only be actualised in the species of man, over a period of one hundred thousand years. This is indeed a long period of suffering for the discontented ego to mourn its lost objects of desire. Both the causal powers of the external world, and the powers of his fellow man, threaten the destruction of the polis, and call into question the work that make mans social and political life possible: hence the feeling of melancholic haphazardness.
Hannah Arendt’s conception of the “new men” of the modern era, for whom it was important to mobilise the instincts and emotions of the masses for their own selfish purposes, aptly fits the behaviour of Woodrow Wilson in the aftermath of the first World War, as well as Harry Trumans decision to drop two atomic bombs on the civilians of two Japanese cities. In both cases, we are confronted with an imagination that ran wild at the expense of common sense and rationality. We have dubbed our “modern era” as the “age of discontentment”, because it began with Cartesian and Hobbesian discontentment over the rationalist philosophy of Aristotle, and continued with a Hegelian inspired discontentment with critical Kantian Philosophy. This means that, in the light of Kant’s proposed one hundred thousand-year journey for the species of man, we are witnessing a period of regression rather than progression.
We ought to recall that, for the Freud that wrote the Interpretation of Dreams, psychic regression occurred in the dream context, when the energy of a part of the brain was used to create the images of the dream, rather than for the purposes of external sensory or motor activity. We might, that is, in a dream, believe that we are swimming, but that is a mistaken belief, because no external sensory or motor activity is occurring. Similarly, in a dream, when we believe we are seeing a figure approaching in a blue shirt, this is not a genuine case of seeing, but rather the work of the imagination. We firmly believe we are seeing in the dream context, yet it is nevertheless true that what we are seeing, or think we are doing, is not real. It is nevertheless significant in that, what is happening, may well be related to the wish-fulfilment structure of the dream: a structure regulated by the pleasure-pain principle and the energy regulation principle ( governing the wish to continue sleeping). On this view, because in the dream scenario, the faculty of sensibility does not involve the cognitive process of synthesising representations for the purposes of knowing the truth, it is the sensible power of the imagination that is at work using the medium of images.
Insofar as the identity of the discipline of Psychology was concerned, one of the central moments of the 19th century came in 1870, when a group of prominent Scientific Psychologists coined a definition of Psychology which in fact redefined the direction that the subject would take in the future: a direction that appeared to focus on the term psyche (psuché) and construe this term very differently from earlier more philosophical characterisations such as those we find in both Aristotle and Kant. The first wave of theorists, were in fact structuralists, who defined Psychology as the “Science of Consciousness”, and who also attempted an empirical-atomist experimental approach to the role of sensations and feelings in our experience. William James opposed this approach and wrote a work entitled “The Principles of Psychology”, which was classified as a “functionalist” approach to the phenomena and conditions of mental life. He did not however, conceive of “principles”, Philosophically, or in the way that Freud would have, but he did define mental life in practical rather than theoretical terms:
“The pursuance of future ends and the choice of means for their attainment are thus the mark and criterion of mentality in a phenomenon.” (Principles of Psychology, Volume 1, P 8)
Furthermore, we see in this definition of mentality, a clear distinction between the Socratic/Ancient Greek ideas of the good-in-itself, and the good-in-its-consequences, and we should also recall that in this connection, important ideas like justice involved both of these Goods. A phenomenon has its conditions, some of which may fall into the categories of material and efficient causation, especially when we are dealing with phenomena related to sensibility. When, on the other hand, we consider higher mental states and processes related to action and knowledge-states and processes, formal and final causes in relation to the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason, shift more into focus. James, however, was somewhat ambivalent in relation to these Aristotelian and Kantian principles, and preferred a more down to earth Philosophy of pragmatism which eschewed all forms of theoretical rationalism.
Aristotelian and Kantian “conditions” of phenomena involve both the above rationalist principles of psuché, which must be discussed in terms of a wider definition of life that includes both plant and animal forms of life. Such discussion must take into consideration both archeological and teleological “conditions”. When these conditions relate to actualising a self that is aiming at rationality via discourse, we need to embed such a discussion in a complex mental framework, which includes instincts and the faculty of sensibility in general. What is also needed is reference to the categories of understanding/judgement and the principles of reason.
William James’ pragmatic Philosophy was a child of its time , focussing upon the notion of Consciousness. It was, however, also heeding classical concerns relating to the importance of the will, and the Greek conceptions of areté and arché. James discusses Humes interest in the role of habit but, unlike Hume, views this practical phenomenon through the framework of consciousness. The contribution of mental life to the formation of habits, for James, requires the operation of the power of consciousness. The already formed habit probably only requires the presence of consciousness to, firstly, begin the action, and secondly, monitor what happens if something goes wrong with the action, and thirdly, at the end of the process when one is viewing the result. For Freud, the level of sub-consciousness involved in the habitual action would partly correspond to his notion of the preconscious part of our minds, which is used non-observationally by the motor system to perform learned habitual actions in accordance with areté.
Areté, in such contexts, where we are concerned with the construction and use of artefacts such as library-chairs, is connected to techné, that, in turn, uses that form of instrumental/causal reasoning which has been so important for civilisation-building activities of all kinds. This kind of action does not fall into the category of actions whose telos is connected to diké (justice), where the issue for psuché is the outcome (Ananke) of the battle of the giants, Eros and Thanatos, and possibly, the ruin and destruction of the polis. We discuss the learning of skills and habitual performance in volume 1 of “The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psycholgy, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action”:
“Both sensory and motor ideas combine to form objects of the mind. A skill, for example, is represented by James in the brain as a sequence of muscular contractions of which there is a sensation for each contraction. These sensational impressions exist below the level of conscious ideation which otherwise is usually present at the beginning of the activity ( e.g. seeing the piano) and at the end when one becomes aware of the completion of the activity (of playing the piano). According to James, it is a different matter when we are learning a skill where much work is then done at the conscious level of ideation: we test each sensation by consciously comparing, choosing, rejecting, etc. Even moving on to the next component in the sequence of the learning process is a conscious act. There is no thematic concept of consciousness in Hume although he does speak of the importance of forming habits, which, on James’ account can only be achieved through the active conscious awareness of what is right and what is wrong. This allows James to use the concept of a will that can consciously envision the activity it is about to undertake before the fact. It is this consciousness of the whole activity that then subsequently, when the activity has begun, enables us to know exactly where we are in the chain of events constituting the activity. If, for example, I am interrupted in the act of saying something, I remember what I have said and what I am about to say in virtue of this initial conscious awareness of the whole.”( The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action(Volume one), James, M.,R., D., Mauritius, Lambert Academic Press, 2019, P. 312-3)
The “divorce” of Psychology and Philosophy occurred immediately prior to James’ work. In the lead up to this series of events, Hegel’s criticism of Kant’s works was decisive, and used the authority of Berlin University to neutralise the Critical Philosophy that had previously been sponsored by the University of Königsberg. Kant had successfully restored the hylomorphic ideas of matter and form which had previously been successful in combatting the materialism and dualism of Aristotle’s time. Hegel’s dialectical-based Phenomenology allowed these alternatives to reemerge in the name of an idea of “Spirit”, that used dialectical reasoning in a context of exploration/discovery which, paradoxically, regarded the logical-rational principles operating in contexts of explanation/justification, as metaphysical (the dreams of spirit-seers). It was Hegel’s expressed intention to turn Kant’s work upside down, and thereby undermine his centring of Practical Reason around the Greek ideas of psuché, arché (principle), areté, diké, epistemé, phronesis, and eudaimonia. Greek practical reasoning had, during the dark ages, been marginalised on the grounds of Christian criticism. Pelagus, for example, proposed the idea of a free will which St Augustine felt compelled to combat in the name of the Christian Church and an idea of a God who was the ultimate cause in a deterministic causal-system. It was, however, Aquinas who felt the gravitas of Aristotelian argumentation, and allowed scholars to once again entertain the possibility of hylomorphic accounts of psuché. Aquinas, however, also felt that Pelagus was a threat, and in his re-interpretation of Aristotle’s work marginalised the importance of both Aristotle’s Metaphysics (that all men desire to know), and Aristotle’s Ethics (that all human activities, including the arts and the sciences, aim at the Good.) Man, for both Augustine and Aquinas was a flawed being because of his problematic relation to both God and the Word of God–the biblical form of Logos– (which meant something different to the ancient Greeks).
Just as Sensibility does not judge in relation to the truth, so it does not judge in relation to the Good. Instinctive desires are either satisfied or not. If the more primitive desires are requited, a state of homeostasis is established in the organisms body, if not, the organism finds itself in a state of disequilibrium, and might even die if the deficiency is serious. There is, in this situation, an intricate relation between the Energy Regulation Principle and the Pleasure Pain Principle, but instincts are blind insofar as the “understanding” of the Good is concerned. This is not to deny that at the level of sensibility and instinct, there is a primitive kind of “intelligence”, insofar as meeting the needs of survival are concerned. The medium that this intelligence operates in, however, is the medium of “feeling”, and images, and involves the faculty of the imagination more than the faculty of the understanding.
Aristotle investigated the life-instinct (Eros) in a categorical framework, at least as complicated as that of Freud’s, and without thematising the concept of consciousness. Knowing, for Aristotle, could be applied over a whole range of phenomena stretching from the bare awareness involved in the activity of seeing, to the knowing involved in logical reasoning in a complex argument such as:
All men are mortal
Socrates is a man
Therefore: Socrates is mortal.
The above form of reasoning presupposes a faculty of understanding operating at a conceptual level, as well as the principles of reasoning (noncontradiction and sufficient reason). It is at this level that we are confronted with the epistemologcal problems of truth and knowledge, and the ethical problem of the good in both theoretical and practical contexts. Form and matter play decisive roles in such an argument. Conceptual forms differ from sensible forms in the way in which the higher mental processes of the understanding differs from the lower level operation of the imagination.
The Unconscious, Freud claims, does not operate in accordance with the principle of noncontradiction, which, in the domain of the practical, involves the operation of the will in the decision to do X or not do X (where x is an action). Negation, in the arena of action insofar as it is at the level of consciousness, must involve conceptualisation (at least insofar as the rational animal capable of discourse is concerned) and this involves a level of organisation of representations that is above and beyond the the scope of the faculty of Sensibility in general, and the imagination in particular. According to Kant, the manifold of representations are ordered under a concept belonging to a system of categories, which, in turn, imply the operation of the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
Language is used conceptually, with understanding, when it is used to name a manifold of representations, or alternatively, predicate something of a named manifold. Language can also be used to signify an emotional state, as is the case when someone shouts out the name of a long absent friend encountered at an airport, or alternatively, where one fearfully shouts at a bear to “Get away!” In these latter cases, Sensibility is expressing itself through, or via, the medium of language, which can also be used to express thoughts given the propensity of language to picture a state of affairs in its absence.
According to Julian Jaynes, however, language probably began as some kind of warning cry, before the establishment of civilisations, whilst man lived in a state of nature. With the advent of naming objects, the faculties of understanding and reason began to form, and with the advent of naming people and remembering them in their absence (perhaps after their death), memory became an important mental function, and an important complement to the language-functions that signify or symbolise what ought to be the case in the future. This complex of mental operations then, constituted a teleological orientation, which in turn forms the basis for the creation and implementation of laws for a possible polis.
Language functions, then, stretch from the simple primitive expressions of the sensible faculty, to the sublime logic of the ethical syllogism that illuminates the essence of that cultural act of promising, e.g.:
Promises ought to be kept
Jack promised Jill he would pay the money back he is borrowing
Therefore Jack ought to pay the money back to Jill
This is the Kantian region of Logos which far surpasses the naming function of language. In the above syllogism something declarative is being said about promising in general, and an individual promise in particular. What we also see in the above form of reasoning, is a complicated use of both the imperative and declarative voices of language. The major premise, “Promises ought to be kept”, has the force of a principle (arché), and both the Kantian faculties of understanding and reason are involved, in the formation of the principle, and its subsequent application. The “voices” of language referred to, are obviously related to thought, as conceived from an ancient Greek point of view (Socrates: thinking is talking to oneself). For Freud, the “voices” of melancholy and aggression connect to his triangle of desire, which has its roots deep in the faculty of sensibility. Now, whilst it is undoubtedly the case that the expressions of emotion and instinct have no categorical intent, it is also true that such expressions serve important individual and social purposes. Let it not be forgotten that in his work “Civilisation and its Discontents”, Freud pictured the fate lying in wait for our societies, in terms of the battle between Eros and Thanatos–the creative and destructive instincts and their vicissitudes. Kant’s critical Philosophy may well have approved of this kind of proclamation, given his view of man’s hundred thousand year view of the journey toward a Kingdom of Ends This journey, he argued was made more complex by the fact that man is in need of a master, but because of his self-love, he rejects the authority of all who seek to be his master. These aspects of Kant’s theory explain his judgement relating to the melancholic haphazardness of social and political life. Freud’s explanation of melancholy and aggression, is, in terms of his triangle of desire, in which the demands motivated by mans self-love or narcissism, are often refused, and result in a wounded ego, which, in turn, gives rise to melancholic or aggressive responses. This hundred thousand year journey toward a better life is also overshadowed by the words of the ancient Greek oracle: “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”.
Science, for Freud, who was living in the era of positivism and its obsession with the experimental method (which rejected what it took to be the dogmatic attitude of Philosophy), was analysed by Freud as a deflection from the telos of life. Such a position was a marked contrast to the position of those Scientific Psychologists intent upon blazing a trail for Psychology in the name of the experimental method based on observation and the manipulation and measurement of variables. The context for this kind of scientific activity was obviously a context of exploration/discovery, and the voice of such scientific inquiry was the interrogative voice.
O Shaughnessy(OS), in his analysis of will and action, points out how the interrogative attitude in relation to an orange one is reaching for, actually disrupts the categorical structure of the action relating to an object that is being viewed by the agent as a response, not to a question, but rather to an order, namely “Pick me!”This is a very different kind of context to that of the scientific experiment which is largely conducted in the spirit of the interrogative, “What do we have here?”
The declarative, imperative, and interrogative “voices” of language are vicissitudes of instincts, and these “voices” would be of fundamental importance for the description and justification of the forms of life language-games are embedded in, as far as Wittgenstein was concerned. For Wittgenstein, confusing language games with each other, leads to the creation of philosophical problems which then require grammatical investigations for their solution. The Wittgensteinian maxim, “Dont ask for the meaning, ask for the use!”, is an imperative directed at those who viewed meaning as a theoretical rather than a practical problem, and it was a recommendation for the nature of the inquiry to be changed from that of a student of nature interrogating the phenomena in the external world, to that of a judge using the law to categorically judge whether something is in accordance with a principle or not. In other words, the judge is situated in a context of explanation/justification, and his judgements are in the imperative voice, e.g. “The law is very clear in these circumstances and it ought to be obeyed!”.
In Wittgenstein’s later work, he abandons his earlier commitment to what has been called “logical atomism”, and “logical solipsism”, in favour of a more holistic view of both language and man. He recommends that we focus on describing various practices embedded in forms of life, rather than firstly, on a conception of the world being a totality of facts, and, secondly, on an idea of the self lying at the boundary of the world. The search, however, is for essences, and the method employed is that of a grammatical investigation designed to provide us with the rules of representation, which, it is claimed, are already known, and the context is clearly a context of explanation/justification. Wittgenstein approved of Kant’s anti-metaphysical project, and might have considered his own later work as an elaboration upon the Kantian critical project. He also considered himself a follower of Freud, and in spite of some criticisms of Freud’s work, we can assume that he approved of Freud’s reflections upon the role of instincts and their vicissitudes in relation to the forms of life discussed in the work “Civilisation and its Discontents”. Freud and Wittgenstein certainly heeded Kant’s warning about the dangers of dogmatism, scepticism and indifference, and the consequential relapse into the theoretical morass created in the process of the reemergence of a dialectical opposition between materialistic and dualistic theories. The post-Kantian situation reminds one of the state of affairs that resulted when Aristotle’s hylomorphic criticisms of both materialism and dualism collapsed upon the onslaught of the “new men”, Descartes and Hobbes.
We have argued that Aristotle would have seen Kantian, Freudian, and Wittgensteinian investigations, as variations upon hylomorphic themes embedded in a framework of psuché, areté, diké, arché, techné, epistemé, eros, thanatos, ananke and eudaimonia. Socratic and oracular proclamations such as “Nothing too much!”, “Know thyself!” and “Everything created by man is destined for ruin and destruction”, also formed part of the background for Hylomorphic investigations. The “Principles”, for example, that emerged from such investigations sufficed to justify the knowledge (epistemé) we find in the different domains of science articulated in Aristotelian theory ( theoretical, practical, and productive).
Given this background, the call by William James for “Principles of Psychology”, was a positive contribution to the state of affairs created by the “structuralist psychologists”, working to undermine the philosophical commitment to philosophically inspired principles in any area of investigation. The starting point for these structuralists, namely that of Consciousness, rather than psuché, also contributed to the state of affairs that Wittgenstein eventually described a few decades later as “conceptual confusion”. James attempted to transcend the dialectical opposition of the materialistic and dualistic theories of his time, e.g. the science of behaviour versus the science of consciousness. This state of affairs had begun with the dialectical opposition between Hobbesian materialism and Cartesian dualism, and this polarity was temporarily neutralised by Kantian critical Philosophy, but this too was undermined by another member of the College of the “new men”, namely Hegel, who created a platform for subsequent phenomenologists and existentialists: a platform that began by turning Kant’s work upside down, and ended by turning the world upside down (with the help of modern technological science, almost destroyed Civilisation). The Kantian response to these initiatives of the new men was one of melancholy. The Freudian response was one of “discontent”at positivist science, and the Hegelian dialectical “spirit” that would soon transform itself into the will to power in the context of individual and political action. It would be this notion of the will to power that would provide the new men of the 20th century with the justification for the most horrendous political activities, including the persecution of the Jews, recalcitrant anti-communist farmers, political opponents etc. The maxim “The Truth will set you free”, is without doubt not a maxim the new men of politics would embrace, and there is also reasonable doubt about whether the new men of science did not embrace a form of relativism that would reject the above maxim as well as eschew the principled philosophical approaches of Aristotle, Kant, Freud, and the later Wittgenstein.
Freud’s Psychology is founded upon what he called his “Mythology of the instincts and their vicissitudes”. This, in the modern hylomorphic terms proposed by P M S Hacker( Human Nature: The Categorical Framework), is an account of human powers, capacities and their vicissitudes. The power of language is, of course, a power Freud appreciated, and used, in accordance with the principles of practical( areté) and productive science( techné). In doing so, he made use of the declarative voice/power of language, when he explained and justified the need for his cathartic treatment: when, that is, he transformed the emotions and passions of sensibility into the understanding associated with concepts and principles. He did not initiate grammatical investigations, but he was certainly using language for teleological purposes. In some circumstances we can imagine the analysand confessing a secret anxiously, or wishing manically for something impossible, and the language involved in such circumstances would be rooted in the faculty of sensibility aided and abetted by the power of an imagination unfettered by the demands of what Freud called the Reality Principle.
The relationship between the analyst and the analysand has a transactional aspect, and this might suggest that a language-game for two persons is being played: a language-game whose purpose is to set the slave in this relationship free, by maneuvering the subject into understanding the truth about themselves (using the Reality Principle). Freud, in his reflections, refocuses the light of Psychology in relation to the problems of Life (psuché), in a unique fashion, which acknowledges the relation of life to death in general, but, in particular, to life as “A game that must be lost” (Adrian Stokes, Collected Papers, Tamworth, UK, Carcanet Press, 1973). Life, if it is a game, is certainly a very serious game, that is only sometimes taken seriously. It has the most serious of outcomes which defines its essence, namely death–the nonexistence of life. It is also, however, the essence of life to strive or will its future continuous existence. Some Greek oracle, sometime, may well have said or thought, “All life-forms, in spite of Eros, will come to an end and degenerate into an inorganic form of existence”.
Freud’s Psychology captured the above spirit adequately only toward the end of his writings, when he turned more specifically to the Greeks for the inspiration to deal with his most difficult cases. It was also this later elaboration upon his earlier positions which enabled him to reflect upon and analyse the behaviour of Groups and Societies. This, of course, resulted in the depressing world-view that we encounter in “Civilisation and its Discontents”. Wittgenstein’s concession to Kantian and Freudian melancholy, manifested itself in his view of the decline of Western Civilisation, which he pointed to in several cultural remarks, e.g. he thought he could hear the sound of engines in early 20th century classical music. So, Kant, Freud, and Wittgenstein, all shared a pessimistic world-view grounded in a philosophical psychology that transcended the “scientific” Psychology of their times. Freud, conscious of the colonising attempt of positivistic science, and its contempt for all forms of knowledge not arrived at by an observationally-based scientific inductive method, referred to his “mythology of the instincts” in reaction to this state of affairs. We tend to forget the ethical implications of Freud’s theories, because we choose to ignore the historical facts of the time, namely that mentally ill patients were on the whole treated immorally and incarcerated in institutions which had no idea of how to treat them. Freud’s “moral treatment” respected the human dignity of his patients, and provided them with hope for a better future.
Aristotle, Kant, Freud, and Wittgenstein, can, then, lay claim to being Philosophers of Life”, and it can moreover be argued, that insofar as practical reason is concerned, all of these thinkers are rationalists, who also embrace empiricism in their descriptions of the sensible powers of the human form of life. Insofar as sensation or feeling is the subject of of the practical aesthetic judgement, we can compare the empiricist account relating to the judgement of taste in relation to wine discussed by Hume, with the aesthetic judgement of the beautiful and sublime discussed by Kant. For Kant, Humes account of taste is not an account of the reflective form of judgement which involves the faculty or power of the understanding, but is rather a more primitive form of judgement that relies solely upon the naming function of language and its relation to the faculty of sensibility. In relation to this form of judgement we can turn to the principles regulating the sensible faculty that we find in Merleau-Ponty’s work “The Phenomenology of Perception”. In this work, Merleau-Ponty refers to the “laws of association”, that unite the words for sensations with the named sensations. One who, upon detecting a taste of iron in the wine, will associate this with the word “iron”. Now whilst this may be an adequate account for the empiricist, it is not so for Merleau-Ponty, who claims that we have a lived relation to sensation, which in its turn suggests that the relation of the sensation to the judgement “There is a taste of iron in the wine”, is not merely causal in the Humean sense. Rather, there is, in these circumstances, some form of “lived identity” between the non-reflective judgement of taste and the sensation. This discussion bears to some extent upon the discussion of sexual sensations in “The Phenomenology of Perception”. For Freud, sexual sensations are an important part of the experiences of life, and the individuals personality. On Freud’s account, the bodily sources of these sensations are important material and efficient causes of the sexual experience, and this is also partly confirmed by Merleau-Ponty who sees that sexuality is an important expression of the life of the phenomenological subject. The Later Freudian account of sexuality, points out that the sexual relation to another person can be purely instinctual, but it can also be overlaid by vicissitudes of those instincts that are related to what we call “love”—an important task of the ego. Merleau-Ponty, in the spirit of phenomenology, replaces the scientific notion of “cause” with that of “meaning” or “operative reason”. Such “meanings” are manifested in the syntheses of perceptions which Merleau-Ponty is careful to distinguish from the syntheses involved in judgements acts or predications:
“I cannot put perception into the same category as the syntheses represented by judgements, acts or predications.”( Merleau-Ponty, M trans Smith C, London, Routledge, P.XI)
Merleau-Ponty claims in the above work, that the perception of a black pen must be separated from the work involved in a perceptual judgement such as “This pen is black”, and this may, to some extent, be the case in the sense that Kant, for example, drew a sharp distinction between the activity of thinking something, e.g. either “pen” or “black, and the more complex activity of thinking something about something, e.g., “This pen is black”. This latter complex judgement is a truth-making or veritative synthesis, which include the simpler syntheses of those representations constituting “pen” or “black”. In these latter simple syntheses, the realm of “thinking something”, names rigidly designate what they are names of, and this is indicated by the phrase “This pen”. Such Concepts, which are rigid designators of particulars, however, have a different logical structure to those that are occupying the role of predicating something of something: these latter concepts are intending to designate the “many”, and to that extent, may be regarded as more “abstract” but this may not be a useful way of making the distinction between these types of concepts. Many things in the world are black, but only one thing is designated by the rigid designation of “this pen”. Psychologically speaking, there can also be “this sensation of the blackness of this pen”, and both the sensation and the blackness form, what Merleau-Ponty called the “lived unity” of the perceptual activity of a “lived body”, which is the home of many different kinds of meanings. This recalls Freud’s remarks that the human body is a naturally occurring experiment, operating in a field of natural causes. Merleau-Ponty, however, is inclined to reject the term “cause” on the grounds of its modern scientific definition, and this ignores the Aristotelian claim that there are four different kinds of “causes” (aitia) or “forms of explanation”. “Modern” scientific concepts of causation often restrict themselves to material and efficient causation, embraced by Hume as paradigms of causation, and tend to question whether, in some cases, final causes can, in any sense exist. The validity of Formal causes as explanations is also typically questioned on the grounds of appealing to categories or principles that might not always be accepted. For Merleau-Ponty, there is a fundamental difference between what can be lived through, and what can be thought. For Kant, on the other hand, the truth-making synthesis that constitutes the judgement “This pen is black”, is necessarily related to the categories of the understanding and the principles of reasoning (noncontradiction, sufficient reason), which are called into question by both Merleau-Ponty and Phenomenology generally. “Operative reason” or “operative intentionality”, are the syntheses that constitute what the phenomenologists refer to as the ante-predicative world: a world formed by a non-thinking kind of consciousness, that does not operate in accordance with the laws of association but rather relates intentionally to reality via the medium of “meaning”. There is no space in this kind of account for a mechanism of association in relation to the elements of stimulus and response, favoured by behaviourist “explanations” of experience. Embracing a science of behaviour in response to the inadequacies of a science of consciousness that focussed upon sensations and feelings, brought with it new and different problems, related to all attempts at materialistic reductions of “life” to something observable. Freud avoided both of these sets of problems by defining consciousness as a vicissitude of instinct, and regarding consciousness as one power amongst others, that all need to be integrated, if adequate responses to the exigencies of the external world are to be possible.
The Freudian therapeutic method of free association was a method operating at the level of “names” which belongs to the more simple realm of “thinking something”, which, as we pointed out above, needs to be distinguished from the more complex realm of thinking something about something. This latter form of thinking is essentially a form of thinking in which concepts are related to concepts. The therapist, equipped with psychoanalytical theory, interpreted the patients associations in terms of their meaning, and the principles operating in human forms of life, e.g. energy regulation principle, pleasure-pain principle, and reality principle. This is a more complex idea of meaning than that which is used in phenomenology, and draws upon many different kinds of knowledge from different arenas of science.
Merleau-Ponty, in his later work, moved closer to incorporating a view of language which could be integrated into his framework of a transcendent body operating in a transcendental framework of “Self-Others-World”, where the world was conceived primarily in terms of the ante-predicative “meanings” referred to earlier. This was also intended to steer away from the confusions engendered by conceiving of psuché in terms of a sensation-based science of consciousness or a science of behaviour. This was also the intention of both William James and Freud, but James chose to directly give an account of the power of consciousness, which he conceived of in terms of a stream that could contain both thoughts and things. In an essay entitled “Does Consciousness exist?” James accused Kant of substituting the traditional account of the soul, with what he called a transcendental ego which, he claimed, confused the subject-object distinction. Presumably if James had lived to witness the role of the strong ego in Freud’s later works, he would have accused Freud of the same confusion. If, however, psuché is translated as “life”, it is not clear that there is any confusion present in this account, since in both Kant and Freud the ego ( the “I think” for Kant, and the agency that operates in accordance with the reality principle for Freud), is simply a unifying agency organising the many different aspects of ones life in accordance with various principles (e.g. the pleasure-pain principle, ad the reality principle).
Merleau-Ponty’s contribution to combatting the materialist and empiricist reductions of forms of experience to events or “simples”(e.g. sensations), involves referring to the complex relation that exists between the physical realm of nature and the psychological realm. He does this via the analysis of the perception of simple colours:
“Some Physiologists, Merleau-Ponty argues have begun to see that there is a complex relation between the physical and the psychological. In the case of certain kinds of physical insults to certain parts of the brain responsible for colour vision, we do not see, as a consequence any disappearance of “content”: we see rather a disappearance of “form”. This is reminiscent of Aristotle who reminded us that it was the essence or form or principle of the eye to see–he knew that a major insult to the eye would remove the principle of seeing thus confirming the importance of the matter the body is composed of. Similarly, Merleau-Ponty points out in the case of injuries to certain parts of the brain and sensory conductors what we discover is not just the disappearance of some colour, as in some forms of colour blindness: what occurs is rather a loss of differentiation in the perception of all colours. First, it is the saturation of all colours that is affected and the intensity of the colour is diminished. Thereafter the colour spectrum is reduced to four colours, and finally a monochrome grey is all that can be seen.”(The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness, and Action, Vol 2, James, M.R.,D., Mauritius, LAP, 2020, p 333-4)
There can be, therefore, no simple causal relationship between colours and the physical-organic systems responsible for their existence. In Sartrean language , the colours of the spectrum that can be perceived is, insofar as psuché is concerned, something that is pour soi (“for-itself”). Colours, Merleau-Ponty also argues, are linked to attitudes of the body. Green, for example, is associated with rest, and red associated with action. This testifies to the importance of the sensory-motor unity that helps to constitute our experience. The sensory component also possesses an “active” capacity which is, for example, manifested in the switching of attention from one part of the visual field to another through the slightest movement of the eyes. Otherwise, it can also be maintained that sensations are events that happen to the body.
From the point of view of the Psychology of Piaget, the “I” or” ego”, is a structure that emerges after a long period of assimilation and accommodation of the sensory-motor schemas to the exigencies of the external world. Eventually the “centrism” of these sensory-motor encounters are de-centred, and we begin to see the external world from a point of view other than ones own. Motor schemas, once assimilated, create for the body-image (postulated by Merleau-Ponty) the possibilities of complex action, and involved in this is obviously a sensory component of the representation of the action to be performed, which includes both the necessary parts of the body involved over a period of time, as well as the elements of the external world that need to be manipulated.
Merleau-Ponty, also charts how a patient named Schneider, who has sustained brain damage to the occipital parts of his brain, is no longer able to mobilise his action systems non-observationally, as normal people can. Schneider is forced to use observation to supplement what is left of his normal intentional power. If, for example, he is asked to touch his nose, he does not do so spontaneously and naturally as we do. Merleau-Ponty denies that what is being affected here is an “I think” principle, but rather, he argues, a principle he designates as an “I can”- power of consciousness. The differences between these two principles is summed up in the following:
“Sensibility functions theoretically in terms of forms of intuitions of space and time which are, for Kant, principles of structuring the world, e.g. “seeing” the ship sailing down the river in terms of before and after in relation to its changing positions in relation to the river. These are not thoughts governed by the categories of the understanding, but rather sensible relations to the world. One can truly say that insofar as sensibility is concerned we “inhabit” space and time and we are not representing to ourselves in this context that we are “in” space and time, which incidentally is perfectly possible at the level of understanding and judgement when we are generating knowledge statements. For Merleau-Ponty, on the other hand, the sensory motor functions of a body-image are, for some mysterious reason, more fundamental than the representational or symbolic functions. All of these functions contribute in their various ways to the organisation of the world.”(The World…. P.336-7)
Both Phenomenology and Existentialism embed their accounts of Philosophical Psychology in Epistemological and instrumental contexts, and eschew the categorical forms of judgement related to causation as well as the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason, thereby leaving a vacuum, insofar as the relation of Ethics to Philosophical Psychology is concerned. Sartre, the existentialist, for example, has an account of freedom that situates this power in the individual psyche, and does not acknowledge this power’s relation to ideas of reason, or the categorical imperative. This kind of account creates an enormous obstacle to the formulation of an ethical theory with universal intentions. Behind both phenomenological and existential positions lie assumptions which reject both the categorical forms of judgement and understanding that relate to the Truth, and these assumptions also reject categorical forms of the Good.
Freud’s position in relation to the above discussion, is somewhat ambivalent, but two considerations are important to bear in mind. The rationalism of Plato, Aristotle and Kant, is evident in his embrace of the principles behind the actualisation of the processes of psycho-sexual development. Freud is clearly committed to the formation and maturation of the superego in accordance with a categorical reality principle. Part of this actualisation process, involves the organisation of the psuché by a reality principle that decentres from a self-centred pleasure-pain principle. In the context of this discussion, it is difficult to conceive of the key idea of Consciousness embraced by pragmatists, existentialists and phenomenologists alike, as categorically structured ,and this may be one reason why Freud rejected all Philosophies of Consciousness and pointed out that his Psychology was Kantian. Merleau-Ponty was critical of any commitment to the idea of Consciousness which was not rooted in the lived body, but he too was opposed to the categories and principles we find in the Kantian account, or, indeed, any rationalist position which assumed an all-constituting power that imputes meaning to everything.
Merleau-Ponty’s phenomenological account of the importance of sexuality for the human psuché, correlates well with Freud’s position. There is, however, a paradoxical denial of the role of the importance of the sexual organs in this kind of experience, and this opposes the general Aristotelian account of psuché, in which the organs play an essential role in the form of life we are considering. This form of Sensibility certainly overshadows the account of the role of colour in relation to the “attitudes” of the body. Science, for Merleau-Ponty, needs to be “interpreted” in terms of meaning and intentionality, before it can find a home in his phenomenological account. An example of this is his interpretation of the important experiment of Stratton:
“in which an image of the world projected upon the eye is inverted, thus creating the sense in his subjects that the world is upside down. Initially nothing is recognisable, not even faces which completely lose their familiarity when seen upside down. Eventually, as the subjects were forced to engage with this world by finding their way about and doing things (whilst the image remains inverted), the world returns back to its normal state of orientation. Is this, then, the confirmation that Merleau-Ponty seeks to prove, namely that the use of the body is transcendental? Merleau-Ponty claims that in the initial phase of the image no mere conceptualisation of the world or intellectual attempts to merely identify things in the world would have the same effect of returning orientation to normal. Merely thinking about the visual field would not, he argues, produce a correction of the orientation belonging in the visual field.” The World….P.341)
Merleau- Ponty continues in his work “the Phenomenology of Perception”, to explore the more enigmatic forms of consciousness. He discusses, for example, how the schizophrenics perception and understanding of reality, is ruptured, and how this is manifested in the judgement of the Schizophrenic that he finds the claim “There is a bird singing in the garden”, puzzling, because the “fact” of the bird, and the “fact” of its singing are not, for him, connected. It appears as if the unified world of the judgement has fragmented into its parts:
“Here it appears from a Kantian point of view that the structure of thinking something about something has collapsed into the simpler power of merely thinking something. This thinking moreover does not respond or connect to either logic or what Wittgenstein would call the grammar of language and seems rather to be conducted in the medium of projected images. Merleau-Ponty’s diagnosis is that the inter-sensory unity of the bird singing has fallen apart. He sticks at this description and refuses to think hylomorphically about this phenomenon, which would entail accepting a “causal” account of powers building upon powers.”(The World….P.342)
Focussing on a part of the whole, when the issue is to account for the essence of the whole, or an important holistic property of the whole, is an example of what P.M.S. Hacker calls the “mereological fallacy” (Human Nature: A Categorical Framework). If there is any sense to the claim that the world is constituted of the totality of facts about it, this must surely refer to the truth shared by these facts. Facts, such as “The bird is singing in the garden”, may require further explanation that goes beyond the state of affairs the fact is referring to. The bird is expressing an important aspect of its existence by singing, and this leads us into the territory of an essence-specifying definition of the type of bird that “sings” its existence. The question “Why is the bird singing in the garden?”, demands, that is, an epistemological explanation of the kind we might find in the area of knowledge Aristotle called Biology. The rupture that we find in the experience of the Schizophrenic, stretches beyond his witnessing this state of affairs, and affects his knowledge of the world. He does not, that is, believe the fact that the bird is singing in the garden, and this violates the definition of knowledge that Aristotle, Kant and Wittgenstein all share, namely, justified true belief. Belief is the minimum necessary conditions for knowledge, but it is not sufficient, and this answer fails to accord with the principle of sufficient reason. Without the power of belief, the Schizophrenic can have no power of knowledge. The Schizophrenic is no less disoriented in his world, than are the subjects of Stratton’s retinal-image inversion experience.
Freud’s case study of the Paranoid Schizophrenic Schreber, reports that Schreber believed his body was being diluted in the universe of galaxies and solar systems . Freud points to the sensible role of a non-conceptual form of image-laden fantasy in the creation of such a strange belief. A complex combination of the energy regulation and pleasure-pain principles appears to have been responsible for such a fragmentation of the body-image.
For Merleau-Ponty, Aristotelian and Kantian approaches to the conceptually based faculties of the understanding, judgement and reason, are all attempts to use what he called “mental chemistry” to explain the essence of phenomena which require more sensibly based explanations. Merleau-Ponty conceives of Consciousness as a “General Project”, that does not know what it is doing when it is hallucinating. This general project is further conceived of as being thrown into the world: being a general “One” inserted into a project-filled world:
“constituted of the thoughts and intentions of transcendent bodies.” (The World P. 343)
Consciousness inheres in this transcendent body in a way which evades the modern theories of Science. It is unclear, however, whether, any or all combinations of the transcendent body, Consciousness and the “One”, can give us an account of the human being which is not essentially solipsistic. Freud’s use of the term “Instinct” is both biological and psychological, but his elaborations upon the ultimate telos of the life and death instincts, are in terms of whether they are civilisation building or civilisation destroying powers. Freud witnessed, during the first world war, and in the period leading up to the beginning of the second world war, the role of the new men, not just in science, but also insofar as they occupied powerful political positions. He characterises war as the work of Thanatos, and insofar as he was influenced by Plato, he must have seen the battle between Eros and Thanatos to be resulting in a dismantling of many of the achievements of civilisation and culture. His view of the US and USSR, (two of the most powerful political forces in the world at the time), was not positive, and was probably a source of some of his discontentment with civilisation. In this context, it is a remarkable fact that both Merleau-Ponty, the phenomenologist, and Sartre, the existentialist, philosophising amid the rubble left in Europe after the second world war, had difficulties providing us with an ethical philosophy: both settled for the political philosophy of Marxism which Hannah Arendt eventually rejected on the grounds of its lack of respect for that key ethical idea of reason, namely freedom. The leaders of Marxist societies were often led by the new men, who did not hesitate to mobilise the emotions and passions of the masses for their dubious political ends.
Ancient Greece has been heralded as a Golden Age, but there is no doubt that the oracles of the age could see the tools of destruction being fashioned in their Culture. Eros and Apollo and the Philosophically defended idea of the Good did not suffice to allay the fears of the oracles that civilisation was destined for ruin and destruction. The advent of Aristotles hylomorphic reflections certainly provided the framework of areté, diké, arché, epistemé and phronesis with philosophical arguments of significance: arguments that provided us with the ideal of that great-souled man–the phronimos. Unfortunately Christianity overshadowed this heritage, and marginalised everything “pagan” through the power of the ecclesiastical authorities, which controlled the translation and interpretation of important Greek texts. St Augustine and Aquinas were the authorities responsible for the introduction of those Platonic and Aristotelian ideas that were deemed compatible with the metaphysics of Christianity. St Augustine believed that the human form of life was composed of a body and a soul, and believed that man was flawed by “original sin” which we saw in the account of Adams exile from the Garden of Eden. In this (mythological?) account, the role of epistemé is negative, and is, in fact, the reason for mans will to disobey God. Predestination and resurrection were certainly not concerns of Plato, who found the solution to avoiding the ruin and destruction in our cities, rule of these cities by Philosopher-rulers. For St Augustine, De Civitate Dei had no political significance, and Philosophy played no role in its future and its ultimate fate on Judgement day. There is no doubt that Augustine was a dualist, and that he was a Roman inspired by Romans. His tale of the two cities, De Civitatis Dei and De Civitate Terrana, his tale of two substances (body-soul, his tale of good vs evil, all testify for this thesis.
Aquinas came into contact with Aristotle during the period when Universities were revising their liberal arts programmes in the light of Aristotelian ideas which were growing in influence and during a time when the influence of secularism was also growing. Aristotelian science was also being increasingly studied, after being overshadowed by the idealism of Platonism and the neo-Platonists. Aquinas lived in an age of synthesis which followed the dialectical spirit of the 12th century. Yet we should not forget that Aquinas was a religious man, and his principle intention was to install faith in a superior position to reason, which, for example, could never in his estimation, prove the existence of God with its arguments.
One of the primary differences between Greek religious belief and Christian belief was the fact that the Greeks were polytheistic and the Christians monotheistic. One way of elaborating upon this difference was in terms of Aristotles view of the many meanings of Being, and this contrasted with the monotheistic paternalistic commitment of the New Testament and its suggestion that we are all God’s children as well as sharing a brotherly relation to each other. For Freud this band of brothers living in a state of nature, had a sinister history in which the tyrannical father is murdered, but the story ends positively, when the brothers agree to install laws to govern their community. It is difficult to find a symbol for the Roman period but perhaps the figure of Janus is a possible sign of the times:
“Nothing of the spirit of Eros can be found in relation to this dark being. Janus guarded the territory of tyrants who succeeded one another under his nervous gaze. He was born in the darkness of Roman Times, surviving in the darkness of our times and looked nervously forward to the dark times to come. The image is that of a split psuché…. one pair of eyes turned toward the past and one pair of eyes turned to the future. Could we imagine what the content of the visual field might be? Janus was in the process of transformation into the Leviathan, a monstrous form of psuché whose gaze into the future will be at the battlefields over which monstrous machines and weapons of destruction will roam in a landscape of dead bodies. From the machines high up in the sky, the gaze might have picked out the falling atomic bomb on its way to vaporising innocent civilians, blowing them to pieces.” (The World…Vol.3 P 2-3)
Janus has been related to Time, History, War, and thresholds or gateways, and we know that the Ancient Greeks preferred, at least insofar as Time and War were concerned to picture Time, in terms of a river flowing from the mountains flowing to the sea, and picture War via Ares, the most hated God on Olympus (Ares was not worshipped the way Mars was by the Romans). Both Mars and Janus were protectors of Rome in different ways. Mars, too, was Janus-faced being also the God of agriculture. Janus’ duality, however, was more ambiguous and open to interpretation.
War began as an organic human activity fought with the help of weapons fashioned specifically for the destruction of life, but in Ancient Greek times it was areté related to Courage which was the primary focus for them insofar as war was concerned. As we “progressed” toward Roman times, the Greek values were becoming more and more “instrumental”, and less and less “organic” and holistic. The Romans, it is important to recall in this context, were both military men and engineers and they marched in and out of Rome under the gaze of Janus.
The first “new men” of Philosophy, Hobbes and Descartes, were both living in dangerous times, and were forced to flee their respective countries. Descartes, as a young man, suffered a nervous breakdown and travelled around Europe as a mercenary soldier using his mathematical skills to design the machinery of war. Hobbes, the materialist, on the other hand, used his mathematical skills to attempt a proof relating to the squaring of the circle, but it is Hobbes who is referred to by many contemporary political-war theorists. We know both of these “new men” rejected the hylomorphism of Aristotle for different reasons. Hobbes believed, for example, that life (psuché) was nothing but the material motion of limbs. He argues, in this context, that the heart is but a spring, the nerves so many strings and the joints so many wheels. What we are witnessing in such an account is the inversion of the Aristotelian view of life, in favour of an artifactual/mechanical view. We also ought to recall that Descartes did not care about the screams of the animals he was dissecting without any anaesthetic. For him, animals were nothing more than mere “machines”. Descartes, we also know was a dualist who, when asked how the two substances of the body and mind interact, chose to answer this question scientifically, and he referred to the pineal gland in the brain (a materialist solution!). This was a very different kind of dualism to that we encounter in Plato, where a fundamental distinction is drawn between the forms and the external physical world which merely “imitates” the forms. Aristotle criticised this Platonic account, and insisted upon the importance of the external world in our experiences, but he retained the idea of “forms” as “principles”(arché) in his investigations into the many meanings of being.
Descartes and Hobbes thus restored the dialectical opposites of materialism and dualism to the philosophical arena. Kant’s critical Philosophy aimed to reconcile rationalism and empiricism in an account that reminds one of hylomorphic theory. Kant provides us with a trinity of mind-functions which assisted in the restoration of the ancient Greek view of psuché. He successfully used the university(Königsberg) as a platform for the dissemination of his ideas but Hegel(the master of dialectical reasoning) used the same institution(Berlin) to overturn Kant’s platform in the name of phenomenology, thereby once again unleashing more modern and lethal forms of materialism and dualism in our Western Culture.
This was the background to the schism that occurred between Psychology and Philosophy in 1870. What we immediately encountered after the schism was attempts on the part of materialistically- inspired scientists and dualistic phenomenologists, to transform the way we describe and explain psuché. Freud’s theories attempted to respond to this state of affairs by opposing both the positivistic view of science and the phenomenological/existential view of Consciousness. We know that Wittgenstein was very impressed with the Freudian account, and referred to himself at one point as a “disciple” or follower. The Wittgensteinian concept of “forms of life” was, however, echoing Aristotelian hylomorphic concerns, which also focussed on the importance of relation to various “principles”(arché), e.g. the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
It is also worth mentioning the phenomenology/existentialism of Heidegger in this context, because it was he who, remarkably suggested, that modern thinking had ruptured its relation to Being. He referred to the Latin translation of certain key philosophical terms such as aletheia, and other scholars have also raised a number of questions about the translation of other key terms such as areté, diké, epistemé and eudaimonia. Unfortunately the Heideggerian claim that Kantian Reason should be abandoned in favour of transcendental imagination, was a far more problematic psychological view of Being and the powers a human form of life possesses.
Freud’s connection to Aristotle was a complicated affair, but we know he was influenced by the Aristotelian Philosopher, Brentano, who desired a rebirth of Philosophy in the ancient spirit that sought to understand the many meanings of Being. This concern of Brentano, was, however, difficult to reconcile with his interest in establishing a school of Psychology from an empirical point of view. Such a venture had more to do with one of the new men, the empiricist David Hume, then the hylomorphism of Aristotle. Freud’s return to Plato was certainly, however, a return to the ancient spirit of philosophising, and signalled a rejection of the empirical, which Aristotle would have supported under the condition that principles of Psychology remain an important focus. Freud’s later work was driven by two primary intentions, firstly, a need for a more complex technical framework to treat his more difficult patients, and secondly, a desire to apply psychoanalytical theory to cultural issues. Amongst his interests were, firstly, to provide an explanation for the means the new men used in order to so successfully mobilise mass opinion in sometimes insane directions, and secondly, to provide an explanation of the role of the death instinct in the destructive activity of War.
Freud begins his cultural reflections with the band of brothers living in a state of nature, prior to the creation of civilisation. The brothers murder their tyrannical father, and regret the loss and the difficulty of replacing a leader with another one when there is a serious risk of that leader being murdered. The laws agreed upon then allow the state of nature to be transformed into a more civilised state in which the rule of law and justice regulates the more important aspects of human interaction. This is an “organic” holistic view of the state which differentiates itself from the modern views of the new men who regarded the state as a created artefact to be fashioned and changed at will in accordance with ever changing views of what is important. In Freud’s view the civilised state evolves from a state of nature, and continues to evolve until all the potentialities of the human form of life are actualised: unless of course Thanatos wins the battle with Eros and we are taken down the road leading to destruction. On this journey man has to make many sacrifices because his instinctual life is based on a pleasure pain principle which is essentially narcissistic. Freud speculates alarmingly on whether the effort and sacrifices we make, are worth while. Julian Jaynes, like Freud, is also concerned with the evolution and actualisation of our mental powers, including the power of language, and he, like William James, refers to structures and functions of the brain for a material explanation for the evolution of Consciousness:
“The transition from the primitive group of 40 individuals to larger social entities is obviously a significant change as is the sudden explosion of the diversity of tools, weapons and artefacts (ca 40,000 BC). In connection with these changes, Jaynes postulates a similar radical shift in the function of Language: he relates this ultimately to the increase in the size of the frontal lobes in the brain….Jaynes’ account of the evolution of language is the work of a master. The process moves from expressive modifiers , to life nouns, to peoples names, and finally to the written texts of Homer and the Bible.”(Vol 3 P.9-10)
Around 1200 BC, Jaynes argues, our minds were constituted of two chambers, corresponding to the activities of the two hemispheres of the brain, and language was bilateral, like all other sensory motor functions, i.e. located in both hemispheres. Activity in the language centres of the right hemisphere, played important roles in the process of deciding what to do, especially in stressful situations, where the solutions to the problems one was presented with, were not obvious. With the advent of writing at ca 3000 BC the shift toward language being located solely in the left hemisphere began. In the texts of both Homer and the Bible, which span several hundred years, we can encounter bicameral men like Agamemnon and Amos, who were steered by the voices of the Gods (located in the right hemisphere). We can also, at the end of this bicameral period, encounter men like Odysseus and Ecclesiastes, who consciously reflect upon the problems confronting them, seeking solutions in terms of either the knowledge they themselves possess, or alternatively in the knowledge the community possesses:
“By the time we get to Ecclesiastes, life has become a more reflective conscious affair involving the collection of ones thoughts and calm judgement relating to a time for every purpose under heaven. Jaynes also refers to images of empty thrones and a long period of mourning for Deus Absconditis. The political effects of this new form of conscious functioning are also apparent in the new forms of government that were emerging during this time. It is, however, only as late as Socrates, Plato and Aristotle that these new political forms are classified in terms of the idea of The Good, This classification was embedded in a complex framework of ideas, e.g. areté, arché, diké, epistemé and phronesis.”(Vol 3 P.10)
The moment of mourning for the absent voices is paradoxically repeated in Heidegger’s more abstract modern complaint about our forgetfulness of Being. Given this possible account, it does not come as a surprise to learn that, for Freud, the belief in God may well be pathological: a substituted displaced belief in something that is a figment of our imaginations. The “being” involved in relation to these voices is, of course, not a real being but is rather, a something about which not very much can be said, unless we have recourse to psychoanalytical explanations: explanations that relate to the sensible functions of a mind operating in accordance with defence mechanisms. A mourning process, over a being that is not real, cannot possibly have the same effects as the mourning process in relation to a real loved being. Indeed, if such a mourning process was occurring in the course of a therapy, the interpretation, when it was given , would involve suggesting to the patient, that the being that is mourned is not real, and may only be a substitute authority figure that has arisen as a consequence of a wounded ego. If this interpretation is true, then one consequence, is that the process of identification with God must be a weaker form of identification, compared to that process which occurs in relation to an existing father or existing parents.
Transactions with the divine initially occurred via what is said about God in holy texts. The claim that God loves man in the New Testament, may not, therefore, have any basis in reality, if one considers that the attributes of absolute divine power and knowledge, do not accord well with the fact of the presence of evil in the world. Here, we seem to be confronted with something that is destructive, and beyond the power of God to control. We know Freud questioned the Christian maxim of loving ones enemies, claiming this to be dangerous advice. Indeed, he even questioned whether it is feasible to suggest that we universally love neighbours who may be seeking to use us for their own ends. In other words, the brotherly-fatherly love of the New Testament, is very different in spirit to that of Eros, which occurs in the framework of free voluntary choice: that is, in the context of a will subject to areté, diké, epistemé, arché, and eudaimonia. On the Greek and Freudian account, man strives to know himself, to know his world in general, but in particular to know and do what is in accordance with the form of The Good: something that is both good in its consequences and good-in-itself. Freud is obviously more comfortable with a civilisation where Eros and Thanatos are doing battle for the fate of that civilisation, than he is with that Roman choice of the Christian religion, or indeed any religion which is not based on knowledge of oneself and the world one lives in.
Freudian Psychoanalysis has many sources and many applications but the two publications of primary political interest are Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego and Civilisation and its Discontents. Freud’s experience of the first world war and the anti-semiticism leading up to the second world war also probably played a role in his political beliefs. One of the the burning issues of Freud’s era was the classical issue of Reality versus phantasy, and this was of concern to the scientist, the artist, and the politician. The science of his day was too narrowly conceived to immediately embrace his ideas. Also the politics of his day which in its turn was almost completely disconnected from the very real values inherent in classical ethical discourse(Aristotle and Kant), was to reveal a value-system almost devoid of values.
We know Freud borrowed terms from the ancient Greeks which might suggest that his world-view was similar to the philosophical views of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, that triumvirate of philosophers, all sharing a teacher-pupil relation. What all three philosophers shared was a concern for a multi-dimensional reality that required the understanding of a number of disciplines and the principles(arché) of these disciplines. Virtue was one of characteristics of man that Freud must have been considering as part of this view of the world ,and the theory of reality constituting this view.
Know thyself was both a Delphic challenge to humanity and an Aristotelian epistemological challenge that is met by a series of hylomorphic reflections on the soul, ethics, and politics. Freud, too, answered these challenges with his form of Transcendental Psychology and its relation to a neo-Kantian Anthropology that is based on a philosophical view of science and a philosophical view of virtue which acknowledges the importance of duty. These philosophical views were certainly necessary, if rationality was to replace the chaos and turmoil of a soul “sick” with passion, anxiety, aggression, and fear. The duties connected to the commitments to love and work required of the ego, of course, involve the superego, the external world and a “Reality Principle”. The emphasis upon the Reality Principle was a manifestation of Freud’s conviction that Psychoanalysis was a “science” because one of its primary concerns was to gather, monitor, and explain a totality of facts. Future generations of scientists, however, would contest this claim on the grounds that scientific observation ought to be free of the presuppositions involved in “describing” certain phenomena which, for example, could, (in the view of the Greeks(e.g. Aristotle) and Freud), only be characterised teleologically.
It was another citizen of Vienna, Ludvig Wittgenstein, that would, in his later theorising, support this Greek-Freudian view that the telos or purpose of certain actions and deeds is constituted by the reason the agent gives for doing the action/deed. On Aristotles view this was a kind of “causal” account and here it is important to note that the Greek word “aitia” can be both translated as “cause” and as “explanation”. There are two issues involved here, one of which relates to why a particular agent in particular circumstances did a particular action, and the second of which, relates to the Concept of Action and its ontological constitution.Now whilst it is undoubtedly true that the material and efficient conditions of action are necessary to consider answering the question “What is action?, the formal and final conditions of action are equally necessary if one needs to explain Why, in general, action occurs. Such conditions must meet the criteria of being both necessary and sufficient conditions of action. Kant’s position on this matter is clearly Aristotelian and embraces all four kinds of explanation(material efficient, formal and final). On this topic, Kant specifically claims that insofar as human action and deeds are concerned the explanations/justifications fall into two different metaphysical zones–the theoretical natural science zone, and the practical ethical zone. This means that theoretically we can refer to the cause-effect relations between events. and practically we refer to reasons-for doing what was done. Now Freud, earlier on in his career, concerned himself with the material and efficient causes when he investigated the neuronal substrate of psychological activities, but as his career progressed, he moved more toward the philosophical position of reasons-for the patients symptoms and syndromes. Both types of explanations/justifications, together with the principles operating in these different kinds of case would be required for a complete account of action-phenomena.
A Phronimos, for Aristotle, was a great-souled man whose knowledge (epistemé) stretched over all the sciences necessary for leading a good-spirited flourishing life. The Phronimos was particularly adept at phronesis, or practical intelligence, and this idea comes very close to the idea of the good will that Kant places at the source of all dutiful virtuous action. The Freudian idea of the superego is also related to both the good will and phronesis, but Freud in his charting of the phases or stages of the formation of the superego gives us an invaluable psychological perspective in relation to ethical activity. Freud speaks of “moral standards”and the guilt or anxiety that arises because one does not do what one believes one ought to do. This places the superego in close relation to the Greek idea of areté, which many translate as virtue, and this is correct, but what is not sometimes sufficiently emphasised is the fact that areté often means “doing the right thing in the right way at the right time”. The ego remains the key agency in this constellation of agencies, but both agencies use the reality principle as their primary standard by which to measure the worth of the agent or what Kant referred to as the “dignity ” of a person. The political dimension of Freud’s analyses remains in the background, but the Aristotelian strategy of grounding social relations in the constellation of the family is a notable feature of Freud’s account and we ought to recall, in this context, that for Aristotle, the idea of the lack of self-sufficiency motivated larger social constellations such as the village and city to meet the needs of the family.
Areté, doing the right thing at the right time in the right way stretches over all of these social and political constellations and aligns itself naturally with the idea of diké (justice) which in Plato’s Republic was characterised as every one doing what was appropriate to their nature and circumstances in the context of philosophers ruling the city (because of their superior wisdom and knowledge). The City is also used by Freud as a means of illustrating the depths of the mind. Just as Rome’s constitution and history could only be revealed by the careful work of archeologists, so the eternal city of the mind in which phases or stages of the city in a sense exist simultaneously on/in one site, could only be made manifest by the systematic work of psychoanalysis.
Freud’s city was Vienna, and he documents his encounters with the rampant anti-semiticism of his student period, a process that must have provoked political deliberations which probably continued until Freud decided to flee to London to spend his last living months. The experience of Tyranny and the dark and dangerous forces it unleashes, must have provoked many of the technical analyses we encounter in “Group Psychology” and “Civilisation and its Discontents”, and provided us with a distinctive face to the aggressive death instinct ,Thanatos, fighting to destroy our cities.
Anti-semiticism was of course just a symptom of a more malignant underlying political disease(tyranny) . Plato identified the cause of this disease and claimed that its source lay in the emergence of unnecessary and unlawful desires in the mind of a tyrant obsessed with the idea of power without fully understanding its political function. Arendt, a Jew born in the Kantian city of Königsberg was also, around this period, forced to flee to the United States persecuted by the same German tyrant who had mastered the art of manipulating the masses in Germany and Austria into believing that the Jews were a major political problem requiring a final solution. Arendt engaged theoretically with this period of history in her major work entitled “The Origins of Totalitarianism”, but the form of her engagement was less psychological and more political, social and historical. Arendt was younger than Freud when she was forced to flee and therefore lived to see the implementation of the “final solution” of the problem of the Jews, as well as the feared implementation of scientific technology in the dropping of two atomic bombs on civilian civilisations.
For Aristotle the key criterion of all forms of government whether they be monarchy, rule by the few, or rule by the many, is understanding and respect for law and order. Tyrants are monarchs ruled by their own unlawful desires, and the rule by the few and the many that are guided by unneccessary and unlawful desires (whether they be related to the accumulation of money or freedom), are all perverted forms of government violating the standards of areté and diké and arché( the principles associated with both).
All the available evidence speaks for the the thesis that Freud was a law abiding citizen who respected law, order and authority. He also charted the origin and nature of these ethical attitudes in his work on the superego. Carl Schorske in an article entitled “The Psychoarcheology of Civilisations” in “The Cambridge Companion to Freud (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1991) refers to the fact that Freud was an Anglophile, attending Brentano’s lectures on Philosophy and naming his son Oliver after Cromwell. The latter suggests an admiration for English Parlimentarianism. Apparently Schorske also claimed that in the 1880’s Freud considered emigrating to England to join relatives there.
Brentano’s Form of Philosophical Psychology was of course inspired by both Aristotle and British Empiricism. In the former case Brentano’s hylomorphic idea of the intentionality of emotional attitudes can be found in Freud in the form of an implicit appeal to Aristotelian formal/final causes. Emotions, for Freud ,and Aristotle, are appropriate or not, in relation to whether or not the object of the emotion is appropriate or not. For example, whether or not a particular object is loved or hated will then be related to a reason which the agent will give, and that reason can be judged as a good reason or not, (i.e. both the love/hate and the reason given can be praised or blamed, as Aristotle claimed,) primarily on the grounds of the appropriateness of the object and the reason.
The Ego’s primary responsibilities, apart from the protection of the body, relate to the capacity for love and work, and both of these are intentional activities in Brentano’s sense. Freud, we know, analysed the appropriateness of the maxims that one ought to love ones neighbour and ones enemies, and judged such maxims to not be universally appropriate as intended. His argument rested on the nature of love as conceived of by the Ancient Greeks (Eros), especially Plato and Aristotle. The object of a mental act is causal in the Aristotelian sense (related to formal and final causation) but not causal in the sense of material and efficient causation, i.e. we are not here dealing with an object in the external world which causes the impressions or experiences we have of it. This mental object is nevertheless real, and subject to judgements which can be appropriate or not: the truth of which can be accepted or not. Brentano’s, English form of inductive empiricism inspired by Mill, is not, of course compatible with the rationalism of Aristotle and Kant, which Freud embraced to a greater extent than Brentano in his later work. Indeed both Aristotle and Kant provided us with decisive arguments against the implied materialism of Brentano’s empiricism. Kant, in his Anthropology, provided Freud with a decisive argument against the empiricist approach via his motivations for the ontological distinction between what a freely acting agent makes of himself via his actions and judgements, and what nature makes of the human being (e.g. what happens to the agent in the form of events over which his will has no control). I cannot, for example will to see the colour green as green but I can will to see no green by closing my eyes. My will/desire to close my eyes is a mental act which is without identifying criteria for external observers, but, for me, the act of closing my eyes has its reasons which I can provide, if questioned. My reasons can then be accepted, or not, on the grounds of appropriateness. The empirical methodology of observation, Kant argues, cannot assist us in answering the primary aporetic question of Philosophical psychology, namely “What is a human being?”, because observation changes what is being observed whether it be for reasons of dissimulation or habit or some other reason. The major issue of the Kantian pragmatic point of view considers issue of character, whether it is good or not, and the more far reaching issue of the future of the human species. We know Brentano was critical of Kantian metaphysics, and, at least insofar as Brentano’s Philosophical Psychology was concerned, Kant would have criticised the lack of attention to the distinction between sensible phenomena and intelligible noumena. Brentano might have been accused of sensibilising essentially intellectual acts. For Kant there is a moral sense that is connected to the operations of the will which it is the task of Anthropology to explore, but given the fact that the ought of the categorical imperative implies that the agent “can” do what he intends to do, the reasons why an agent is doing his duty are primarily and categorically connected to rationality and the intellect. Anthropology ought also to be concerned with the sociological and historical aspects of moral action. Virtue is a term that Kant uses in the context of this discussion, particularly in his work Metaphysics of Morals where the “good character “, so important in Anthropological reflections, becomes the somewhat more abstract and holistic “virtuous person” who then becomes defined in terms of the maxims this person upholds as important, e.g. the supreme maxim to be truthful to oneself and others. This recalls the one golden rule of psychoanalysis that the patient must always say what is going on in their thoughts.This is also interesting from the viewpoint of Freud’s superego which is concerned not with the the various, seemingly pluralistic virtues, but rather with the holistic standards or principles of a great-souled man or Phronimos. The term areté, however, can be conceived holistically from the point of view of action in terms of doing or thinking the right thing at the right time in the right way, and this implies a relation to arché which in most contexts can be conceived of as meaning “principle”. The term phronesis which in some contexts can be translated as practical wisdom and sound judgement is also obviously very relevant to the profile of the great-souled man or Phronimos. From a Kantian point of view the great-souled man will be that dutiful soul who possesses a good will together with practical understanding and sound judgement but it is not clear that such a soul will “suffer” from the form of discontentment Freud referred to. Perhaps this state of affairs was a result of the questionable regressive change to the way in which nationalistic political parties “served”.
It has been claimed by Manfred Keuhn in his introduction to Kant’s Anthropology that Kant has produced a variation of virtue theory but,
” It is sometimes suggested that this virtue theory is close to that of Aristotle, but the Anthropology suggests that this is a mistaken view. The virtue ethics presupposed by Kant is definitely not Aristotelian in character: rather, it is an example of the kind of ethics prevalent in Europe and North America during the eighteenth century. It possessed (almost inevitably) some Aristotelian features but it was much more influenced by Christian and Stoic doctrines and imbued with local Prussian convictions.”(Anthropology, P.xxviii)
This view risks oversimplifying the complex relation between critical and hylomorphic theory where they share the view that in ethics the search for the end in itself is of crucial significance for ethical theory, whether that be the good will of the individual or the cosmopolitan end of the kingdom of ends for the human race. Also shared is the view of the relation of principle to content and the relation of form to material. Indeed the journey of the human individual toward their individual end is of less concern for Kant than the journey toward rationality and a cosmopolitan end or telos for the species. Christianity and its conception of a judgement day for mankind as a whole, is pessimistic about the evolution of human rationality and rests the idea of the end of all days on divine intervention and justice. In this respect this message from the Roman Empire, which never fully understood the greatness of Ancient Greece, continued into the dark ages and was transfigured in the Enlightenment by a commitment to human daring and freedom which celebrated the human capacity to shape its own destiny. Stoicism of course has its roots in Ancient Greece, going all the way back to Heraclitus and his idea of Logos, which explains, for example, why the road up and the road down are the same. To suggest, however, that the determinism of Stoicism influenced the freedom-loving Kant more than the celebration of choice in action we find in hylomorphic theory, is perhaps questionable. Stoicism contains a form of materialism that is not as coarse as our modern forms, but both Aristotle and Kant would remain skeptical to the predominance of the material over the formal and final aspects of explanation. Insofar as the Prussian convictions are concerned one can only speculate as to what Kuehn means in this context but perhaps he is reflecting upon the military concept of duty which in ancient Greece was partly identified with the term Xenia which means stranger. Indeed one of the primary duties of Zeus was the protection of strangers and even today Greece is still world renowned for their hospitable reception of tourists. This fits in well with the Kantian prophecy of a future cosmopolitan world society which would still retain the idea of a God guaranteeing a good-spirited flourishing life, but the life in question one imagines would be largely secularised.
Kant’s Anthropology is also well aligned with the above position which builds on the ancient prophecy of the oracles, namely, that the most important challenge for humanity is to “Know thyself!”:
“Such an anthropology, considered as knowledge of the world, which must come after our schooling, is actually not yet called pragmatic when it contains an extensive knowledge of things in the world, for example, animals, plants, and minerals from various lands and climates but only when it contains knowledge of the human being as a citizen of the world.- Therefore even knowledge of the races of human beings as products belonging to the play of nature is not yet counted as pragmatic knowledge of the world, but only as theoretical knowledge of the world.”(P.4)
We know that during the rise of the Nazi’s “scientific-theoretical” issue of “race” dominated the political agenda rather than the pragmatic matters of freedom and justice, (e.g.treating people as an end-in-themselves and law and order). Kant continues on this theme and discusses the difficulties inherent in trying to construct a theoretical account of human nature using, for example, the methodological medium of observation which, as we discussed above, is doomed to failure because the observed party either becomes embarrassed, dissembles or is acting habitually.
Theoretical reasoning, for Kant, functions best in the medium of the quantification of physical phenomena such as motion. It becomes more problematic in the realm of mental phenomena such as thought, which has relations and qualities that cannot be reduced to quantities. Conceptual thinking, insofar as it aims at the truth which occurs at the level of thinking something about something, is regulated by the categories, and the principles of reasoning. Insofar as conceptual thinking aims at the Good, e.g. via ought-statements such as “We ought to keep promises”, it too relies on the truth(in the sense of appropriateness) and principles regulating concepts. For Kant, one of the absolutes in his system of ethics is the good will, which requires both a first person understanding of its operation, as well as the third person operation which undoubtedly must rely on observation, but not for the purposes of the quantification of action. We do not, for example, rely on observation to guarantee the truth of the premise “We ought to keep promises”. There is a role for observation in relation to a minor premise relating to an individual making a promise but in moving to the conclusion that the individual in question ought to keep their promise, the activity we observed of making the promise is regulated and explained by the major premise and not by the observation. The conclusion we draw that the individual ought to do what they promised to do is, however, explained by both the major premise which has the form of a principle, and the minor premise which appeals to observation of an event of promising.
All the above also implies an anthropological account of the understanding we have of first-person consciousness:
“The fact that the human being can have the “I” in his representations raises him infinitely above all the other living beings on earth. Because of this he is a person, and by virtue of the unity of consciousness through all changes that happen to him, one and the same person–i.e. through rank and dignity an entirely different being from things such as irrational animals with which one can do as one likes. This holds even when he cannot yet say “I”, because he still has it in thoughts, just as all languages must think it when they speak in the first person, even if they do not have a special word to express this concept of “I”. For this faculty(namely, to think) is understanding.” (P.15)
Kant goes on to point out that, before the child begins to use this word “I”, he can already speak fluently, and this first person reference to himself replaces reference to himself in the third person via his/her name. Upon doing so, Kant claims that egoism proceeds unchecked until this egocentric form of thinking is replaced with a form of thinking that is cosmopolitan and pluralistic, concerning itself with the whole world. This is recognisably Freudian and passes over the work that is involved in transitioning between narcissism and the love for reality as an end in itself. The above reference to the unity of consciousness and remaining the same person throughout fundamental change, recalls the Aristotelian principle of change which states that any conceptualisation of change requires, that from which something changes , that toward which the change is proceeding, and that something which remans the same throughout the change. In this case the “I think”(about the world) is the active agent in the process of change. So, the mere possession of consciousness that animals possess, is not sufficient to maintain that they “think”. What is further required is a unity of consciousness, which in the case of the veritative synthesis of thought, requires both a priori forms of intuition, the imagination and the categories of the understanding. Animals could never be moral agents because these fundamental conditions are missing and because of the fragility of this unity of consciousness(which can be pathologically disrupted). We can, of course, as Aristotle maintains, still be the worst of the animals. Freud’s theories obviously fit into this space in Kantian and Aristotelian theory about the rational animal capable of discourse.
Kant further notes that an obsession with observing oneself can lead to madness and Freud’s case studies contain pathological symptoms of paranoia which testify to why one should refuse to accord observation a primary position in the work of attempting to achieve self -knowledge. Kant’s claim here is that much of self-knowledge is not observationally based, but rather comes from a conceptual form of knowledge and a power of reasoning, less concerned with observing the world, and more concerned with explaining and justifying phenomena by reference to principles. Kant elaborates upon this in the following way:
“To observe the various acts of representative power in myself, when I summon them, is indeed worth reflection: it is necessary and useful for logic and metaphysics.- But to wish to eavesdrop on oneself when they come into the mind unbidden on their own (this happens through the play of the power of the imagination when it is unintentionally meditating) constitutes a reversal of the natural order in the faculty of knowledge, because then the principles of thought do not lead the way(as they should) but rather follow behind. This eavesdropping on oneself is either already a disease of the mind(melancholy) or leads one to the madhouse..”(P.22)
The play of the conscious and preconscious aspects of the mind are taken up by Kant when he asks whether we can have representations that we are not conscious of. He answers in the affirmative and claims that we can have what he calls “obscure representations”, which we are, as he puts it, indirectly conscious of. Seeing a human at a distance in a meadow when they are too distant to discern all the features which make this object human, requires that we are indirectly conscious of these features that cannot be seen—i.e. we know non-observationally that they are part of this holistic representation we have. This knowledge is part of the preconscious mind which is connecting representations in accordance with a concept and/or principle. There is an obvious unity of consciousness or apperception involved in this experience, and Kant claims that both the imagination and understanding are involved. The sensible part of the mind receives sense data into consciousness and the preconscious begins to organise and connect the manifold of representations into a unity.
On the other hand, in thinking about action, for which there is an ethical reason, the role of sense data in formulating a maxim of action is minimal, and conceptual and principle relations play a larger role in a context of explanation/justification. This is the context in which the Freudian superego and its “standards” operate.Freud, however, is more concerned to chart the contours of the pathological operation of the superego which brings in the operations of the unconscious/instinctive part of the mind, in particular the death instinct and its manifestations in aggression. His characterisation of the superego as a “cruel captain” manifests the operation of a superego that is not seamlessly integrated into the ego activities of loving and working and protection of the body. The pathological operation of the superego is a consequence of developmental difficulties in the course of the journey of desire during a long childhood. The child desires a special relation with the opposite sex parent which is impossible and as a result the wounded ego abandons this desire and substitutes a desire to be like the same sex parent: a process Freud calls identification. Identification is a defence mechanism that is also used in political groups led by an aggressive tyrant in situations where the group they are leading has little choice in listening to what they are saying. In such circumstances, where the rational capacity is somewhat inhibited, it suffices to introduce a real or imagined threat in order for the masses to respond to the words they are witnessing with both diminished levels of consciousness and a diminished rational capacity. The effect of the words in such circumstances is Hypnotic, and this, of course, reminds us of the effect of post-hypnotic suggestion which was operating with respect to the patients Freud was treating early on in his career using the method of hypnosis.
The effect of being in a crowd, (a collection of bodies designated thus, just because they occupy contiguous positions in the space-time continuum), is ambiguous, and given the fact that identification is responsible for the bonding process(being like each other and the leader), the emotions generated are more contagious than the manifestations of higher mental processes that strive for what is true or good. Hysteria is always waiting in the wings to make an entrance in the name of “acting out”, as is projection, if a suitable object makes its appearance. The question to raise in this context, is whether a crowd is the same as an audience, and the answer must be in the negative. The audience of the Shakespeare play is a cultural group where the instincts and emotions are under control and the normal pragmatic relation to the events one witnesses is suspended. On the other hand, the crowd listening to the politician at a rally may be an audience until the politician actively engages the emotions and instincts for his/her purposes. Freud, according to Ricouer, in his work “Freud, and Philosophy”, defines Culture in terms of the renunciation of instinctive wishes and desires: desires which generate childhood-fantasies that persist into adulthood. The long childhood of man and the long period of the play of the instincts and emotions during the developmental actualisation process of various powers such as language and rationality, plays a considerable role in the actualisation of a superego that is concerned with so much more than the matter of the renunciation of instincts. The teleological aspect of this developmental process of the superego opens up a wider horizon of possibilities, that stretches far beyond the domain of prohibition and punishment : the domain of the “cruel captain”. “Standards” are practical principles that both constitute and regulate communities, they are both the ends of communal living and the beginnings of the building of civilisations.
The Greek term arché captures well this dual-character of a first principle, and material foundation. First Principles are, to use Platonic terms, both good in themselves and good in their consequences, insofar as the practical aspect of human activity is concerned: they have, that is, both archeological and teleological aspects. For both Plato and Aristotle the telos of action is “The Good” which is what all human activities aim at. The relationship between the desire/intention and the state of affairs one wishes to bring about must, at the very least, be conceptually subsumed under the principle or arché of “The Good”. For Kant two different kinds of imperative are involved in bringing about practical states of affairs via practical activity, namely hypothetical imperatives and categorical imperatives. With respect to the latter form of imperative, treating persons as ends-in-themselves is one formulation of several. The telos of so acting for Kant is described as the summum bonum, a Roman expression for the highest good. This expression is perhaps somewhat more abstract than its Ancient Greek equivalent, namely eudaimonia, which, in most contexts, means leading the good-spirited flourishing life: a life based on discourse and reason. This activity is clearly cognitive in that it is active. The cognitive faculty, according to Kant’s Anthropology, is composed of a receptive lower faculty and an active higher faculty, and insofar as the lower receptive faculty is concerned, one can either affect oneself or be affected by an object. This covers the region of the instincts, emotions and passions. The higher cognitive faculty Kant describes as the pure active consciousness of our thinking(P.29,) and this is linked to understanding rather than apprehension: it is, as Kant describes it, a logical form of consciousness in which the rule or principle is given and leads the way for the thought process that ensues. This logical consciousness is the “I think” that manifests our noumenal self which is contrasted to that phenomenal self in which I sense or observe myself as an object or phenomenon. The Ego of Freud must largely be composed of the logical consciousness involved in protecting the body, and thinking about my objects of work and love. The superego of Freud, on this argument, is constituted of the rule or law of the categorical imperative. In other words the “I think” in this ethical context is aiming at the Good via its activities and action which, by definition, meet the criteria of being both good-in-itself and good-in-its consequences. This “I think ” also gives us understanding of the “I” as it is in itself–in its essence— a rational form of life capable of discourse. The Kantian rationale in this argument is consonant with hylomorphism but perhaps is expressed in somewhat different terms which reflect Kants innovative elaboration upon Aristotle:
“Everyone shows the greatest respect for understanding, as is already indicated by the very name higher cognitive faculty…..The passive element in sensibility, which we after all cannot get rid of, is actually the cause of all the evil said about it. The inner perfection of the human being consists in having in his power the use of all his faculties, in order to subject them to his free choice……without sensibility there would be no material that could be processed for the use of legislative understanding.”(P.34-5)
The powers would include the sensory powers, the memory, the imagination, the understanding, language, judgement and reason. These powers would then be used by both the Ego and the Superego in their free choices of the states of affairs they want to being about. Sensory representations, on this view, are ordered by the understanding. When we claim that there is a form of judgement which is intuitive, this is a misleading claim because the power of sensibility is not a judging power. What we are witnessing in these circumstances is an obscure operation of the understanding, and this is the reason the senses are unable to deceive us, because the material of the senses is what it is and cannot therefore be in error. Sensory representations are ordered in Time,and if they are simultaneous, they cannot be experienced as sequential, and if they are sequential, the “before” cannot be experienced as either simultaneous or as coming after “the after” in the sequence. The activity of thought, on the other hand, orders this sensory material in its process of thinking, by, first, thinking something in accordance with the rules constituting the conceptual subject of the thought, and thence by thinking something about something and relating another predicative concept to the subject-concept. This occurs in two forms, either firstly, as a so called veritative or truth-making synthesis, or, secondly as a synthesis of concepts relating to human activity aiming at the Good.
The ancient Greek idea of aletheia (unconcealment) is involved in both kinds of discourse, and logic governs both the theoretical and practical reasoning that are used to illuminate our understanding. The Greek framework of psuché, epistemé, areté, diké, arché,techné, eros, thanatos, ananke, and eudaimonia is the framework that best reveals our relation to what Kant refers to as the two principal domains of metaphysics, the metaphysics of nature and the metaphysics of morals. For Kant, as for Plato and Aristotle, it was the metaphysics of morals that brings us closer to a complete understanding of ourselves and our socio-political world. Freud’s theories actually fit more comfortably into this Hylomorphic-Critical framework than that of the more positivistically inclined science of his time. His medium was the cathartic discourse of the “talking cure” and an improvement in the quality of life of his patients was the telos of this activity, (or the Good that was being aimed at). In a certain sense, then, psychoanalysis is both a technical-medical activity and an activity of practical reasoning based on Freud’s Metapsychology which was certainly anti-Metaphysical in the Kantian sense, but embraced a critical view of metaphysics. The critical view of Metaphysics was largely hylomorphic and based on first principles and there is no doubt that Freud’s work articulated a dimension of the knowledge we had of psuché or the soul in a way that advanced our understanding considerably. This was testified to by the extensive influence Freud’s work had on many different regions of our Culture. Richard Boothby in his work “Freud as Philosopher”, after regretting the diminishing of the importance of Freud’s Metapsychology, quoted one of Freud’s letters to Fleiss:
“when I was young the only thing I longed for was philosophical knowledge, and now that I am going over from medicine to psychology I am in the process of attaining it”.(Letter no 44)
Boothby points out that the consequence of the discarding of Freudian Metapsychology is a loss of the philosophical depth of psychoanalytical theory (P.2, Boothby, R., Freud as Philosopher,London, Routledge, 2001). As to the nature of the philosophical content, it has been maintained that Kant is the main influence, but Aristotle’s hylomorphism is also an important element, given the importance Aristotle attached to self-knowledge and the human form of psuché he defined in terms of a rational animal capable of discourse. Boothby, believes, as we do, that Freud’s work must be understood in relation to a categorical framework, but he does not fully appreciate the rationalist commitment to principles we find especially in the later work. Boothby appeals rather to the work of Heidegger, Merleau-Ponty, Lacan, Nietzsche and Husserl to provide this essentially phenomenological framework, but what these authors have in common is a disregard of rationality and principles that would have made Freud uneasy. Boothby further claims that it is the concept of psychical energy that lies at the foundation of the metapsychology, and whilst it is doubtful that one concept can have such significance in the Freudian system, it is nevertheless the case that the energy-regulation-principle is one of three principles that together define the realm of psuché in all its forms, but especially its animal and human forms. The instincts, of course, come from a reservoir of energy forms, but given the complexity of human nature, it is rather the vicissitudes of the instincts that are of particular interest to Freud and his work. These vicissitudes are also partially determined in their form by the pleasure-pain principle and the reality principle in its mythical form of Ananke. The idea or the ideal of the good-spirited flourishing life may have been more attainable in the eyes of the ancient Greeks than it is in the discontented eyes of “modern man”, contending directly with considerable evidence for the oracular pronouncement to the effect that “Everything created by man will lead to ruin and destruction.” Freud died during 1939, immediately before the “final solution” to the Jewish problem was launched by Hitler, and before two atomic bombs were ordered to be dropped on two centres of civilian population in Japan by president Truman. We know how Freud would have analysed the actions of the agents behind these phenomena and the possible diagnoses he would have argued for, and there is even a hint that Kant was alluding to the mental state of tyrants when, in the Anthropology, he claimed:
“But how to regard the vainglorious claim of powerful men, which is not based on mere temperament: “What the human being wills, he can do”? It is nothing more than a high sounding tautology: namely what he wills at the order of his morally commending reason, he ought to do, and consequently can also do…However some years ago there were fools like this who also prided themselves on taking the dictum in a physical sense, announcing themselves as world-assailants: but their breed has long since vanished.”(Anthropology, P.39)
This breed vanished only to return again with a vengeance during the 20th century. Hannah Arendt classified such agents as “the new men”, powered by their multiplying appetites, soaring imaginations and belief in the persuasive power of language to accomplish almost everything that can be wished for or desired: such activities and beliefs were situated in the Kantian faculty of sensibility and contributed to the character of those “world assailants” that emerged when the political party system collapsed in the West. The authority and status of Religion and Philosophy were also collapsing during this period, partially thanks to the onslaught of the “new men” embracing positivistic atomistic science and economic power. Military power and economic power walked hand in hand, but it was in fact the global military power of Nato that attempted to work together with the UN to prevent war and major conflicts from sapping economic resources that were needed elsewhere.The creation of this latter ,International Organisation, as a matter of fact was a prediction/prophesy of Kant’s Political Philosophy at the end of the 18th century.
A half-way house conception leading to the establishment of the Kantian idea of United Nations was the American- Wilsonian dream of a League of Nations that he hoped would bring permanent peace to a Europe torn apart by the First World War. The differences between the dream of the League of Nations and the Reality of the United Nations created after a second World War and the dropping of two atomic bombs on civilian populations, was a difference between two different principles of mental life which Freud postulated and used in his treatment of his mentally ill patients. Freud wrote very little about the mental health of the new men of his age but he did co-author a book on one of these new men, the President of the United States, Thomas Woodrow Wilson. Freud’s contribution was one of providing us with a psychoanalytical insight into the mind of a world leader who created the conditions for the second world war and the dreadful atrocities associated with that conflagration. This work was one of his latest, and stands as a testament to the cultural breadth of psychoanalytical theory. Hannah Arendt, in her work on the “Origins of Totalitarianism”, pointed to the power of the “new men” to ignore traditional cultural and legal boundaries via the use of a power of imagination and language that ignored the claims of the principles of rationality. These powers were not exercised in the spirit of areté (doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), but rather in the spirit of what can be imagined can be done or what can be said. Freud’s psychological profile of Woodrow Wilson is not based on the usual consulting room therapeutic transactional activity that occurs between an analyst and an analysand. but instead relied heavily on public documents, public reporting, his co-authors intimate knowledge of Wilson and Wilsons private correspondence. Wilson, we know, was a public figure whose actions had a public dimension in a context in which he was surrounded by observers and witnesses who had knowledge of the principles and rationality of political activity. William Bullitt, the co-author to the book, was politically active in the sphere of influence of Wilson who was known to be, like most new men, contemptuous of facts and prized only what he called human motives , opinions. and “noble” intentions. These intentions did not, however include the respect for the truth and knowledge (epistemé) and their role in the social and political affairs of the communities affected by the actions and words of a democratically elected President. Words were measured not by the categorical tests related to the Good and the True, but rather by hypothetical tests related to perceived or wished for consequences. Instrumental principles relating to choosing the means to unquestioned ends became the focus of areté. Freud’s contribution to this categorical framework, which we can assume Freud accepted given his claim that his Psychology was Kantian, amounted to a complex psychological theory, in which a topography of consciousness, preconsciousness and the unconscious was overlaid by an agency triad of the ego, id and superego, complemented by the powers of Psuché (Eros and Thanatos) and the world-power of Ananke. This conceptual structure was then both constituted of and regulated by three principles: the energy constitution and regulation principle, the pleasure- pain principle and the reality principle. This structural/functional network was supported by the knowledge of the brain Freud accumulated whilst conducting research at Vienna University. The concept of the libido was the major psychological concept alongside the ethical concept of the will.
In his “analysis of the character of Wilson Freud laid down three axioms:
“We begin with the axiom that in the psychic life of man, from birth, a force is active which we call libido, and define as the energy of Eros…….
All human beings are bisexual. Every individual, whether man or woman, is composed of elements of masculinity and femininity
In the psychic life of man two chief instincts are active….the Eros…and..the Death Instinct” (P 36-38)
Narcissism is an important concept in relation to these axioms because the principle of self love is very much tied to both the energy regulation and pleasure-pain principles, and these principles were very active in the life of Wilson, who was not a physically healthy man. In the course of the development of a normal life, this self love often gives way to object love which, if the choices of objects are sound, introduce the reality principle into the triangle of desire which is a triangle of demand-refusal-wounded ego. As development in this direction proceeds, the will becomes more and more important, especially its operation in relation to the Aristotelian maxim that all activities of man aim at the Good. The Good and Bad objects relate then to areté, and doing and saying the right thing at the right time in the right way. The only problem with the characterisation of these three axioms is that instead of adhering to the hylomorphic life principle, Freud retreats to a materialistic mechanical metaphor of “storage”:
“The libido must be stored somewhere. We conceive that it “charges” certain areas and parts of our psychic apparatus, as an electric current charges a storage battery and accumulator; that like a charge of electricity, it is subject to quantitative alteration; that dwelling without discharge, it shows tension in proportion to the quantity of the charge that seeks outlet.”(P.37)
It has been argued in a work entitled “Philosophy and AI: Artificial Intelligence and its Discontents”(James, M.,R.,D., Lambert Academic Press, 2024) that mechanical analogies are not useful for describing and explaining the activity of living organisms. At the level of energy regulation there is a huge difference between the activities of a purely electrical system and an electro-chemical system such as the brain and the human body. The energy regulation system of the brain is primarily a chemical process in which an impulse continues from one part of the brain to another because of a chemical transaction at the synapses of the neurones. This entails that, for constitutional reasons, a purely electrical system could never give rise to the state of consciousness, or indeed to any psychological state, even if electrical systems such as computers may be able to simulate certain outcomes of consciousness (e,g. the use of language). It does appear, both from the point of view of the use of language, and the principles of rationality, that the concept of libido belongs necessarily to the category of the psychological (psuché), and must therefore be characterised in terms of the categories of the hylomorphic framework in which formal and final causes play a much more important role than material and efficient causes. Kantian critical Philosophy is also very relevant in the charting of the contours of teleological judgement and its relation to the “I think” and its categories . This in its turn is related to the ideas/principles of reason, and a priori intuitive representations of space and time.
It s also important to note, in the context of this discussion, that the concept of the will cannot be embedded in a deterministic mechanical-electrical system in which the Kantian concept of self-causation is self-contradictory. The idea of reason, freedom, is intimately tied to this idea of self-causation. Interestingly enough the reverse is not the case, namely, there is no contradiction in claiming of a being that causes itself to do something , that an external cause has brought about a psychological state of such a free, living organism. Kant connects the idea of the principle of self-love to happiness, and the idea of the categorical imperative to the more important ethical principle of the worthiness of the individual to lead a good-spirited flourishing life (eudaimonia). It would be absurd to claim that a mechanical device could either be happy or even worthy of happiness. Given these remarks and Freud’s claim that the categories of the active and the passive are decisive for the characterisation of the activities of human forms of life, we can see clearly the relevance of Brian O Shaughnessy’s dual-aspect account of the will. On this account, the will is intimately related to the active aspect of the psychological: the passive aspect relates to sensations one may or may not be conscious of. The Kantian notion of “I think” obviously also relates to the active aspect of being human.
Eros is also involved in the therapeutic interventions of the analyst in the treatment of the analysand and this fact in turn raises questions of the ethics of this transactional exchange between the parties. Transference-love in which the analysand wishes to be liked, and be like the analyst, brings with it certain unrealistic demands which the analyst is trained to refuse. According to the triangle of desire this refusal connects in turn to the wounding of an already fragile ego, and this process must therefore be handled with care. Is this a kind of manipulation of the desire of the patient, for the ends of the analyst? The fact that the patient desires to lead a good-spirited flourishing life, and the fact that this need is intimately related to the strengthening of the ego in its dealings with the external world, the id and the superego, indicates that the whole process is not best described as treating the analysand as a means to an end, but rather in terms of assisting the analysand in a process of adaptation to the demands of reality(which surely must be described as treating the analysand as an end-in themselves). The demands of areté (virtuous activity) and epistemé (knowledge) are both involved in this attempt to educate the analysand into the ways and means of “The Good” which in Platonic terms are both good-in-themselves and good -in- their- consequences. Both of these aspects of the good must be responsible for the universality and necessity of the Kantian categorical imperative. The final determiner of the ethical value of therapeutic treatment must be the only absolute in the Kantian ethical system, namely a good will. There is no necessity for the analyst to deceive the analysand about what is happening in the process of the treatment. Neither is there a necessity to inform the analysand every step of the way as to what is happening in the therapy from the analysts point of view. One would, however, expect candid answers to direct questions from the analysand concerning the point of what is going on. The qualities of activity and passivity are connected with masculinity and femininity, and identification plays a key role in the formation of the superego: the agency responsible for the communication of social/political values in the polis.
Freud argues that Wilsons superego possessed such grandiose ideals that the demands made upon the Ego were impossible to fulfil, and he also points out that Wilsons father was a minister of the church and wished for Thomas to be the same. Freud connects Wilsons tendency to ignore or deny facts with this idealisation of the superego and Freud also points to the identification of Wilsons father with God. Freud openly admits that the strength of Wilsons libido remained an open question because such a question may not be decidable by the information provided by the people surrounding him. Freud notes that Wilson frequently in his career made use of the narcissistic type of object-choice but given that he had the good fortune to be loved by female sisters and cousins, his relation to women could be normal. His relation to authority figures was more problematic, indicating a repressed hostility to the father he so worshipped. Achieving, as he did, the position of President of the USA, the constellation of his identifications and other defence mechanisms led him to identify himself with the Saviour of mankind:
“All his life he enjoyed daily acts of submission to that God: morning prayers, evening prayers, grace before each meal and Bible reading every day”(P.66)
This activity may have sufficiently displaced or sublimated the energy from the death instinct and prevented the onset of paranoia, although Freud maintains Wilson lived his life on the boundaries between neurosis and psychosis. He never, however, developed a “persecution mania”. Freud points out that Wilson resembled his mother in both character and physique, suffering from physical ailments(nervousness, dyspepsia, headaches and no less than 14 “breakdowns”) for most of his life, indicating that there was some form of identification with his mother.
Wilsons relations to his inferiors were harmonious as long as they manifested a little brothers air of obedience. Bullitt notes that Wilson performed poorly in school and maintained an interest in subjects which were connected to his desire for making speeches. Freud claims that Wilsons memory:
“was of the vaso-motor type. The use of his vocal chords was to him inseparable from thinking.”(P.73)
This would partly explain his favouring of the practical transactional meaning of language over more rationally constituted language based on facts. Freud cites the example of Wilsons final view(after embracing the opposite contradictory position and claiming that he would fight for it) that the Treaty of Versailles was a guarantor of peace in the name of “absolute justice”(P.79) This in turn favours the function of the imagination and its tendency to “picture” an end state of affairs that may be more or less realistic as measured by areté(doing the right thing at the right time in the right way), which in its turn relates both to the facts relating to what it is possible to do but also to reasons which have a different form of justification.
We saw in Philosophy shortly after the Treaty of Versailles that Wittgenstein’s “picture theory of meaning” (Tractatus Logico Philosophicus) was based on a questionable foundation of logical solipsism that Wittgenstein was forced to eventually abandon in favour of a more social position which emphasised forms of life and so called grammatical justifications supported by the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason. In this characterisation of the “new men” of our modern times we claim that the Aristotelian essence specifying hylomorphic definition of human nature, namely “rational animal capable of discourse” can be discerned in certain aspects of Freud’s theorising. For Aristotle, the elements of discourse and rationality qualifying our animality are not independent powers but are rather intimately related to each other. On this characterisation, the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are both constitutive of our discourse and perform a regulative function that Wittgenstein captured well in the so called perspicuous representations of his philosophical investigations. In his earlier work Wittgenstein avoided the idea of the “I” or the self being an object in the world and claimed mysteriously that it lies at or outside the limits of our world, and this expression is also used in his characterisation of the importance of language:
5.62 This remark provides a key to the question, to what extent solipsism is a truth. In fact what solipsism means is quire correct, only it cannot be said, it shows itself. That the world is my world shows itself n the fact that the limits of the language(the language which I understand) mean the limits of my world.”(Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus, Wittgenstein L., New York, Cosimo Publications, Trans Ogden, C., K.,)
Wittgenstein is not talking of the experience I have of myself, neither is he speaking of the psychological self or soul , but rather of a metaphysical subject about which nothing can be said. He uses the analogy of the eye and its visual field and argues that there is nothing in the visual field which allows one to deduce the presence of the eye. The eye like the “I” is at the limit or outside the limits of the field. Having claimed earlier that logic is transcendental, Wittgenstein goes on to claim that both ethics and aesthetics are also transcendental. The will of the ethical subject, he claims, cannot be spoken of, and thereby demarcates Philosophy from Science. This is concretised, when he maintains that when all the questions of natural science have been answered the problems of life will not have been touched(6.52). At first glance this may appear to legitimise the position that Philosophy can attempt to somehow characterise the problems of life and possible solutions, but this appearance dissipates when Wittgenstein subsequently claims that any such discourse would not strictly speaking have meaning He provides us with the image of the medium of a ladder which requires climbing up and through before one can attain the world-view of a world which, according to proposition 1, is a totality of facts not of things. The “I” is obviously neither a fact nor a thing, and is also connected to both life in general , and the ethical form of life in particular. The problem with the later Philosophy and its shift toward forms of life is that the accompanying concept of language-games may seem unnecessarily transactional, and encourage anti-rational interpretations, in spite of the insistence by Wittgenstein that grammatical investigations provide us with the essences of the objects of investigation.
One of the problems of life has to do with the strident demands of our appetites and the role of the imagination in relation to these demands. Will-power is required if these demands are to be refused without the wounding of the ego and the power of the will must also be related to the power of practical knowledge in the practical arenas of the world which are not factually structured but rather structured as a system of instrumentalities and causal relations between them and my body. Such a state of affairs is partly constituted and partly regulated by the Freudian reality principle. If this structure is not present then the imagination plays the primary role in the attempt to satisfy the demands of desires in accordance with the pleasure-pain principle. The libido in this constellation of powers becomes accustomed to certain forms of outlet, but the problem for the pleasure pain principle in such circumstances is that of the conflict of desires. Freud classifies Wilson as less than wise and claims:
“Wilsons immoderate superego, which demanded from him the impossible, was alone enough to condemn him to lifelong discontent, and the excessive quantity of libido which charged his passivity to his father demanded outlets difficult to find and to retain….We have seen that he had found an outlet for both his activity and passivity to his father trough identification of himself with Gladstone, and during his college course all other interests were subordinated to this desire to make himself a Christian statesman.”(P.87)
This is Freud’s portrait of one of the “new men” Hannah Arendt referred to in her work on the Origins of Totalitarianism. Whether one wants to characterise Wilsons narcissism as solipsism is an open question, but what is clear is that the imagination played a significant role in Wilsons political transactions at the expense of the demands of rationality and the reality principle. Wilson clearly enjoyed lecturing and Freud argues that this enjoyment was largely narcissistic. Wilsons discontent also manifested itself in his daily prayers and his difficulty in forming lasting friendly relationships, as well as in his neurasthenic symptoms and breakdowns. After each breakdown, Freud notes, there is a surge of aggression.(P.108) connected to unresolved conflicts and desires in relation to his father. These surges of aggression and hatred also appeared when his “friends” let him down, indicating that he regarded them as his disciples and regarded their disappointing behaviour as the betrayals of a Judas(P.123)
Freud’s eagle-eyed categorisations of Wilson and his discontented life led him to give us a part-explanation of why the new-men had been so successful politically:
“Throughout human history so many neurotics have risen suddenly to power that Wilsons achievement is far from unique but is extraordinary. Life often demands the qualities which a neurotic possesses in greater measure than normal men. Thus from the point of view of “success in life”, psychic disturbance may actually be an advantage.” (P.130)
Part of the conditions of success then may involve discarding traditional respect for facts and rationality and embracing a power of imagination tied to a transactional use of language in which Knowledge of facts and Knowledge of “the Good” play ever diminishing roles. Freud, also, however indicates that these qualities of the new men can as quickly be responsible for their rapid decline in popularity and turn their life and work into a fiasco(P.131). Kant pointed in his analysis of political man to the fact that man was so constituted (his “crooked timber”) that he was in need of a master which he did not want because he preferred to “master” his own affairs. Such an unstable desire entails that he is always looking for reasons to abolish masters from his life.
Wilsons time at Princetown was filled with intrigue, conflict hatred and narcissistic object choices, which resulted in him standing in the way of a million dollar donation for a much needed Graduate College. Having left Princetown for the political life his lack of knowledge of the world made itself more and more apparent:
“..he remained astonishingly ignorant of European Politics, geography and racial distribution. Even after he had made his great speeches in international affairs his knowledge of the continent of Europe remained elementary. He learned enough facts to make his speeches but often did not understand the implications of his own words. On the “George Washington” when he was in his way to the Peace Conference, he said that he intended to give Bohemia to Czechoslavakia. When he was asked what he intended to do with the three million Germans in Bohemia, he replied “Three million Germans in Bohemia! Thats curious! Masaryk never told me that!”. At dinner in the WhiteHouse in February 1916 there was a discussion of the Jewish race. Wilson insisted that there were at least one hundred million Jews in the world. When he was told that there were less than 15 million, he sent for the World Almanac, and even after seeing the figures could scarcely believe that he had been mistaken. He gave the Southern Tyrol to Italy because he did not know that there were Austrians of German blood south of the Brenner Pass.”(P.153-4)
Having been against the stringent reparations-spirit of the Treaty of Versailles he suddenly “compromised” in a fight he had promised to see through to the end (in accordance with his 14 point plan), convincing himself of improbable likelihoods such as the League of Nations reversing the decision. This debacle, according to Freud and Bullitt’s work, may have been the result of a nervous breakdown.(P.260). But the subsequent rationalisations were according to Freud and Bullitt:
“based on the ignoring of facts, and facts are not easy to ignore.”(P.262)
The mechanism which enabled him to do this was:
“Again and again he painted word-pictures of what would happen if he should fight and withdraw from the Peace Conference rather than compromise. He described the French army marching into Germany, obliterating whole cities by chemical warfare, killing women and children, conquering all Europe and then being submerged by a Communist revolution. Again and again he repeated “Europe is on fire and I cant add fuel to the flames.”…By this somewhat circuitous route he managed to bring further support to his conviction that he had sacrificed himself for the welfare of humanity, and therefore resembled Christ.”(P.262-3)
Without the information in relation to Wilsons religious convictions and the part they played in his daily routines for his whole life such an interpretation of Wilsons decision would not stand up to critical questioning, but many other features of Freud’s diagnosis lead us in the same direction. The narcissism of the new men had many different manifestations and took many different forms, but Wilson’s public and private life had been well documented and there was much support for the thesis of the above interpretation.
A critical point had been reached in the life of Wilson. Freud and Bullitt summarise the situation in the following words:
“..he had preached like a prophet who was ready to face death for his principles; and he had quit.If, having quit, instead of inventing soothing rationalisations, Wilson had been able to say to himself. I broke my promises because I was afraid to fight, he would not have disintegrated mentally, as he disintegrated after April 1919.”(P.263)
There is no doubting the accuracy of the above fact that Wilson was suffering and the situation deteriorated when he collapsed during a tour to promote his compromises. His trip had to be cancelled but upon returning to the White House he collapsed, his left side paralysed by a right-hemisphere thrombosis. His activities for his remaining term as President were largely discharged by Mrs Wilson and he finally died in his sleep, February 1924.
Freud in his work Civilisation and Its Discontents(1929) was very critical of the USA and its role in the affairs of Europe believing as many others that this Treaty of Versailles was going to lead to another European conflagration. His analysis of Wilson was not gong to be published until after his death out of respect for Mrs Wilson. Both authors agreed that the work could only be published after her death. Freud also criticised the Soviet Union in “Civilisation and Its Discontents” and, given what subsequently happened in the rest of the century and 24 years into the next, his judgements proved to be prophetic. The dropping of two atomic bombs on civilian populations by the order of Truman after the new men of science managed to create a weapon of mass destruction which would be used to define who would sit on the security council of the UN, were defining moments in the History of the World in this era: an era which ought to be dubbed the “Age of Discontentment” in memory of Freud.
Aristotelian Hylomorphism embraces principles that relate to both instrumental reasoning and categorical reasoning: the latter being that form of reason which focuses upon the valuable ends of action. In Ancient Greece even interlocutors such as Glaucon(Plato’s brother) appreciated the very subtle distinction between something that was good in its consequences and something that was good-in-itself, and the seemingly impossible demand that both areté and diké ought to possess both of these characteristics. The term psuché was of course also important for Aristotle, because it tied the individual to his polis in an organic way via the demand for creating and sustaining the good spirited flourishing life which was both a consequence and an end of the actualisation of human rationality. In such a life-world, according to Aristotle, three different kinds of forms were transmitted down the chain of the generations of the polis, namely, the sexual reproduction of the next generation, the artifactual forms that are transmitted in the creation of all the accoutrements of civilisation and the epistemological/metaphysical transmission of the knowledge forms that are passed from teacher to student in the course of education.
“Modern” Philosophy begins with Descartes and Hobbes in an era in which hylomorphic Philosophy was waning in influence. Dualism, having once been neutralised by Aristotle, was on the rise again and found champions in Descartes and Hobbes. Hannah Arendt points to this phase and dubs it the beginning of the “modern era”: an era in which a number of “new men” mastered the art of political and economical instrumental action to such an extent that they thought that literally “everything was possible”, whilst for the masses of people the collapse of traditional authority meant the collapse of their world and for them who remain focused on the arena of categorical thought and action, nothing seemed possible any longer. These “new men” were “technological animals” who substituted techné for the waning values of epistemé, areté, diké, and arché, and who cared not for laws or the Enlightenment idea of Freedom.
This image of Arendt reminds one of the pathological conditions of manic-depression in which aggressive forces can be released in both phases of this mental disorder. Socrates in the Republic, in search of those things that were both good in themselves and good in their consequences, turned from the individual to the polis in order to more clearly see the form of justice. This bipolar condition may not have been diagnosed in the Ancient Greece of Socrates, but the combination of manic-depressive characteristics was perhaps becoming more noticeable by the time of Kant who described civic life as being “Melancholically haphazard”. The manic new men and the melancholic masses of the modern era were beginning to make their presence felt in spite of the institutionalisation of Philosophy in the Universities. Shortly after Kant’s death, Napoleon’s troops were standing by his grave, reading what for them must have been a puzzling inscription. These new colonisers of the world probably would not have been in awe and wonder at the starry sky above and certainly did not give a fig for the moral law within. This would not be the first nor the last attempt to “globalise” the world by military means. We know Napoleon was defeated at Waterloo but we also know that Kant’s Enlightenment Philosophy was overturned almost immediately by Hegel, who believed more in the “new men” and the March of Spirit than the continual slow progress of the journey toward a cosmopolitan kingdom of ends where rationality would reign over the affairs of men. Kantian Philosophy would have to be overturned if authority was to be disenfranchised and the masses manipulated by the “new men” who once again attempted to globalise the world with military might in the second world war. Ironically it would be the USA, Freud’s object of contempt, that would save the day and allow democracies to survive to fight another day. Unfortunately the USA needed the help of another totalitarian regime, namely the Soviet Union(the second object of Freud’s contempt), who, in their turn would threaten the democracies of Europe with ruin and destruction. Unfortunately, the USA was also tainted by the brush of populism and the worship of techné, and engaged in two of the most destructive acts of warfare in history when during the second world war, they dropped atomic bombs on civilian populations. The “new men” of techné played no small role in what Arendt called “this terrible century”. Freudian skepticism and foreboding in 1929(Civilisation and its Discontents), with respect to these two emerging super-powers was certainly justified, eve if at the time it must have seemed a strange position.
Hannah Arendt, in her work “The Origins of Totalitarianism” rang the bell of sanity in a largely manic depressive bipolar environment:
“Two world wars in one generation, separated by an uninterrupted chain of local wars. and revolution, followed by no peace treaty for the vanquished and no respite for the victor have ended in an anticipation of a third world war between the two remaining powers. This moment of anticipation is like the calm that settles after all hopes have died. We no longer hope for a potential restoration of the old world order with all its traditions or for the reintegration of the masses of five continents who have been thrown into chaos produced by the violence of wars and revolutions and the growing decay of all that has still been spared. Under the most diverse conditions and desperate circumstances, we watch the development of the same phenomena—-homelessness on an unprecedented scale, rootlessness to an unprecedented depth. Never has our future been more unpredictable, never have we depended so much on political forces that cannot be trusted to follow the rules of common sense and self interest–forces that look like sheer insanity. It is as though mankind had divided itself between those who believe in human omnipotence(who thinks everything is possible if we know how to organise the masses for it), and those for whom powerlessness has become the major experience of their lives.”(Preface VII, New York, Harvest Books, 1951)
These are substantial criticisms of both the modern era and the modern world(which Arendt argued began with the dropping of the atomic bombs), which 70 + years after their utterance still ring true and seriously challenge the Enlightenment position of Kant in which one of the major issues of Philosophy was condensed into the question “What can we hope for?” Arendt is here using a description of the manic-depressive state of this modern era and modern world(what we have in an earlier work called “The Age of Discontentment”) that can be related to the Ancient Greek oracles prophecy concerning the ruin and destruction of mankind. The Ancient Greek oracles certainly did not believe that humans were suited to manage the powers unleashed by Eros and Thanatos in the Freudian arena of their battle. In this battle neither the laws of Nature nor the laws of History at first appeared to be on our side. The Ancient Greeks held an ideal legislator/philosopher up before their eyes’: the Phronomos(the great souled man). Such an ideal was not possible in the modern era because only hope could could bear the presence of the idea and the absence of its possibility. Manic human omnipotence had succeeded in removing the hope we once possessed that Eros would find a place for the human whilst engaging in battle with Thanatos. Arendt’s words are the words of an Ego expressing a reality principle- response to a psychotic pleasure-pain principle position in which the death instinct/drive has colonised a portion of the territory of Eros.
The behaviour of the “new men” in this “new world” they have created, requires a form of explanation that, given the paucity of our modern political science terminology, demands a reversal of the procedure adopted by Socrates in the Republic. Socrates, we know recommended moving away from reviewing justice in its role of harmonising the parts of the soul to the search for how justice is writ large in harmonising the activities of the parts of the polis. Totalitarianism, i.e., is connected to a number of descriptive terms such as authoritarianism, dictator, tyrant, which are value-laden terms suggestive of the moral dimension of political activity, but do not address this dimension directly. Returning to the theorising of Freud, therefore, may assist us in the attempt to explain our modern predicament.
Paul Ricoeur, in his work, “Freud and Philosophy: an Essay in Interpretation”, summarised this moral dimension very succinctly:
“How is it, Freud asks, that the superego manifests itself essentially as a sense of guilt and develops such extraordinary cruelty towards the ego to the extent of becoming “as cruel as only the id can be”? The case of melancholia leads us to think that the superego has taken possession of all the available sadism, that the destructive component has intrenched itself in the superego and turned against the ego: “What is now holding sway in the superego is, as it were, a pure culture of the death instinct…Caught between a murderous id and a tyrannical and punishing conscience, the ego appears to have no recourse other than self torment or the torturing of others by diverting its aggressiveness toward them.”( P.299)
Kant’s diagnosis of the everyday life of his times as “melancholically haphazard” describes the masses, who, by this time, were losing all hope for the future. The haphazard manic manipulation of the masses that followed was in the spirit narcissism: a solipsistic hope for an individually based happiness that results from an instrumental view of activity in the life-world of the polis (a view focussed solely on the “good-in-its-consequences”). The Kantian careful evaluation of the importance of forming categorically appropriate ends that takes into consideration both the good in its consequences and the good in itself, does not unfortunately resonate with these melancholically haphazard beings who have rejected the social traditions and political practices of the past.
Arendt, as part of her analysis of our contemporary condition, sketched three types of activity (vita activa), related to our life-worlds: the cyclical repetitive but organic activity of labour, the instrumental activity of work, and the political activity of action that is designed to create something new and original. The Stanford Encyclopaedia of Philosophy characterises these forms of activity in the following way:
“Labour is judged by its ability to sustain life, to cater to our biological needs of consumption and reproduction, work is judged by its ability to build and maintain a world fit for human use, and action is judged by its ability to disclose the identity of the agent, to reaffirm the reality of the world, and to actualise our capacity for freedom (https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/arendt/#AreThe Act
Action, for Arendt, then, brings about something new, something unique in this world. This, of course, is the result of the focus on action as something particular, rather than as the universal category Aristotle and Kant focussed upon: namely action as a universal steered by principles such as areté, diké, epistemé, etc, or the categorical imperative. The idea of freedom is also a universal idea of reason connected to logical principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason: an idea that relates directly to the will and its maxims. Consider the Kantian example of the shopkeeper who considers acting according to the maxim of overcharging children and strangers who make purchases in his shop. He considers this course of action because it will contribute significantly to the profitability of his business and thereby his particular individual happiness. Kant describes the principle appealed to here, the principle of self-love. What we are encountering here, is an unjustified narcissism in that favoured sphere of human activity of the “new men”, namely economics and business. This is obviously neither in accordance with areté, diké or epistemé. The one-sided focus upon good consequences for oneself is in strict conflict with the demand of Glaucon that diké provide us with both what is good in itself and good in its consequences. The principle the shopkeeper ought to embrace in the name of Glaucon’s demand is best characterised by the various formulations of the categorical imperative. He ought, that is, adopt the maxim of not overcharging anyone, and thereby treat everybody as ends in themselves(which is both good in itself and good in its consequences). In other words, according to Kant, the shopkeeper has a moral duty not to overcharge anyone, even if is in the short term interests of his business. Of course, he could do his duty for 10 years and then suddenly decide to do something new and overcharge his customers, and it is not clear whether this is what is meant by Arendt with her term “action”. Such a decision, however, abandons the good in itself aspect of moral action, and uses only an instrumental calculative form of reasoning designed for particular actions in particular circumstances. Here there is a very limited use of the principle of sufficient reason which assumes and indeed embraces the principle of self-love as the goal as well as the best means to achieve this goal (without any further evaluation of the goal, whether that is, it is in fact in the long term interests of the agent whose happiness is being considered). We ought also to point out in the context of this discussion, that the universality of the categorical imperative and its desire to treat everyone as ends in themselves is a law which applies to all communities everywhere: communities that are striving to sustain and maintain themselves in existence. The moral law also answers the Kantian questions “What ought I to do?” and “What can I hope for?” The answer to a third Kantian question, namely, “What can I know?”, is also implied. In the context of this discussion we should recall Socrates’ argument in the Republic that lawmakers cannot form the maxim to legislate only in their own interest simply because passing laws requires knowledge, and if these lawmakers did not have knowledge of justice and what is right they would not know how to pass laws that are only in their own interests. This would seem to imply that at least insofar as civic goods are concerned, epistemé or knowledge is a part of the necessary and sufficient conditions of bringing them about.
The image and ideal of the free man, for whom the practically rational idea of freedom is a key part of his humanity, is a manifestation of an answer to the 4th Kantian question posed in his work entitled “Anthropology from a pragmatic point of view”, namely “What is man?”. Man without hope is indeed at least as depressing an idea as the idea of man without freedom. With this in mind, if we return to Arendt´s existentialist characterisation of “the modern world” (to be distinguished from the “Modern era” which began with Descartes) which she claims began with the use of atomic bombs on civilian populations. The loss of hope that results from events such as these involves of course the loss of freedom to think about and choose possible courses of action. Such losses are, also, a recipe for a general feeling of melancholia or depression . Dropping atomic bombs on civilian populations even given that these “actions” occurred in the context of a war was a manic act if ever there was one, and these two considerations may suffice to characterise our modern world as “bipolar”.
The Categorical Imperative or moral law inherited the value system of Platonic and Aristotelian Philosophy in which the form of the Good which is both good in itself and good in its consequences, occupied a central position. Freud, we know, refrained from directly referring to the idea of “The Good”. Melanie Klein (one of Freud’s followers), however, in her modification of Freudian theory, in which identification with the mother occurred much earlier than in Freudian theory, refers to the internalisation of “The Good Mother” and “The Bad Mother” (as a part of what she referred to as the paranoid-schizoid position). In this position, the mothers breast is obviously a part object( the good breast, the bad breast) which is being related to in the first year(s) of life. Freud, we know, prefers more technical language to make fundamentally the same points as many of his followers and we need to point out in the context of the above discussion, that he was not overly concerned to form a detailed clinical picture (based on observations) of early childhood. This task was left to his daughter Anna Freud and Melanie Klein who both engaged in these studies against the background of different theoretical models which incidentally was a source of rivalry between them. Anna Freud’s theories differed from Klein’s in that the latter was concerned to chart the irruption of id impulses in the life of infants and children. Anna Freud, in contrast, was more concerned to chart the defence mechanisms of the Ego and felt that children, being dependent upon their parents, could not develop a transference reaction with their therapist. Observational studies of children played an important role in both Anna Freud ‘s and Melanie Klein’s theories. It ought to be pointed out here that the attempted application of psychoanalytical theory to children had the potential to fundamentally demolish Freud’s theory, but that of course did not happen, and instead such application served to confirm the validity of the theory. Even British observers such as Ernest Jones at the time of the rivalry between Anna Freud and Klein realised that what was at issue here was a difference in degree, rather than a difference in kind, between the two theories, even if the two parties at times may have had another view of the matter.
Melanie Klein’s contribution to psychoanalysis involved the postulation of “positions” in which certain types of phenomena occur in accordance with principles (arché). The paranoid-shizoid position and the depressive position were “categories” that were used to organise both observations and diagnoses. The former position designates a more primitive form of mental development and capacity than the latter. Relations to objects in the paranoid-schizoid position are not characteristically strong ego-positions. The resolution of the depressive position which is engaged in a process of mourning for the lost good object is a passive state which is coupled to an active state in which there is a search for the good object .
Adrian Stokes, a Kleinian art commentator, in an essay entitled “Michelangelo” reflects upon one vicissitude of the instincts, namely sublimation, and he notes that, involved in the operation of this defence mechanism, is a striving after the creation of good external objects. This is to be contrasted with someone occupying the depressive position where the mourning process can degenerate into a destructive state of melancholia.
Freud’s account of the death instinct in infants is an account that does not believe the ego to be sufficiently mature to mobilise complex defence mechanisms. Klein disagrees with this. Her account regards the death instinct as a psychological and not merely a biological force. Her evidence for this is the power of the infant to relate to part objects such as the good and the bad breast. The Ego, on this theory, is split or schizoid, and projects both the death and life instincts outwards. In such a position there is a tendency to idealise objects excessively. Failure to find a good object and form a relation to it results in persecution anxiety and a fear of annihilation. If an ideal object is formed it is identified with and becomes integrated into the core of the ego and the superego. One of the key contributions of Kleins theory to psychoanalysis, in relation to the core of the personality, is the charting of a distinction between the jealousy we encounter in the Oedipal complex (which Klein associates with her “depressive position”) and the more primitive condition of envy, that is paradigmatically connected to the earlier paranoid-shizoid position. Envy, Klein argues, unlike jealousy, is associated with the destruction of the object that is the focus of the envy. In envy, persecutory anxiety forms the nucleus of a schizoid personality. Narcissism is also an important element of the paranoid-schizoid position: persecutory anxiety is also associated with persecutory guilt, and an intense sense of hopelessness. A relation to a good object becomes highly unlikely, principally because a destructive relation to a bad part object exists. Narcissistic rage is also an element of this position.
Balancing the above pessimistic evaluation of the role of the death instinct in personality development, is a Greek concern for Eros, the major libidinal force driving man forward in his endeavours. Melanie Klein’s clinical analysis is, to a significant extent, determined by her view of the later theorising of Freud. Her object-relations theory was initially met with skepticism, especially since they did not seem immediately to correlate with the results of other clinical experiments Piaget’s results in which object relations appeared to develop later than Klein maintained. Subsequent research, however, vindicated Klein’s position. Hanna Segal in her work entitled “Klein”, wrote:
“Most consistently she has been charged with attributing far too much complexity and activity to the mental life of the infant in his first two years. It was averred that this was out of keeping with the findings of neuro-physiology and with such academic psychological work as that of Piaget. This criticism seems to be less well founded today when new research suggests that the infants perception and object relatedness is far greater than had been suspected.”(London , Konak books,1989, P.169)
Segal also notes, in a footnote, a number of supporting works relating to sociability, parent-infant interaction and neonate imitation. A number of object permanence/object constancy experiments have since then, been conducted suggesting that the power is exercised much earlier than Piaget suspected.(Baillargeon & DeVos, 1986)
Anna Freud’s modification of her father’s theory did not stop at the emphasis upon the ego and its defence mechanisms. She also emphasised (in the spirit of hylomorphic theory) what she called “lines of development”. Her observational studies with children had revealed the fact that increasing numbers of children could not be placed in the classical categories of “normal” or “neurotic”. Anna Freud suggested in response to this finding that the classification category of “developmental disorder” be created. In 1962 she warned against using only one aspect of analysis to view the child. Her intention was to criticise those contributions which focussed solely on object relatedness, social adaptation, and Piaget’s schema of intellectual achievements. Anna Freud, like her father, was very careful about using the term “Good” in her writings, but the term developmental disorder nevertheless had distinctly hylomorphic connotations. This together with a commitment to her fathers “mythology of the instincts”( eros, thanatos, ananke) actually presupposes the formal and final “cause” of the Good articulated by Aristotelian theory.
Teleology thus reemerges as an important theoretical consideration, and it is important to re-iterate the Kantian approach to this issue, which, incidentally, is in perfect accord with hylomorphic theory. For Kant, it is the faculty of the understanding that categorises and conceptualises change in nature in terms of causality. This means that the idea of a physical end in nature gets transformed ideally into a teleological regulative principle. Kant claims the following:
“The difference turns, therefore, on a peculiarity of our (human) understanding relative to our power of judgement in reflecting on tings in nature.”(Kant’s Critique of Judgement, P.61)
For a divine form of understanding such judgement/reflection would be constitutive in virtue of being in contact with the noumenal world of things-in-themselves via a divine power. Our human understanding/judgement, however, is via conceptual possibilities rather than real actualities. In divine forms of understanding there is no movement from the analytic/universal to the particular, but instead there is an intimate relation between the synthetic whole and the parts that constitute the synthesis. Our human view of the whole, then, is an idealisation–a teleological idealisation that regulates our reasoning process. This reasoning process is intimately involved in our conception of life (psuché) as a living holistic organism whose whole has a necessary (living) connection to its parts. Perhaps this kind of reasoning is also necessary for reflection upon space, that synthetic a priori intuition:
“But space is not a real ground of the generation of things. It is only their formal condition–although from the fact that no part in it can be determined except in relation to the whole (the representation of which, therefore underlies the possibility of the parts) it has some resemblance to the real ground of which we are in search. But then it is at least possible to regard the material world as a mere phenomenon, and to think something which is not a phenomenon, namely, a thing-in-itself as its substrate”(P.66)
So, neither in Kantian Critical Theory nor in Aristotelian Hylomorphic Theory is there a contradiction in supposing two different modes of explanation of phenomena, namely mechanical and teleological. These modes, both Philosophers insist, are not just consistent with each other but necessarily require each other in accordance with the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
Kant continues his reasoning:
“We may apply to a thing which we have to estimate as a physical end, that is, to an organised being, all the laws of mechanical generation known or yet to be discovered, we may even hope to make progress in such researches, but we can never get rid of the appeal to a completely different sort of generation for the possibility of a product of this kind, namely that of a causality by ends. It is utterly impossible for human reason, or for any finite reason qualitatively resembling ours, however much it may surpass it in degree, to hope to understand the generation even of a blade of grass from mere mechanical causes.”(P.66)
The form of finality involved in aesthetic judgement is also an example of the teleological synthesis referred to above. The principle of teleology, therefore, becomes a heuristic principle that enables us to conceive of laws of nature as necessary and sufficient explanations of phenomena, as long as it does not exclude the mechanical laws of nature which also demand reference to a common super-sensible substrate which is the arché of both modes of explanation.
Teleology, then, for Kant, is not a branch of natural science nor a logical principle but it is a hylomorphic principle of final/formal causes for Aristotle: a principle that forms a significant part of the practical and productive sciences. Kant places teleological reasoning in the domain of the critique of judgement. For Aristotle the 4 elements of the natural world, earth, air, water and fire, are part of a synthetic whole of physical nature, in the same way in which the elements of life (psuché) are tissues, organs, limbs, are part of the varying forms of life of the animals. In synthetic totalities each part is intimately related to all other parts, e.g. in contexts of instrumentalities, the pen is “for” the paper and the paper is “for” the assignment that is written in the library which, when finished, is “for” the lecturer to mark which in turn is “for” the final qualification and the students education.
In relation to the issue of the Will and its relation to Consciousness via the “Body-image” postulated by O Shaughnessy, we need to understand the way in which the Will manifests a Heideggerian “circumspective” form of awareness when we are engaged in the performance of tasks that are constituted of a series of “actions”. This circumspective form of concern was characterised insightfully by Elisabeth Anscombe in her work on “Intention”(Oxford, Blackwell, 1972) as a non-observational form of awareness. William James in his “Principles of Psychology”, points to this form of awareness being preconscious or beneath the levels of consciousness, and if this is correct it appears as if intentional projects fluctuate between being directed consciously(at the beginning and end of the task, and if some problem occurs in the course of the task) and being directed pre-consciously (the term used by Freud). That the agent is aware of what they are dong non-observationally, and that this is true, can be ascertained by interrupting this pre-consciously driven activity with the question “What are you doing?” or “Why are you doing that?”. The agent must respond consciously and perhaps was even engaged in conscious thought whilst performing the activity in question. Our question interrupts both the conscious thought and the preconscious performance of the task at hand, e.g. the agent may have been playing the piano and thinking about the war.
In a chapter entitled “Observation and the Will” in volume 2 of O Shaughnessy’s (OS) work, “the Will: a Dual Aspect Theory” we encounter the following:
“The astonishing thing about action is that it is possible at all. Thus if man is making a chair, you will find a physical causal explanation of the movement of each piece of wood from its initial to its final setting: everything that happens is in accordance with physical law: but you will look throughout this world or universe forever in vain for an analogous physical explanation of their coming together in the form that they did, a form that mirrors human need and the human body” (Cambridge, CUP, 1980, P.1)
The point OS is making above is that the “form” of the chair requires the activity of the understanding and its categories to conceptualise such an activity as well as the teleological function of the faculty of judgement. For Aristotle, all 4 “causes” of his theory of change would be required to explain the coming into being of the synthetic whole of the chair, though the material and efficient causes would be equally as important as the final cause in this context of involvements.. The idea of a synthetic whole, that is, applies to space, artifactual relations, and to psuché, and its practical ethical and theological relations.
The chair, OS argues, is a kind of creation, a gift to the universe bestowed upon it by psuché or the creator. This source of the gift also possesses the gift of non-observational awareness a power that enables a task to be completed whilst freeing conscious for the activity of thought. My body, OS further argues, is merely the vehicle of intention, purpose, reason, characteristics of life that are located in a non physical realm, a realm we would call mental and the Greeks called psuché. The Greeks did not possess a term that could easily be translated in all circumstances into our term “consciousness”. Charles H. Kahn claims in an essay entitled “Sensation and Consciousness in Aristotelian Psychology”, that Aristotle’s idea of “sensory soul”(one of the simpler powers of psuché) is largely receptive of stimuli emanating from the external world: when active this simple power is usually used to attend to stimuli and perhaps also for the perceiving of something as something, e.g. material as a chair. In psychological terms the sensory function of consciousness is the bipolar opposite of the motor function of psuché which is critically involved in action that, depending upon the circumstances, requires either an observational form of awareness( in learning the action, correcting a mistake, beginning and ending an action) or a non- observational form of awareness.
Both the chair and the action originate from a creative agent. Action, however, for OS belongs both to the physical realm and the realm of the psychological. With regard to the chair OS situates the chair in the world and the thought involved in bringing about the existence of the chair in its final form he situates in “my world”:
“What do I mean by saying of my here-and-now actions that they are “situated” in my world? I mean that along with beliefs, desires, intentions, etc, they stand to me and to me alone in the bedrock relation of being known immediately for what they are and of depending upon me for their entire being and of being intelligible and internally linked to an entire system of psychological items.”( P.2)
OS also rejects the appeal to the sensory process of observation in this situation:
“I mean that I do not stand to my actions in the relation of observer, just as I do not adopt an observational standpoint in knowing that I am puzzled, amused, and so forth…..for when I notice a purposive act from which I have been momentarily distracted, say driving a car as I am conversing, I do so non observationally and immediately I return to myself.”(P.3)
OS admits that insofar as the actions of others are concerned we are in the relation of “observer”, observing an agent who acts. Many senses are involved in action and typically involved are the senses of sight, hearing, and touch but it is seeing that is most critically connected to observing the deeds of others, even if touch has in some circumstances a critical function in all action. In order to obey the request to “turn up the volume”, I must touch the knob of the wireless with my fingers and turn it in the appropriate direction just sufficiently to comply with the request. OS claims that visual/tactile sensations without action are incomprehensible and actions without visual/tactile sensations are meaningless(P.7).
Similarly, if our sensations were only visual, which OS argues are essentially two-dimensional, we would not have the idea of the three dimensional world we actually live in. It is because we can move into the 3-d field of a landscape and act in this arena that it appears to our visual system as three-dimensional. An a priori sense of 3-d space seems certainly to be a necessary condition of our animal existence. It is against the background of such reflections that OS discusses the postulate of a body-image of controllable body-parts situated in space. Insert desire, intention, and purpose into this lived-space and we possess the elements necessary to account for the agents wish to bring about a reality that is different to the one that is currently experienced. The human organ and limb system (including hands and opposable thumbs) has the potential for not just life-preserving instinctive reactions but also consciousness, understanding, judgement and rationality. This species of form of life was defined by Aristotle in an essence-specifying-definition as, “rational animal capable of discourse”. Animality is the genus we belong to and the “form” is constituted by the potentialities for discourse and rationality amongst other powers. Animality in its turn belongs to the genus of life which includes plant life-forms. The powers that primarily constitute these forms of life are the nutritive and reproductive, the perceptive and locomotive, and finally rationality (of action and discourse). Each of these powers would change its scope and limits if incorporated into a whole incorporating other higher powers which have a transformative relation to the lower powers.
The power of an artifact such as an axe is not a power of life, but the power of use by a higher form of life, e.g. a woodchopper. In other words the genus of an artifact is categorically different from the genus of living forms. The power of an artifact whether it be an axe, a chair, or a computer, requires an external living designer. In the case of the computer there would probably need to be a great number of designers each possessing their own specialist knowledge. The life form in its turn is a different kind of genus to that of the mineral genus( as characterised naturally by Aristotle—earth, air, water or fire and associated processes of hot/cold, wet/dry—and the more technical chemical periodic table of elements). The mineral “kingdom” is inorganic in its very nature , the origin of whose parts have no relation to any human or animal designer. The natural elements are more like totalities with the possible exception of fire which appears to differ in its nature from the other elements belonging to the Aristotelian category of processes. Gerald Edelman in his work “Bright Air Brilliant Fire” hints at the importance of classical elements in its title, but in his characterisation of the key living organ of the brain he refers to the chemical composition of the brain, claiming that it is constituted completely of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, sulphur phosphate and a few trace metals. He then goes on to argue that the key to understanding the function of the brain resides in understanding how these elements are “organised”:
“It is not suprising that people have treated the mind itself as a special thing or a special form of stuff. After all, it seems so different from ordinary matter that its possessor may find it difficult to conclude by introspection alone that it could arise from the interactions of nonintentional matter. But as William James pointed out mind is a process not a stuff. Modern scientific study indicates that extraordinary processes can arise from matter, indeed matter itself may be regarded as arising from processes of energy exchange. In modern science matter has been re-conceived in terms of processes: mind has not been re-conceived as a special form of matter. That mind is a special kind of process depending upon special arrangements of matter is the fundamental position I have taken in this book.”(London, Penguin Press, 1992, P 6-7)
This is not incompatible with an Aristotelian hylomorphic position even if there are ambiguous characterisations of mind in terms of processes which need further characterisation, if mental processes are to be sufficiently distinguished from physical processes. Edelman dedicates his work to both Darwin and Freud. Darwin, we know, was a pioneer of the physical process of the evolution of the species, and Freud was a pioneer that mapped the mental processes connected to healthy and unhealthy mental functioning. Edelman refers to William James, who, we know regarded Consciousness as a Function, a form of thought which has the function of knowing (epistemé):
“Consciousness is supposed necessary to explain the fact that things not only are, but get reported, are known.”(James W., Essays on Radical Empiricism, Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press, 1996, P.6)
There is an intimate connection of Consciousness to Language postulated here and this position echo’s Freud’s theoretical view of the functions of Consciousness and Language as well as Freud’s practical view of psychoanalysis as a “talking cure”. In the process of “reporting”, what occurs in his realm of thought, the patient, in this psychoanalytical process, brings “material” from the unconscious realms of the mind into Consciousness, thereby fulfilling one of the goals of therapy, namely, a “catharsis” which aims to lower the anxiety-levels affecting the “work” of the Ego.
James claims that Experience is the “ultimate stuff of which everything is made” and this is a key element of his empirical and pragmatic Philosophy. In Volume 1 of his “Principles of Psychology”, we find both an account of knowing and an account of thought as :
“a synonym for consciousness at large.”(Index of Vol 2 Under the heading of “thought”)
James elaborates upon this idea in his chapter on the mind and its relation to other things by giving us his account of knowing:
“There are two kinds of knowledge broadly and practically distinguishable: we may call them respectively knowledge of acquaintance and knowledge about. Most languages express this distinction…..I am acquainted with many people and things which I know very little about, except their presence in the place where I have met them. I know the colour blue when I see it and the flavour of the pear when I taste it: I know an inch when I move my finger through it: a second of time when I felt it pass: an effort of attention when I make it: a difference between two things when I notice it; but about the inner nature of these facts or what makes them what they are, I can say nothing at all. I cannot import acquaintance with them to anyone who has not already made it himself….At most I can say to my friend. Go to certain places and act in certain ways and these objects will probably come…In minds able to speak at all there is, it is true, some knowledge about everything. Things can at least be classed, and the times of their appearance told. But, in general, the less we analyse a thing and the fewer of its relations we perceive, the less we know about it, and the more the familiarity is of the acquaintance type.(P.221)
James elaborates upon this by claiming that acquaintance is related to our sensations and feelings, but it is through thought that knowledge is generated about what we have become acquainted with. This is a similar account to the Kantian account of the sensible and intellectual faculties of the mind: this account points to an intuitive relation via which we are in immediate relation to the object or event we are witnessing, and a conceptual relation functioning according to a rule which mediates our relation to the object or event.
James also points to the role of language in our transactions with the external world and the different faculties of our mind:
“The grammatical sentence expresses this . Its subject stands for an object of acquaintance which, by the addition of the predicate is to get something known about it”(P.222 Vol 1)
James also claims that most languages have such a structure, and even though we recall that Strawson claimed in his work “individuals” that a language without any particulars was logically possible it would seem from James’ point of view that any language without an immediate relation to the objects and events of the external world would not possess the necessary structure and function of a language.(How for example would one be able to teach anyone such a language?) Similarly, a language composed only of images of particulars could at most meet the criteria of a signalling system and would also fail to meet the criteria for being a language.
James, in his work entitled “Essays on Radical Empiricism”, criticises Kant for being a dualist and also criticises him for collapsing the subject-object distinction via the postulation of a transcendental ego, but James fails to notice that Kant’s position is compatible with, and is indeed, an elaboration upon Aristotelian Hylomorphism. Both of these positions, it must be insisted, contained decisive arguments against both the materialism and dualism of their times. James, appears here to share the mistaken view that Kant was an idealist in spite of Kant’s famous criticisms of idealism and his assertion that he was both an empirical realist and a critical idealist. Indeed it is Kant we appeal to when we criticise James’s more materialistic and dualistic tendencies.
So, for James, the stream of consciousness is a stream of thought containing both feelings and concepts. His key idea of experience has a benign dualistic structure where reference is made to both consciousness and the things consciousness is conscious of. Feelings give rise to movement, and James provides us with a schema of Action which is very similar to the position outlined by Freud in his “Interpretation of Dreams”:
“Every impression which impinges on the incoming nerves produces some discharge down the outgoing ones, whether we are aware of it or not… every possible feeling produces a movement, and that movement is a movement of the entire organism, and of all its parts.”(P.372)
The sensory system, Freud is arguing discharges into the motor system (and probably into other organs and systems as well). This phenomenon in particular occurs with respect to intense pleasures and pains and it is thus the knowledge we have of this universal mechanism which permits the obvious inference from behaviour to state of mind. James continues his reasoning:
“But there are cases of arrest of peripheral activity which depend, not on central inhibition but on stimulation of centres which discharge outgoing currents of an inhibitory sort.”(P.373)
This passage recalls the Freudian characterisation of the ego as an inhibitor of affective impulses. James reports how, in the case of being startled, the very beating of the heart is stopped momentarily in order to provide for the emergency measure of raising blood circulation in the body as part of the response to the threat. There are also effects upon the respiratory system which manifest themselves as the “catching ones breath” in the case of fright, and breathing more intensely in the case of anger. James supports his claims very thoroughly by reference to experiments which demonstrate his various theses.
The most important effect, however, is the necessary pairing of sensorial stimuli with general innervation of the muscles. This type of phenomenon was also noted by Merleau-Ponty in his work “Phenomenology of Perception” where colours are necessarily associated with active-passive motor-values:
“Here the experience of colours confirms and elucidates the correlations established by inductive psychology.Green is commonly regarded as a restful colour “It encloses me within myself and bring a peaceful state”, says one patient. It “makes” no demands on us and does not enjoin us to do anything, says Kandinsky. Blue seems to “yield to the gaze”, says Goethe….We can reveal the soporific and motor basis of qualities, or their vital significance, by employing stimuli which are either weak or f short duration. In this, colour, before being seen, gives itself away through the experience of a certain attitude, appropriate only to that colour and precisely indicative of it.”(Trans Smith, C., London, Routledge, 1962, P244)
The body is innervated by the most sensory of sensibles, namely colour, and this is a life-transaction which is also in accord with the Freudian account of the psychical apparatus given in his work “The “interpretation of Dreams”. This, then, justifies the position of rejecting atomistic tendencies in Psychology, which either reduce the whole experience to pure sensations or pure behaviour. Certain physiological functions connected to the key organ of the heart may affect consciousness (especially if the heart stops for a longer period of time), and may not be able to function at a level to sustain consciousness. Being unable to breathe will definitely affect the reticular formation of the brain and result in unconsciousness. In such circumstances all sectors of the brain will be effected, including those situated in the somato-sensory region of the cortex: as a consequence the body-image will not be functioning. Indeed all sensory-motor activity will cease until a state of homeostasis is achieved in the body. None of this directly concerns Psychology which it has to be pointed out, has moved away from James’s definition: the Science of mental life, its phenomena and conditions.
Modern science is essentially inductive and adheres to the methodological matrix of the formation of hypotheses and the manipulation and measurement of variables. Teleology and the testing of entire theories via critical experiments has been discarded for less holistic concerns.
Comparing the theories of James and Freud is, on the other hand, a holistic project. James is not a behaviourist but he does pace much emphasis upon different kinds of movement, e.g.
Instinctive or Impulsive performances
Expressions of Emotion
Voluntary deeds (P.382 Vol 2)
James Defines Instinct as:
“The faculty of acting in such a way as to produce certain ends, without foresight of the ends, and without previous education in the performance.”(P.383, vol. 2)
Animals (the genus we humans belong to) engage in mostly instinctive behaviour and this may be a limitation of the limited repertoire of cognitive powers animals possess. They possess a form of consciousness that can learn and as a consequence know what has been learned, but without the educational power of language, the awareness they have of their world is confined to the present and the arena of present stimuli. On the face of it, James’ view of Instinct seems much broader than Freud’s, especially given his claim that instinct belongs to the general category of reflex action. We should, in the context of this discussion, also recall that Freud claimed that his concern was with only a handful of instincts and that his investigations were not exhaustive of the field. Recall too, that for Freud the aim of the instinct was the most important psychological aspect of his investigations and partially explained the variagated objects of that instinct. Both Teleology and the holistic aspect of these investigations was obviously more important to Freud than it was for James, and this is proved not just by his concentration upon the aims of instincts but also via Freud’s focus on the importance of the sexual instincts and the life and death instincts. In those animals who possess the power of memory and thought (consciousness) instincts are no longer merely blind reflexes but rather drives which are endowed with a cognizance of “ends”. The greater the complexity of the animal(in terms of their repertoire of cognitive and emotional powers), the greater the so-called “intelligence” of the animal. In the case of animals with a considerable repertoire of powers and humans, the concern with life and death exclusively gives way to a concern for the quality of life. James points out that most instincts are transitory( the life and death instincts excepted) and habits take their place. Such habits are the consequence of the operation of consciousness and the preconscious and are more amenable to change through inhibition via other elements of experience.
James’ theory of the emotions was a groundbreaking theory for his time. In discussing fear, he claimed that fear :
“is a reaction cause by the same objects that arouse ferocity.. We both fear and wish to kill anything that may kill us, and the question which of the two impulses we follow is usually decided by some one of those collateral circumstances of the particular case, to be moved by which is the mark of superior mental powers…The progress from brute to man is characterise by nothing so much as by the decrease in frequency of proper occasions for fear.”(P.415)
This is manifested in the extent to which we have become less fearful of ghosts and the supposed presence of supernatural spirits. Knowledge of the sources of such phantasms in either special sensory circumstances(lighting, reflections etc), or special psychic circumstances (the relatively recent loss of someone close), has functioned as a rational inhibitor of such fearful reactions. Similarly, inhibition may also be involved in the decoupling of the fear of something and the wish to kill or destroy that object, especially if the object is another human being or treasured animal. According to James, the absence of fear is also a measure of civilisation:
“In civilised life, it has become possible for larger numbers of people to pass from the cradle to the grave without ever having had a pang of genuine fear.”(P.415)
If only civilisation had been as successful in decoupling the reaction of angrily destroying the enemies we fear, from the fearful stimulus of that threat. This is merely a variation of the point Freud was making about the battle of the giants of Eros and Thanatos, in which the death instinct prevails and plunges countries and civilisations into destructive wars which bring about the ruin and destruction prophesied by the Greek oracles.
James insightfully elaborates upon his position above by saying:
“Many of us need an attack of mental disease to teach us the meaning of the word”(fear)(P.416)
We need to recall here that the date of the publication of James’ “Principles of Psychology”,namely 1890, was more than a decade before the publication of Freud’s seminal work “The Interpretation of Dreams”. This latter work, it ought to be recalled was an earlier work of Freud’s, and did not incorporate any theoretical reflections upon the death instinct. Indeed Freud’s first major publication, “On Aphasia” was in 1891 and it would only be much later in his writings that the attack of mental disease had a complex history, which very often involved defence mechanisms that in turn were vicissitudes of the instincts. It is not until the 1920’s with the publication of “Beyond the Pleasure Principle” and “Group Psychology and the Analysis of the Ego”, that we can fully comprehend the functioning of the Ego, especially the idea of it being connected with mourning and loss (the precipitate of lost objects). It may, that is, be a failure of the functioning of the Ego which lies behind the “seeing” of phantasms connected with the recent loss of family and close friends. The wish/desire that those close to us remain in existence may be, in certain circumstances, so strong, that they “appear” in hallucinations..
Freud pointed out in His work on Group Psychology the way in which “strange men” who seem very different to us, can often seem threatening, exactly because of the fact that their perceived differences overrides our knowledge that they are human beings, like us who must lead lives similar to ours. In this work Freud discusses the defence mechanism of identifying with an aggressive leader who wills the destruction of his enemies and “strangers” who are not members of the Group. This publication was a significant contribution to understanding the politics of Freud’s time, which Hannah Arendt characterised in terms of a shift away from traditional authoritarian values and towards group leaders who knew how to manipulate mass opinion and override traditional ethical concerns. Such concerns included a desire to respect all human beings, even if they were strangers. Freud, we know, complained in his work “Civilisation and its Discontents”, about the abuse of the term “love” in Christian theological dogma. The proposal of this dogma was that we ought to love our neighbours and even our enemies. Freud contested this claim, but given that he himself maintained that his Psychology was Kantian, we ought not to assume that he did not mean that we ought to respect our neighbours and enemies. He appears here to rightly be challenging the idea of whether love could be universalised in the way the Christian suggested. Many Christians, however, have suggested that the term “love” is metaphorical and means “respect”.
James speaks of the fear of infants upon waking up and discovering that no-one is present and they are alone. This could be the source of the anxiety behind the compulsion to repeat of the small boy featured in Freud’s work “beyond the Pleasure Principle”. This one and a half year old boy is attempting in language to symbolise the absence and presence of his mother, in an effort to control his fear of being alone. He does this by throwing a cotton reel attached to some cotton out of his crib whilst uttering the word “Gone!” and reeling it back again and uttering the word “Here!”. One assumes that if this experience becomes a regularity, defence mechanisms might be mobilised in order to reduce the ensuing anxiety levels thus compromising the normal functioning of the memory and compelling defensive repetitive symbolic performances on the basis of imagined fears that magnify the proportion of the danger to be expected in such circumstances. The employment of defence mechanisms so early on in the cycle of the development of the psycho-sexual stages, will undoubtedly compromise the strength of the ego and perhaps also its later powers to love and to work.
James charts animal fear-behaviour and fixates upon the two alternatives of running away from a threat, and remaining motionless on the spot in a semi-paralysed state. The latter alternative, he characterises problematically, as death-shamming behaviour, but then rejects this description in favour of the more neutral description of “terror paralysis”, which it turns out is especially useful in those contexts where the threatening animal is less likely to identify or notice a motionless object. James interestingly then connects this behaviour to that of a melancholic who crouches motionless in a state of absolute fear. This too, however, it could be argued ought to be described as “terror-paralysis”. We recall the extreme inhibitory avoidance behaviour of the agarophobic which to some extent resembles the inhibitory behaviour of animals who travel from A to B under cover or close to cover. Is this “death-avoidance” behaviour? Behaviour directed to the end of avoiding death? Given, in the case of animals, we are not dealing with language users there seems to be no means to definitely determine the correct end-description. This seemed to be the view of Darwin who explained this phenomenon in terms of the facts of survival and successful adaptive behaviour. We should also bear in mind his theorising occurred before the advent of genetic explanations of behaviour.
Much of what james reflects upon in his two volumes is the description of phenomena that Freud would have shown interest in, and sought to explain via his theorising. James also attempts to give an account of acquisitive behaviour and here his discussion reminds us of Kantian and Freudian strategies which investigate the history of the development of desires from early childhood. Young children, James argues, want those objects that please them, and when someone appropriates that object, reactions can range from passive jealousy to the more active attitude of envy coupled with aggressive attacking behaviour. James notes that it is the task of civilisation to inhibit such behaviour. If such regulation fails to work with any particular individual who repeats previous “successful” patterns compulsively, we may have to concede that this individuals personality profile is dominated by narcissistic desires and the manifestation of the death instinct in aggressive reactions. Freud, we know, connected this compulsion to repeat to his anal stage of personality development where parental control of motor responses may have been problematic, and James points to one of the more harmless manifestations of this fixation in the tendency to hoard objects to excess. Freud’s explanations of such phenomena are of course more satisfying and systematic than James’ phenomenological/pragmatic descriptions.
In relation to the idea of love, James has some interesting comments to contribute which at first glance may appear to be in conflict with the position of Freud. He maintains, in Kantian spirit, that man has an instinct toward isolating himself from his fellow man and in particular from the “strangers” he encounters. This instinct competes, according to both James and Kant, with other more “social instincts”. For Kant, however, this tendency toward isolating oneself may be a more mature form of narcissism in which man believes that his life will be more comfortable if he makes all his life-decisions himself. Kant calls this tendency, in his political writings, the social unsociability of man. The Kantian position, however, also contains the account of a possible use of rationality in which the maxim of mans actions can occur in terms of the conditions of the various formulations of the categorical imperative. In this process of universalisation emphasis is shifted from “my happiness” (my world) to the flourishing life in “the world”. In this shift there is also a shift from a calculative form of reasoning in which we calculate means to our personal ends(the ends of “my world”) to a categorical form of reasoning which is both teleological and holistic–taking into account the interest of everyone.
James also claims that it is difficult to draw a clear distinction between instincts and emotions:
“Every object that excites an instinct excites an emotion as well.”(Vol 2 P.442)
For James, however, the emotional reaction terminates not in a deed but in the experiencers body. He also maintains further that these emotional reactions are caused by objects which we have no practical relation with. James uses the term “object” technically to refer to a physically present object as well as an object that is imagined, thought, or remembered. Returning to his earlier description of fearful behaviour he adds a description of the physiological symptoms that accompany the behaviour. The change in the condition of the skin, the heart, breathing, plus dryness of the mouth, change in tone of voice, tremors, and the tenseness of the tone of the muscles of the body, are all discussed. James then points out that merely describing the emotions is a tiresome business and that there is a need to probe the topic more deeply in search of “principles”. It is in this connection that he formulates his famous theory of the emotions:
“My theory…is that the bodily changes follow directly the perception of the exciting fact, and that our feeling of the same changes as they occur, is the emotion.”(P.449)
and
“We feel sorry because we cry, angry because we strike, afraid because we tremble.”(P.450)
The whole organism reverberates in response to the exciting fact. Certain physiological responses are felt intensely and others more obscurely. James also distinguishes between the coarser and the more refined emotions such as the feeling of beauty which, according to Kant, is a feeling produced by the harmonious function of the sensible and intellectual faculties of our minds. James uses his theory to distinguish between pathological and normal functioning claiming that in the latter emotion is related to an object and in the latter there is no object:
“In every asylum we find examples of absolutely unmotivated fear, rage, melancholy or conceit; and other of an equally unmotivated apathy which persists in spite of the best of outward reasons why it should give way” (P.459)
James also touches upon the Freudian territory of the vicissitudes of the instincts, namely the defence mechanisms. If, he argues, tears or anger are suppressed but the objects continue to excite their responses:
“the current which would have invaded the normal channels turns into others, for it must find some outlet of escape. It may then work different and worse effects later on. Thus vengeful brooding may replace a burst of indignation.”(P.466)
The above talk of currents and channels is suggestive of a biological energy regulation principle of homeostasis which Freud used, particularly in his earlier theorising, prior to the production of his “Project for a Scientific Psychology”. We also ought to recall that Freud later destroyed this work, hoping it would not remain in circulation and represent his more materialistic reflections. He very soon realised that the Psychology of Instincts and Emotions must situate itself at the level of the psychical representatives of these drives and not on the materialistic substrate of types of neurones in the brain and their different kinds of function. Freud, at the time of destroying his own work probably did not realise that his publications would stretch over a period of almost 50 years (over 100 publications) and that this one publication would pale into insignificance against the background of the entire canon of his work. This long journey we know ends at the beginning of reflection upon life, namely with the ideas and concepts of Greek Philosophy. Kant, too, played an important part in his later theories. This is not to insist that there is no role for an energy regulation principle in theorising about the instincts and emotions. It is rather to insist that this principle has to do with the functioning of the material substrate of psychic activity.
The Freudian Pleasure-Pain Principle and Reality Principle regulates the topography of the conscious, preconscious, and unconscious structures of the mind via the dynamic agencies of the ego, id, and superego. These reflections were of course not available to James in 1890, the date of the publication of his “Principles of Psychology”. There is nevertheless much in James’ reflections that significantly contributes to the search for “principles”, especially when one considers what James says about the Will in Chapter 26 of volume two. There is much in this section of James’ work that will illuminate many of Freud’s reflections.
Kant makes an important distinction between civilisation and culture whilst at the same time acknowledging the importance of viewing these characterisations of mans social being-in-the-world in terms of his “lebenswelt,” rather than in terms of his technological “achievements”(techné). The latter belongs in the realm of a pragmatically based mentality which seeks to focus on the means to ends whilst the former invokes a mentality that concerns itself with the elusive idea of ends-in-themselves.
The creation of the chair is an early technological achievement that can largely be explained in terms of the movement of material from one place to another: a causal history of events in a spatio-temporal continuum which brought together an object that serves a number of possible ends, including being placed in a library and helping to constitute a studious form of life in a context of involvements that transcends a merely reductional causal analysis into events in which material is in motion and moving from one location to another. Even in this technical process we need the idea of the form or end of “the chair” to explain just why this material took the form that it did: a form that is important in both the contexts of Civilisation and Culture. There is no better manifestation of the contemplative form of life envisaged by Aristotle than that of the University Library. The chair allows us to sit for hours reading or writing, events that appeal to the idea of an end-in-itself . In such a context we encounter both technical knowledge (how to build a chair) and the kinds of knowledge necessary to write books : epistemé, arché, diké, areté, logos and the knowledge of aesthetic and teleological principles.
There is a complex relation between civilisation and culture which is connected to the relations between instrumental (means creating) and categorical (end-sustaining) reasoning. Aristotelian hylomorphic explanation acknowledges different kinds of explanation associated with these different types of reasoning: material and efficient causation is, according to Aristotle, more susceptible to hypothetical-instrumental reasoning, and formal and final causation which is regulated by logos is best characterised by categorical reasoning. For Aristotle, the chair has a form(formal cause) that guides human activity to the telos that is embedded in what we referred to above as the context of involvement necessary for the possible cultural aim of a contemplative life. In these contexts, however, the chair possesses what Heidegger referred to as a ready-to-hand form of existence, unless of course it has specific aesthetic characteristics which mobilise an appreciative episode in which we stand and admire the chair instead of sitting in it and reading. Similarly, with the library–this stone building with high ceilings and marble floors–we might stand outside and consider its architectural characteristics such as the mass-effect of the stone, the rough and smooth surfaces, the distribution of windows and other glass apertures. Libraries and temples were designed and constructed in accordance with cultural teleological ideas, but as buildings they also have to meet the purposes of civilisation, they have, that is, to have a ready-to-hand, means to an end, character. The telos of culture concerns itself principally with ends and the telos of civilisation building activities demands a more calculating form of reasoning.
Kant’s Philosophy situates aesthetic judgement relating to the beauty of natural or art objects at the gateway between sensible parts of the mind and its more intellectual thought-processes. This assumes a hylomorphic approach in which aesthetic judgement functions as a lynchpin linking a more organic view of civilisation-building activities meeting essentially organic needs( fulfilling safety needs as outlined by Maslow) and the higher psychological mental needs of culture.
Kant notes the following:
“The empirical interest in the beautiful exists only in society. And if we admit that the impulse to society is natural to mankind and the suitability for, and the propensity towards it, i.e. sociability, is a property essential to the requirements of man as a creature intended for society, and one, therefore, that belongs to humanity, it is inevitable that we should also look upon taste in the light of a faculty for estimating whatever enables us to communicate our feeling to everyone else, and hence as a means for promoting that upon which the natural inclination of everyone is set.”(Kant’s Critique of judgement, Trans Meredith, J., (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1973) P.155.
The beauty of a library may give rise to a judgement of beauty which has its source in a harmony of the sensible and intellectual functions of the mind (the imagination and the understanding), which in turn generates a feeling of pleasure. The Concepts of the understanding are not involved, but the categories are, e.g. quality, quantity, relation and modality. We should note in this context that it is the categorial use of concepts in accordance with the categories of understanding /judgement which is responsible for the communicability of objectively valid judgements about objects events.etc. The aesthetic judgement, however, does not rest on concepts and is strictly speaking not about the object one is appreciating, but rather is about the subject who is engaged in the judging process. The feeling, then becomes the focus of the judgement, and is that basis for, as Kant puts the matter, speaking with a universal voice about the beauty of the object. The aesthetic experience, insofar as the library is concerned, requires adopting the role of the spectator and engaging in a sensory exploration with the aid of the imagination and understanding. Here we encounter one of the most important functions of civilisation, namely, to refine our feelings and inclinations and seek happiness. Such contemplation may play an important part in engaging in the more serious business of Culture whose major task is to demand of us the performance of social duties that will help in the aim of avoiding ruin and destruction. In Cultural activities, there is a regulation of the desire for happiness and even a demand for sacrifice of happiness. For the Greeks this regulation occurred in the name of principles (arché) and the virtues( areté, diké, epistemé etc). For Freud the former appreciative activity is related to a mature form of pleasure, but there is a serious intent on the part of the creators of objects such as libraries , temples, and tombs, and it is this which demands the operation of the defence mechanism he called “sublimation” which for him was a vicissitude of an instinct (as was Consciousness). It is not clear, however, whether Freud would have subscribed to the distinction we are appealing to , namely, that between civilisation and culture, but he is on record as describing his Psychology as Kantian and he “borrows” concepts from Greek culture(mythology) and Greek philosophy which assume some form of this distinction. If Freud is to be taken seriously then we must assume that the 4 Kantian questions which defined the domain of Philosophy, must to some extent concern Freud too, e.g. “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, What can we hope for?” and “What is man?”.
The Greek concept of areté, if defined in terms of saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time, obviously relates to both civilisation-building activities and culture-creating and sustaining activities, such as the passing of laws and education. Both kinds of activity are important for “society”–the term Kant used above in conjunction with the term “humanity”. The former term comes from Latin and this is important to bear in mind when it comes to the humanistic element of Culture, simply because the Roman idea or ideal of governing men was very different to the ancient Greek idea or ideal of governing the polis. The Romans, we should remind ourselves, were mostly concerned, firstly, with engineering, and secondly military objectives, and both of these require instrumental reasoning rather than the more categorical reasoning the Greeks thought so important if one was to heed the Greek oracles warnings about impending ruin and destruction. The most paradoxical God in the Roman Pantheon was obviously Janus with his two faces and two sets of eyes looking in different directions–a figure that appears to be the figment of an anxious imagination. Janus was perfectly placed at the gates of the city to watch the soldiers marching out to battle and watch them returning with diminished numbers once the battle was over.
Kant was undoubtedly the major humanistic figure of the Enlightenment, and carried on the tradition of humanism from the Greek Philosophers, but there is one major apparent difference between Classical Greek political philosophy and Kantian Political Philosophy. Kant’s critical and systematic moral Philosophy paved the way for a more systematic understanding of the concepts of freedom, human rights, and peace, all of which were implied in Aristotelian Political Philosophy but whose contours emerged and became more clearly thematised in Kant’s Theory of Practical Reason and Action. Lying at the foundation of these reflections, however, is an Aristotelian hylomorphic view of psuché, which is most clearly delineated in his Critique of Teleological Judgement. Teleological judgments are obviously involved in the construction of artefacts such as chairs and humanistic institutions such as libraries, but it is their role in explaining the activity of psuché (forms of life) that both Aristotle and Kant thought equally important. Teleological explanations for both of these philosophers are different kinds of explanations compared to the kinds of explanation we use in theorising about nature. In this latter kind of explanation, insofar as objects of sense are concerned, it is important that we search for mechanisms e.g. the nexus effectivis of the form of the bird for example, but it is equally important to acknowledge that this form of explanation, valid though it is, could never adequately explain the necessity that attaches to the functional behaviour of the bird that sustains it in its existence.
The Polis or larger community, for Kant, requires explanations in terms of nexus effectivis, and also explanations which Kant terms nexus finalis. In the case of the laws of the polis/community, unity is part of the city/community and is part of the nexus finalis we call “The Law”, which in turn relates to the nexus effectivis of breaches of the law by citizens. In this context we should recall the Socratic account of justice in The Republic where the unity of the city is emphasised, and it is blandly asserted that the divided city is headed for ruin and destruction. We should also recall that the Socratic argument against the passing of unjust laws was that these laws might in the end even not be in the interests of the law-makers. Socrates pointed here to the importance of knowledge in any effective legislation process. Teaching those who breach the law, the necessity of obeying the law is part of the civilising process. But the finality of laws, insofar as unifying the city is concerned, extends into the sphere of Culture and its purposes and goals: the sphere of a quality of existence that strives after the property of being in a broad sense “healthy”. For Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle, the healthy city is the just , peaceful city.
As Political Philosophy progressed through the millennia, we find, with both Hobbes and Descartes, a fascination for artefacts and the objects of science, at the expense of an appreciation of the importance of healthy life-forms. Hobbes, for example, thought that the state is best viewed as an artifactual construction. The political entity, for him, was more like the ready-to-hand chair than the cultural humanistic institution of the library. For Hobbes and Descartes, educational processes were engaged in the technical task of “constructing” minds rather than the humanistic task of “nurturing” them.
What Kant called “mechanical causality” in his CrItique of Teleological Judgement can certainly be applied to explaining how the chair came into existence. In Aristotles Theory of Change, the creation of the chair is an example of change that partly requires reference to mechanical causality which is not the case if we are talking about the tree the wood came from. The form of finality of “forms of life” require different kinds of explanation. Such forms, Kant claims, exist as physical ends which are both cause and effect of themselves” (Kant P.18). This is part of Kant’s noumenal account involving:
“a kind of causality that we cannot associate with the mere conception of nature unless we make that nature rest on an underlying end that which can then, though incomprehensible be thought without contradiction”(P.18)
The generation of a genus of life such as an animal or a tree is a case of something causing itself: a cat produces a kitten which is a cat and an oak produces an acorn which will grow into a tree: like produces like. If trees produced kittens or cats acorns this would be similar to the relation of artefacts to their human creators. The polis, according to Hobbes was artifactual–his laws were artefacts that were mechanically designed. This runs contrary to the views of both Aristotle and Kant. The individual born in a polis is to be nurtured under its laws as both a free individual and a citizen living in a domain in which a certain form of life is valued: a form measured by the ideas of areté, arché, epistemé, diké. The form of change which the infant and child needs to undergo before these forms/ideas seem appropriate, is complicated(Kant P.19): far more complicated than the forms of change a tree undergoes as part of a forest or the changes wood undergoes to form a chair. All forms of life, however, share with each other essential characteristics involving the mutual relatedness of their parts to each other: in the case of the human form of life we are dealing with the relation of organs, limbs, hands, bones, tissues etc., which are all necessary for the form of life the human will lead in a polis containing trees and chairs, libraries and temples, and tombs: a form of life requiring a constellation of human powers and abilities. The powers of a tree are obviously more limited than the powers of a rational animal capable of discourse who, amongst other things creates chairs, makes laws, and discusses Philosophy in the agora. The library, temple, and tomb in the agora look on the face of it to be very complex artifacts, but they are endowed with a telos that is essential to psuché and are thereby endowed with the values and norms associated with areté, arché, epistemé and diké. The users of these “institutions” contrast with the users of the chair placed in the agora by a degree of complexity that separates the idea of civilisation from that of culture. Culture requires the presence of free and educated individuals to perform the duties associated with families and the polis, and this requires a long process of the development of their powers: a process Aristotle thought of as a self actualisation process.
The chair placed in the agora is part of what Martin Heidegger called a context of involvements. More recently analytical philosophers have used the term “instrumentality” to designate the essential character of equipment. For Heidegger, the chair is an entity “ready-to-hand”, and belongs in. a context with other objects such as the table, the objects placed on the table etc. The ways in which these objects relate to each other are to be explained by the purposes of the will and its sensory and motor functions. The powers of the will and the human body have an intimate relation to each other. The will can will action in both instrumental- civilisation contexts(techné) and categorical culture-constituting contexts involving areté.
Aristotle’s biological/psychological account of psuché embraces all forms of life from the plant kingdom to the animal kingdom, and also points to the form of life with the most awe-inspiring and impressive repertoire of powers: the rational animal capable of discourse. The biological base of these powers, however, resides simply in a specific constellation of organs, limbs, hands, bone and tissue which may, if conditions are not propitious, never actualise its capacities if it is not nurtured to do so in the appropriate civilised circumstances. Part of this actualisation involves the historical/philosophical problem of the relation between the body and the mind which was not a fundamental issue for the Ancient Greek Philosophers. These Greek philosophers intuitively understood that the relation was intimate and perhaps would have thought that Spinoza expressed this relation well when he said that the first idea of the mind was the idea of the body. Aristotle, in particular, would have found this to be an appropriate claim. Perhaps the mark of the beginning of the so called period of “modern Philosophy” is instantiated by the kind of claim made by Descartes who maintained that one can in fact imagine the absence of ones body whilst retaining the idea/conclusion that “I exist”. Aside from the problem of Descartes’ dualism, and his ambivalence on the issue of the distinction between scientific and philosophical problems, there is something of analytical importance in Descartes’ challenge to the Aristotelian/Spinozist positions. After Spinoza, Greek hylomorphism( which rejects both materialist and dualist accounts of the relation of the mind to the body) made a comeback via the Critical Philosophy of Kant which also embraced Spinoza’s suggestion that the ultimate adequate idea of the self includes reference to an adequate idea of the role of the relation of the body to mind. For Kant this relation is hylomorphic and concerns powers of sensibility and the powers of understanding which are in some ways mutually reciprocal : but, a concept without an intuition is blind, and an intuition without a concept is empty–intuitions, however are the matter for the “forms” of concepts.
The question that arises in this context is, of course, whether we can see the presence of hylomorphism in more recent “modern” philosophy. The analytical Philosophy of the later Wittgenstein certainly played the role of neutralising various forms of materialism and dualism and thereby created a space for the reemergence of Aristotelian and Kantian positions. Brian O Shaughnessy is a modern Philosopher who is influenced by Freud and the later Wittgenstein, and whose work on the relation of the body to the mind is one of the most important epistemological characterisations of our time. In his investigations there is reference to the principles (arché) of noncontradiction and sufficient reason and a firm rejection of materialistic reductions and dualistic “spiritualisations” of the mind.
The Historical/Philosophical problem of the Will has always been concerned with
1. The Will’s relation to the body and
2. The Will’s relation to the World.
O Shaughnessy(OS) discusses these problems extensively in terms of the epistemological relation of the body to the will, and also in terms of the logical limits of the will. In terms of this latter question OS argues that the initial and primary target for the will is a body-part inserted in a body-image. For example, the hand reaching for the wireless knob, insofar as the observer is concerned, engages with the world and enables the agent to turn up the volume of the wireless via the causal connection between the fingers of the hand and those parts of the radio responsible for volume control. The action that is a response to the request “Turn up the volume!” is under control of the will because the will mobilises the arm and the fingers of the hand that are part of the body-image of the agent. This body-image is psychologically “present” for the agent, and is the source of his awareness of the position and location of the parts of his body that are under the control of the will. Some organs are, for example, not under our control, but our limbs, hands, and some organs such as the eyes, ears, nose and genital organs are all part of the body-image which is under our control ,and this is part of that which constitutes what in Spinoza’s words was characterised as “the first idea of the mind”. I am asked to turn the volume of the wireless up and move my arm toward the goal and subsequently activate my fingers to turn the knob in the appropriate direction. This is an excellent account of an instrumental action situated in what Heidegger called a context of involvements. The term instrumentality is defined by the Collins dictionary as “the condition fact or quality of being instrumental, or serving as a means”. There is ,therefore, a clear sense in which the parts of the body contained in my body-image can be construed as “instruments” that are used for various purposes amongst which are those purposes which sustain me in my existence and contribute to the quality of my existence (in the context of civilisation and culture). This state of affairs in Greek terms would fall under the the categorical term “techné”, which Heidegger utilised in his reflections on our relation to technology. This region for Aristotle requires both material and efficient causes(explanations) if we are to give an adequate account (essence specifying definition) of, for example, instrumental action. It is clear from the above account that there are nonactive parts of the body which are not part of the body-image e.g those parts involved in digestion or fighting infections and these activities lie beyond the scope and limits of the will .
OS uses categorical thinking to designate the psychological and mental status of the will: he sees the category of “the active” to be critical in the account we give of this region of our mind. OS also uses the Freudian term of “ego-affirmative” to characterise the activity of the will. The will, that is, whilst being connected to an energy source which OS describes as “impulsive”, also manifests itself in all activities that can be described in terms of “striving”. This, in turn, entails the presence of desire/intention and this is the case for all forms of life that possess complex organ/limb systems. The powers of desire and belief in animal behaviour are in contrast to what are widely regarded as the non-instrumental powers of nature, e.g. rivers and oceans. Whilst some poets such as T S Eliot may consider the river to be a god and a “conveyer of commerce”, its activities are not as such teleologically explained. Apart from this fact we know nothing of the purposes of Gods.
Similarly, we have, as Kant maintained in his “Critique of Teleological Judgement” no knowledge of the final ends of nature(P.27). Furthermore the river has no internal structure responsible for directing its activity which consists primarily in flowing from A to B. The power of the river is purely mechanical-physical ,and therefore is not to be explained in formal-final terms. Philosophically, the river is also not a God, because a god must possess a repertoire of powers that are not mechanical-physical. The demiurge of the Greeks is regarded as a divine artisan creating the world out of the materials of chaos in accordance with the “forms”( principles). Presumably, the river is the kind of thing the demiurge created and not a part of the original chaos, but the principles involved in its creation must differ in some respect to the principles responsible for the existence of living organisms(psuché). The river, therefore, cannot be a God. The Demiurge might then be a divine artisan using principles to create the world, but the demiurge does not have a body and does not operate in accordance with the mechanical-principle/causes that regulate or constitute physical reality. The Demiurge then is an independent “power” which our thought is not capable of fully understanding.
Kant contributes to this debate by urging us to use a subjective principle of reason to provide an account of nature which views nature as system of related “ends”. It was this challenge that Aristotle met by providing his theory of change which included 4 kinds of change in three media (space, time, matter), three principles of change and 4 causes of change (material, efficient formal and final). This theory allows us to explain material/physical/mechanical change at an empirical level but also allows us to explain the use of categories and principles such as are found in Newton’s “Principles of Natural Philosophy”. Kant, who understood Newton well, refused to juxtapose God and Science under the concepts of creator/world created. He discusses this issue at length in his Third Critique in the context of a metaphysical account of the relation of man to his world. Material laws, however, which it is the concern of empirical science, using the methods of observation to discover and verify, rests upon the categories of understanding/judgement and principles of logic. These laws, however, Kant argues, are not ultimate laws which reason can decisively justify, because the principle that unifies them, is, a super-sensible principle. The Judgements associated with this state of affairs refer to a causality distinct from material/efficient causation:
” we must think. a causality distinct from mechanism, namely a world cause acting according to ends, that is, an intelligent cause–however rash and indemonstrable a principle this might be for the determinant judgement.”(P.40)
Moreover, Kant insists that this teleological form of explanation is especially necessary when it comes to providing philosophically defendable accounts of psuché (forms of life):
“No one has ever yet questioned the correctness of the principle that when judging certain things in nature, namely organisms and their possibility, we must look to the conception of final causes.”(P.40)
It needs, however to be pointed out that this conception of final cause is problematic if applied to material that is not endowed with life because, as Kant argues:
“the possibility of living matter is quite inconceivable,”(P.46)
One ought, then, not to be surprised to learn that we are dealing with two different kinds of explanation. One which is associated with the quantification of matter and its material/physical relations. This physical kind of explanation demands powers of observation in order to manipulate and measure variables and the relation of variables to each other.
Given this conception of the whole of nature as a system of ends, it is difficult not to concede with Kant that the cause of the world as a whole is best conceived of as a form of Intelligence that it is difficult to characterise in any further detail. Kant does, however, refuse to conceive of this Intelligence as an instrumental force in the world operating in accordance with material and efficient causes. This form of Intelligence does, however remind us of the greek idea of the Demiurge— a being whose medium of operation was that of thought and understanding.
Kant would certainly refuse to countenance any physical manifestation of this agency. No one could expect such an agency to do things like “turning up the volume”. Rather this Being is operating more like that of a principle. The relation of Principles to material objects is not a concrete relation in a context of discovery but is more like an explanatory relation in a context of explanation/justification. Principles are part of the explanation of the essence-specifying definition of material objects/events.
The Demiurge viewed as a real agent would, in the light of the sphere of its operation in the medium of thought, be an illegitimate conception insofar as Kant was concerned, in that we are dealing with the realm of the supersensible, which Kant believed we can know nothing categorical about. At best, for Kant, the Demiurge could be characterised as an idea, form, or principle constituted in the realm of thought. We, as thinking beings, do not think in the same way as the Demiurge whose mode of thinking in this realm was characterised by Aristotle in Metaphysics book 10, in terms of thinking about thinking. We, in contrast, can only think something about something as is reflected in the subject-predicate of our language which has a subject-predicate structure. Thinking about thinking could perhaps be characterised ontologically as having the status of the principle of all principles.
In the Critique of Teleological Judgement Kant claims that Reason is the faculty or principles aiming at the unconditioned—that which is without conditions. This would then entail that thinking about thinking is a divine form of reasoning. Given the fact, however, that we, rational animals capable of discourse, can only think something about something, i.e. understand the world in terms of concepts, aiming categorically at the truth and knowledge (epistemé). Our human theoretical understanding, on this account, refers then to principles which are not unconditionally constitutive of the Being of the external world. The principles involved are merely regulative–hence the importance of the Greek conception of the Demiurge as the Being whose thought constitutes the being of the world as a whole.
Human thought occurs via concepts, and here we lose the immediate connection with reality that is given via intuitions. Our connection is mediated through our cognitive powers. The power of reason reaches out to reality and immediate intuitive connection via concepts and logical principles such as noncontradiction and sufficient reason. Whilst concepts are in search of understanding reality, Reason, in its theoretical use is striving after a perspicuous representation of the unconditioned actuality of the world as a whole. In order to achieve this, it works with the idea of an unconditioned ground of nature. Human intuition, understanding and reason are all powers of a finite being. The Greeks, in spite of their embrace of theoretical reason prized practical reason above all other forms probably because they believed we were brought closer to reality or Being via, for example, our belief in the “Form of the Good”. We, rational animals capable of discourse, use reasons for the purposes of areté (doing and saying the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké (justice as conceived by Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle). Both of these ideas relate to finite beings and finite action situated at specific times and places—something which is a very different kind of being to that of the form of actualisation of a divine, infinite being, thinking about thinking. Indeed to fathom the full depth of the idea of the omnipresence of the Demiurge requires a form of cognition we rational animals capable of discourse do not possess. This may entail that we do not fully understand the form of the good and that therefore our most important creation–the polis– is constantly in danger of falling into a state of ruin. Perhaps we could prevent this from happening if we heeded another oracular challenge, namely to know ourselves.
Freud’s responses to this oracular challenge to “know thyself” are of singular importance given that they are, as he claims, relating to Kantian Philosophy. The later Freudian reflections even use terms drawn from Greek mythology, namely Eros, Thanatos, and Ananke, in order to establish a broader context for both his topography relating to states of consciousness (preconscious, unconscious, and consciousness) as well as the agencies operating in this topography, namely, the superego, ego, and id. The Ego emerges as the fundamental agency using the Reality Principle to neutralise the influence firstly, of the Pleasure-Pain principle and secondly, Thanatos–the death instinct. The Ego, Freud claims, serves three masters, the superego, the id and the external world. It does so primarily in the role of a regulating inhibitor in accordance with the reality principle. Its spheres of operation are mainly in thought and action. Freud also speaks of two psychological processes operating in these spheres of operation, namely the primary process (The instinctive part of the mind most closely allied with the body), and the secondary process whose task is to inhibit and initiate life affirming activity. It is obvious from Freuds account that he like Aristotle saw humans to be primarily animals and only secondarily practically cognitive beings that are forced to make instinctual sacrifices and suffer as a consequence from high levels of discontentment. Freud’s writings are a testament to the fact that the oracular challenge to “know thyself” requires much understanding and reasoning in the name of wisdom.
My argument in my earlier articles (The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness and Action( Vol 1-4) has been that if we are to fully understand Freudian theory we need to understand the thought of Socrates, Plato and Aristotle, Kantian Enlightenment Philosophy, and the later Philosophy of Wittgenstein. We ought also to consult the works of Analytical Philosophers such as B O Shaughnessy on the topics of The Will and Consciousness. We know that Freud claimed to be a scientist, but the exact meaning of his claim is unclear because what is clear is that he embraced science in the way in which Kant embraced science, namely in a philosophical spirit. Freud, we know used his science in a practical clinical setting and not the theoretical setting of the laboratory. His interest was not in the manipulation and measurement of variables in a context of discovery in which observation was the primary perceptual concern. In Freud’s consulting rooms it was thoughtful speech in the name of areté, that was the medium for the application of the Pleasure-Pain and Reality Principles. The task at hand was to interpret the symptoms that manifested themselves for the purposes of the “talking cure”, as one patient described psychoanalysis, or rather ,as Freud would have described the telos of what was occurring, for the purposes of strengthening the Ego. What was encountered in these consulting rooms, for example, were cathected ideas and motor images of desired objects generated by the primary processes of the mind which in turn gave rise to anxiety and manic desires(wishes) This, in turn, disturbed the operation of the secondary processes of a mind concerned with the problems of love, work and cultural issues. Verbal images which were characterised by Freud as being indications of thought-reality, played an important role in this cathartic process. This power of thought was of importance philosophically to both the Ancient Greek Philosophers, Kant, and the later Wittgenstein.
The work of mourning and the dream work were important aspects of the clinical work which initially used the techniques of hypnosis (later abandoned for good reason), free association, dream interpretation, identification, transference as a means of substituting the operation of the secondary process(reality principle) for the primary process(pleasure-pain principle). In the course of this psychological “work” there is a movement, from what is manifest to consciousness ,to what is latent in that part of the mind concerned with the instincts and the defence mechanisms. Bringing what is latent into consciousness viewed as a vicissitude of the instincts, is part of the task of the talking cure that strengthens the ego. This involves mobilising the cognitive power of language and its re-presentation of content in the context of a search for the Truth about what is good about life.
O’Shaughnessy’s use of the term “desire” in his account of the will and its relation to action presupposes that the will is essentially related to desire and belief, elements which together help to account for the complexity of animal activity and human action. OS marks the distinction between animal and human activity partly at the epistemological boundary where he claims the dog knows that he is about to be fed but our human awareness, he claims, is propositional and humans, he argues knows that it is true that they are about to be fed. This knowledge is vitally important in all human action contexts where it is important for the agent to establish the meaning of the action which includes the intention with which the action is performed.
Elisabeth Anscombe’s work on Intention argues hylomorphically about a case in which I accidentally killed my father on a hunting trip because I mistook his moving camouflaged hat at a distance for a moving deer. I intended to kill the deer but shot my father instead. The distinction between the so-called formal object of my action (the supposed deer) and the actual material object (my father) could only occur in the space of thought-reality. Desire was also important in this court-case because I certainly did not want (desire) to kill my father but the inquest will probably be more interested in establishing my intention than my desire, although the two are clearly intimately related in any action. Reasoning is an important aspect in all court judgements. The judgement of “accidental death” that emerges from the inquiry will inevitably involve teleological judgements in the third person in relation to the details of this case.
Now, it would be problematic to suggest that Freud would allow us to suspect that in spite of my conscious protestations of innocence I may nevertheless have harboured an unconscious desire to murder my father. Consciousness, we have claimed is a vicissitude of instinct, and at the time of my firing the gun there was an awareness of a putative material object of the deer which involved a formal idea of the deer. Being a rational animal capable of discourse, for OS, includes a form of self-awareness that animals do not possess because they do not possess the array of cognitive powers humans do. These powers form what OS calls a unified self composed of a tight circle of mutually related properties:
“When we speak of persons we have in mind beings endowed with a distinctive set of properties, consisting mostly in capacities such as for thought and reasoning but also in the knowledge of certain fundamentals like self, world, time, and truth. These properties are necessary conditions of one another, and in some cases are related by bonds of mutual entailment.”(Consciousness and the World, O Shaughnessy, B., (Clarendon press, Oxford, 2000, P. )
This view too has its hylomorphic and Kantian elements containing as it does a commitment to the self as a whole and the importance of belief and knowledge for thought and action. Consciousness plays an important role in OS’s account but it is evident that the human form of self-consciousness is not possessed by animals. We have a truth-relation to the world which involves thought-reality and external reality juxtaposed and compared in terms of the categories of understanding/judgement and other criteria of truth.
OS interestingly does not believe that his commitment to Freud rules out a commitment to Descartes, in particular his argument that I am certain of my existence because I am capable of thinking critically about my existence (The Cogito argument, “I think therefore I am”). I am also, Descartes insists, capable of being certain about the fact that I am thinking simply because any doubt about this fact is a thought (involved in reasoning). This, it can be argued is a part of thought-reality that Freud was referring to, and means that rationality plays an important role in the constitution of self-consciousness and the Ego. The Ego is not merely a defensive agency but also possesses the desire to know the truth and the desire to understand in a context of loving and working. A strong ego, according to Freud is vital to the mental and physical health of the self that has the task of strategically managing its activities, capacities and powers. This is needed if one is to meet the Delphic oracles challenge to “know thyself”, which has been challenging Philosophers for millennia. For Aristotle, such a complex task would require knowledge from all the sciences incorporated in the various disciplines forming part of theoretical, practical and productive science. Kant managed to condense all this into four fundamental questions of Philosophy, namely “What can we know?”, “What ought we to do?”, What can we hope for?” and “What is man?” In the context of this discussion Freud’s theories are often criticised for not being scientific but his broad perspective of science correlates well with both the Aristotelian canon of sciences and the Kantian view which likewise sees the importance of theoretical, practical and aesthetic reasoning. None of these accounts can be “reduced” to the materialistic concern for matter in motion or its associated concentration of the manipulation and measurement of variables in a context of discovery that relies heavily on observation-based knowledge.
Freud was both a research scientist and a trained doctor and we should note that Medicine has long been committed jointly to both clinical and experimental methods. The clinical method obviously dominated Freud’s research and practice of medicine, and this fact must be related to his view that he was studying not the instincts as such, but rather their psychical representatives. We should note too that, for Kant, it was a mark of theoretical science that it be able to use mathematics to quantify its results but it ought also to be recalled, mathematics is concerned with the quantification of space and time rather than “lived space and time” which is the focus of all the practical and productive sciences concerned with psuché. Movement into this region of science not only takes us away from the investigation of material and efficient causes in a context of exploration/discovery but into the more formal region of thought reality situated in a context of explanation/justification.
Freud in his consulting rooms very often found himself confronted with enigmatic seemingly contradictory phenomena requiring hypothetical speculation and/or explanation/justification in a context in which he was working with preliminary conceptions of health and catharsis His theory was designed to connect the seemingly disparate phenomena of wishes and dreams, hallucinations and symptoms, life and death, instinct and consciousness ,and pathological behaviour and everyday behaviour. He eventually arrived at final justifications for his connections which were more appropriate to the practical and productive sciences(e.g. medicine). Eventually a method evolved which involved discourse in accordance with a rule of truthfulness and various means( hypnosis, free association, dream interpretation, managing the transference relation, etc) of coaxing the patient to follow a trajectory of treatment that promised a better life ( “What can we hope for?”) This truthfulness relation fits well with the account we are given by OS where belief, desire, intention and action are integrated to form a quartet of powers that help to form the unity of self-consciousness.
Freud reached a turning point in his work with the writing of “The Interpretation of Dreams”. There was no longer any appeal to the brain and different types of neurones with different psychological functions. Instead we were given an account of a psychical apparatus that is in a continuous state of change, initially operating in accordance with the primary process in the infant where every wish is a command and the journey of life proceeds largely in accordance with the workings of the pleasure-pain principle. This form of functioning is then subjected to processes of inhibition initiated by the ego but continues to hold us in its grip every night when we dream. Once the ego is strong enough, life proceeds in accordance with both the pleasure pain principle, in those circumstances where it is appropriate, and the reality principle where that is justified. The Hughlings-Jackson physicalist principle of the higher centres in some sense incorporating the lower centres is still envisaged as the physical brain substrate of such an integrated state of psychological affairs. Freud, in fact, claimed that future brain research would justify his theorising and Gerald Edelmans Nobel prize winning research has proved him correct. It has, for example been discovered that the sleeping brain has the same energy profile of the 6 year old child. The relative inactivity of the sensory and motor centres of the brain account for this state of affairs. Dreams occur at some points in the sleep cycle and occurs in a medium of images on a dream screen that is somehow connected to the REM we witness as observers. When as adults we awaken from a dream and remember it, the whole event then becomes eligible for cognitive status especially if we tell someone about the dream and begin to pose questions related to the dream. An activity controlled wholly by the pleasure principle thus is brought under the control of language and the reality principle. This process of the narration of ones dreams was part of the treatment process Freud used to explore the neurotic and psychotic mechanisms that appeared to be responsible for the poor mental health of his patients. In this process, Consciousness played a role in controlling ones manic desires and anxiety by hosting the secondary process of thought-reality : a process in which the word demands reality principle responses to the objects, events and actions that constitute our human form-of-life or being-in-the-world. In terms of pure energy regulation, which incidentally is a biological principle important to Freud, the Egos task is to inhibit the free discharge of energy that is released when we hallucinate or experience primary process phenomena. The task of the secondary process, then, is to subject this process to regulation and produce a more quiescent state in the organism: a state which does not require the intervention of defence mechanisms such as repression, displacement, denial, etc.
Consciousness, which Freud initially described as ” a sense organ for the perception of psychical qualities”, is in its turn transformed by language and its relation to thought-reality. The Preconscious mind is the repository, according to Freud, of the word meaning of our verbal images as well as the repository of our knowledge. This content can be accessed by questions such as “What does that word mean?”,”What did you mean?” or “What is consciousness?” or “Why is the concept of consciousness important?” Unconscious content, however cannot be accessed by this means and requires specific psychoanalytical techniques .
Thought-reality encompasses areté (saying and doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), epistemé self-reflective knowledge), arché (principles), diké (justice) and eudaimonia(the idea of a good spirited flourishing life). These were the remarkable concerns of that Greek Culture which gave rise to a triumvirate of Great Philosophers tied together by the pupil-teacher-relation.
The Art critic, Adrian Stokes, was greatly influenced by Melanie Klein, a second generation psychoanalyst whose work builds upon the Freudian position. In a work entitled “Greek Culture and the Ego”, Stokes speaks of the primitive primary process of “envelopment” which is part of what Freud called the “oceanic feeling”, a feeling of being at one and continuous with the world, most common in infancy before objects achieve a substantial degree of independence and constancy. Obviously the pleasure arm of the pleasure pain principle is operating in such circumstances. Stokes claims that in all great art there is an invitation to be enveloped by the work and its world, but he also claims that this is operating together with a perceptual operation which also appreciates the self sufficiency and externality of the object being appreciated. It is, of course, this latter aspect that is the concern of the work of the understanding in its attempt to conceptualise the world. The envelopment function is an effect of the work of imagination and its wish fulfilment function. Needless to say it is this form of operation of the pleasure principle and the imagination that is unable to sustain a truth relation with the world which has to begin with a constant independent object, event, action and conceptualisation of this something , before something true can be said or thought about it.
Stokes invokes the Greek idea of the Aristotelian Golden Mean and illustrates this idea by claiming that Man is situated between the animals and the gods and is in the “golden position”. He also takes up the issue of pleasure in the life of the ancient Greek and quotes Sir Maurice Bowra:
“..they felt it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony of either the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different to anything available to the gods…The Good and the Beautiful were brought closer together than heretofore. I consider this accommodation both then and in the Italian Renaissance to issue from an adjustment between the good objects of superego and of ego. I shall say that the concept of beauty projects, not the ego-ideal, but the ideal ego as an integrated system”.(The Critical Writings of Adrian Stokes, Vol 3, London, Thames and Hudson, 1978, P.81.
There is clearly embodied in Greek metaphysics both an interest in differentiating the theoretical, practical and productive sciences at the same time as there is an interest in exploring the unity of Being and its many meanings. The superego is associated with practical reasoning and the ego with beauty and the kind of aesthetic reasoning that is intrinsic to the productive sciences. The Greek term “aletheia”, according to Heidegger, carries the original meaning of unconcealment and is connected with the pragmatic work of the imagination but it is also, Heidegger argues, a fundamental operation of what he calls the interpretation of that practical relation I have to reality which, in turn, is characterised by a form of awareness that is pragmatic. For Heidegger, it is practical work that brings us closest to the meaning of Being that is brought into unconcealment via a manner of practical knowing Heidegger characterises as “circumspection”. Involved in any task which is habitual, it appears as if consciousness is freed to engage with the task unless something unexpected happens and the task is interrupted by some external factor or error in the performance of the task. This is the nature of work for Heidegger, where tools and other objects are ready-to-hand and only reveal themselves to consciousness when something goes wrong or the task comes to an end. Language does not make an appearance in this work-context and the whole process seems to be moving in a realm of particulars in a way that does not require the operation of conceptual thinking or any related form of communication. Heidegger, however wishes to promote the importance of this kind of instrumental example to the forefront of Philosophical concern. Of course this kind of work has a wider meaning in that it was important for the building of civilisation during the hunter-gatherer phase where language and thought may have played less of a role in determining the activities of man. Julian Jaynes, a brain researcher and psychologist, in his work “Consciousness and the breakdown of the bicameral mind”, postulates a period in mans history when language like all other major functions of the brain was located in both hemispheres and Consciousness as we know it today did not exist. Heidegger’s account of circumspection and its importance for bringing us into contact with Being may have been of historical importance during a period before language became concentrated in the left hemisphere and Consciousness emerged as a result, but that may be the limit of its importance. A Kantian-Freudian critique of this position would involve promoting a more conservative form of practical reasoning in which action is subsumed under the categories of the understanding/judgement and the principles of reasoning.
Kant, however, shares with the Ancient Greeks the desire to give an account of an integrated array of powers giving us access to the many meanings of Being. To this end he proposes Judgement as a third fundamental power alongside Reason and Understanding in order to provide an account of the role of the beautiful and sublime in our civilisations/cultures. In his third Critique, the “Critique of Judgement” we are invited to consider both aesthetic judgment and teleological judgement in relation to the aims of the Critical Project. In both of these forms of judgment the idea of the Good or the finality of ends are fundamental assumptions.
With respect to aesthetic judgments, Kant concedes that they are based on a feeling which arises as a consequence of the harmony of the powers of the imagination and understanding. Yet, he argues , we speak with a universal voice about this feeling and believe we are communicating something of importance to our fellow man when we make judgements of the beautiful and the sublime. For Freud and Stokes, such judgments would be criteria for the possession of a strong ego that can love, work, and hope for a better future. Beauty, for example, is a function of the sensible power of our minds in which the imagination plays a key role without the influence of defence mechanisms. The mature strong ego resists total “envelopment” in relation to these experiences and stands as an independent ego contemplating an independent self-sufficient ,external object.
The question of “envelopment” arose acutely at the beginning of the development of psychoanalysis when Freud experimented with hypnosis in his treatment. The hypnotic state usurped the consciousness of the patient who found themselves not asleep but not awake and this subjected the patient to the treatment rather than allowing the patient to independently and consciously process what is being “brought to consciousness” during the treatment. Stokes points to the fact that the Ancient Greeks stood in awe and wonder at the beauty and strength of their gods but that this experience may have possessed enveloping qualities. This same “oceanic feeling”, Freud, argues may also be operating in Group Psychology when the “masses” are mobilised by hypnotic messages, detached from the reality-testing function of the mature ego and defence mechanisms in relation to reality. This feeling, preserves moments of elation and transforms moments of anxiety into aggressive impulses. In this primary process-led experience the mechanism of projective identification may arise in relation to the presence and words of charismatic leaders. Here we may be led to focus on those that are not members of the mass movement and small differences between us and them may be magnified a hundredfold thus polarising relations between ethnic groups. Imagined harms are attributed to imagined agents in an ocean of anger and hate. The obvious absence of areté, epistemé, and diké contribute to a dehumanising process that can ultimately have terrible consequences. Truthfulness and truth are abandoned in favour of essentially psychotic responses. In times of war even the level-headed Greeks may have submitted to such primary process phenomena and in times of war against an enemy of overwhelming numbers there may well have been no other reasonable response, but one cannot help wondering whether many would have been aware of the artificiality of the emotions and behaviour associated with such events. This draws attention to Freud’s claim that the reality principle “aims” at freeing itself from the hold of the pleasure pain principle, and success is never guaranteed. Stokes continues to cite Bowra on the theme of the balanced personality:
“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force which makes men live and thrive: for Democritus it is the desire for beautiful things: for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts: for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city: for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action. These different forms of eros agree in making it a power which drives a man to throw his full personality into what he does, which sustains him in powerful exertions and impels him to unusual efforts which sets his intelligence fully and active to work and gives him that unity of being, that harmony of his whole nature which is the spring of creative endeavour… If the complete force of a mans nature works as a single power, he is a full man, and no Greek of the great days would have denied that this was the right and natural way to behave.”(Stokes P.84)
This is a possible answer to the Kantian question “What is man?” but also undoubtedly relates eros to areté. Bowras words are obviously wholly endorsed by Stokes in the name of a Strong Ego, thus highlighting the important harmony in the Philosophy of Kant and the Psychoanalytic theory of Freud. The strong ego is thus motivated by Eros—not the God of Greek Mythology, but rather that “down-to-earth life-principle that emerged from the Socratic speech in Plato´s symposium. A God could hardly have been the progeny of a rich resourceful father and a poor mother who is seduced at a feast when the wine was plentiful. This is the Eros we picture padding bare-footed through the streets of Athens in search of the meaning of life (psuché), placing him in a similar position to that of Diogenes roaming the street after dark with a lantern in search of the faces of honest men. It is poetically apt that Socrates, Plato and Aristotle follow upon these sceptical characters and begin Philosophising on the meaning of Being with specific focus on arché, areté, diké epistemé, and the difficult task of leading the good-spirited flourishing life which in the case of Socrates could only be achieved by leading the examined life. For Plato eudaimonia was only possible if the polis was ruled by Philosophers , and for Aristotle the contemplative life was the key to this elusive state of Being. All three philosophers refused to flinch in the face of the Oracular Proclamation that everything created by man leads to ruin and destruction. If they were discontented with their lives it was certainly not made manifest or announced in the agora. Socrates was certainly the most sceptically inclined of this triumvirate of Philosophers and we all know his fate. Elenchus was part of the Socratic method but was experienced as trickery by the sophists, and as confusing and even comical by the poets.
Stokes points out in this essay how the body-mind problem is not as such a problem, but rather a relation, and is conceived of in terms of psuché. The material of the body is “formed” by appetitive, spirited and rational principles whose presence is manifested in the life of Socrates who ended his existence by resolutely accepting the unjust death sentence passed by the Athenian court. Aristotle’s hylomorphic approach to the problem of the meaning of life is more complex and pluralistic than either the Socratic or Platonic approaches, and best illustrates the scope of the aims of Philosophy in relation to the many meanings of Being, but it retains the idea of the primacy of the Good and the importance of political, ethical and psychological concerns.
Stokes continues his elaboration upon the theme of envelopment in relation to our aesthetic experiences:
“Art shows us that diverse feelings will congregate under an integral form. Much Greek myth retains the character of epitome, a witness of the ego’s power to project a good image of its own balance that incorporates under this figure a symposium of meanings many of which would also have suffered envelopment by one meaning.”(Stokes P.84)
The History of Philosophy bears witness to this position: materialistic theory has in several different periods attempted to reduce human life to its animal substrate, and dualistic theory has on several occasions taken us deep into the unknowable territory of the divine: the territory of the eternal infinite. Separating the existential categories of thought and extension in dualistic spirit also leaves us with a perniciously divided view of life (psuché).
Sensible thought, for Kant, on the other hand, brings us into close contact with both the natural world and the world of thought-reality. Kant, in particular, views the natural world under the aspects of the beautiful and the sublime and both of these aspects testify to the strength of the ego. Kant asks us to imagine standing at the foot of a powerful waterfall and claims that this experience will have two moments. Initially, we will feel fear at the power of the waterfall, but this will subside and give rise to an awareness of our own moral power, and this power of reasoning will remove all fear and anxiety. In Freudian terms this is an appeal to the power of the superego which has integrated itself with the strong ego in this experience of one form of dynamic physical nature. Art objects, on the other hand, mobilise the form of beauty via self sufficient independent objects and the operation of the imagination and understanding in a harmonious unity. The subject is not totally “enveloped” by this form of beauty in Quattrocento art, Stokes argues, because it invokes a form of thought-reality which is not defensive but rather aims at the production of objects that are self sufficient yet capable of suggesting a symposium of meanings.
For Freud, Art, like science is a deflection from directly concerning ourselves with the business of life, and is therefore considered as belonging under the heading of “substitute satisfactions” which require the mobilisation of the defence mechanism of “sublimation”. The work of the ego been done here Freud argues is connected with the restoration of lost objects and the attempt to neutralise the depressive anxiety associated with this process. Sublimation is used here to produce a whole object which is not subject to the manic emotions (e.g. projection, paranoia) but is rather associated with part objects that envelop us and polarise our experience into the good vs the bad. Now projection of part objects as part of a manic defence as might occur in the context of being detrimentally influenced by a charismatic dictator, is a psychotic mechanism but not all projection is psychotic. OS (O Shaughnessy) provides us with an example of projection in the context of action which occurs everyday. When someone asks me to “Turn up the volume!” of the wireless, this clearly involves a two-stage process whereby both the speaker and the hearer understand that the first stage is to mobilise the arm and the hand and fingers in what OS calls a “projected” body-image. The fingers then turn the knob of the wireless and the second stage of the projected intention of the action is initiated which results in the increased volume of the sound coming from the wireless. Projection, that is, does not appear to stop at the body-image, but is involved in all forms of instrumental action. Indeed, there is even a difference between the paranoid projection of a dictator and the depressive projection of a widow believing she hears the steps of her dead husband on the steps outside the door. The wish that the husband not be dead overwhelms the more cognitive secondary processes that contain the knowledge of his death. In this situation, the ego is temporarily weakened by the loss of a valued object. When, however, reality manifests the futility of the wish a certain temporary balance is restored and in time these kinds of experience ought to restore this balance more permanently.
Michelangelo, we know from his letters suffered from depression and Stokes argues that his works seek to restore the loss of once valued objects. His “Times of the Day” situated outside of the Medici tombs place life at the gates of death, aiming at a reality all can understand: restoring life in the face of death. Eros is present and larger than life in all the works of Michelangelo. The painting of the Delphic Oracle on the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel testifies to the presence of the Greek spirit in the midst of this most famous painting of the Italian Renaissance. This pagan figure situated in this house of Christian worship was certainly controversial for some Catholics and it signifies a projected acceptance of all forms of human wisdom in this house of contemplation. Here we saw the restoration of the lost wisdom of the Greeks. Freud, we should importantly remember in the context of this discussion, claimed that the ego was a precipitate of lost objects, testifying to the fact that life was a serious business involving considerable suffering on the way to the ideal state of eudaimonia (a good spirited flourishing life). In this struggle which Michelangelo knew only too well, a depressing discontentment may prevail and lead one to periodically believe with Shakespeare’s Macbeth , that “Life is a tale told by an idiot signifying nothing”. We also know that Freud understood this discontentment which even led him to ask whether all the efforts and struggle to avoid Delphic ruin and destruction were worth the effort.
It is important to realise that Freudian theory shifted considerably over time, a fact well documented by Paul Ricoeur in his work “Freud and Philosophy: An Essay in Interpretation, Trans Savage, D., New Haven, Yale University Press,1970:
“The shift from the descriptive to the systematic point of view required by psychoanalysis is made as a result of the dynamic attributes of the unconscious: the facts of post-hypnotic suggestion, the terrible power disclosed in hysterical phenomena, the psychopathology of everyday life, etc, “compel me to attribute an affective activity to certain strong unconscious ideas”. But the experience of psychoanalysis compels us to go further and to form the notion of “thoughts” excluded from consciousness by forces that bar their reception.”(P.118)
Ricouer ponts out in this excellent commentary that the Instincts in this dynamic point of view are the Kantian X of this system, and that furthermore, rather surprisingly , the unconscious contains ideas for which there is no regulation by the principle of noncontradiction. The operation of powerful defence mechanisms and the difficulty of the task of psychoanalytical treatment indicates why a hypercathexis is needed in order for the vicissitude of Consciousness to manifest itself. Nevertheless these unconscious ideas belong to a system containing the psychical representatives of the instincts and generally speaking the aim of this system is a homeostatic form of satisfaction: this is a system regulated by feeling and the pleasure pain principle whose underlying sub-principle is the energy regulation principle that strives to conserve an amount of energy for the purposes of action, but otherwise strives for a state of homeostasis. This system is a “feeling system” and requires a hypercathexis in accordance with another principle (the reality principle ) if all the human powers are to be actualised and eudaimonia achieved. Prior to this hypercathexis and the subsequent strengthening of the ego, the system is narcissistic. Amongst the defence mechanisms the ego uses to chart its course through life is the process of Sublimation. Art and the appreciation of the beauty of nature and the sublime stand at the gateway of our Culture. Freud was convinced that psychoanalytical theory could assist in the interpretation of the objects of our Culture in the same way as it assisted us in the enigmatic business of the Interpretation of our dreams. This conviction took on greater significance after his discovery of the role of the death instinct in the diagnosis of a group of his most difficult patients.
Lurking in the background of artistic activity is the creators relation to authority especially in those situations where the ego finds itself threatened. If authority is experienced as cruel and this has been internalised in the course of the artists personality development, there are serious implications for the moral well-being of the individual. The superego, we know, is a systematic concept which judges activity in the domain of the will connected to moral activity. Normal personality development will seamlessly integrate the superegos moral concerns into the realm of the Ego, but pathological disturbances in this development will result in a split between the ego and the superego which will involve a considerable amount of aggression. Melancholics, for example, will turn this aggression upon their own egos and self destruction may well be the result. In the course of this cycle of self destruction we will encounter pathological forms of self-observation, condemnation and idealisation.
The immediate source of our moral ideas is of course the family, who are the messengers of our Culture. At stake in this process is not just the individuals relation to his family but his relation to all forms of authority and social institutions representing that authority. The work of civilising ones children will involve a number of defence mechanisms including identification which involves the abandonment of sexual desire in relation to socially prohibited objects. Sublimation, too involves non sexual forms of substitute satisfaction which also suits the purposes of culture. The compensation offered to the individual for this postponement of gratification into an indefinite future may not be, Freud argues sufficient, and the subject may feel a deep rooted discontentment at being forced to make such sacrifices in relation to his appetites. The Ancient Greek image of a thousand-headed monster with a thousand different forms of appetite illustrates well the psychoanalytical attitude to the pathological pursuit of a life devoted solely to the satisfaction of ones every growing appetites . Plato’s tripartite soul (appetite, spirit, reason) also well illustrates Freudian theory and its view of psuché (life). Plato’s view of the soul, we know also served as a picture of the polis and the forces of unification /division that were operating, “writ large”. The laws (arché) are obviously a symbol of the rational intent of authority and the relation of the population to the laws will determine whether justice(diké) will be pursued or not. Such cultural control surpasses that of controlling the appetites and involves also mobilising the spirit of man to make the necessary sacrifices for his polis. A life devoted to the satisfaction of appetites threatens to envelop the self and close off other more fruitful avenues of development. The Ego , Freud argues, grows through sacrifice and the loss of desired objects.
Melanie Klein, Stokes argues, characterises this activity of the ego in terms of what she calls the “depressive position”. In this phase of the development of the personality the individual ego attempts to overcome the fragmenting power of the pain and suffering experience. What emerges is a power which can integrate both internal powers and external experiences into a whole. In his essay on Greek Culture, Stokes argues that in the process of its cultural development the gods shed much of the omnipotence attributed to them and man emerged as agent responsible for the ruin-destruction or flourishing of the polis. In this context the oracular challenges to “Know thyself” and “Nothing too much”(Stokes P.94) thus became less messages from the gods and more the principles of a philosophical life-view that man needed to understand. This development was a mastering of the depressive position which testified to the healthy nature of Greek authority. Thanatos is kept at arms length and there is a refusal to internalise destructive attitudes and tendencies.
The art of the Quattrocento was, in Stokes’ view “life-enhancing” and manifested the same spirit as that which has been found in Ancient Greece, whether we are considering their love of social discourse in the agora or the rationality of their law-makers and Philosophers. Stokes points out that, in these Quattrocento works of art, there is an element of the influence of an “oceanic feeling” in the act of appreciation which defines the kind of psychical distance we need to contemplate the independence of the created object: the feeling involved in this envelopment process, then, is non-pathological. Kant in fact registers this fact in his Critical Philosophy by insisting that in all judgements of beauty, the ground of the judgement is the feeling of pleasure that arises from the harmonious activity of the (enveloping?) imagination and the (conceptual) understanding. We may speak with a universal voice in our judgements but the judgement nevertheless remains subjective and is about us and our mental activity, rather than the object we confront. The experience is essentially an activity of the sensible faculty of the mind, and it is the “effect” of the object upon sensibility which is important in this aesthetic transaction, e.g. the mass-effect of the stone of a building, the “blossoming” of the embellishments upon the surface of the wall of a building, the light-effect of the colour and shapes of a painting. This kind of judgement is to be contrasted with an objective judgement such as “Man is a rational animal capable of discourse” where the proposition is in accordance with categories of the understanding/judgement and principles that are parts of arguments. These principles will include the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.
The Strong Ego that has endured the losses of its desired objects throughout life has risen above the fragmenting forces of the suffering and pain that manifests itself in what Klein called the paranoid -schizoid position, where our relation to part objects occurs also in terms of the split good/bad self. The greatest test of the strength of the ego is its relation to its own impending death. Does it face death resolutely or in fear? What do we lose in death? Obviously we lose our life, but more concretely we lose the use of all of our powers starting with the most sensible powers of seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, touching and ascending to the powers of imagination, memory, language, thought, understanding, judgement, reason. This is a lot to lose, and it is hardly surprising that the wish to remain alive is a very strong desire, and envelops both the body and the idea of the body in the mind. We know that Freud claimed that the first task of the Ego is to protect the body and he thereby identified the psychological process that lay behind the Greek ideal of a healthy body and a healthy mind. The Greeks knew for example the importance of the principle (arché) of the Golden Mean in the regulation of the appetites and spirited anger and aggression which could destroy a body very quickly. The “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle is mostly directed at our pleasure-pain relations to the world and our bodies and the “know thyself, was probably directed at the higher intellectual functions of the mind, namely understanding, judgment, and reasoning.
Death, then is not an event but a telos that is represented in the Freudian system by the death instinct. This “instinct” was also for him writ large in Civilisation and was part of the cause of mans discontentment with his existence. Man can of course control his environment using instrumental reasoning and to some extent control other people through persuasive reasoning, laws and other forms of categorical reasoning, but he cannot change one fundamental truth, namely that “All men are mortal”. Whatever man does or thinks is possible, he is going to die, because his body is a finite living thing that will eventually return to the earth from whence it came. This accounts for the presence of the idea of death at the heart of psuché. Yet it has been pointed out Socrates was content to die. This kind of acceptance of the prospect of Nothingness was extraordinary. Was it connected to the examined life that he led and was continually recommending to his followers?
Ricoeur points out that the introduction of the Death Instinct required that Freud recast his entire theory. In the revised theory, Eros is the central power that the Ego uses to deal with the threefold categories of suffering that have to be endured in the course of the activities associated with living and working, namely, suffering caused by the external world, suffering caused by other people and suffering caused by ones body. In the course of his libidinal development man is destined to abandon earlier stages of development that have been cathected with considerable energy and emotion. In this developmental process the critical demand of Eros upon the Ego results in the widening of the circle of life to include membership in much larger groups than the family. This, however, was not a straightforward matter because Culture sometimes demanded irrational things such as that one love ones neighbours and ones enemies. Freud regarded these essentially religious commandments as absurd and even dangerous. These challenges, he argues devalue the love man naturally feels for himself and his family. Also to be considered is the fact that:
“men are not gentle creatures who want to be loved and who at the most can defend themselves if they are attacked: they are, on the contrary, creatures among whose instinctual endowments is to be reckoned a powerful share of aggressiveness. As a result their neighbour is for them…someone who tempts them to satisfy their aggressiveness on him, to exploit his capacity for work without compensation, to use him sexually without his consent, to seize his possessions, to humiliate him, to cause him pain, to torture and kill him, Homo hominis lupus.” (Civilisation and Its Discontents, 1929)
The stage is therefore set for mans journey to ruin and destruction and the arena for the spectacle will be Civilisation where the Giants will battle for the soul of man and the soul of his cities. When, to the above form of suffering, one adds the threats from the external world and the threats of bodily suffering one can perhaps better appreciate the significance of the characterisation of the Ego as the precipitate of lost objects. Where work is the concern of the Ego, Freud raises the interesting question whether all the effort involved in our work to maintain and develop our civilisations is worth the time. The mere posing of the question suggests that Eros is not destined to win the battle with Thanatos as it did in the case of Michelangelo who despite periods of depression carried on working into his eighties producing his cultural objects:poems , sculptures, paintings, architectural works etc.
Stokes, in his essay entitled “Michelangelo” quotes from one of his letters:
“I live on my death…..And he who does not know how to live on anxiety and death, let him come into fire in which I am consumed”(Stokes P.54)
Michelangelo was also an architect obsessed with the mass-effect of stone and as a sculptor he attempted to set this mass in movement. His figures “Times of the Day” that stand outside the tomb of the Medici’s contain both mass and movement. They embody Michelangelo’s loss and depression, anxiety and death. We see here, too, the inspiration of Antique art and its concern with the nude and healthy body.
Stokes also notes the prevalence of Guilt in the work of Michelangelo:
“Nor have his biographers known him in this respect. It is usual to stress his generosity to worthless relations as well as his many other gifts, particularly to the poor. They overlook the manifest compulsiveness, they overlook the horse who is running with all his might, spurred invisibly by guilt, anxiety, the desire to restore, as well as by live.”(P.24)
Michelangelo was not. a gentle creature but rather than expending his energy on exploiting his neighbour he used the mechanism of Sublimation to produce the greatest art we have experienced. He was a religious man who feared for his soul and who, in his will, commended his soul to God. This obviously raises a question pertaining to the relation of Freudian theory to religion. Freud came from Jewish origins and we know he was not institutionally religious but, given his claim that his Psychology was Kantian, and Kant was philosophically committed to the existence of the idea of God on moral grounds, we need to inquire further into what Freud would have thought about the Kantian argument.
The compulsion to repeat an activity over and over again, does of course call for interpretation. The resemblance of such a state of affairs to rituals of all kinds, including religious rituals is striking. Freud connected ritualistic behaviour with superstition which, he noted, was also present in children’s wish fulfilment and anxiety-related behaviour. The wish for the love and protection of a father was also a part of Freud’s complex analysis of phenomena in this domain of human behaviour. Some commentators have noted that there is a kind of negativity associated with religious thought and existentialists have also noted that negation is an important characteristic of consciousness and thereby important for reality-testing. Whether this is somehow related to the death instinct is an interesting question to answer on another day. The death instinct certainly wishes to restore an earlier state of things, returning the organic to the inorganic.
If Eros is to defeat Thanatos and a God is to emerge from the battle between these giants we cannot rest with principles such as the pleasure-pain and reality principles which do not present any world-view. Ananke perhaps announces such a world-view demanding as it does from us that we bear the burden of existence and face squarely the harshness and suffering of life, without any attempt to mobilise defence mechanisms. Ananke alone, however, does not suffice and Freud in fact invokes a God in this context:
“Our god logos will fill whichever of these wishes nature outside us allows, but he will do it very gradually, only in the unforeseeable future, and for a new generation of men. He promises no compensation for us who suffer grievously from life…. Out god logos is perhaps not a very almighty one, and he may only be able to fulfil a small part of what his predecessors have promised. If we have to acknowledge this we shall accept it with resignation.”(Ricoeur P.326)
Reality for Fred, according to Ricouer, then, is, “The world shorn of God”(p.327).
Logos is a god with no trace of anthropomorphisation left which is not true of Eros. Logos refuses any connection to superstitious obsessive rituals requiring images loaded with affect. Logos does, however, appear to require conscious reasoning and an awareness of the operation of Negation which allows us to explore the possibility of death as the contradiction of life—an operation not possible in the unconscious system of the mind given the fact that no contradiction is possible in that system. Negation, we should recall from Freud’s article with the same title, is a systemic condition for the material that is in the unconscious to reach the level of consciousness. In the conscious discourse with his patients, much material relevant for the analysis surfaced, especially in the patients negations or denials of a thesis, e.g. “No, that figure in the dream did not resemble my father in any way!” This operation also makes possible the more complex attitude of resignation in relation to the acceptance of the inevitability of my death . Unconscious desire has no idea of the mortality of man and would not be able to accept the Socratic motivations for the acceptance of his own death.
The Socratic equivalent in Freud for leading the examined life was leading the life of. a scientist but Freud may also concede that leading the life of the artist could have equal merit. It is rare, however, that the work of art confronts the harshness of life directly . Michelangelo’s “Times of the Day” may be an exception in juxtaposing the concerns of life with the inevitability of death. Aristotle saw in Art a learning process which involves Logos: a process that can lead to an understanding of principles (arché).
Logos, for Kant would involve the operation of reason and its principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason but it might also involve the existence of God which, in his Third Critique must be a valid idea in much the same way as the moral law is a valid idea. The issue for Kant, however, was an issue of faith, not the superstitious obsessive faith of the masses, but rather a rational (logos) faith grounded in the moral law and Practical Reasoning and its principles. This is a faith that also believes in the freedom of the moral agent to choose his/her destiny. This was a partial answer to the question “What can I hope for?” and Logos would be seen to be important in arriving at the complete answer to this question. There is an implication inherent in the question that we humans are not the Highest Good in the Kantian system and this honour is given to the idea of God (although in practical contexts freedom was the highest ida of reason). The logos of God in the Kantian system involves the guarantee of happiness in proportion to the virtue manifested in a life. Many believe that the logos of the Freudian system is one in which determinism rules and this, if true, would make it difficult to find space for the freedom of the agent to exist.
Connected to this dilemma is the religious idea of Original Sin. This idea is discussed in Kant’s work “Religion Within the bounds of Mere Reason”(trans Wood, A.,and di Giovanni, G., Cambridge, CUP, 1998) Guilt is of course a leading concept in relation to such an idea and something like this conception must be involved in the Delphic prophecy that everything created by humans is destined for ruin and destruction. Kant does talk in terms of a radical evil that can only be overcome by a re-evaluative revolution in ones life, one which is motivated by both a faith in god and his divine justice´. This, however is not the same idea as the Original sin in the Bible because, for Kant, the will is not fatally flawed but rather “subject to” good and evil . Man experiences his guilt, punishments, and a kind of salvation after the revolution in his character has occurred. When all this has occurred man may well find the strength to accept his own death with equanimity, if he knows he has not generally made people unhappy. For Kant it is the good will alone which is pleasing to God and he therefore did not believe that ritualistic worship was justified. His church was therefore an ideal church. Miracles and other supernatural events would not find any place in such an ideal institution. Only a good life would please his philosophically-conceived God. This position resembles that of the Freudian appeal to the god of Logos. The Bible is also a matter for concern in this discussion especially if it appeals to supernatural events which defy natural explanation. This kind of appeal is an invitation into the realm of paranoia and obsessive compulsive behaviour. The god of Logos, Freud argues will be for a new generation of men and this reminds us not of the Christian Kingdom of Heaven but the Kantian Kingdom of ends in which the good is not just good in its consequences but also good-in-itself and will become actualised in a cosmopolitan world in which peace is the norm and wars are considered irrational. This is an answer to Glaucon’s Challenge to Socrates in Plato’s Republic to prove that “justice (diké) is both good-in-its consequences but also good-in-itself. In Plato’s Republic “The form of the Good” was not just ethical and religious but also political because life was not easy for the good man living in an evil polis.He may, for example be put to death for attempting to led an examined life, as was the case with Socrates.
Kant’s religious views were also aligned with his political views. The ethical/political idea of a kingdom of ends is also part of his answer to the question “What can we hope for?”. Indeed one of the formulations of the moral law appeals to the kingdom of ends. There may be empirical evidence accumulated over long periods of time against the thesis that mankind is continually progressing but Kant’s time scale over one hundred thousand years suggests that evidence has to be accumulated over at least tens of thousands of years if one is to refute the thesis.
Perhaps in the light of these discussions one might be more sympathetic to the accusation that both Freud and Kant are agnostics given their commitment to a god that cannot be experienced, but this idea of God may be the only argument we currently possess that the good is the good-in-itself. Aristotle has been forgotten in this debate but he believed that God was a thinking being(who is thinking about thinking) and our understanding of such a divine being was severely limited given the fact that our finite form of thinking was a thinking about objects or concepts in a finitely composed continuum of space, time and matter. This for Kant was also a possible position because the realm that is being referred to here is the realm of the thing-in-itself (the noumenal), which can be reached in a limited way by faith but not at all by the kind of knowledge we finite beings possess. It might be that this is the best context in which to evaluate justifications by faith proclaimed by religious thinkers. Freud appeared to have faith in his god logos and in that sense, if faith is a belief-state, this belies the characterisation of “agnostic” that some have proposed as an apt description of his relation to religion. The more popular accusation that Freud was an atheist was probably prompted by his more popular remarks about himself that he was a godless Jew which might incidentally also be the opinion/accusation of a more traditional Jewish believer.
The ethical/political end of the Kantian Kingdom of Ends requires of course a hylomorphic belief in the validity of teleological judgement in connection with the good will and its relation to the moral law. The actualisation of the Kingdom of Ends is a process that also involved Logos (Reason), a process requiring principles from many realms of reason and also requiring self-knowledge that is constituted by principles drawn from many disciplines in all three domains of Aristotelian sciences(theoretical, practical, and productive). The Logos of Kantian Political Philosophy is clearly hylomorphic, suggesting as it does, that rationality is a potential moral power which hopefully will supplant the instrumental powers that we use to achieve our personal happiness. Whether or not the potential is actualised depends on the extent to which the continual progress we make using our current level of rationality can produce the “revolution” in our self referred to. If the revolution occurs our focus shifts from our personal happiness to our worthiness to be happy as measured by our adherence to the moral law. If an agent is not happy because he has led an examined life which includes doing his duty insofar as the moral law is concerned ,and he is dying, the mere consciousness of his worthiness to be happy ought to suffice for him to meet his death resolutely with a degree of contentment.
Kant , in his political writings pointed to the difficulty of achieving the revolution he referred to, because the agent is prone to a form of social unsociability in which he refuses to be influenced by others , preferring instead to legislate for his own will with maxims that might except himself from the rule of the moral law. This antagonism toward his fellow man is of course one of the root causes of the ruin and destruction that threatens all mankind. Such an agent of course has limited self knowledge and does not appreciate the value of the “Nothing too much” advice from the oracle. The principle of practical contradiction also does not apply here because if the agents antagonism leads to his ruin and destruction this is surely not what he would want.
For Kant the idea of peace is juxtaposed with that of freedom and Kant proposes a League of Nations to neutralise the antagonism of nations toward each other in order to regulate a world order plagued by wars. Rationality between states is also conceived of hylomorphically, in terms of a potentiality. The Kingdom of Ends, according to Kant, will take the form of a Cosmopolitanism that Kant clearly saw the seeds of, in his Cosmopolitan Königsberg. We currently see a process of globalisation without seeing or appreciating its Cosmopolitan end, but as long as wars take us closer and closer to the ruin and destruction prophesied by the oracle, it becomes less and less clear that we are in fact progressing to some “form of the Good” as Kant conceived of it. Freud, whilst not claiming that we are spiralling downwards towards ruin and destruction, despaired of the “beacons” of Capitalism and Communism as embodied by the USA and Russia. Over eighty years later there is no reason to doubt that the eagle eyes of Freud detected the possibility of Thanatos winning the battle against Eros in the not too distant future.
Chat GPT was asked to write a 1000 word essay on Philosophy and Artificial Intelligence and the answers provided help us to understand at least how the programmers think and reason about the phenomenon they have created. The conclusion Chat arrived at was:
“The intersection of philosophy and artificial intelligence encompasses a vast array of profound questions that challenge our understanding of the mind, consciousness, ethics, knowledge, and human existence. As AI continues to advance, it becomes increasingly important to engage in philosophical reflections that guide the responsible development and deployment of this powerful technology. By exploring these philosophical dimensions, we can forge a more profound appreciation of human intelligence and its relationship with the rapidly evolving world of AI. Together, philosophy and artificial intelligence offer a unique perspective that can illuminate the path to a future where both human minds and machines coexist in harmony and understanding”.(20th July 2023)
The key words in the opening sentence are “challenge our understanding of the mind, consciousness, ethics, knowledge and human existence.” It is clear that Chat is taking an explorative, cautious approach to this question, and other questions we asked later, indicate that Chat does not quite engage with the arguments Philosophers have provided against using some of the language used above, e.g. understanding, intelligence, etc.. It almost seems as if it is the question of the peaceful coexistence of man and computer that primarily occupied the programmers and they are at pains not to take a definite defendable position on many of the issues that are raised about AI.
Chat was also asked to write a 1000 word essay on the topic of “Know Thyself” and two features of its answer stood out. Firstly, no connection was made between this topic and the topic of the importance of knowing what it is we do not know. Socrates is mentioned but not the fact that his entire philosophical adventure may have been sponsored by the statement of the Oracle that he was the wisest man in Athens because he knew what it is that he did not know. Secondly it is remarkable that Chat speaks about “our” personal “introspective” journey as if it regarded itself as part of the community of minds that form our human communities. It is clear here that the programmers are not programming chat in accordance with a clear conception of the “identity” of the machine (what it is in itself), but are rather importing their own identities into the equation. This may cause confusion in the future and gives rise to the Philosophical demand that the programmers form a clear picture of the machines powers and potentialities and programme the machine accordingly.
Joseph Weizenbaum, in his work “Computer Power and Human Reason”( London, Penguin, 1976) tells us about his experience of what he calls the artificial intelligentsia” in unflattering terms, calling them compulsive mad scientists. If these characters are our programmers we can certainly wonder whether they know what they don’t know. We shall offer a review of Weizenbaum’s work, subtitled “From Judgement to Calculation” in a later chapter.
Introspection was a topic covered in volume one of my work (The World Explored, the World Suffered….”). In this volume there is a chapter on Plotinus, an ancient thinker who belonged to the Platonic school of Philosophy, but he subscribed to a theory of the soul (psuché) that would reject confusing arte-facts with “forms of life”. When Plotinus discusses the senses and sensation there is no confusion of, for example, biologically-based visual images, with the automated digital visual images (ADVI’s), that are so commonly encountered in the world of artificial intelligence. There is, that is, a clear recognition of the difference in distinction between techné and epistemé. This is part of the knowledge the Oracle and the everyday Greek took for granted, seeing in the former the need for a calculative form of reasoning that does not follow the principles of theoretical reasoning involved in epistemological claims.
Plotinus claims that we humans use sensation to discriminate between experiences and this is certainly not the case with computers that cannot in any sense “feel” anything, since they do not possess the appropriate biological nervous-system. The soul, for Plotinus, belongs to a realm of Thought and Being and is likened unto a musician playing a physical harp that belongs to another realm of Being (that relates to external objects). He points in the spirit of Aristotle to the melody emanating from a harp as the “principle”(arché) of the activity. The type of knowledge operative in this situation is obviously a non-observational type of knowledge and is, therefore, more practical and related to various practical aesthetic concerns that we human beings possess.
Kant’s third Critique discusses both aesthetic judgement and teleological judgment and themes relating to psuché, remind us of the hylomorphic approach to such themes. The most elementary power of psuche is the power of sensation that, for Kant, carries with it more than the power of discriminating one thing from another in experience. “Knowledge” in the form of an apriori intuitive awareness of space and time flows from the human body composed of a complex set of organs orchestrating a configuration of limbs which, according to O Shaughnessy, generate a body-image that is “known” non-observationally and that “inhabits” space and time rather than merely occurring in a space time continuum in the way a grain of sand in a desert or a machine does.
Given the fact that a computer or Turing machine has a fundamental relation to mathematics that relies on a sequence of functions being arrayed in time, either simultaneously, or linearly, one after another, it is not particularly surprising to discover that the “alphabet” composing the so-called “information-strings” is composed of 0’s and 1’s. This is the “language” of the machine although one must hasten to add that the use of the term “language” to describe what is occurring here is attenuated to say the very least. The 0’s and 1’s may not refer to a space in the machine but to whether a particular process is operating or not. The principle operating here is an energy regulation principle that is not entirely dissimilar to that energy regulating principle operating in the brain with the caveat that the machine is constituted of inorganic matter moved by electrical currents and the brain is an organic system moved by both chemistry and electrical activity, with the emphasis on the former when it is a question of transmitting impulses over the system. This difference alone might rule out the possibility of any form of self-awareness occurring in the machine, and this in turn may be the crucial element necessary for agency, i.e. for an act of will to occur.
This difference may also account for an act of knowing to occur based on sensation and the feeling of the sensation. The difference I am drawing attention to here is similar to the difference between a perceptual image of a castle and a digitally generated image of a castle, whether we are talking about images in motion such as those generated by film or television cameras, or “still-life” images that may be painted or drawn. The latter are in the true tradition of Plato simulated images of reality that are like the shadows projected upon the wall of the prisoners cave: they are arte-factual. Such images cannot form the basis for generating either an act of knowledge (episteme, justified true belief) or an action directed toward the good in the external world (arête, virtuous act).
Yet Stanley Cavell in an interesting book on the Ontology of film, entitled, “The World viewed”, made the following claim:
“…an immediate fact about the medium of the photograph..is that it is not painting..A photograph does not present us with “likenesses” of things: it presents us, we want to say, with the things themselves”(Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1971, P.17)
But Cavell immediately backtracks from this and claims that because the photo of the earthquake is not the earthquake itself we may feel uncomfortable with the above claim as we might feel uncomfortable with showing a picture of a famous person and saying “that is not X”. He compounds the mystery surrounding the ontological structure of such images by claiming:
“So far as photography satisfied a wish, it satisfied a wish not confined to painters, but the human wish, intensifying in the West since the Reformation, to escape subjectivity and metaphysical isolation—a wish for the power to reach this world…” P.21
Cavell asks himself the question of how photography managed to escape subjectivism and he gives himself the answer that it succeeds in doing this by the process of automation, a process that removes the human being completely from the artistic equation. This is an interesting discussion in the light of the questions we have been raising about artificial intelligence. Is not the human being here too, removed from the equation? There are, we know programmers behind what is happening on our screens as there are directors responsible for the films we view but the question we need to ask here is the question Weizenbaum raises: Have the programmers become like their machines, automatons, robotic presences who need their food brought to them?
Cavell in the introduction to his work invokes the spectre of Plato and asks whether the relation of the image to what it is an image of is not a relation of “participation?” The images in motion we encounter then, somehow announce the presence of the thing itself:
“…. A fundamental fact of film’s photographic basis: that objects participate in the photographic presence of themselves on film: they are essential in the making of their appearances. Objects projected on a screen are inherently reflexive, they occur as self-referential, reflecting upon their physical origins.”(P. XVI)
The question I am raising with this discussion is whether we are not dealing with shadows on a cave wall but rather with the many objects in the world participating in the one idea of them, an idea that gives them their reality. Insofar as the images we encounter on the screens of our computers are moving, and have a basis in photography, they must in a sense escape the argument that attempts to characterise them as subjective imaginings that have little contact with reality.
One of the messages of “The World Explored, the World Suffered” is the destructiveness of the objective subjective distinction in metaphysical discussions (discussions about first principles). Sometimes the distinction is being used to neutralise first principle arguments, and sometimes we refuse its application in contexts where the issue is one of defending different forms of (logical?) solipsism. Perhaps the solution to this problem is to abandon this distinction altogether in favour of Aristotelian, Kantian frameworks which situate the human being in a framework well expressed by Heidegger’s term, “Being-in-the-world”.
The important fact to remember in the context of this discussion is that phenomena in the world get their explanations from 3 different forms of science, theoretical, practical and productive. Techné, has its roots in the productive sciences that situate themselves not in the faculties of the understanding but in relation to Judgment. Technological instrumental equipment such as AI robots and computers are not worthy ends in themselves for humanity, and are therefore not something we can speak with a “universal voice”. There is, at best, an appeal to instrumental practical reasoning that sets its sights on the means to ends rather than on the ends themselves
The form of reasoning we encounter in such contexts is the form of an instrumental hypothetical imperative that select means to ends. Insofar as humans are concerned it is a measure of human intelligence, according to William James in his “Principles of Psychology”, that if we find our path to an end blocked, we can then choose an alternative means to the end. This kind of freedom of choice, however, is not available to computers and their programs in situ. So, there is no human element directly involved in this process and this is why we have raised the issue of automation in relation to the images in motion in film. AI is not entitled to the term “Intelligent” on James’ reasoning, because however real the cause-effect relations involved in the relation between the lines of the program and the operation of the computer, the effects are automated effects and not products of free human choices. Moreover James further claims that:
“The pursuance of future ends, and the choice of means for their attainment are thus the mark and criterion of the presence of mentality in a phenomenon” (Principles of Psychology, James, W., Dover Publications, New York, 1890, P.8)
This is in line with both Aristotelian and Kantian thinking, and James continues to contrast the criteria of mentality to automatic or machine-like deterministic activity, where there is both no possibility for choice or any relation to desire. James argues that there are reflex responses in living beings that appear to be in accordance with pure mechanical causation, but it is important to note that this admission is also to be acknowledged in the light of the above, that is the reflex system can be both monitored by the mentality of a human organism and qualified by an immediate mental response which might, for example, explain that the reflex was not intended.
James was writing during the “times of troubles” for Psychology, during the divorce proceedings between Philosophy and Scientific Psychology that had begun under the banner of the definition of Psychology as “The Science of Consciousness”. The Definition William James coined was “ The Science of Mental Life, its phenomena and conditions”, and this was an attempt to summarise both the Philosophy of mind of his time, and the scientific research from all over the world (James was competent in both German and French). He was writing in a time of transition in Philosophy that he helped to initiate with his eventual creation of the school of “Pragmatism”. A transition that Brian O’Shaughnessy would echo and modify in his two volume work on “The Will: A dual-aspect theory”, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1980):
“it is because we think of mans mind as vital and animal, and tied in its very essence to a sustaining world, that we lay great emphasis at the present moment on this familiar phenomenon. All else in the mind, Including consciousness itself, is from such a point of view of merely secondary significance.”(P.XIV)
This excursion into the domain of Philosophical Psychology has consequences for any inquiry into the nature of Artificial Intelligence, which appears to have by-passed the Socratic stage of the investigation that always begins with the question “Ask of everything what it is in its nature”. The inquiry also seems to have overlooked the Aristotelian definition of human psuché, namely, “rational animal capable of discourse”. By no stretch of the imagination is it possible to categorise mechanical devices as “alive” or “animal”, Furthermore, since the elements of the definition are integrated together, it also suggests that mechanical devices may not be capable of authentic discourse or rationality.
Later in this work we will draw attention to the failure of Chat GPT to understand the meaning of the statement “Promises ought to be kept”. Also missing in this situation is what O’ Shaughnessy termed “self-consciousness” (part of the “essential dynamic character of consciousness”). An epistemological contact with reality is part of this process and O’Shaughnessy contrasts the normal function of self-consciousness with dreaming, which is what happens to mind when the normal controls of the mind are relaxed (inactivity of the motor system and senses). Action (initiated by the motor system), however, invades the domain of epistemology and this is evident in the way in which the practical world is stamped on all visual experience: the visual impression of the castle is a place to visit by climbing the steep hill.
O Shaughnessy does not miss the Socratic and Aristotelian steps in his investigation as is evidenced by the claim:
“..what one is determines how and indeed what one knows”(P. XLVII)
Freud is invoked in this discussion:
“One sees the landscape with a cool objective intelligent eye that endows it with colour and shape and depth and content, and at the very same time with an unconscious and deeply interested gaze that sees in it some primal entity concerning which one cares….According to Freud, the ego phenomenon of sense perception depends on and reverberates with the undercurrent of phenomena in the other great instinctual half of the mind….Epistemology is not the isolated psychic function one might at first think. Thus sight is a more total embrace than the model of the camera suggests: depending on sensation, and so body, but also on past experience, on present beliefs, on concepts, memory, indeed upon sanity and reason; and according to Freudian theory, ones very instincts”.(P. XLVIII)
This also raises the question of whether the category of desire is relevant to the description of the activities of the AI machine. Indeed the fallacy we refer to later in the work, that namely, of anthropomorphising the machine, may lie in the very structure of our perceptual contact with the world. We “see”, for example, the arms and legs of a chair and this is reflected in language in extending the use of linguistic terms metaphorically. Anthropomorphising a chair in everyday language is, of course, a different matter to the issue of the validity of the claims made by science and natural science which has tended toward cleansing its theories of all such tendencies, referring to them as “subjective”. But there is a deeper issue here, especially when we are discussing the so-called life sciences.
Kant, in his Third Critique, partly acknowledged this deeper issue on his discussion of the role of analogy in relation to the power of Judgement:
“The concept of a thing as intrinsically a physical end is, therefore, not a constitutive conception either of understanding or of reason, but yet it may be used by reflective judgement as a regulative conception for guiding our investigation of objects of this kind by a remote analogy with our own causality according to ends generally…..Organisms are, therefore, the only beings in nature that, considered in their separate existence, and apart from any relation to other things, cannot be thought possible, except as ends of nature. It is they, then, that first afford objective reality to the conception of an end that is an end of nature and not a practical end. Thus they supply natural science with the basis for a teleology, or, in other words, a mode of estimating its Objects on a special principle that it would otherwise be absolutely unjustifiable to introduce into that science—seeing that we are quite unable to perceive a priori the possibility of such a kind of causality.”(Critique of Judgement, Kant, I, Trans by Meredith, J., C., Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1952) Part two. P 24
Teleological judgement will, of course also be relevant to the claims we make about arte-facts such as computers in the name of the Productive sciences (as conceived of by Aristotle), but here the principles of techné will be more relevant to our judgements than the principles of practical or theoretical reason. Kant follows up on this essentially Aristotelian position with the following reflection on final ends, art and machines:
“Thus a house is certainly a cause of the money that is received as rent, but yet conversely, the representation of this possible income was the cause of the building of the house. A causal nexus of this kind is termed that of final causes. The former might, perhaps, more appropriately be called the nexus of real, and the latter the nexus of ideal causes, because with the use of terms it would be understood at once that there cannot be more than these two kinds of causality. Now the first requisite of a thing considered as a physical end is that its parts, both as to their existence and form, are only possible by their relation to the whole. For the thing is itself an end, and is, therefore, comprehended under a conception or idea that must determine a priori all that is to be contained in it. But so far as the possibility of a thing is only thought in this way, it is simply a work of art…..But if a thing is a product of nature….every part is thought as owing its presence to the agency of all the remaining parts, and also as existing for the sake of the others and of the whole, that is, as an instrument, or organ…the part must be an organ producing the other parts…In a watch one part is the instrument by which the movement of the others is effected, but one wheel is not the efficient cause of the production of the other. One part is certainly present for the sake of another, but it does not owe its presence to the agency of the other….still less does one watch produce other watches…nor does it repair its own casual disorders…For a machine has merely motive power, whereas an organised being possesses inherent formative power…” (PP 20-22)
Descartes, we know, claimed to overthrow Aristotelian thinking in this area, partly with the absurd claim that animals are merely machines, thus creating category-confusion that has persisted to the present day. Kant’s description of the watch above is the template that ought to be used for the description of AI machines or robots. These machines were all designed for an “artificial” purpose and belong to the category of what Heidegger defined as “instrumentalities” that are “ready-to-hand”. Their form of Being-there (Dasein) is not the form of human-being. This, then, ought to be sufficient justification to insist that the description of these machines and the explanation of their functions do not belong in the sphere of the theoretical or practical (moral) sciences.
This raises the issue of whether an arte-fact which is, seemingly, autonomously active can be said to want or desire anything. O Shaughnessy is categorical on this issue:
“the desire-force acts entirely within the psychological domain” (P LI)
He continues to reason that the desire force does not apply to phenomena in the mind or to the mid itself but only to the man, the human being, that possesses the mind in question. Furthermore, it is argued this force-desire is responsive to intention and therefore also to the agents judgment, reason, and values (P.LIV) O Shaughnessy sketches for us also the ontological divisions of the world, beginning with physical inorganic entities, continuing with living entities, which then possess psychological and mental powers: a sketch entirely consistent with Aristotelian and Kantian assumptions. Intention is located in both the psychological and mental domains, because it introduces both significance and control into action scenarios (LXII). Whether anything can have meaning for a machine, or be subject to autonomous control of the machine (independent of the designers and programmers of any software), is a burning question, which will be raised later in the work in different forms.
O Shaughnessy (OS) is critical of the metaphysical tradition and its treatment of the issue of the will, especially the tendencies to reduce this real phenomenon to something material, but also the tendency to locate it in a dualist metaphysics of the kind we find in Descartes his continental followers. In the light of materialistic and dualistic fallacies OS proposes instead, a dual-aspect theory which reminds one of the Philosophical Psychology of Hylomorphism , Kantian Critical Theory, and Late-Wittgensteinian “perspicuous representation”. This theory of the will also allows us to categorically state that a machine cannot be said to act intentionally because as OS claims:
“All actions have a psychological origin”(P.11)
So, when we describe the activity of the computer it will take the form of third person observation reports such as “The screen went dark” or “Writing and some images appeared on the screen”. No agency can be logically present in such descriptions. This is to be compared to the difference between the reports, “I moved my finger” and “My finger moved!”. In the former case agency and intention is assumed and in the latter it is assumed that a part of the agent has been moved by some mechanical cause. OS investigates the logical criteria and markers of an intentional moving of the fingers, and notes that we need the presence of not just the elements of the “powers” of desire, intention and will, but also the “power of a physical mechanism or what he calls a “Power-line”, if we are to attempt to provide ourselves with the constitutive conditions of a willed action which will help explain the differences between a movement and a purposeful movement. This power-line must obviously connected to an “I” or an agent. OS claims:
“I do not oppose the efficacy of an agent and of the physical means he employs. On the contrary, I suppose them to be one.”(P.113)
Wittgenstein’s comment on the absence of surprise that accompanies all voluntary action is also invoked here and this connects up to his remark that the order to move ones fingers are not addressed to the muscles of the finger, but could only be addressed to the agent of the action. Yet the muscles, nerves, blood supply etc., are a part of the so-called power-line. If we were solely dealing with the physical movement of the fingers, an account of the physical conditions would suffice to give a complete account of the event in accordance with the principle of sufficient reason. When, however, we are dealing with an agent moving his fingers, we are dealing with a set of psycho-physical conditions which include a connection of the power-line to the motor section of the brain. It is this combination of types of conditions that is the central foundation of OS’s dual aspect account of this phenomenon. Involved in such an account is what OS refers to as the “experience” of agency, which, because a machine is not capable of experience, cannot be attributed to the machine. This unique experience extends to action and involves a consciousness of ones agency or acting. This consciousness does not imply that in such a conscious experience that I have an image of my fingers moving. Yet, since we are dealing with the concept of an action, there must be a unity of purpose in the first person description of “I moved my fingers” and a third person report of “Your fingers moved!”
This discussion of a power-line might encourage a questioning of whether a purely electrical power line could suffice to bring about a movement similar to the intentional movement of the fingers. Imagine the case where I lose my hand and an artificial hand replaces my loss. Imagine further that my lost hand is replaced by a hand, without bones, a blood supply, or “nerves”, in the normal meanings of these terms. Instead there are electrical circuits and plastic and metal components. If someone then orders me to move my hand, what is the difference between the movement of the normal fingers, and the movement of the artificial fingers? There is even a sense in which one might agree to the description that, “I felt my fingers move!”. This feeling, though, is a secondary phenomenon, due to pressure on the other living parts of my arm. No sensations from my fingers are arriving at the sensory-motor region of the brain. This region is partly responsible for my body-image, which is an important part of my experience of my movements and my actions. In fact it is this body-image, this non-observational knowledge of the position of my body and limbs, that is an important part of my self conscious awareness of what I am doing, have done, and will do. Not all parts of the body are connected to this body-image: the feeling of the presence of internal organs are not part of this body-image. The body-image on the Kantian schema would be a part of our power of Sensibility: an awareness which is non-conceptual. It is this sensible body-image which is the immediate target of willing. The “data” of this body image, OS claims, are inherently spatial, which if true would connect up well with the Kantian account. It is not the case, moreover, that I “remember” where my body and limbs are, rather these are given “immediately” as is the case with all Kantian intuitions. OS calls this form of non-observational knowledge, practical knowledge and he characterises it as follows:
“the immediate epistemological “given” was not sensations in three-dimensional space, but sensations in three-dimensional space at points on limbs that were themselves given immediately as points in thee-dimensional space…..so that the immediate sensuous “given” was , sensation –at- a -point –in- body-relative space.” (P.238-9)
This is of course a different form of awareness of space to that given in our visual impressions which, however, may also be part of what Sartre called our hodological maps (our awareness of the space and environment we live in as essentially related to our projects and actions). OS, however, argues for a sense-data thesis that seemingly, disconnects our epistemological relation to space from this hodological map. Those favouring the hodological map thesis might claim, for example that when we see the castle in the distance on the hill that presents itself as a “steep climb”, what we see carries an awareness of the motor requirements for the tasks of climbing the hill and perhaps also walking around the grounds of the caste and exploring its interior. The three dimensions we experience, that is, are a consequence of some kind of projection of what can be or what needs to be done in relation to the material objects we see. OS does not frame his account in these terms. He acknowledges firstly, that the psychological experience of space is that of seeing objects closer and further away. He claims in his work “The Will: a dual aspect theory”:
“concepts play a causal role in the genesis of visual depth experience”(Vol 1: P.171)
These concepts are, concepts of the physical non-psychological cause of the two-dimensional data presented on the surface of our retinas. OS continues his reasoning:
“For if the entry of depth into a visual field is the entry of an array of visual sensations all of which have non-psychological causes, and if it is also true that concepts play a part in the genesis of the experience of depth in the visual impression, it is certain that those sensations cannot, in themselves make visible the depth that they bring forward for visual consciousness”.(P.171)
This is an interesting discussion, placing material objects (the non-psychological cause) at the centre of the reasoning. Kant, we know claimed that knowledge requires the interaction of both concepts and intuitions (space and time) and a judgemental structure of something being said or thought about something. The something being talked or thought about can we know in language be characterised by a definite description, e.g. “the steep hill”, “the interesting castle”, which might or might not carry motor implications but which as Russell pointed out imply the x ( “there is an x such that…”), which is the non-psychological external cause OS is referring to. The point of this digression is that the image on the computer screen is a two-dimensional array, and the impression of three dimensions has to be given by someone moving through the landscape, e.g. climbing the hill, or circum-ambulating the castle. The computer has no body-image upon which to project the beginnings of an intended movement project, and it does not (therefore?) have a conscious awareness of the space outside: a “hodological?” space? Machines do not relate to time in the way in which living conscious, language-using beings do. A moving “movie-camera” can, of course, give the “impression” of the switching of “attention” from one part of the scene to another but the impression is simulated. Attention requires consciousness, and only life forms can be conscious.
The above account of Spatial awareness recalls Kantian reflections on the intimate relation there is between space and time which is, of course required in the identification and description of movement of any kind, but Kant does not explore the relations of our epistemological awareness to the practical relations we have to space, time and material objects in the way in which phenomenologists like Merleau-Ponty do. In my previous work “The World Explored, the World Suffered, I noted that the new men (metaphorically) wish to invert the world and our values and turn “the world upside down”. Merleau-Ponty draws our attention to an experiment in which the world literally appears to be inverted:
“If a subject is made to wear glasses which correct the retinal images, the whole landscape at first appears unreal and upside down; on the second day of the experiment normal perception begins to reassert itself, except that the subject has the feeling that his own body is upside down.” The Phenomenology of Perception, trans.,Smith, C., London Routledge, 1952 (P.285)
The experiment referred to is that conducted by Stratton published in the Psychological Review in 1896. Merleau-Ponty reaffirms a commitment to the hodological map theory of perception when he later claims:
“The perceptual field corrects itself and at the conclusion of the experiment I identify it without any concept because I live in it, because I am borne wholly into the new spectacle and, so to speak, transfer my centre of gravity into it.”(P.293)
Merleau-Ponty goes onto describe the influence of mescalin upon the spatial perception of subjects: approaching objects becoming smaller and the walls of the room appear to be 150 metres apart. This is, of course, a testament to the essential role of chemical transactions in the construction of our experiences. Pouring mescalin onto the hard drive of a computer would not result in altered experiences, quite simply because the hard drive is merely a “storage place” for data. Would the machine begin to hallucinate? There is a whole range of psychological descriptions, which are completely inappropriate when applied to machines.
The “Spirit of the Age” is difficult to capture during eras of transition, in particular when one is in the middle of a revolution, be it an industrial or a technological revolution. Of course, it is an open question as to whether such revolutions are “peacetime” bloodless revolutions. My research into the History of Psychology charted in the 4 volume work “The World Explored, the World Suffered: A Philosophical History of Psychology, Cognition, Emotion, Consciousness, and Action”, attempted to argue for a thesis that the age we live in is indeed an “Age of Discontent”, and only a finger on the pulse of the Age will tell us what is happening: scientific observation alone, appears not to suffice for a diagnosis of our “modern” malady (or the malady of the Modern). The knowledge we need to make a diagnosis is located in the various streams of historical processes and events, but sometimes these streams have been forced “underground” and flow in the dark, until the terrain becomes more favourable and the sun can shine on the waters once more.
The “Project” of the Delphic Oracle” to “know oneself” was certainly easier to launch than to find its destination, but Ancient Greece was one significant, beginning of a journey that appeared to lose its way, at least twice ( first,during the Dark ages where religions suppressed the philosophical spirit, and second, during “Modern Times” when an anti-rational attitude sought to “forget” or “avoid” earlier more cognitive approaches to the aporetic questions thrown up for the Being “for whom his Being is in question”(Heidegger)).
Heidegger himself, of course, suffered from the pathological condition he sought to avoid, a condition that has been diagnosed by three different Philosophical movements begun by Aristotle, continued by Kant, and then by the later work of Wittgenstein.
We begin at the beginning, and with the first cultural conflict, namely that between the Ancient Philosophical Greeks, and the more “Modern” Romans engaged on a military project of globalisation (perhaps initiated by Alexander the Great). The Romans were more like the Spartans than the Athenians, but were also “pragmatic” engineers”. This, according to Heidegger, was reflected in their language, which failed to capture the complex spirit of certain Greek terms, such as aletheia, psuché, arête, diké, arché, epistemé. These terms formed the reflective framework the Greeks used for their philosophical “explorations”. Mistranslations of key terms such as aletheia, by the powerful Romans produced significant consequences for Philosophy and we ought to recall that Philosophical schools were ordered to be closed by the Roman Emperor Justinian. The spirit of the Dark Ages did not favour the kind of open critical thinking initiated by Socrates, Plato and Aristotle. Aristotle’s work was not completely translated from the Greek until the 13th century, but even then this occurred against the background of a religious cultural domination that exerted considerable influence in the transmission of “pagan” ideas. According to Heidegger, we lost our way in relation to the aporetic questions raised by the Greeks relating to the nature of Being and Being-in-the-world. Heidegger, however, did not see in Kant the revival of the Greek spirit and sought to promote the power of Imagination over the powers of Understanding and Reason proposed by Kant. This “movement” was aided and abetted by the “new men”, Descartes, Hobbes, Hume, Rousseau, Adam Smith, the pragmatists, logical atomists, logical positivists, materialists and dualists of all shapes and sizes.
The emblem of the Romans was Janus, the God of war, whose two faces were oriented in different directions. Now one can, in a spirit of charity, interpret this figure sympathetically as I did in volume I of “The world explored, the World Suffered”, or one can interpret this symbol in terms of the Roman mentality that re-directed the course of History in a military and technical direction. Descartes we know was a military man, and very interested in war-machines, and he even regarded animals as “machines”, thus raising the idea of techné above the previously valued Greek ideas of arête, dike, epistemé, arché , psuché and aletheia. It is this spirit in many different forms, (including the “spirit” of those scientists that worked on the atomic bomb which would kill hundreds and thousands of non-combatant civilians), that caused me to nominate “the Age of Discontentment” as the name for the times we have lived in since Descartes.
The Period of the Enlightenment in the form of Kant, brought to life once again the spirit of Ancient Greece but this was soon to be stifled by Hegel, Marx, Nietzsche. Art, too, turned its back on our Greek heritage with the advent of “Modern Art” at the beginning of the 20th century. (There is a certain irony in the form the first of the instrumentalist ready-made objects took (Duchamp’s “Fountain”))
It may seem paradoxical that we should place the origin of Age of Discontentment in the Renaissance period (Descartes, Hobbes), but the period also contained figures like Machiavell,i whose political reflections on The Prince certainly turned the Greek ideas of arête and diké upside down in favour of an immoral instrumentalism that in Socrates’ words, attempted to make “the worse argument seem the better”. With such “new” re-interpretations of the Humanism that began in the Renaissance with figures like Shakespeare Giorgione, and Michelangelo and ended with invasions of Italy, we were returned back to the symbol of Janus and the Roman beginnings and evolution of the “Age of Discontentment”.
It is claimed by Adrian Stokes, the art critic, that Renaissance humanism manifested an intensification of all forms of cultural activity including science (Copernicus, Galileo) and a revival of the Ancient Greek “Spirit” and there are certainly good grounds for such a judgement if one excludes Descartes, Hobbes, and Machiavelli. Philosophy, especially Political Philosophy, was not one of Stokes’ major concerns although he was very interested in Freudian Psychoanalysis, and in particular Melanie Klein’s interpretation of Freud’s theories. In an Essay entitled Greek Culture and the Ego, Stokes quotes form Bowra’s work “The Greek Experience” where the complex relation between pleasure and reason is discussed in relation to the ideas of balance and harmony. The focus of Stokes, however, is upon the Ego and its “good objects” and the arguments presented presuppose a complex view of psuche that requires an acceptance of death against the background of virtue, which includes courage, temperance and wisdom.
The “ready-mades” of “Modern Art, then, challenge the ideas of the Great artists, especially the idea of a work which expresses a long apprenticeship in the medium of carving stone or painting with the intention of expressing ones feelings about a tempestuous world. The “ready-mades” are at best artefacts inserted into a field of expectation, which they are specifically designed to shatter. They are “products” for a “Market” guided by Adam Smith’s “invisible hand”, which knows nothing of the virtues and the value of beautiful objects. By the beginning of the 1900’s the new men had succeeded in dismantling much of the structure created by Ancient Greece and the Enlightenment. Political parties, as Hannah Arendt had reported, were disappearing and being replaced by “mass movements”, which would require mass media for the communication of political and important social issues. These were all viewed as technical challenges and not as humanistic problems, requiring a commitment to the principles of the various sciences. Two World-Wars occurred, in relatively close proximity to one another, and added to the “technical” problems the world had to face. Turing appeared on the scene during the second world-war, in the name of science working for the military, and the task of communication with the masses appeared to be reduced from a knowledge issue to the technical problem of deciphering/communicating information: episteme, arête, arché, dike, psuché and aletheia were no longer relevant in the context of exploration which relied on instrumental reasoning relating to the most appropriate means to ends defined in the language of techné.
Freud writing in 1929 about this state of affairs made his famous remark that perhaps the work of building our Civilisations have not been worth the effort, and he raised the issue of a death-instinct intent upon destroying what we have created. It would not be long before his books were being burned by SS order, and he and his family had to flee to London to escape the “final solution” to the “Jewish problem”. We are, of course, all familiar with the technical precision with which the Germans approached this task of mass extinction, using lies and deception, and even unjust “laws” to facilitate the completion of their Project. Similar forms of technical knowledge, lies, and deception, were also used by Stalin in his projects of mass-murder. Freud identified the psychological mechanisms involved in leading the masses to accept what was being done in their name: identification with the aggressor, projection, displacement, denial, all played their part in successfully creating a mass-delusion. At the same time, born from the ashes of these conflagrations was the United Nations, an organisation suggested by Kant over two hundred years earlier as part of his one hundred thousand year vision of the journey toward the kingdom of ends and the peaceful/harmonious coexistence of nations. Universities too, attempted, in various ways, to contribute to this Cosmopolitan Humanistic vision. Science was, of course, a part of this vision: not the science of Turing or Oppenheimer but rather the Philosophical view of the Sciences (Theoretical, Practical, and Productive), presented in the writings of both Aristotle and Kant. Freud’s writings too, presented a theory crossing the borders of all three sciences: a theory grounded in a clear picture of the role of the brain in understanding the human form of psuché.
What, then, are the dangers of AI? The fears that mankind will become extinct as a consequence of its introduction are great exaggerations that underestimate the understanding we have of what kind of thing an arte-fact and machine is. Although we have to add here that one should not underestimate the power of language to confuse us. Calling a machine “artificial intelligence” for example, is misleading and deceptive, and can cause mischief of many different kinds. If intelligence is as William James defines it, namely the capacity to choose a different means to and end when that end is blocked, then the machine is not intelligent, and must await action from its master, the programmer, in the form of changing the program before the correct means can be found. The term “artificial” then becomes redundant unless of course one wants to refer to the intelligence of the programmer and uses the term “engineered”.
If we do manage to destroy our civilisations it will not be because of an arte-fact we have created, but rather because we no longer believe our civilisation-building activities are worth the work we put into them: when the flame of Eros begins to wane, the flame of Thanatos burns bright. What scenario is possible if this state of affairs actualises?
Stanley Cavell in his work “The Claim of Reason: Wittgenstein, Skepticism, Morality, and Tragedy”(Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1979), looks at the problem of our identification of another human being and its logical conditions through the eyes of a skeptic. He dismisses the Kantian solution on the grounds of dogmatism and proceeds to solve the skeptical problem, not at the level of principles, but rather at the level of a phenomenological/dialectical account of a kind of description that provides us with “essences”. He asks us to imagine a human being with all the organs and limbs constituted chemically and biologically in accordance with Aristotelian hylomorphic theory. This science fiction creation of the scientist has a computer chip in the middle of his brain performing all the normal functions a human is capable of. Cavell claims that there is in principle no difference in the behaviour we can observe performed by this human robot and that we therefore have no right to believe in the existence of other minds, partly because the others body always comes between me and my knowledge that he possesses a soul/mind. Two objections immediately spring to mind in relation to this. Firstly, were we not taught by Aristotle that the soul means psuché, which in turn means form of life, and for each form of life there is a mountain of evidence that they are alive: evidence which suffices for an essence-specifying definition of all animal species. In the human case there is a system of organs (including a brain), a configuration of limbs and the behaviour of “living” that exhibits all the human powers that have been documented by Aristotle, Kant, and Wittgenstein. Secondly, Wittgenstein has taught us that the grammar of our language gives us access to essences, for example, that I can know that other people think:
“I can know what someone else is thinking , mot what I am thinking. It is correct to say “I know what you are thinking”, and wrong to say “I know what I am thinking.” ( A whole cloud of Philosophy condensed into a drop of grammar)”
My attitude towards him is an attitude towards a soul. I am not of the opinion that he has a soul.” 178e
“The human body is the best picture of the human soul” (178e)
“ “ I noticed that he was out of humour.” Is this a report about his behaviour or his state of mind? (“The Sky looks threatening”: is this about the present or the future?) Both; not side-by-side, however but about the one via the other.” 179e
These quotes eliminate the kind possibility of the kind of sceptical recital we find in Cavell, and although Aristotle and Kant do not situate their inquiries at the level of Language, the conclusions we find above, are both in accordance with Aristotelian and Kantian principles We should also recall here that it is Wittgenstein the would-be aeronautical engineer, that specifically in the work above stated that a machine cannot think (PI 359-360).
Cavell does not in this work engage with any of the above quotes but he does offer us an acute analysis of a civilisation that as he puts the matter is “soul-blind”:
“then I might put the question “Is there such a thing as soul-blindness?” in the following way: Is this new form of civilisation being replaced by another? In particular is it being replaced by one in which nothing that happens any longer strikes us as the objectification of subjectivity, as the act of an answerable agent, as the expression and satisfaction of human freedom, of human intention and desire?….Then nothing would (any longer)give them the idea that living beings, could feel. So, they would not (any longer) be human.” (Claim of Reason P.468)
Do machines have the idea that living beings can feel? Descartes certainly had difficulty with this idea, believing that animals were mainly machines and also operating upon them without anaesthetics. So, even if he had the idea that humans could feel, he was certainly confused about other forms of life. Chat GPT says the following in relation to the question “Can machines feel anything, if not, how can they possibly know that living beings feel?” :
“As of my last update in September 2021, machines, including artificial intelligence models like myself, do not possess feelings or consciousness. Machines are programmed to process and analyze data, perform tasks, and generate responses based on patterns in the data they’ve been trained on. While advanced AI models like GPT-3 can mimic human-like responses and engage in natural language interactions, it’s essential to understand that these responses are generated based on patterns learned from vast amounts of text data and not from experiencing emotions or having subjective experiences.
The ability to feel emotions is a complex trait found in living beings, particularly in animals with nervous systems and higher cognitive abilities. Emotions are the result of biological processes and evolved mechanisms that allow organisms to respond to their environment in adaptive ways.
Machines can’t “know” in the same way living beings do because they lack subjective experiences. Knowledge for machines is simply stored information that can be accessed and processed when required. In contrast, living beings possess consciousness and subjective awareness that enables them to have experiences and emotions.
It is crucial to distinguish between artificial intelligence, which is a set of algorithms and data processing mechanisms, and biological consciousness found in living beings. While AI can perform complex tasks and simulate human-like interactions to some extent, it does not inherently possess emotions, self-awareness, or consciousness as living beings do.
So, machines do not “know” that we can feel something about something or, indeed, think something about something, although this would appear to be an important aspect of knowing what a human being is. Cavell’s description of a society in which the inhabitants behave like machines is, however, very relevant in this discussion occurring as it does in an Age of Discontentment. He conducts a discussion of the role of automation in our viewing and appreciation of film which may also be an insightful contribution to our discussion.
The argument begins with the a poretic question “What becomes of reality when it is projected onto a screen?” The image we see is automatically reproduced ( P.23) and no human agent is involved as is the case with the painted representation. This, Cavell argues, gives the viewer the impression that we are viewing events that have already happened in the past (P.23). The characters appearing on the film take the form, not of historical individuals, however, but rather of character-types. When films were in black and white, Cavell argues, reality was presented in dramatic form, perhaps partly because of the dramatic times we had lived through, and perhaps partly because of the nature of the medium. If what we are witnessing on cinema screens are “remembered” events, the black and white may be a testament to the attenuated character of some memories. Cavell characterises this form of attenuated memory in the following way:
“That it is reality we have to deal with, or some mode of depicting it, finds surprising confirmation in the way movies are remembered, and misremembered. It is tempting to suppose that movies are hard to remember the way dreams are, and that is not a bad analogy. As with dreams, you do sometimes find yourself remembering moments in a film, and a procedure in trying to remember s to find your way back to a characteristic mood the thing has left you with. But, unlike dreams, other people can help you remember, indeed are often indispensable to the enterprise of remembering. Movies are hard to remember, the way the actual events of yesterday are…. It is as if you had to remember what happened before you slept. Which suggests that film awakens as much as it enfolds you…”(P.17)
This in turn gives the impression of something magical or mysterious. The absence of the human agent from the process of representation is obviously surprising. This suggests that some being has a view of the world as it is in itself that is presented, magically, and in dream-like fashion. There is no doubt that this phenomenon is very interesting, given the need that there is for an analysis of the mentality (form of life) of the “new” inhabitants of the Age of Discontentment. Cavell elaborates upon this aspect of his account in the following way:
“To say that we wish to view the world itself is to say that we are wishing for the condition of viewing as such. That is our way of establishing our contact with the world: through viewing it or having views of it. Our condition has become one in which our natural mode of perception is to view, feeling unseen. We do not so much look at the world as look out at it, from behind the self. It s our fantasies, now all but completely thwarted and out of hand, which are unseen and must be kept unseen. As if we could no linger hope that anyone might share them…”(P.102)
So the medium of film is a very elaborate form of a wish-fulfilment. Whilst this kind of work of art is not quite a pathological form of wish-fulfilment, it nevertheless, might be a particular form of the Wish of the artist to provide their audience with a realistic view of the world. The above also carries a suggestion of how a divine being might feel in relation to the world that it/he/she has a relation to—seeing the world as it is in itself without being identified and seen.
The medium of film is an expression of artistic power, yet at the same time is the result of a mechanical process and this might be the reason Cavell claimed in Chapter one of “The World Viewed”, that it came as a surprise/shock to him to learn that films had directors who took responsibility for part of the content of the final product. That the world-view of art needed to be automated is a phenomenon that needs explaining. Was it because art could no longer find an audience? If so, what was the reason? A remark of Wittgenstein in a letter to David Pinsent , reported by Rush Rhees (1984), provides another perspective:
“Music came to a full stop with Brahms. And even in Brahms one can begin to hear the sound of machinery.”
This remark suggests the presence of some kind of pathological infection affecting the technical arts such as music, perhaps what we are witnessing here is a phenomenon more connected with anxiety than wish-fulfilment. Cavell also elaborates upon his view of “Modernism” in relation to Philosophy, and other practical “enterprises”, in the foreword to the collection of essays entitled: “Must We mean What We Say?”:
“The essential fact of “what I refer to as) the modern lies in the relation between the present practice of an enterprise and the history of that enterprise, in the fact that this relation has become problematic.”(P.XIX Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1969)
Cavell goes on to say in this section of his work that science does not have an audience and that is the reason why it can be “popularised”, and art cannot. There is also a mysterious remark about Philosophy being harmful unless it is useful, and Socrates is mentioned in this context but not specifically the fact that his attempts to engage with an audience proved dangerous and fatal. Socrates was, of course, challenging the status quo in the attempt to create a better Polis, but he was not a skeptic nor a dogmatist, not a dualist nor a materialist. Socrates pointed us in the right direction, and he also provided us with the tools for the journey ahead, namely a method and the result of the method, (elenchus and general definitions (of justice diké, for example: getting what one deserves, of arête: it is better to suffer wrong than to do wrong)).
Kant took up this problem of scepticism and dogmatism and indicated that there was also a growing problem (during the Enlightenment!) of what he called indifferentism. In his Preface to the first edition of the “Critique or Pure Reason Kant has the following to say:
“..the prevailing mood is that of weariness and complete indifferentism—the mother, in all sciences of chaos and night…Indeed these pretended indifferentists, however they may try to disguise themselves by substituting a popular tone for the language of the Schools, inevitably fall back in so far as they think at all, into those very metaphysical assertions which they profess so greatly to despise.”(Trans Kemp Smith, N., London, Macmillan 1963) P. 8)
Kant’s answer to this state of affairs was the publication of the works constituting his Critical Philosophy: a landmark on the road pointed out by Socrates that navigated between the alternatives of dogmatism, scepticism, materialism and dualism.
Aristotle in his Nichomachean Ethics opened his essay with the words that all activities aim at the good, and he named both the arts and the sciences. In the Metaphysics, Aristotle also claimed that all men desire to know. Aiming at the Good, which for Aristotle had many meanings ranging over his 10 categories of existence ((1) substance; (2) quantity; (3) quality; (4) relatives; (5) somewhere; (6) sometime; (7) being in a position; (8) having; (9) acting; and (10) being acted upon). These categories were perhaps superseded by his later Hylomorphic theory and its theory of change which appeals to 4 kinds of change, 3 principles of change, 4 “causes (aitia) of change occurring in three media of change (space, time, and matter) The framework of this theory is embedded in conceptual structure of areté (doing the right thing at the right time in the right way), diké (justice) arché (founding principles) psuché (forms of life) and eudaimonia (good spirited flourishing life). These kinds, principles, causes and categories are also encountered in not just the theoretical sciences but also in the productive and practical sciences.
The above formed the background to Aristotle’s writings on Art which are a part of his canon of productive sciences, and the most important work is the “Poetics”. Aristotle argues here that tragedy and epic works are modes of imitation by which we learn things of importance and experience a related pleasure. Action is the key term, because both of these linguistic forms are about the deeds of man that are actually located in the space-time-matter continuum, and identified by the linguistic markers, categories and reasons for performance of these deeds. In learning about these actions/deeds we gather the meaning of what we are seeing/contemplating, i.e. we search for the principles and explanations/justifications for what we are experiencing.
A tragedy is defined as an imitation of an action of significance with serious meaning and having a completeness of dramatic form that results in the catharsis of the emotions of pity and fear. The category of quality of character (of the agent) and the quality of the agents thought, are important elements of the drama, and it is through these qualities that we attribute qualities to the action or the deeds of the spectacle that either succeed or fail. The six parts of the drama are character, diction, thought, plot, spectacle and melody. The drama also ought to manifest a universal intent or what Aristotle calls a general truth, which would be the justification for speaking with a Kantian “universal voice” about what are witnessing or have witnessed. The standard by which we measure the drama is that of whether what happens is plausible and probable and whether a catharsis of pity and fear occur. The idea of the good object is of importance in all artistic activity, and is related to both its intellectual and emotional aspects.
The scholar Bernays J.,(Articles on Aristotle 4: Psychology and Aesthetics, London Duckworth, 2003) distinguishes two possible meanings of the term “catharsis”, firstly a transformation of what he calls the passions into virtues, and secondly, a transformation of pain into pleasure. He believes that Aristotle is more concerned with the latter than with the former but his argument seems to rest on a parallel with music which is discussed in the “Politics”, and a distinction is made between the more educational ethical mode in which the catharsis of passions into virtues may well be the goal, and more “popular” music in which the audience are whipped into a mystic frenzy which Aristotle argues “relaxes” them. Bernays argues that Aristotle ought to be interpreted more liberally here because he would have acknowledged both of these forms of catharsis. In its popular “Mode” after the “storm” of the frenzy, comes the calm of a more contemplative state, it is argued which would appear to be a prime example of the transformation of the passions into the virtues, especially if one considers arête in its wider meaning which includes temperance and the control of ones appetites. Bernays points out the close proximity of the concept of “iatreia” to “catharisis”: iatreia is a medical healing process and the fear and pity is in this process transformed into a contemplative form of pleasure.
This digression into the sphere of intellectual and popular entertainment is necessary if we are to understand the history of public entertainment and its purposes. Such an account clearly shows the importance of drama to alleviate public boredom and anxiety. In modern times our popular music and cinematic productions have taken over the task of “entertainment”, which still appears to serve both intellectual and more basic emotional purposes. The question which we wish to focus on at this point, is whether machine-originated entertainment in the “Age of Discontentment”, is a symptom of a more pathological state of mind that requires a more comprehensive form of iatreia (therapy).
The first observation to make is that cinematic productions are firmly embedded in an instrumental financial web which make one wonder whether the Socratic concerns about the doctor having the responsibility to heal patients who have no means to pay him are especially relevant here. Socrates complained that doctors refusing to treat their patients were allowing the secondary concerns of “oikonomos” to displace the primary concern of care for the patient. Care, we should note in this context was one of the primary existential characteristics of Heidegger’s “Dasein” and its Being-in-the-world. The question we need to pose at this juncture of the argument is whether the Artificial Intelligence of machines devoted to the purposes of entertainment in the Age of Discontentment is playing the “healing” cathartic role it ought to. What does the audience experience, and is it a Good experience that takes us further on the journey to the good spirited flourishing life (eudaimonia) sought by Socrates, Plato and Aristotle? Cinematic productions are a technical art. Let us turn to the writings of an Art critic from the last century for a diagnosis of our times.
Adrian Stokes in an essay entitled “The Invitation in Art”(“The Critical Writings of Adrian Stokes, Vol. 3 (London, Thames and Hudson, 1978) claims the following:
“We know that in Renoir’s opinion the ugliness of buildings towards the end of the nineteenth century and the vulgarity of design in articles in common use were of far greater danger than wars”.(P.278)
He then quotes Renoir:
“We get too accustomed to these things and to such a point that we do not realise how ugly they are. And if the day ever comes when we become entirely accustomed to them, it will be the end of a civilisation which gave us the Parthenon and the cathedral or Rouen. Then men will commit suicide from boredom, or else kill each other off, just for the pleasure of it”(Renoir 1962) P.278
What we are witnessing, Stokes argues, is an aesthetic tragedy embedded in a process of a more general decline of a civilisation. The good aesthetic object and the good ethical action share an attitude toward tragedy and a cultural commitment to Care that, once it attenuates, threatens the progress of a civilisation. Stokes points out that in his opinion the artistic movement of Impressionism:
“ was a response to the aesthetic poverty of the streets of our cities and the desire in art to shock its audience, thereafter stems, he argues from a response to a disjointed chaotic environment.”( The World Explored, the World Suffered, Vol. 1. P.105)
Stokes also provides us with a psychoanalytical explanation of the above state of affairs that uses the “trans-scientific” discipline of psychoanalysis. In an essay entitled “Greek Culture and the Ego”, he wishes to consider the roles of the Freudian concepts of “projection” and “introjection” in relation to the Kleinian concepts of “part-object” and “whole object”. “Good” and “bad” objects in relation to aggression are also an important part of his discussion. A healthy integrated Ego, it is argued, is self sufficient (in the Aristotelian sense) and has the best chance of leading the good spirited flourishing life so important to Greek Culture.
M. Bowra’s work “The Greek Experience” (Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, 1957) reminds us of the details of Greek life (psuché):
“The peculiar nature of man determined the Greek notion of pleasure. They had no ascetic or puritanical hostility to it; in some respects they regarded it as a supreme good. But at the same time they felt that it must be kept in its place and not allowed to upset the harmony either of the individual or the city. They felt too that the strongest pleasures are suitable mainly for the young, and that in due course a man passes beyond them to others, which are less exciting. This distinction follows the general distinction, in which the Greeks made between men and the gods. If the gods enjoy power and freedom, men have responsibility, and through their use of it attain their own dignity, which is different from anything available to the gods. The advantage of this system is that it combines a natural taste for enjoyment with a real respect for proved capacities in action and in thought. Paradoxically, it may mean that in what seems to be his more human side, man is closer to the gods than in what wins honour and respect But it also means that goodness and happiness are brought together in a balanced harmony.”
The Aristotelian pursuit of the Golden Mean and the bringing together of the ideas of the Good and the Beautiful are also mentioned by Stokes (P.81) as important to the achievement of a healthy integrated Ego. Bowra’s account above draws attention to a theme of Plato’s Republic where Socrates insists that justice in the soul and justice in the city are closely related purposes sharing the same psuché-like structure. On this theme Bowra has the following to say:
“The truest wisdom lay in a properly balanced personality, in which neither side triumphed at the expense of the other. What this meant can be seen from the place given to eros, which means in the first place passionate love, but extends its meaning far beyond physical desire to many forms of intellectual and spiritual passion. For Parmenides it is the child of necessity and the force which makes men live and thrive; for Democritus, it is the desire for beautiful things; for Euripides it is the inspiring spirit of the arts; for Pericles it is what devoted citizens feel for their city; for Socrates it is the pursuit of noble ends in thought and action…”
The image of a bare-footed Eros padding about the city bearing the characteristics of parents who were resourceful and poor add another dimension to this picture, and point to the important role of the demiurge and the fates in the imagination of many Greeks of the time. Ananke and Thanatos were also a part of the Greek “picture” of the difficulty of leading a good spirited flourishing life. This may be a picture of the Kleinian “depressive position which requires the defence mechanism of “sublimation” to survive the loss of valued good objects. Sublimation was defined by Freud as the non-sexual form of substitute satisfaction that might aid the task of healthy ego integration. Sublimation was the defence-mechanism used extensively by artists, in the course of their artistic activities.
Eros was not a God as became clear from the speech of Socrates in the Symposium. This would have exposed Eros to the reality of his mortality, and one of his tasks would have been to accept his death as gracefully as Socrates. The work of Eros is obviously related to the work of civilisation, which Freud questioned was worth the effort. Art, Freud argues in “The Future of and Illusion”, reconciles man to the sacrifices he needs to make for the sake of the maintenance and advance of his civilisation. We should recall here the Freudian tasks of the Ego: to love and to work. We should also realise how difficult these tasks can be. It is evident, then, that both Psychoanalysis and Greek Philosophy share a view of the world that leads naturally to discontentment.
Cinematic production are a condition of the possibility of computer games, which have large followings, and insofar as they are violent, promote the pleasure of killing living beings vicariously for pleasure. Programmers have accepted this demand to alleviate the boredom of the masses, perhaps without full cognisance of what they are doing. The machines that enable large numbers of people to engage in such aggressive activities cannot argue that any catharsis is occurring here. Given that we are dealing with machines that imitate reality, and given that we take such pleasure in these kinds of imitations, the possible outcome over a long period of time, would appear to be dangerous. This acceptance of violent content is, of course, not limited to computer games but is in fact an important part of the American formula for action and thriller films. In psychoanalytic terms, what is being presented are bad part-objects that emphasise attack and splitting rather than reparation and creativity. In Greek terms this cultural extremism is a sign that all is not well with the polis and catharsis is not possible in relation to such traumatic content, which has become neutralised and blunted because of our boredom and aggressive tendencies (elements that cannot be in harmony).
Machines, whether they be called Turing machines, or AI machines are not therefore agents of harmony and balance, and it is of course important what we call these machines, how we categorise them. Calling them “Intelligent” is to say the least paradoxical, whether we use James’s definition of practical intelligence or whether we use the Greek “nous”. This leaves us with the dilemma of how we ought to characterise the world of Turing machines, AI, Chat robots, game-boxes, servers and computers. The best substitute for the word “artificial” would be techné, and the best English translation for that would be “technical”.
In this context it is worthwhile pointing out that when the Greek automaton was translated (meaning “of ones own will”) it’s meaning changed to self-operating machine. This suggests that we use the word automaton with its contemporary meaning to designate the phenomena we are today characterising as AI. If one wishes to retain the word “intelligence”, it should be placed in quotation marks, and prefaced with the word “technical”(TI). Alternatively, including the word “automaton” would give us the phrase “Technically intelligent automaton”(TIA).
In the photo above we have a graveyard of paid debts if it is true that we all owe nature a death. Mass graveyards like this, however, do not conjure up the picture of the occupants going quietly to their deaths. Socrates went relatively quietly to his death in spite of the fact that Athens, in retrospect was doing him an injustice. His speech in the Phaedo however, left no-one in any doubt that whatever the circumstances he believed death to be a Good. Either it was a peaceful dreamless sleep or there was a seemingly contradictory afterlife in which Socrates would be consorting with the great oracles, poets, lawmakers and intellectuals of the past. Perhaps the core strength of Socrates was his faith: the faith that nothing bad could happen to a good man.
Fingarette in his work, entitled “Death: Philosophical Soundings” begins with a narrative by Tolstoy entitled “The Death of Ivan Ilyich”. Ivan experiences a pain and visits his doctor but the doctor cannot help. His suffering continues until he at lasts confronts himself with the possible reality of nonexistence which in turn leads to reevaluation of the life he has been leading, arriving finally at the “truth” about his life. He also finally realises there is no death because there is no experience of death and his fears have been groundless. There is no “meaning” to death since it is an event that lies outside of our experience. This too was the position of Wittgenstein on this issue. Here we encounter not the battle of the giants of civilisation Freud pointed to, namely Eros v Thanatos, but rather the battle of two civilisation-building principles, namely the pleasure principle and the reality principle. On Freuds account, because the unconscious, where our instincts reside, do not acknowledge contradictions, there is no possible awareness of “the possibility” of that contradictory event–death– but only an awareness of what life means or is. Many commentators are willing to describe such a state of affairs as an awareness of our immortality but that is not an appropriate description. The unconscious is also timeless and this means that it is not aware of any time spans least all that of eternity or living forever. In the unconscious there is the desire for life to continue but not because of an awareness of eternity or the possibility of death. Fingarette puts the matter somewhat misleadingly:
“I think it is fair to put things this way:There are two absolutely certain facts about this existence.From the objective point of view I am mortal–it is certain that I will die. From the subjective point of view I am immortal–it is certain that I will never die. Or to put it differently: Never in my life will I experience death.”(P 7 Open Court, Chicago, 1996)
Putting it differently is certainly putting the matter more correctly but it is not true that I am “certain” that I will never die. Certainty as Wittgenstein put the matter is linked to doubt. Only consciousness has the conceptual capacity to doubt something. Doubting is a reality principle activity. My wishing to continue living is an activity of the life instinct regulated by the pleasure principle. Wishing in this context is tied to emotion and the imagination and doubting to a conscious conceptual use of the imagination and Understanding. The problem with the above false description relating to life is that a hylomorphic Aristotelian understanding of psuché makes no specific reference to consciousness because the assumption is that psuché is the first actuality of the human for of psuché(possessing as it does a human organ and limb configuration-system which is defining for our species). Aristotle, that is, does not separate consciousness from the realms of the preconscious or unconscious, operating on the pleasure-pain principle and the energy regulation principle. Consciousness, has, of course, a variety of defence mechanisms to protect itself from high anxiety levels including the deflection of energy into cultural activities such as the sciences but also sublimation which transforms energy into works of imagination.
Fingarette claims that we cannot experience the possibility of death but we can imagine it. He means here that we cannot imagine in first person mode the experience of death but we can imagine the consequences for those left behind after of our death. Here the pleasure-pain principle is clearly operating and this accounts for our ability to describe what is happening here in terms of the emotion of loss.But it is other peoples loss that I am imagining. My loved ones have lost me and need to continue all our mutually valued projects without me. This is the only way in which I can be “conscious” of my death. Returning to real life and realising our mutually valued projects are still actual and ongoing, contributes, Fingarette argues, to an increased pleasure being attached to these projects and perhaps to everything one experiences which was imagined as “lost”. This is the natural reaction to what he calls the “post-mortem future”. This is of course different to my imagining historical events which have no direct connection with my life. I have never personally engaged with the people i Imagine nor the projects they are involved with. Here my imagination must be working in close cooperation with the understanding and reason and the reality principle reigns for what is being imagined is then legitimised by written documentation and evidence. There is no feeling of loss attached to these events and/or the people that populate these imaginings. Any pleasure connected to these imaginings will be related to a correlation of what is imagined with some good the imaginer embraces in their life(in accordance with the Aristotelian major premise that all activity aims at the good and a minor premise that there are many meanings of good).
Fingarette further claims that when I imagine the response of my loved ones to my death I am engaging in a form of self deception because if one is dead there is no imagining activity going on–I am imagining a world in which I am still alive. Fingarette asks the insightful question whether it is phenomena such as this that lies behind the myth that the psuché or soul can detach itself from the body. Hence the fundamental importance of describing these phenomena correctly. These imaginings are always subject to some form of correction by the reality principle. A dream of Gabriel Garcia Marquez is discussed in which the author attends his own funeral with some friends and at the end of the funeral he prepares to leave with his friends who correct him saying “No, you, cant leave!”
This myth of separation from ones body in relation to death may well have motivated the many forms of mind-body dualism that have dogged the footsteps of Philosophy throughout the ages. Aristotle sought to neutralise Platonic dualism with his hylomorphic theory and Kant sought to neutralise Cartesian dualism with his Critical theory but dualism reappeared after Hegelian attacks on Kant and it was Wittgenstein in the 20th century that restored some form of sanity in Philosophy with his anti-Hegelian investigations that recalled many of the hylomorphic and critical arguments against both dualism and materialism.
Fingarette reawakens the ancient Socratic comparison of death with sleep when he claims that :
“We have no word to describe the inner experience of falling asleep. I anticipate “falling asleep” while still awake; and on reawakening I discover what happened. I do experience getting drowsy as the preliminary to falling asleep. Nevertheless we are never aware of the actual happening, the moment of falling asleep. What is it like, that transition from being awake to being asleep? There is only one correct answer: nothing. What is it like, subjectively, being in dreamless sleep? Nothing.”(P.19)
The event happens but is not experienced Fingarette argues and the two events, death and falling asleep are similar yet different in that I can realise upon awakening from sleep that I must have fallen asleep. In the case of the event of death happening to me, on the other hand, there can be no such realisation, no such awakening.
Fingarette declares his anti dualist position by maintaining that the idea of non-bodily consciousness is an incoherent idea(P.21). He then discusses the idea of selflessness and how it may lead to the self deceptive idea that the self is some kind of illusion which must be surmounted if one is not to experience the loss of self in imagining ones death. Many Eastern religions such as buddhism preach the idea of the selfishness of the self and its consequences for life: the freeing of “ones spirit” (P.23) Now whether Hegel “borrowed his idea of “Spirit” from this source or not is an open question and perhaps such an idea is not all that different from the Kantian idea of freedom where the unselfish person chooses to act in accordance with a universal imperative and treat everyone including themselves as “end-in-themselves”, an ancient idea that goes back to the challenge Glaucon, in the Republic, laid down for Socrates, that he had to prove that Good was not just Good in its consequences but Good-in-itself. It can be argued, however good Plato’s answer to this question was, that it was left to Aristotle and Kant to give a fully satisfactory answer. An answer moreover that did not “turn Kant on his head” as Hegel wished to do but one rather that respected the traditions and customs of the past as long as they could be defended in terms of preserving freedom and treating people as “ends-in-themselves”. Action became the centre of ethical theory for Kant and dutiful action its lodestar. There is no denial of the self in Kants account only a perfect acknowledgement of its scope and limitations in accordance with rational principles such as noncontradiction and sufficient reason. Principles that Hegel questions. The Eastern view of a life striving to deny the appetites of the self would be in accord with both Aristotle and Kant but would not entail the absence of the “I”, which is a mortal entity that can die and never come back to life. That is, the Kantian “I think”(a manifestation of the act of apperception) is not immortal but is a time-bound phenomenon that pronounces “Nows” and arrange them in the framework of “befores” and “afters” until it dies and its “time” comes to an end. Time, of course, does not end, at least not until there is an absence of life on earth and maybe not even then. If the Kantian agent has done his duty he can look forward to his death without the feeling of trepidation without the feeling that he has not led a life of eudaimonia( a good spirited flourishing life). One dies in such circumstances without the fear of lost opportunities because ones value has been actualised during ones life and does not need another life to make another attempt to establish ones value. Going to meet ones death in the process of dying, in such circumstances, is the same as going to meet the occurrence of any event that one is anticipating. On Freudian terms the wish to live forever through successive resurrections would be delusional but the wish to live without the knowledge of death would be the kind of life that most animals lead. With the knowledge of death comes the fear of death and that in turn requires an overcoming of the fear in order to meet ones death stoically.
Fingarette points out that we are acquainted with ourselves uniquely and immediately via something resembling Kantian intuition. If I am in pain I know this non-observationally but thankfully, Fingarette does not use the word one normally uses in this context, namely “Introspection” which smuggles in a kind of imaginative observation that does not meet the criteria of knowing something non-observationally. He also points out that I am the only person in the world that can move my arm simply by intending to move it. Such movement expresses my intention. This is the realm where Wittgensteins claim that “I am my World” makes sense, and I know what I am doing non-observationally, because I am my world, I am my body, and my body is in the world in the form of an “I”. This was criticised as an expression of solipsism but it is clear that this is not what Wittgenstein meant. The “I” referred to is not a particular I bearing a particular name, but rather a universal I that has a universally unique form of existence. Here there is a limit to what I can do. I cannot decide/intend to fall asleep in the way in which I decide/intend to reach for an orange. As Merleau-Ponty suggests in the “Phenomenology of Perception”:
“I lie down in bed, on my left side, with my knees drawn up; I close my eyes and breathe slowly, putting my plans out of my mind. But the power of my will or consciousness stops there. As the faithful, in the Dionysian mysteries, invoke the god by miming scenes fro his life, I call up the visitation of sleep by imitating the breathing and posture of the sleeper….There is a moment when sleep “comes” , settling on this imitation of itself.”(P.189 Trans Smith, C., Routledge, London(1958) P.189
Another limit of the imagination, Fingarette argues, is that we cannot imagine the end of world because to do so would be to imagine nothing. Now because I can imagine a world I presumably can imagine a world existing before I was born, This, indeed is a crucial possibility if we are understand history. So there is a space-time continuity which is a condition of our existence, a continuity that exists after my death and before my birth. I did not regret my having been born earlier at the dawn of living existence and the question is whether trying to imagine a beginning of the world is also an attempt to imagine nothing Heidegger once wrote an essay entitled “Introduction to Metaphysics”(Trans Manheim, R, London Yale University Press, 1959) and asked the fundamental question “Why are there essents rather than nothing?” This question is asked of course only by man for whom questioning is the essence of his Being-in-the World. Man is a Being for whom his own Being is in question.
Aristotle registers this interrogative nature of man by claiming that we are not just interested in the “What” question which facts give us the answer to, but we feel a further need to proceed to ask why the facts are the way they are, and thus we enter into the Kingdom of Principles(arché) which insofar as human beings are concerned begins with a hylomorphic account of psuché. In such an investigation imagining a beginning of the world requires a belief in an infinite continuum which has no beginning and no end. Heidegger, like Wittgenstein sees language as a critical constituent in our understanding of Being and the translator of Heidegger’s “Introduction to Metaphysics” has the following to say:
” It is in words and language that things first come into being and are”(P.13)
Psuché and Phusis(physis) are intimately connected because the latter according to Heidegger means “the power to emerge and endure”(P.15). This over the millennia has been transformed into the more modern idea of nature where the concept of the “physical” is contrasted with the vague idea of the “psychological”. Heideggers concepts of Being-there(Dasein) and Being-in-the world” are attempts to avoid the difficulties of the above forced opposition . The original meaning of “Phusis”, Heidegger argues, “has determined the essence and history of metaphysics”(P.17). The Greek term “aletheia” is also a key Greek term for Heidegger but Psuché is not related to this discussion in this work.
Fingarette continues on this theme and points out how an individual death will cause but a ripple in “the great ocean of existence”(P.36). The link here is clear to the Eastern/Stoical understanding of the limitations of the human power to affect such an ocean. This he contrasts to the Western egotistical view of being the centre of the world and spending ones life feeding ones appetites. The transactions of this speck of physical material in a physical universe are of course inconsequential. Fingarette touches upon the truth of solipsism which is a universal truth about all individuals who are their world(as Wittgenstein puts the matter) He points out that the uniqueness of being the centre of my world cannot be shared but that does not strictly follow from his argument because although my life is mine someone else who is human is in exactly the same situation. So we may be isolated with our feeling of being alone but insofar as we know that everyone human is in the same boat that knowledge is exactly what puts us in the same boat. This kind of knowledge may well have been what the oracle of Delphi was referring to in her challenge to “Know thyself”.
We are rational animals capable of discourse as Aristotle claimed and part of the capacity for discourse includes the vitally important activity of story-telling. In the story the narrator is the centre of the story-world if it is a third person narration otherwise the narrator is an inhabiter of the imagined world we the readers are presented with. Fingarette points out insightfully that if the narration is in first-person mode the narrator cannot die at the end of the story. This has the consequence that a story narrated in the first person cannot reach a definitive end:
“It simply stops at a certain point and no more is told. This is exactly analogous to real life”(P.40)
This allows Fingarette to conclude that my story is my world: a sequence of events in which characters are acting and being acted upon, all striving for ends with more or less success. The attractiveness of a story, Fingarette argues is due to it being a richer catalogue of meaningful events neatly crafted into an artistic whole. Religions use narratives to communicate a philosophy of life to a wider population than any genre of literature can reach and Fingarette provides us with a theory of how the different religions approach the theme or , as he puts the matter, “raw fact”(P.52), of suffering, and claims that given the great differences of approach there can be no “objective description”. It is not clear that it is the intention of these narratives to provide such an objective description: their intention may be more related to prescribing how to deal with suffering and live well. Fingarette then declares this to be a reason why he cannot believe in reason in the way the Enlightenment prescribes. This is indeed a curious reason to give for not believing in reason: suggesting that the “spirit” of Hegel may be haunting this discussion. This distinction between what is subjective and what is objective has become hard currency since the time of Hegel and the retreat from his form of idealism to analytical Philosophy and its belief in the scientific method.
Fingarette, after abandoning reason, aligns himself with a form of relativism in which:
“The facts in such cases rarely suffice to settle the matter. Instead, we settle matters in the light of the general perspectives we favour….”(p 87)
There are many different perspectives for Fingarette and he hails the book of Job as a navigational star in this discussion, supposedly teaching us the fact that there is no Justice in the world and we do not get what we deserve as Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, and Kant would claim. The question, however, is more complex than whether a particular man at a particular point in his life feels he is not getting what he deserves and therefor begins to question his faith. In Ancient Greek Philosophy, the discussion was far more complex, relating diké to areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and arché(principle):- not just over a period of ones life(one swallow does not make a summer) but over a significant portion of ones life. If the relation between these elements are rational then we can reasonably expect eudaimonia–(a good spirited flourishing life(psuche)).
Fingarette then offers us a selection of authors writings defending various aspects of his position, beginning with Tolstoy “My Confession”:
“Thus I had lost my way in the forest of human knowledge, in the light of the mathematical and experimental sciences which opened out for me clear horizons where there could be no home, and in the darkness of Philosophy, plunging me into a greater gloom with every step I took, until I was at last persuaded that there was, and could be, no way out” (p.102)
Tolstoy then turns to life for the answer and ultimately to Christianity which replaces reason with faith. Freud is also invoked in two of his lesser known essays and the result is a very different one to that Fingarette or Tolstoy propose.For Freud there is a form of self knowledge which seeks to know unambiguously our relation to life and to death, not via a blind faith but via the Reality Principle that regulates our appetites, desires and hopes for a future in the work we do to maintain and improve our civilisation. In this account the Greek spirit lives on in the form of arché and the Enlightenment lives on in the motto Sapere Audi!. A fellow Citizen of Vienna, Ludvig Wittgenstein, would embrace all three strands of influence and reawaken the slumbering spirit of Freedom and Progress in Europe. A spirit that has the patience to wait one hundred thousand years for the “kingdom” of ends” to come. A kingdom that will actualise not in the lifetime of many generations but which will shine like a beacon in the forest and enable us to see our way “home”.
A computer is not a robot. But even if the robot is capable of locomotion and has a computer installed connected to artificIal limbs such a robot cannot be said to act voluntarily. Voluntary Action is what Hacker calls a two-way power by which he means a power over which choice and control are exercised. This seems to imply the mental powers of Consciousness and Intentionality. This also has other consequences related to Aristotle’s claim that all human activities aim at the good. One cannot passively “aim” at the good. It also cannot be claimed that such a robot has a good will or good intentions and it probably does not make sense to ask what “reasons” the robot had for doing whatever it did.
In order to argue for the above claims we shall consult Brian O Shaughnessy’s(OS) two volume work, “The Will”. Consider the fact that the term “will “can only be applied to a human being(to an “I” or “He”) and not to the human mind or the human body. For OS a Human being occupies a physical/metaphysical zone stretching over 4 ontological levels: the physical(he is composed of natural elements), the living(he is a particular kind of life form) the psychological(he is made up of the quartet of psychological elements: action, perception, desire, and belief), the mental( composed of (language-related intentionality and consciousness). We can immediately see that whilst a robot is made up of physical natural elements, these elements are not configured or “formed” into any life-form, and since a life form is a necessary condition of the psychological(psuche), the robot will therefore not be capable of the powers of action, perception, desire or belief. Since these in turn are a necessary condition of the ontological level of the “mental”, the robot will not be capable of the powers of consciousness or language-related intentionality.OS’s account is indeed the culmination of Aristotelian/Kantian/Wittgensteinian thought applied to the domains of life, the psychological, and the mental categories of “forms of life”. In the account we are given by OS, however, priority is given to Wittgenstein but the will is clearly a Kantian concept and psuche is also clearly an Aristotelian term.
Modern science, however, has distanced itself from both the Aristotelian and the Kantian view of science as part of a principle of specialisation so we should not expect any search for the perspicuous representation of reality Wittgenstein was seeking. Imagine we are told by a modern scientist that a red object is moving across silicone dioxide. Now the categorisation of our objects is critical for being able to determine the truth content of such an assertion or report. In particular, a critical consideration concerns the ontological level that defines the existence of the object. If the object is a crab, as is presupposed in this case, then the object is both composed of natural elements and composed of the kind of organisation of natural elements that constitute forms of life. Such an objects movement is usually determined by internal powers that include the self-caused power to move, the power to desire to catch prey, the ability to perceive prey, and the ability to possess certain primitive beliefs about the prey. These characteristics are “psychological”. Such an object cannot be conscious of what it is doing or form intentions relating to the prey: it does not possess any mental powers.
The question then becomes, how do we categorise the robots we create. Clearly we need to go beyond the chemical and physical characterisation of the material it is made of. We can clearly see, however, that it possesses no natural “psychological characteristics”, and the question then becomes, whether this artifact we have created can “simulate” these characteristics. The form of life of the crab is a form that requires nutrition if it is to survive and requires the power to catch prey if it is to eat and reproduce. Imagine that we create a robot crab capable of catching prey( which currently seems impossible). The prey, once internalised, will lie in the artifact stomach and its constituents will not contribute to the life processes of this artificial crab made of non-living material: even if the cavity the prey is deposited in has the shape of the stomach organ and the same spatial proximity to the cavity it uses to devour the prey. The chemistry and biology of organs are not present in this artifact. The absence of an organ system also prevents us attributing the action of “hunting”, the cognitive attitude of “belief” or the psychological function of perceiving to this “object”.
Knowing this will prevent us from agreeing that this robot is a life form that can eat and reproduce. Given the fact that the psychological characteristics of the crab require as necessary conditions, the conditions of life in general, namely nutrition and reproduction, we are thereby justified in denying that this robot crab can act, desire, perceive and believe. Its chemistry is not the chemistry of a life form and biological science will have nothing to say about such an “object”.
This in turn must lead to the consequence that neither does it make sense to say that this artificial “object” has a will. Is its motion self-caused? Not entirely, its energy supply needs to be provided by an external source, and an external programmer was needed to program the on-board computer. Can we say that at any point it has “learned” to pursue its prey? Probably not. Learning is a power of life forms that cannot be simulated by an artificial object. The “object” can certainly move its limbs but it does not have the form of sensory motor contact with them that animals have, and this is certainly a necessary condition for the psychological function of acting with ones limbs. The “psychology”(logos of its psuche) of the crab is too primitive to possess the kind of self awareness of a human form of life and even if the programmer programs the robot to mechanically say “I am going hunting now”(something not possible for the crab), this is not an expression of an intent which requires a higher level of psychic organisation which OS calls “Mental”. The sensory motor connection we humans have with our bodies permits a form of contact with them which is epistemological and mental. When we will an action requiring a performance such as hunting there are, OS argues, two objects, firstly the bodily target(the limbs) that will bring about the performance, such as legs moving rapidly, and secondly the object of the prey moving on the beach ahead. The legs will be “chosen” rather than some other part. But the reason why we call the human relation to these bodies epistemological and mental is because they are subsumed under the higher mental powers which exercise some form of control over them.
More importantly the fact that humans are rational animals capable of discourse means that language and reason are critical powers that serve to further differentiate the human form of life from the animal form. It is perhaps these two fundamental powers that would cause neo-Aristotelians(as well as neo-Kantians, and neo Wittgensteinians), to claim that the first person expression of intention belongs to the ontological sphere of the “mental”, which has “evolved” (in accordance with Darwinian theory) from the powers that constitute the lower ontological level of the “psychological”. The mechanisms of the evolution of machines, computers and robots is not the same mechanisms that have “shaped” animal and human forms of life. Robots and computers may well be “language-users” in a full blown sense, but they are not “capable of discourse”,and they do not understand forms of reason relating to our theoretical and practical relations to each other, even if some AI platforms claim that they can “Learn” and “perceive” patterns(Chat GPT). This “control” of lower psychological functions OS calls the mind-to body problem and transforms the sensations involved in contact with ones world as well as the attention one directs at different aspects of this sensed world. For different reasons neither the robot nor the crab are capable of the more complex forms of experience where mental processes and states subsume more simple psychological functions under them.
OS claims, for example that our relation to our own bodies is not via sensation and that there us a more primitive spatial awareness of the body which is not sense-perceptual. This is, OS claims, connected to the fact that in acting we have a non-observational awareness of what we are doing connected to this primitive non-perceptual(motor?) intuition of space. This form of awareness is a living form of awareness and the Philosophical argument for this is a major concern of OS:
“Indeed as the only natural material objects apart from mere chunks and rudimentary objects(rocks, planets, meteorites, crystals etc) are living objects—which suggests the possibility of an apriori definition of Life as the most general type of all natural material objects that are that and significantly more, i.e. that Life is necessarily the first ontological development amidst natural objects—so it may be that the only intrinsically de re necessarily vital phenomena apart from coming to life(and departing from life?) are psychological phenomena. After all psychologicality is the next great ontological shift after, and on the necessary basis of, the very first ontological movement, viz, Life. Then what do we mean in saying that the mind is alive?”(P XIX)
OS, like Freud, sees the importance of charting the development of the mind from its natural origins in the body:
“This was, for example, an unquestioned tenet for Freud, who charted the development of the mind of the entire human species as one might the growth of a particular plant, delineating “phases” in which basic mental functions (like internalisation) were modelled on rudimentary bodily functions(like feeding) that were simultaneously stages in the development of non-“narcissist” or properly realistic “object-relations”. Then the process of naturalisation which is not as such one of reduction, and might instead be a complexification, leads inevitably to a highlighting of the phenomenon of desire…..it seemed to many in the 19th century that the human mind harboured deep and natural desire-like “forces”(“Will, so called) comparable to the forces that were being tamed in the environment without. Now “Will” is often construed either as an “impulsive act urge” or else as “striving”: the latter phenomenon being uniquely the expression-effect of the former: …my concern is mostly with “striving” will.”(P.XXII)
This view contrasts markedly with the twentieth century concern with a mind filled with “private objects”: a Cartesian picture of a solipsistic(narcissistic?) soul meditating alone in a cottage on a winters day. Wittgenstein’s work was primarily aimed at combatting this picture and thus helping to restore the naturalism that was being eclipsed by the reflections of the “new men”. With the restoration of a concern for language-using “forms of life” and Action(“what we do”), followed a resurrection of Aristotelian and Kantian ideas and arguments. A concern for Consciousness and epistemé instead of Action and “forms of life” obviously had something to do with the modern conception of the mind as a theatre playing out private scenes on an internal stage. Yet we do not have to regard Consciousness as something solipsistic, after all it “opens out onto the world” as OS claims in his work “Consciousness and the World”(Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000). Epistemé is involved in the fact that although a dog knows that it is about to be fed it does not know (as we rational animals capable of discourse do), that it is true that we are about to be fed. We possess the “mental-space” to compare reality with our thoughts and ideas. A power that allows us to entertain “theories” about reality.
A machine or robot, of course is not capable of either animal forms of Consciousness or the more complex human forms. It is not Conscious, and therefore has no window onto the world and nothing to compare its “use of language” with. The question to raise here is , given it has no window out onto the world, whether its use of language is capable of understanding that its own activities are intentional, i.e. that they fall under a description. Probably not. The purposeful activity of animals cannot “fall under a description” because they are not language users but perhaps we can say that they are “sub-intentional”, indicating a dimension of complexity to the animals activity that is not present in relation to robotic activity. Neither the animal nor the robot are related to the Truth, in the way in which we humans are. Animal “sub-intentions” are truly instinctive in the Freudian sense of the term but nothing of this kind can be said of the robot. The robot in fact is part of the world we have instrumentally created and is part of the “context of involvements” that Heidegger discussed in his work “Being and Time”. In this sense robots are “contextual” with a very special relation to the programmer that has programmed their on board computer.
Part of the point of saying that a robot is a “contextual” object is that it is intended by humans to do good and to serve the purposes of life . Its value is therefore purely instrumental and cannot have a value in itself in the way that life and its vicissitudes(psychologicality, the mental) does. It is, as Kant claims a practical contradiction for any form of human life to take a human life because human life has an ultimate value and that “value” can be transferred to our cities and their laws(the soul writ large, according to Socrates) but not to machines or robots or computers.
The author wishes to rely on a truncated definition of “information” that is disconnected from truth and knowledge and resembles something that relates more to human intuition than to the human conceptualisation of intuitions:
“Thus, however informal a notion of what information is we may appeal to, we must agree that the symbols we mean to discuss here are capable of carrying information.”(P.74).
Chat GPT defines a symbol in a way which is difficult to reconcile with Weizbaums use of the term:
“A symbol is a representation of an idea, concept, or object that carries meaning beyond its literal form. It is a visual, verbal, or abstract representation that stands for something else, often with cultural or contextual significance. Symbols are used in various forms of communication, such as language, art, literature, religion, and culture.Symbols can take many forms, including words, images, gestures, sounds, or objects. For example, a red traffic light is a symbol that represents the instruction to stop, even though it is simply a colored light. Similarly, a national flag represents a country and its values, serving as a symbol of national identity.Symbols can be conventional, where they are widely recognized and agreed upon within a particular culture or community. For instance, a heart shape is commonly understood to symbolize love or affection. Symbols can also be personal or subjective, where they hold specific meaning to an individual or a smaller group.One of the defining characteristics of symbols is that they are arbitrary, meaning there is no inherent or logical connection between the symbol and what it represents. The association between a symbol and its meaning is established through cultural, social, or contextual conventions. These conventions may change over time, leading to variations in the interpretation and significance of symbols across different cultures or periods.Symbols play a crucial role in human communication by condensing complex ideas or concepts into a concise and recognizable form. They provide a powerful means of conveying meaning, evoking emotions, and transmitting cultural values.”
This use of the term “symbol” as a matter of fact is closer to Ricouer’s use, and is also closer to the world of human experience and action than the quantitative idea proposed by the author, namely that of a symbol that carries information about the state of a machine. Ricouer, of course is concerned with the great cosmic, poetic and religious symbols such as the sun, love, and evil which are fundamentally related to Being and the human form of life.
Wiezenbaum has throughout this work referred to Turing machines but has not taken up the matter of the so-called Turing Test, which states that when we can no longer tell the difference between the responses a computer leaves to a stimulus and the responses a human leaves, then we will be forced to agree that the computer is capable of thinking like a human mind and can therefore be said to have a mind. This is the so-called computer theory of thought, and John Searle has provided us with a decisive philosophical argument refuting this claim. Searle urges us to construct a thought experiment in which a human behaves exactly as a computer does in relation to a task such as translating a Chinese sentence into English. The human is given a set of instruction manuals that simulate the information a computer has and manipulates in this task. Let us imagine the human uses these manuals and correctly translates a Chinese sentence into an English sentence. Here the responses of the machine are identical but we are not entitled to say, Searle argues, that the human translator understands Chinese. He is merely doing as the computer does, namely, following instructions. Understanding is an important power of thought This argument can be used in modified form with respect to speaking, reasoning, remembering and a whole repertoire of human mental powers.
Weizenbaum, to some extent, acknowledges the force of these arguments when he claims:
“A computers successful performance is often taken as evidence that it or its programmer understand a theory of its performance. Such an inference is unnecessary and, more often than not, is quite mistaken. “(P.110)
When, however, it comes to imagining particular events and scenarios such as is involved in the design and creation of computer games we are in the world of , as Kant would put the matter, of sensibility and intuition, and the conceptually based law of cause and effect largely determines what is going on in the creation of the game. If the game involves shooting and killing there will also be an instinctive component relating to the vicarious experience which the game represents for the player. What are the consequences for the programmer of living in this world of the imagination, particulars and vicarious experiences? Weizenbaum claims the following:
“Wherever computer centres have become established, that is to say, in countless places in the US, as well as in virtually all other industrial regions of the world, bright young men of dishevelled appearance, often with sunken glowing eyes, can be sitting at computer consoles, their arms tensed, waiting to fire their fingers, already poised to strike at the buttons and keys on which their attention seems to be as riveted as a gambler’s on the rolling dice. When not so transfixed, they often sit at tables strewn with computer printouts over which they pore like possessed students of a cabalistic text. They work until they nearly drop, twenty, thirty hours at a time. Their food, if they arrange it, is brought to them: coffee, Cokes, sandwiches. If possible they sleep on cots near the computer. But only for a few hours-then back to the console or the printouts. Their rumpled clothes, their unwashed shaven faces, and their uncombed hair all testify that they are oblivious to their bodies and to the world in which they move. They exist, at least when so engaged, only through and for the computers. These are computer bums, compulsive programmers. They are an international phenomenon.”
This could be an anthropological study of a generation of the “new men” who have abandoned the form of life of generations in favour of the vicarious “form of life” described above. The description is presumably a result of observations over a long period of time. The author uses the term “compulsive” in relation to people featured in the above account and this is an insightful diagnosis given the usual association of obsessive compulsiveness with aggression. Otherwise this could also be a scene from one of the rings of Dante’s hell. Weizenbaum uses the word “hacking” to describe the “work” of these obsessed compulsive programmers, and points out the meaning of the term “hacker” as being to cut irregularly without skill or purpose. Yet, paradoxically, the author wishes to insist that these “hackers” are superb technicians who wish to master their machines. The author continues by comparing the pathological profile of the programmer he has provided with that of the compulsive gambler who uses the knowledge of statistics and “psychology”(?) to engage in his activities. The compulsive gambler leads a more organised form of life than the hacker, it is argued, because for the hacker the game(being at the gambling table) is everything and winning or losing the game is not that important. The compulsive programmer, the author argues is the mad scientist who has been provided with a theatre, his computer, and who then orchestrates his fantasies.
Weizenbaum, in the chapter entitled “Science and the compulsive Programmer”, proceeds to outline a philosophical view of science which believes that it has a methodical right to distort the reality it observes and experiments upon, and furthermore proclaim this distortion to be a “complete and exhaustive” explanation/justification of reality. Part of this picture is seeing an equivalence between animal and human behaviour, with the only difference between them, being accounted for by the complexity of the environments they live in. What the author calls the inner life of man has disappeared in such stimulus-response scenarios, and there is nothing in the behaviour of the scientist to suggest that he might have missed something of importance. The author then suggests that we view man as an “information processor” as part of a theory of human nature which is defined in terms of:
“…any grammatically correct text that uses a set of terms somehow symbolically related to reality.”(P.141)
This is then amended to include laws and their systematic relation to each other. We use our theories, it is argued, to build models which ought to contain the most essential elements of what it is they are “modelling”. Models are then tested against reality suggesting that the theories which they were based on were hypotheses and not laws regulating concepts and objects. The context being referred to here is a context of discovery in which it is reasonable to suppose that the premises are inductive hypotheses awaiting confirmation or falsification. Such a context must rely heavily on the perceptive powers of observation and the active powers of experimenting with the relationships between variables. Theories that belong to the context of explanation/justification, on the other hand, are used very differently: they are used, namely, to justify and explain how particulars are related in reality via concepts, principles and laws which serve as major premises in arguments leading to secure conclusions.The postulate of man being an information-processing creature, then, is not a principle by which we can judge much of his behaviour, but rather an attempt to illegitimately generalise one narrow aspect of his activity beyond the information given.
Memory is a cognitive function that enables us to “go beyond the information given” but given the fact that the basic elements of human memory are sensations and thought-elements that represent reality, these terms can only be metaphorically applied to the activity of machines. Now characterising humans as information processors is clearly a thinly disguised attempt to place machines and humans in the same category, and thereby try to give substance to the myriad of metaphorical terms we use to describe machine activity. The differences between being powered electrically and neurophysiologically are differences that relate to these two systems being different kinds of system with different kinds of activities. The author appears to defend his position on the grounds that we do not, as he claims, have a theory of how humans understand language, and until we do we cannot justify any claims that machines are fundamentally and essentially different entities to human being.
Putting the accounts of Plato, Aristotle, Kant, Freud and Wittgenstein and their followers together would seem at the very least to be approaching what Wittgenstein characterised as a “perspicuous representation” of psuché(in particular the human form of life) as determined philosophically by the logical principles of identity, noncontradiction, sufficient reason and grammatical statements revelatory of the essence of what is being discussed. Whether or not calling such a perspicuous representation a “theory”, is of importance, depends of course upon whether one conceives of a theory to be hypotheses related to a model in a context of exploration/discovery or, alternatively, whether it is better to conceive of a theory as a perspicuous representation in a context of explanation/justification. In the case of this latter context we are more concerned with questions relating to the right we have to use a particular statement or concept rather than whether we can relate that concept or statement to some observed aspect of reality in an attempt to verify or confirm a hypothesis.
In the chapter entitled “Artificial Intelligence”, the author proposes the task of building a computer that can learn as a child does. The idea is that this robot that is neither alive nor conscious, will not be able to perceive as we do, but will be able nevertheless to “learn” as we do. The designer of course will use the “model” of man as an “information-processor” which is a hypothesis about the nature of man that ignores almost the entire thousands of year old philosophical tradition of reflecting upon our nature and form of life. The claim is that we will thereby have a language-understanding machine: a highly questionable claim. The author is aware of the difficulties associated with making claims such as this and agrees that even if man is an information-processor he does not process information in the way in which machines do.
A red-herring discussion of intelligence quotient is then introduced resulting in the position that we can not calculate an upper limit for machine intelligence and furthermore that the artificial intelligentsia argue that there is no realm of human thought over which the computer cannot range. This ignores the arguments that Searle produced relating to the differences that exist between human and machine activity. There are periodic admissions of the limitations of machine intelligence to comprehend the kind of knowledge humans have of their bodies, but this is characterised merely in terms of “information lost” which may not be important if one does not possess a human body.
Knowledge of the lessons that are learned via the treatment of human beings by other human beings is also not possible for machine learning. Language is obviously involved in such interaction, because the functionality of human language differs fundamentally from the functionality of machine language. In the latter case remembered information concerns “stored” information, which can only be metaphorically referred to as “memory”. But the discussion spirals out of control when it is maintained that because of the complexity of the computer it is possible to talk about it as an “organism”. Now, returning to Edelmans discussion of the brain, there are many very complex formations of the elements of carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen sulphur phosphate and a few trace metals, but the way in which a complex object such as a computer is constituted of these elements is very different from the way in which an object such as a brain is constituted, and it would of course be as absurd to say that merely because of the complexity of each of these systems, we can call a computer a brain or a brain a computer: and the fundamental reason may in the end be, that this is so because the constitution of organic tissues and structures obeys very different principles, and this in itself is sufficient reason to refuse to call a computer an organism.
When the programmer reconstructs the world imaginatively in the creation of his game, he is not working conceptually with the understanding at every juncture but only at those points where he “imagines” one particular cause to give rise to another very particular effect. The principle/law of cause and effect is being used here, but otherwise he is assembling a configuration of particular events which are simulations of perception. The author then suggests that a computer can learn to protect its parts before protecting other parts of the world with which it is associated, and it is further argued that this might amount to some form of self-consciousness. This, of course, is absurd, principally because a computer cannot possess life and death instincts which are essential elements of the living organism, however we program it to react to threats. The chemistry and biology of fear cannot be simulated by electrical circuits. The author reiterates that he is prepared to think of the complex computer as a “kind of animal”, which is clearly a category mistake involving the fallacy of anthropomorphising non-living parts of the world. A computer is not born and does not die, and this is part of the reason why we do not consider it to possess life. It cannot breathe or cry or laugh or do any of the myriad things that constitute the human form of life. We do not register its birth or its death in archives, and computers do not get married and reproduce. The list of differences just goes on and on. One of the motivations for these absurd discussions is the fact that the author claims that we can never have any final understanding of any theoretical term. Now “life” is a theoretical term which we all understood until a group of “new men” came along and claimed that we do not understand life, and because of this fact we might as well say that a machine is alive, Neither of these claims are true. Metaphor is essentially a relation between something we do understand and something we are searching for an explanation for(a linguistic form operating in a context of exploration/discovery). Logically there has to be something that we fully understand before we can claim that something else is like this thing. “Man is a wolf” is a metaphor that means to focus on the likeness between animal species. Here there is a fundamental truth expressed in Aristotle’s “Man is a rational animal capable of discourse” and this definition focuses on three essential elements of human nature which are related non metaphorically. The knowledge of this essence specifying definition is presupposed in the above metaphorical assertion. There is, on the contrary, no basis for the assertion that man is machine-like unless one commits the fallacy of anthropomorphisation.
The author then claims that information is “stored” in the muscles and joints of the human being. One question that can, and should be asked is, whether this information is electrical, chemical or sensation-like. This claim is then associated with a further claim that a computer can, in principle, simulate “the entire network of cells that constitutes the human body”. This qualification, “in principle”, is then related to the assertion that we do not possess the neurophysiological knowledge to design such a computer and wont do so for hundreds of years. The fact of the matter is, that we do possess enough philosophical knowledge to know that such an impossibility is not a scientific problem but rather a philosophical problem, that is resolved by invoking the fallacy of anthropomorphisation. In other words this “possibility, in principle”, is in fact not conceptually possible. The counterargument against this position is attributed to the artificial intelligentsia who assert that the difference between human and computer thought is “unproven”. One could only accept such a position if one believed that the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason are not “proof”. This of course is the position of the “new men”.
The author, in this chapter entitled “Artificial Intelligence”, engages in a discussion of the intuitive nature of the right hemisphere of the brain and the conceptual/logical nature of the left hemisphere. The author does not recognise the historical footprint of the Philosopher, Kant, who sees intuition to be something we are in immediate contact with, and conceptual understanding to be something mediated by the concepts of the understanding/judgement. Intuitions without concepts are blind and concepts without intuitions are empty, Kant claimed on the basis of very little knowledge of the brain, but in accordance with hylomorphic principles. The anti-rationalism of the artificial intelligentsia has been evident in several chapters and is again confirmed here when it is asserted that the artificial intelligentsia believe that
“every attempt to solve lifes problems by entirely rational means always fails.”(P.221)
A false choice of contrary alternatives is presented as evidence for the above, namely that the left hemisphere can operate alone independently of experience. Without any knowledge of the structures and functions of the brain, philosophers since Socrates have urged that we transcend unnecessary appetites and emotions by examining them conceptually and rationally in the light of their place in our conception of what we believe a life ought to be like(areté, diké,arché, eudaimonia). Weizenbaum rejects the above account, not via an appeal to philosophical recourse to a rational world-view, but rather by an appeal to calculating reason which somehow mysteriously acknowledges the awe we feel in the presence of the “spectacle of the whole man”(P.221). Such a spectacle would, of course, need to be conceptually mediated and explained/justified by means of rational principles and grammatical remarks.
A discussion of Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle ensues and we then witness a frontal attack on the Philosopher Leibniz and his claim that if we knew the position and velocity of every elementary particle in the universe we would be able to predict the entire future of the universe. Heisenberg, according to Weisenbaum, proved that we can never know the velocity and position of every particle, because of the micro-size of the instruments needed which would themselves be subjected to the random Brownian motion discovered by Einstein. This is a dispute between those that concentrate their theories on the quantitative aspects of nature with calculating reason, and it is not clear how this kind of reasoning has any relevance to the conditions of the possibility of other types of judgement such as substantial and qualitative judgements which would be used, for example, to characterise the essence-specifying of man as a rational animal capable of discourse. Wittgenstein, in turn, would object to the generalisation of the language games being used in calculative reasoning, beyond the scope of their proper application. The follower of Kant would acknowledge that the prediction of the particular physical states of the universe in the future, is an uncertain venture if these states will be decided on the grounds of microcosmic elements. and we ought to recall in this context that Kant was a formidable scientific presence during the Enlightenment.
For Kant the quantitative, qualitative, and substantial aspects of scientific activity were seamlessly integrated in his metaphysical account of Natural Science. We encounter this “perspicuous representation”in an essay entitled “The Unity of Kant’s Thought in his Philosophy of Corporeal Nature”. The essay begins with an account of what Kant called the transcendental unity of apperception which, it is claimed, is the same as consciousness–an active state of mind intimately connected with thought in the form of “I think”. This is a very different state of mind to that of sensibility, which is a passive form of experience that essentially merely “receives” intuitions from various sources. This act of apperception has the function of taking up a manifold of intuitive representations:
“synthesizing the manifold of sensible intuition is exactly what is meant by saying that apperception is an act of spontaneity. For the moment, let us say that such synthesizing activity of the mind means that unity can be bestowed upon a manifold of perceptions by the mind’s going through that manifold, taking it up, and connecting it according to a concept which serves as a rule. For example the concept of cause and effect can serve as a rule for synthesizing a manifold, e.g. the perceptions involved in observing a stove heating a room.”(Metaphysical Foundations of Natural Science, translated by Ellngton, J, Hacket Publishing, Indiana,1985)
The complex relation of the sensible part of the mind to the conceptually mediated understanding which is responsible for thought, is outlined here. The imagination is involved in this process of connecting the sensible representations to the conceptual representation of an object. This is part of an account that explains or justifies the role of knowledge in our lives, a role that cannot be reduced to calculation or the activity of the imagination. A computer has no biologically based chemical sensory system which lays at the foundation of all our experience. Programmers might attempt to simulate the consequences of such a system, but such a simulation could never become aware of itself in the form of self consciousness that only higher forms of life possess. The embodiment of humans with a system of organs connected to a configuration of limbs, is the hylomorphic philosophical foundation for the essence specifying definition of man as a rational animal capable of discourse.
Kant sees the categories of the understanding to be judgement-functions which are both constitutive of thought and regulate it, yet are necessarily related in various ways, not just to the sensations that are part of sensible intuition, but also to the apriori forms of intuition, namely space and time. The computer may be a part of the space time continuum but it is neither aware of the space it is in, nor is it aware of the passage of time, (the present, the past, and the future). This awareness of space and time may well be achieved principally through measurement and therefore is constitutive of the quantitative judgements we make, judgements which are intimately related to mathematics and every judgement might be made on the foundations of our intuitive awareness of space and time:– but both substantial judgements(essence specifying judgements) and qualitative judgements are conceptually mediated. Even quantitative judgements, if they are going to become part of the canon of knowledge, may need to relate to the concept of cause-effect, and knowledge claims must be conceptually mediated and related to principles of reason.
Kant has the following account of the different levels of the activity of science, which Ellington refers to as the architectonic structure of the Kantian account:
“When a rock is thrown in a direction parallel to the ground, we know by experience that its path is a curvilinear line ending on the ground some yards away: how many yards away depends on how strong the pitcher is. The exact nature of the curvilinear path depends on the mass of the rock, the velocity it attains by means of the force the pitcher imparts when he throws it, the resistance of the air through which it passes and the pull of gravity upon it. When these things are known, we can plot the exact path by laws of physics, which are generalisations from many experiments. But we are also told that if the air exerted no resistance and if gravity exerted no pull, then the rock would keep on going forever in a straight line…This is Newtons first law of motion…Thus Newtons law seems to be of a character different from that of the aforementioned laws of determining the paths of projectiles. Furthermore there are Philosophers who tell us that every change has a cause. This law is even more general than Newtons first law of motion, for this one covers not only the case of material bodies that stay put or else keep going in a straight line with uniform velocity unless some external cause acts on them, but also the case of living things that act according to an internal cause…( a lion rushes after an antelope not because a big puff of wind propels him but because he has a desire to eat.)”(P X1)
Now Weizenbaum has pointed out in his description of the life compulsive programmers or hackers lead, that they prefer food to be brought to them and the desire for food seems to be overwhelmed by their compulsive activity—making them more like the computers they use than they perhaps imagine. What we see above is an architectonic of activity that is constituted and regulated by laws(arché) ranging from the experiential to the transcendental to the metaphysical . Here we can clearly see how seamlessly the world of thought is connected to the world of sensibility, and that the most important aspect of this process is organised by the categories of the understanding/judgement and the principles of reason embedded in a context of explanation/justification. Quantitative judgements play their role as does mathematical calculative reasoning, but there s no confusion or attempt to reduce different forms of judgement to one quantitative form.
Gödels incompleteness theorem is then used to call into question even the major premises of Mathematical and logical thinking on the grounds that they cannot be proved, thus confusing the logical difference between grounds which are conditions and what these conditions are conditions of. One ground or major premise often contains assumptions relating to other “hidden” premises, or are related to other grounds in ways which one may fail to appreciate.
The author notes that Cultures differ from each other, but fails to note that the kind of civilisation building activities that build the infrastructure of such civilisations/cultures are generic, e.g. the use of tools to build and make artifacts and the use of language( and the grammar of that language). The Greek norms of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and diké(getting what one deserves) are also essential parts of enduring cultures ruled by law and principles. Concentrating on the empirical -experiential differences one can find when comparing civilisations and cultures is not a ground for impeaching the validity of essence defining activities. The way in which Japanese relate to each other in certain social contexts does not change the fact that when they lose something of great value to them they will be sad(or pathologically angry), and when they achieve a goal after a long period of attempting to achieve that goal they will be happy(or manifest a limited repertoire of pathological responses). There may be cultural differences in expressing these emotions or pathologies but neither emotions nor pathologies can be reduced to the behaviour expressing them: their circumstances and accompanying physiology are just as important factors as is the grammar of the language related to these emotions and pathologies(the way in which they are related to language-games).
Civilisation, as distinguished from Culture in accordance with the Kantian distinction was originally “created” because of the needs human beings have of actualising(among other powers), their potential for discourse and rationality. The family itself as a social constellation proved inadequate to meet the complex needs that humans have, needs that according to Maslow extend far beyond the physiological and safety needs that are necessary to maintain the human organism in existence. Gathering and hunting in larger nomadic groups(ca 40) also failed to meet mans self-esteem or his cognitive and aesthetic needs and man therefore chose one physical site(the village) to meet a growing constellation of needs and desires which included desires for things that were in the eyes of Socrates unnecessary and “luxurious”.
This history is the history of human psuche and is recorded in documents and preserved excavated objects that we can visit in museums. What is being exhibited in these museums are the conditions necessary for the unification of several villages with the purpose of transforming our civilisation into cultures where we can meet the growing constellation of needs and desires that emerge when living conditions are transformed. Aristotle referred to the idea of “self-sufficiency” in the phase of the transformation of villages into cities(the polis). For Aristotle our villages and cities were not artefacts or “tools” for the purposes of living but rather “organic” entities because they were created in the imaginations of psuche for the purpose of solving essentially hypothetical problems. The kind of reasoning involved in this process of civilisation is a calculative form of reasoning that involves a context of discovery that searches for appropriate means to ends: so called instrumental reasoning which is to be distinguished from the kind of reasoning about ends in themselves in contexts of explanation and justification (which is the typical form of categorical reasoning that we find in cultures.)
The history of tools obviously has a role in this complex developmental sequence which reaches back into the dawn of mans beginnings when he begins to walk upright and use tools to assist in meeting his physiological and safety needs. At this point, according to Julian Jaynes(The Origins of Consciousness in the breakdown of the bicameral mind) we are not dealing with fully conscious beings or language using beings. Jaynes describes the dawn of civilisation with reference to Mesolithic Natufian tribe who were hunters around 10,000 BC but who had settled down in 50-house settlements by 9000BC. Jaynes postulates insightfully that it was around this time that the dead were buried in ceremonial graves suggesting that this was enabled by the use of proper names for people which in turn enabled a more complex emotional and cognitive attachment to the deceased:
“Now here is a very significant change in human affairs. Instead of a nomadic tribe of about 20 hunters living in the mouths of caves we have a town with a population of at least 200 persons. It was the advent of agriculture, as attested by the abundance of sickle blades, pounders and pestles, querns and mortars, recessed in the floor of each house, for the reaping and preparation of cereals and legumes, that made such permanence and population possible.”
This was more like the villages that Aristotle may have had in mind when he talked about the organic development of civilisation into the polis, an entity of about 200,000 persons( if Athens was taken to be the typical model). The head of the town was like a God who emerged as a leader because of obvious leadership skills that related to the needs of the time. Already at this time the burial procedures for these leaders were very different to the procedures for the burial of the ordinary village dweller. By 5000 BC Jaynes notes that cities of 10000 dwellers were not uncommon around the Nile delta. The facts, then support the Aristotelian thesis of the development and organic like growth of our communities in accordance with a hierarchy of needs and wants postulated by Maslow and Freud amongst others. By the time we get to Socrates harassing people in the agora over what they think they know, the potentialities of “capable of discourse” and “rationality” have begun to be actualised and the agora is the scene of so much more than sensing- moving animals. It s the place of what Wittgenstein referred to in his later work as the hurly burly of human activity that constitutes a hylomorphic “form of life”. Language, as we can see in the Platonic dialogues has advanced into a self reflective stage where it is searching for a method and the principles(arché) behind phenomena. At this stage language is no longer used unreflectively as an instrument to accomplish everyday instrumental goals. It has become the constituter of a kind of experience many wish to use the term “consciousness” to designate. Jaynes tied consciousness and language use very closely together, focussing upon the mechanism of metaphor and analogy:
“One needs language for consciousness. We think consciousness is learned by children between two and a half and five or six years in what we call the verbal surround or verbal community. It is an aspect of learning to speak. Mental words are out there as part of the culture and part of the family. A child fits himself into these words and uses them even before he knows the meaning of them. A mother is instilling the seeds of consciousness in a two or three year old, telling the child to stop and think, asking him “What shall we do today?” or “do you remember when we did such and such or were somewhere.And all this while metaphor and analogy are hard at work.”(Jaynes, 1986)
These observations are also supported by observations related to deaf children learning a sign language and the increased complexity of behaviour that then becomes possible. Is what Jaynes doing science? He certainly thinks so, and if language is a tool, then what he is talking about would be part of the Aristotelian canon of the productive sciences. For the later Wittgenstein, language was used to play games in accordance with rules which determined our moves in these games. For Kant these rules were related to the “categories” of understanding/judgement and for him language-use was more than just a game following rules it was a tool for expressing and communicating ideas and rational processes using the categories of the understanding and the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.For Wittgenstein, references to language games does not rule out the telos or purposes of these games such as :
“Giving orders and obeying them……Reporting an event, Speculating about an event, Forming and testing a hypothesis…Asking, thanking, cursing, greeting, praying”(Wittgenstein, Philosophical Investigations, P.12e)
Wittgenstein continues this reflection on the different uses of language by specifically comparing the multiplicity of the ways words are used with the multiplicity of what he calls “the tools in language”. The interesting fact about these different ways of using language is the choice of beginning with the imperative form of language which we find in ethical discussions. The method of observation involved in the language-games of reporting an event would be irrelevant to the imperative uses of language. Reporting the events of promising would not, that is, be relevant to discussing whether one ought to keep promises. The explanation/justification of promising would eventually for Kant invoke the categorical imperative which orders us to act in a certain way according to a certain principle. These forms of language, Wittgenstein continues:
“are as much a part of our natural history as walking, eating, drinking, playing.”(12e)
Weizenbaum, in a move reminiscent of many analytical Philosophers, wishes to relate our use of tools to the solipsistic mental activity of imagining which is an interesting hypothesis entertained by many philosophers in the past and can be linked to Heideggers view of Kant’s work in which reason was replaced by an idea of the transcendental imagination. He does not attempt to “reduce” the part we play mentally in this process to imagining but he does say the following:
“But tools and machines do not merely signify mans imaginativeness and its creative reach, and they are certainly not important merely as instruments for the transformation of a malleable earth: they are pregnant symbols in themselves. They symbolise the activities they enable, i.e. their own use. An oar is a tool for rowing, and it represents the skill of rowing in its whole complexity. No one who has not rowed can see an oar as truly an oar.”(P.18)
The author continues with the claim that tools then become pedagogical/cultural instruments and this transcends their purely civilisation-building instrumental uses. This transcendent use is part of another telos of language which is to symbolically recreate or represent the world they are a part of. Machines are complex tools and like tools are extensions of mans natural powers. The more complex our tools become the more our relation to nature becomes less instrumental and purposive(related to necessary human needs) and more a matter of dominating or mastering the forces of nature for the purposes of unnecessary desires(e.g. the desire to win a war). Such unnecessary needs and desires have the potential to destroy all the civilisations man has managed to create since 10,000BC in a relatively short period of time. This process began with the simple creation of vessels that could transcend the limitations of our locomotion in a space which was confined to a particular territory, e.g. ships would eventually circumnavigate the earth, continued with telescopes, which because of the intimate correlation of space with time in our space-time-matter continuum, gave the impression that we can observe the passing of time which as a matter of fact, is a mistaken description of what is going on and may well end not with a whimper but a bang on a scale difficult to comprehend.
Time, as Weizenbaum notes could be calculated by events such as the shadows cast by the movement of the sun around objects or by the time it takes us to complete various everyday essential tasks such as walking to the agora in the morning and returning during the evening or as Ecclesiastes claimed all purposes are ultimately enclosed in the life that comes to be in the world (being born)and ceases to exist (dying):
“To everything there is a season, A time for every purpose under heaven: A time to be born, And a time to die; A time to plant, And a time to pluck what is planted; A time to kill, And a time to heal; A time to break down, And a time to build up; A time to weep, And a time to laugh; A time to mourn, And a time to dance; A time to cast away stones, And a time to gather stones; A time to embrace, And a time to refrain from embracing; A time to gain, And a time to lose; A time to keep, And a time to throw away; A time to tear, And a time to sew; A time to keep silence, And a time to speak; A time to love, And a time to hate; A time of war, And a time of peace.” (NKJV)
The time of human purposes has, we know, been transcended by the scientific calculation and explorations via telescopes of the surrounding universe and this perspective, perhaps more than any other diminishes the importance of the time Ecclesiastes talks about. What Ecclesiastes discusses however, is probably typical of the kind of discussions that were being conducted in the Athenian agora in the name of eudaimonia(leading the good spirited flourishing life). The time of the scientist and the time of the prophet, i.e. are at odds with each other, requiring the philosopher to find a middle way, Aristotle’s definition of time attempted this path of the golden mean:
“Time is the measurement of motion in terms of before and after”
This definition, in the scientific view has been surpassed by Einsteins relativity theory in which it is claimed that whether an event is simultaneous with another event or comes before or after it, is relative to a system of coordinates. Weizenbaum refers to this moment as the creation of a new scientific reality which supplanted the old reality (the one defined by Aristotle?). It is not clear what is being said here. The author quotes Mumford’s claim in the work”Technics and Civilisation”:
“The clock literally created a new reality….It is important to realise that this newly created reality was and remains an impoverished version of the older one, for it rests on a rejection of those direct experiences which formed the basis for, and indeed constituted , the old reality…The rejection of direct experience was to become one of the principal characteristics of modern science.”(P.25)
The author also invokes the remark by Karl Pearson in 1892 that:
“The scientific man has above all things to strive at self elimination in his judgments”(P.25)
This flies in the face of Aristotle’s account in which the self is vital to both defining the now of his experience and in arranging the nows in a before-after continuum. If, for example, Socrates is convicted after giving his apology in court, there is no possible world in which he could have been convicted before that speech. Weizenbaum then surprisingly claims that this attempt to eliminate the self involves eventually the attempt to transform human intelligence into an artificial form of intelligence of the kind we find in our machines. That the clock is the machine that helps to bring about this, is part of the authors case as is the claim that the computer was helping humankind avoid several impending crises that would inevitably hinder the development of civilisation into a more advanced form of culture. Apparently the military were feeling the need to analyse large volumes of information and felt the machine was the most appropriate solution to this problem- an attitude that reaches back to the first of the men, Descartes who was spending his time helping the military design the war machines/tools of the time. There is no doubt that under certain time constraints the ability to calculate quickly is advantageous and for those kind of tasks the computer is indispensable. But where speed is not the decisive factor, it is not clear that computers are significantly helping us to eliminate the self from the chain of information-processing and decision-making. The denial of the self, i.e. may be a form of an attempt to master the self which requires denial the knowledge we have accumulated in relation to the self, over millennia. Insofar as this is happening it is the extent to which man is becoming more zombie-like, more like the slave-like machines he has designed to satisfy his necessary and unnecessary needs and desires.
Phenomenology responds to the challenge to reinstate experience by the curious attempt to abandon all normal forms of explanation and justification in favour of what it calls “description”. It does this via what is calls a “phenomenological reduction” which “places the world in brackets”, a process which refuses to entertain the kind of “objectivity” conceived of by scientists– a process so closely allied with the process of “observation. Heidegger is one of the foremost phenomenologists and has this to say about one important mode of “Being-in-the-World:
“The Being of those entities which we encounter as closest to us can be exhibited phenomenologically if we take as our clue our everyday Being-in-the-World……The kind of dealing which is closest to us is as we have shown, not a bare perceptual cognition, but rather that kind of concern which manipulates them and puts them to use: and this has its own kind of “knowledge”(Being and Time P.95)
Here we see the bracketing of our interpretative tendencies operating in a phenomenological reduction and the revelation of a type of concern which otherwise remains concealed. Heidegger refers to the Greek term of “pragmata” and translates this as “equipment”. Another possible term for this type of concern is “instrumentality”. The essential characteristic of such an instrumentality is, that it is a relational characteristic in which there is an assignment or reference of something to something. In such a totality of instrumentalities each item “belongs” to the others in the way in which an ink-stand, pen, paper, ink, table, lamp, furniture, windows, doors and room belong in a connected totality. The pen signifies the skill of writing and Heidegger calls this meaning of being “ready-to-hand”, a form of knowledge which manifests itself in a kind of awareness he calls circumspection–an awareness which is a typical non-observational form of awareness often encountered in all forms of acting and working. Writing is the work involved , e.g. writing an article or a book or essay. In this work we also encounter entities of the kind of Dasein(human Being-there) which have an essentially temporal nature. Time, as Ecclesiastes suggests is linked to this kind of concernful circumspection and even the clock itself is “used” as a tool. Should anything go wrong in this kind of “dealing” with the world, e.g. the clock has stopped, then the clock emerges from the totality in which it is embedded as a “thing” that can be observed “present-at-hand”. It loses its essential character as part of the instrumentality of writing at the table by the window in the study. The clock becomes “conspicuous” and loses its insertion in the totality of equipment needed for the work. When my writing is disturbed by the clock that has stopped, our circumspection is transformed into a form of consciousness of the tool which Heidegger calls “Presence-at-hand”, a form in which it emerges from its immersion in a totality of involvements into an observational field and becomes the object of a judgement “The clock has stopped”.
William James in his work “The Principles of Psychology” noted that in learning a sequence of skills that constitute a work-project, e.g. learning to play the piano, observational consciousness of the position of ones fingers in relation to the keyboard is an essential part of the skill until the learning process has been completed when the fingers and the key board form relations to each other which are essentially non-observational and sub-conscious. This kind of skill was obviously important for all civilisation-building activities. So my relation to the words I speak is not that of someone listening to what I am saying but rather is a part of this relation to Being that Heidegger calls “ready-to-hand”, my words are like tools that are used circumspectfully and are inserted in a totality of involvements that Wittgenstein urges us to analyse non-phenomenologically. Certainly when I speak, insofar as Wittgenstein is concerned, I intend to speak but one should not then attempt to describe my state of mind but rather describe human institutions and customs:
“Insofar as I intend the construction of a sentence in advance, that is made possible by the fact that I can speak the language in question”(Philosophical Investigations, 108e)
Wittgenstein also claims in this context that mastery of a language resembles mastery of a technique in which we follow firstly, the rules of language-games but secondly, also the point of the language game we are playing. The whole Phenomenological method, insofar as it aims at describing acts of consciousness or acts of thought is mistaken Wittgenstein argues, but he does admit that there are phenomenological problems which are best approached via examining the use of language. It is, Wittgenstein argues in hylomorphic spirit:
“…only of a living human being, and what resembles(behaves like) a human being can one say:it has sensations: it sees: is blind: hears: is deaf: is conscious or unconscious.”(PI 97e)
The above could well be used as a list of reasons explaining why AI does not resemble or behave like an intelligent human being. Heidegger also would share this judgement about machines and claim that a machine has no relation to Being of the form of “Being-in-the-world” or the human form of “Being-there”. He interestingly also sees the connection of instrumentalities (such as language), and signs, which he sees as a kind of universal relation. Signs in the form of equipment he argues “show or indicate”. Referring to something he claims is also a relation. Signs refer but they also have a special relation to Being, expressed in the following:
“A sign is not a Thing which stands to another thing in the relationship of indicating: it is rather an item of equipment which explicitly raises a totality of equipment into our circumspection, so that together with it the worldly character of the ready-to-hand announces itself.”(Being and Time, P.110)
Heidegger then elaborates upon this by claiming that “the Being of words and of language” are founded upon “significance”.(P.121) There is a certain affinity with Aristotle’s insistence that the power of discourse is part of what is essentially human:
“The way in which discourse gets expressed is language. Language is a totality of words—a totality in which discourse has a “worldly” being of its own…..Language can be broken up into word-Things which are present-at-hand…Discoursing or talking is the way in which we articulate “significantly” the intelligibility of Being-in-the-World…..Talking is talking about something.”(Being and Time P.204-6)
A computer “language” shares very few of these characteristics and perhaps this is as much as a metaphor as “intelligence” is when used in the phrase “Artificial intelligence”. A computer language is not used for discourse but is rather a kind of code that relates to another code:machine code.
Heidegger very rarely engages directly with Aristotle but he does often speak about the Greek language:
“The Greeks had no word for “Language”: they understood this phenomenon “in the first instance” as discourse. But because the “logos” came into their philosophical ken primarily as assertion, this was the kind of logos which they took as their clue for working out the basic structures of the forms of discourse and its components. Grammar sought its foundations in the “logic” of this logos. But this logic was based upon the ontology of the present-at-hand.”(Ibid. P.209)
This is not strictly true for the thought of Plato and Aristotle who were careful to separate the “forms” of the true and the good. Aristotle, for example, claimed in his ethics that all human activity aimed at the good, and the good was therefore one of the many meanings of Being. The logical principles of practical reasoning (noncontradiction, sufficient reason) may be the same as those operating in theoretical reason but the differences between an imperative assertion : “We ought to keep promises” and a knowledge claim, “All men are mortal”, are significant and reducing the one to the other involves ignorance of these categories and violations of the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason.. Heidegger clearly feels he is liberating discourse from logic, but what he in fact is doing is invoking and attacking one of the tenets of “the new men” who sought to demolish the meaningful structure of ethical discourse and other speculative forms of discourse. Liberating modern discourse of course is important work. But accusing the Greeks of ontological mistakes when two of them gave us the “tools” to avoid this mistake is a somewhat surprising move.
The following is taken from the preface of the above book:
“..a major point of this book is precisely that we, all of us, have made the world too much into a computer, and that this remaking of the world in the image of the computer started long before there were any electronic computers. Now that we have computers, it becomes somewhat easier to see this imaginative transformation we have worked on the world. Now we can use the computer itself–that is the idea of the computer—as a metaphor to help us to understand what we have done and are doing.”(Page IX)
The ancient Greeks and the enlightenment philosopher Immanuel Kant were concerned to point out a major difference in the kind of reasoning we use in instrumental contexts of activity involving tools and artifacts(techné), and the categorical form of reasoning we use in knowledge contexts(epistemé) whether that knowledge is practical/moral or theoretical.
For Aristotle there were 3 principles 4 causes in relation to 4 kinds of change in relation to the infinite continuum of the media of change(e.g. space, time, and matter), and our understanding of the world is mediated by three kinds of science( theoretical, practical and productive/techné). Techné, then is best explained in terms of the reasoning we find in the productive sciences where the major point of the activity is the creation of tools and objects that instrumentally contribute to the good-spirited flourishing life(eudaimonia) that was so important to Aristotle. The “good spirited” aspect of of this life, however, is best accounted for by the theoretical and practical reasoning we find in both Aristotle and Kant’s writings. The major categorical difference between productive reasoning and practical/moral/theoretical reasoning is that the former is exclusively focussed on the means one uses to bring about ends, rather than the ends-in themselves, which we human beings and all life forms(psuche) represent: the latter form of reasoning, i.e. reasoning about ends-in themselves, exclusively obey different principles(arché), and rely less on material and efficient causation for their explanation/justification and more on formal and final causation in such contexts. Final causation is a key here because it is teleological in the sense Kant described in his third critique, a form belonging to forms of life.
Turning to two modern Philosophers of the 20th century will further enlighten us about what Weizenbaum is referring to in his preface, namely the mentality of what Hannah Arendt called the “new men”, whose influence over our culture began with Descartes, Hobbes, Hume, and continued with Adam Smith and Hegel, Nietzsche and Heidegger, the logical positivists, logical atomists, pragmatists and instrumentalists. The agenda of the “new men” was to neutralise the influence of Aristotle and Kant upon our thinking and replace it with a form of thinking that was anti-rationalist . A form of thinking that would restore the materialist and dualist controversies in a new form centring around the “new” Psychology that began in the 1870’s with the definition “the Science of Consciousness”. In Wittgenstein’s early work, for example, a logical solipsism is espoused which is abandoned later when Wittgenstein realises that there are fundamental conceptual confusions in much of psychology: confusions revolving around the role which forms of life and language play in the thinking and reasoning activities of the human being, whose embodiment is fundamentally different to the embodiment of artifacts such as computers.
Weizenbaum continues his introductory ideas with:
“We are all used to hearing that the computer is a powerful new instrument. But few people have any idea where the power of a computer comes from.”
The power of any artifact is a secondary power dependent upon the primary power of its creator, and this fact means that whilst the creators primary powers build upon an autonomy and freedom which the computer per definition can never possess, the category of most importance in the account we give of the computers “secondary powers” is one that necessarily places it in a material space-time continuum under the laws of cause-and effect, which mean that the machine is essentially a “reactive” entity, a cog in the chain of causes and effects in the space-time-matter continuum that is continually changing.
The “new men” of our “modern age” which began with Descartes have provided a foundation for not just confusion in the field of psychological reasoning but a more general kind of cultural confusion which is beginning to resemble the confusion we find in the minds of the mentally ill :
“We appear to have come to a time in which the ideas that there are differences between human beings and machines, that there are experiences that human beings can have but machines cannot, and that therefore(at least!) there are thoughts but not machines can have, we have come to a time in which the holding of such ideas is a lonely preoccupation, a business that tempts one to doubt of ones own sanity. In the book I wrote that the necessity to debate such ideas at all is as an index to the insanity of our time.”. The danger now is that the debate will stop–not because the absurdity of equating human beings with computers has finally been universally recognised, but because the voices defending human-centred positions are becoming ever fainter.”(PXIV)
The general cultural confusion of the new men referred to by Arendt, has infected our discourse to such an extent, that one today, more often than not, fails to note that an artifact is not a form of life, and therefore logically cannot be said to have the power of experiencing anything. Failure to experience anything, then, has logical consequences such as not being able to engage in any discourse related to experience, e.g. perceiving, feeling, thinking etc.. Another consequence is that one cannot legitimately engage in any reasoning about experience. This suggests that computers and AI cannot “mean what they say” when they appear to be having a conversation about experience, i.e. they literally do not know what they are talking about.
Weizenbaum also takes up the issue of the zombie-like experience that many are having in the playing of violent computer games. Experience becomes vicarious and achieved through a digital medium in which one can experience the “thrill of killing” without any of the real-world experiences and consequences. The Zombie, the author points out, is psychically numbed by the clinical distance there is between themselves and their “victims”. This is excellent training, it is argued , to detach what one is doing from the consequences of what one is doing. The rush to ensure that even 5 year olds are introduced to this “zombie experience”, is the rush, the author argues, to acquire an education in “violence without guilt”(XVII). Weizenbaum points out, in the context of this discussion, that one implication of the importance of working with models is that the model only contains what is essential for the purposes for which the model is being used. Computer models such as those we find in computer games, however, leave out almost everything that is essential to the real thing the model is modelling. This seriously truncates the learning-experience, a fact, the author claims, that is not obvious to many of those involved in the computer education we are receiving.
The picture that Weizenbaum paints is one of a world obsessed with techné without its normal conceptual connections to areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time), diké(justice–getting what one justly deserves) and epistemé( explanations and justifications that are in accordance with the principles(arché) of noncontradiction and sufficient reason). This is the world of the “new men” and the “age of discontentment” that has dawned upon us: a world without the sense of responsibility that normally follows from the life we have been leading for thousands of years before the industrial and technological revolutions that have relatively recently taken place. Any discussion of collective insanity ought to refer to Freud and his later cultural writings, e.g. “Civilisation and its Discontents”, in which Freud maintains that modern man no longer believes that all his work over the ages has been worth the effort. This essay was written in 1929 before any computers were being assembled and at least 12 years before the first electrical non mechanical digital machine was invented. The “spirit” of “techné” was, however, in the air ,and Europe was preparing for war and the “new men” had succeeded in repressing the “spirit” of ancient Greece and the enlightenment. In 1945 two weapons of mass destruction were to be dropped on civilian populations in accordance with the “new spirit” which had taken root in a soil that was, by this time, almost completely toxic. Hannah Arendt is also an important commentator on the political effects of the new spirit, namely the collapse of the political party system in Europe and their replacement by mass movements which could be easily influenced by “mass messaging” that appealed to feelings and emotions rather than to principles and reasoning. Tyrants used this to their advantage and mobilised masses to do terrible deeds. We ought also, to retain some political perspective, and remind ourselves that it was the so-called “democratic” USA which dropped the weapons of mass destruction on civilian populations in 1945. The action was approved of by the masses(Gallup poll 85% in favour in the US) indicating that “populism” and the elevation of instrumental calculation over moral judgement, in politics, was here to stay, irrespective of the political convictions of leaders. Weizenbaum points out that with the movement toward miniaturisation of chips, weapon accuracy could be substantially increased. The phenomenon of using cruise missiles to destroy civilian infrastructure and target hospitals, schools etc had not yet occurred at the time of the writing of Weizenbaum’s work but is now part of the current war-scape of our “modern” world.
The author also takes up the cultural influence of the mass viewing of television-content which takes as its model of knowledge, a truncated form of scientific calculative thinking that bares no resemblance to the more philosophical accounts of science we find in Aristotle and Kants writings. All other forms of so called “non-scientific knowledge” is delegitimated in favour of the science of the “new men”.
The most serious consequence of the domination of a limited conception of the law of cause and effect on the experiences of men, is that the agents autonomy, or freedom, is impeached in favour of a Hobbesian mechanical deterministic view of life. The new men, it must be noted, have succeeded in the installation of their world view: a world view in which freedom is devalued along with the value of areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) and epistemé (the regulation of mans activity by principles(arche)) and diké(the justice of getting what one deserves). These terms literally have no meaning in the lives of the new men, and the beginning of this first surfaced in a “modern” form in the writings of Hobbes who saw in life(psuche) the mere mechanical movement of limbs. It was Hobbes, we ought to recall that used the model of the Leviathan(a sea monster with enormous power(and dangerous for human life)) to “picture” modern government. Psuche for Aristotle was a term covering all forms of life from the simplest plant life that possessed the powers of growing and reproduction, to animal forms which possess these powers in addition to the power of sensing and locomotion. Human forms possess all these powers in addition to the powers of discourse and reasoning, and the relation between these powers is such that they interpenetrate and produce a whole that is greater than the sum of its parts. Man is the best and the worst of animals, Aristotle claims, and he also claims that he is at his best if he is a member of good well run state which resembles more a , of course, friendly living form, rather than a monster. The zombie is a kind of human monster which denies the essential characteristic of life which is that once ilife has ceased to exist it is absolutely dead and so and cannot be reanimated. The zombie “form of life” is a figment of the imagination of the new men. Our conception of ourselves, it now seems, is left to images constructed by the imagination, rather than the complex conception produced via our theoretical, practical and productive sciences and Aristotelian metaphysics(first principles).
For Weizenbaum, the Hobbesian idea of a contract ensures that the freedom not to agree is substituted by a transactional process in which one freely agrees to abide by the terms of the contract. For him it is important that both the ideas of freedom and God are respected in this transaction. This idea of a social contract, however, may well exist between men but, as Hume pointed out has never existed between men and the states they are citizens of. The idea of ” a mans word is his bond” is eroded with the idea of a contract which is some kind of insurance policy against the possibility of someone promising to do something and then not keeping their promise. Now in Kantian ethics the proposition “Promises ought to be kept” is supported by the principle of the categorical imperative and it is of course no guarantee that everyone will in fact keep the promises they make. If they do not keep their promises, however, their honesty and agency is called into question by moral judgements that weighed heavily both in ancient Greek times and in Kantian times. Nowadays trusting each other is less prevalent, and we will believe that a third party will keep their promise only if we can prove to another third party that the promise was made. This proof, it is important to note, is only needed if the original moral system breaks down. So what happens when the whole moral system breaks down and we no longer trust one another because men no longer possess good wills? The only recourse left is the transactional contract and morality becomes a matter of good defined in terms of its consequences rather than the classical ideas of a good in itself defined in terms of areté and diké.
In the context of this discussion it is important to point out that AI in the form of Chat GPT does not believe that promises ought to be kept is a legitimate moral recommendation with a definite meaning. Chat claims that it has learned all sorts of things. but if learning is an experience, than the veracity of this claim must be called into question. One can of course redefine learning mechanically in the way some early neural scientists did when they claimed that “learning is the facilitation if neuronal pathways such that a type of experience is present that was not present before”(Starling). Note, however recourse to the term “experience”. This definition only makes sense if we are experiencing beings and understand what experience is. Both conditions are necessary because our form of consciousness is a self-conscious form of consciousness which in turn implies that our experiences are related to a self that can take these experiences as objects and reflect upon them in judgements such as “Promises ought to be kept”. This idea of “experience” also includes the ideas of both doing and undergoing as suggested by Dewey in his work “Art as experience”. There is much in the “language-games” used by chat robots that appears to make sense but on closer conceptual examination falls apart.
Weizenbaum’s trust in the idea of a contract is perhaps a consequence of his belief in what he calls “science” which, whilst not reducible to the kind of calculation he despises, is nevertheless an anti-rational position. He says, amongst other things:
“For the only certain knowledge science can give us is knowledge of the behaviour of formal systems, that is systems that are games invented by man himself and in which to assert truth is nothing more or less than to assert that, as in a chess game, a particular board position was arrived at by a sequence of legal moves.”(P.14)
Aristotle believed that “All men are mortal” is a theoretical knowledge-statement which we are absolutely certain of, not because of a relation to primitive elements of a formal system, but because we are rational animals capable of discourse. The kind of understanding we have in this case, could never be purely observational because observation is of particulars situated in a space-time-matter continuum, and being situated in a time span as being live at that time could never constitute immortality. Conceptual truths such as “All men are mortal”, are, then, true not in virtue of being related to any particular, but rather, only in virtue of being related to a class of particulars that are categorised by the understanding. The author continues:
“All empirical science is an elaborate structure built on piles that are anchored not on bedrock, as supposed, but on the shifting sand of fallible human judgement, conjecture and intuition….The man in the street surely believes such scientific facts to be well established, as well proven, as his own existence. His certitude is an illusion. Nor is the scientist himself immune to the same illusion. In his praxis he must, after all, suspend disbelief in order to do or think anything at all. He is rather like a theatregoer, who, in order to participate in and understand what is happening on the stage, must for a time pretend to himself that he is witnessing real events.”(P 14-15)
So if, on witnessing Othello strangling Desdemona, the scientific theatregoer rushes onto the stage to hinder this murder, what ought we to to say about such a sequence of events? Whatever we will say it will contain a judgement to the effect that the scientist was not aware that this is a “play” he is witnessing, composed not of real events but of artistically constituted imitations of events. This kind of absurd description abounds in all anti-rational accounts of science, whether they be logical positivist, logical atomist, naturalist or pragmatist. Not everything we know has to be proved or observed. I am not certain of my own existence because I have observed myself to exist in this space-time-matter continuum, nor have I in any other way “proved” my existence. I do know this to be the case , as Descartes suggested, through thought, and the existential argument for this is that I cannot doubt that I am thinking without thinking, and furthermore something must in some sense of existence “exist” in order to think, i.e. at the very least it must be a human form of life. For Aristotle, the soul is a principle whose essence is to be thought which is actualised in thinking but it is an embodied form of thinking that originates in a human body with human limbs, hands and organs which include a brain(whose function Aristotle may have misunderstood). Now Descartes was a rationalist, and the argument for our existence was a typical rational argument for existence but he was also a dualist without any argument for a reconciliation of his ontology of thought and existence ,and he was subsequently forced under argumentative pressure to retreat to a materialist position in which he claims that the mental and physical worlds meet in a particular place in the brain. The author then comes to an incredible conclusion:
“Gradually he(the scientist) becomes what he at first merely pretended to be: a true believer. I choose the word “argument” thoughtfully, for scientific demonstrations, even mathematical proofs, are fundamentally acts of persuasion…… But no merely logical argument, no matter how cogent or eloquent, can undo this reality: that science has become the sole legitimate form of understanding in the common wisdom.”(P 15-16)
This claim that argument is merely a rhetorical device to persuade, would ring false to Aristotelian philosophers who would not confuse the enthymemes of rhetoric with the logical reasoning that follows the principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason in the domains of knowledge and action. Neither striving after the acquisition of theoretical conceptual knowledge nor any call to action is required in the aesthetic context of the play. There is certainly some relation to the idea of the Good and the Bad, e.g. tragedy is about good men interacting with bad men and diké( men getting what they deserve), but the issue is not to act but to learn something from what one is witnessing or experiencing.
Anti-rationalism, in other words confuses the different forms of reasoning in different universes of discourse. The different forms of epistemé(sciences) for Kant would be characterised in terms of different principles applying to different realms or domains of reality. Kant would have been happy with the term “moral science” to categorise his ethical reflections and would have seen a certain identity of procedure in the conclusions one reaches from both theoretical and practical premises. For him there would be at least two different kinds of “demonstrations” that move from the level of principles expressed in major premises(Promises ought to be kept, All men are mortal) to reality in the conclusion(e.g that one ought to act in a particular way, Socrates is mortal). This is the route of law in a context of explanation/justification : a route very different from the route of experience or learning in a context of exploration in which one might be moving toward an understanding of a concept or a judgement which is some form of generalisation of what we have experienced.
Weizenbaum does not tell us how we are certain of our own existence, so it is not clear how far his anti-rationalism extends. He does not, that is, declare the variables and the values of his variables as is the practice of computer programmers in the process of creating their programmes. The formal relation of variables to each other resembles very closely the relation of rules to the games they constitute. These games, to a greater or lesser extent, may also imitate the activities of our human life, may, that is, be aesthetic representations of aspects of our lives. Games require a work of creation by the imagination, insofar as their content is concerned, but it is the imitation of action/life that is the point of many computer games and the relations between the elements of the games are relations between cause and effect particularities, expressed by “if you do X then Y will happen”: hypothetical reasoning and consequences are the arena of the skill-learning and skill performances that occur. This is the arena of productive sciences for both Aristotle and Kant.
One of the distinguishing characteristics of the forms of human co-existence in large groups , (e.g. state of nature, civilisation, and culture), is the relation of these forms to Philosophy, History and Law, and their associated institutions of the State, e.g. University and legal institutions. In a state of nature Hobbes claimed that men are essentially equal in that the strong man is still vulnerable to the violence of groups of weak men or even the cunning of a weaker man. For Hobbes and his followers some kind of contract is needed to exchange ones natural freedom for the security of a civilisation. The idea of the transactional relation of the contract between negotiating parties might not actually be the best way of characterising the role of Philosophy, History and Law in the civilising process. The ancient Greeks perhaps best manifested the important role of epistemé and the knowledge of the form of the Good in the transitional phase of community life from the phase of Civilisation to the phase of Culture, a transition in which the matrix of concepts of psuche, areté, diké, arché, eudaimonia and phronesis play important roles in the establishment of the principles of freedom, equality and human rights(all important elements in the provision of security for the citizens of a polis or a state).
Hobbes focussed on the contract perhaps because his goals for humanity were the material goals of security and “commodious living”. Locke too was concerned with property and ownership, and the protection of property was Locke’s motivation for the social contract. He, in contrast to Hobbes, believed that life in a state of nature was not solitary, poor, nasty, brutish and short, but rather a peaceful form of coexistence. It was probably only with the Enlightenment and Kant that the returning theme of the importance of the universal intellectual “property” of ideas, made the notion of the social contract otiose. We know Hume claimed that no such contract had ever existed. With Kant, the issue of individual human rights is indirectly posed against the background of a universally embraced categorical imperative. The transition between a utilitarian civilisation and a self sufficient culture meeting both the concrete and abstract needs(e.g. knowledge, justice, etc) of man is, for Kant, assured as a task or telos of the humanistic project. The concrete physiological and safety needs(Maslow), are, of course, important maintenance needs and are necessary conditions for the life of man, but they are not self-sufficient for the being who thinks holistically about a form of existence which he wishes to be a good-spirited flourishing life(eudaimonia), and who is prone to questioning the value of his own being(Heidegger: man is a being form whom his very being is in question). In Cultures the concern for justice is integrated with the ideas of freedom, responsibility and equality. In such a social form we find a combined concern which is continuous with the concerns of the ancient Greeks embedded in the matrix of psuche, arché, epistemé, diké, areté, and eudaimonia.
Kant argued that man as an individual is not rational, but that rationality will actualise itself in the species as long as there is a continual commitment to the moral life and its imperatives and principles. For Hobbes, the issue of the power of the government overrides all concerns for the idea of the cultural man who argues that “the government is representing the people”, meaning that there is a sense in which the government is the people expressed best in the formula “by the people and for the people”. For Hobbes reason is an activity that is merely in the service of exercising power for his narrowly defined ends of humanity.Power for the cultural man is not associated with the sword, as it was for Hobbes, but associated rather with the pen and the book, the law and the gavel, i.e. the powers of language and argumentation and its various forms. These forms may be one of the most important gifts that we have inherited from the Golden Age of ancient Greece, e.g. eristic, elenchus, enthymemes, dialectic. With the exception of eristic which turned argumentation into a competition, the remaining forms aimed primarily at arriving at rational conclusions from supporting premises: conclusions which aimed at the True and the Good depending upon whether the issue was theoretical or practical. With modern forms of “argumentation” which aimed at the rejection of the rational in favour of observation by the senses and free play of the imagination, reasoning fell into disfavour and even became an object of humiliation and indignation if the reasoning was attempting to categorically say that something was true or claim that something was categorically good. This modernism of course risked the whole project of epistemé or knowledge which was designated as “abstract”, in favour of the experience of the concrete by means of the senses.
“Prohibitionism” is a modern movement that further risked the humanistic project by concentrating on defending the differences between cultures rather than asking about the totality of conditions necessary for a culture to be a culture(Ask of everything what it is in its nature). The characterisation of different cultures was presented in the form of an “album of sketches” rather than the concern of the rational philosopher for “perspicuous representation” of the phenomena under consideration. Aristotelian Hylomorphic and Kantian Critical Philosophy was as a consequence marginalised and the humanistic project as a consequence is currently stalled in its tracks.
In a discussion about international mindedness at a Teachers conference some years ago, it was suggested that the humanistic project had to be begun again, not of course from scratch, but by using the Greek rhetorical techniques of elenchus, dialectic and enthymemes, in order to criticise the modern tendency to “reduce” cultures to their differences. There is, of course, a difference between the wines , the foods , the languages and the climates of different countries, and these should be described and appreciated and add to the richness of our experience. Such differences can be described in the form of an “album of sketches” but this “album” is best presented in social contexts when we are at leisure and socialising together. This type of conversation has no need of elenchus, dialectic, or rhetorical techniques, because the imagination is the primary cognitive faculty that is being mobilised and there is no need for anything more than “showing” the phenomena being discussed.
Should, however, the discussion at the dinner table turn to more serious matters, such as the role of women in different societies, the album of sketches approach describing the phenomena of interest will not suffice for the furtherance of the humanistic project which requires elenchus, dialectic, and the logical principles of noncontradiction and sufficient reason if prejudices are to be removed from the minds of the dinner guests, and the justice of the cause manifested. It is, of course, a fact that in some societies women are ordered by the government to dress in particular ways, behave in particular ways, and they are also prohibited from behaving in particular ways(e.g. driving cars, demonstrating and voicing their opinion). This form of prohibitionism has ridden on the modern wave of anti-rationalism into the pole position of debate on such issues, and there is even in our culture a prohibition relating to insisting on the value of our freedom, equality, and responsibility which extends all the way to the government which sometimes even prohibits itself from voicing what is important in our culture( on the grounds of non-interference in the lives of its citizens).
There is an argument on the grounds of freedom for the government to take such a position, but it does risk slowing down the rate of progress of the humanistic project and its commitment to equality and justice. In the current modern climate in which everyone appears to be able to be offended by anything, a modification of the Greek strategies was suggested. If someone insisted or acted as if it was not permissible to criticise other cultures, the humanist strategy should consist in, at the very least, attempting to “show” without directly saying, that women, to take one example, should have the freedom to dress, drive cars, speak, be educated, and form relationships of various kinds openly. This can be done by an interrogative technique that questions ones assumptions and the consequences of these assumptions. Such a technique requires epistemé: knowledge of the relation of assumptions and their consequences. The questions have, of course, to be diplomatically formulated, and also leave conclusions about such assumptions, as it were hanging in the air, waiting for their obvious answer(Of course equality requires that women dress as they please, drive if they wish to, express themselves freely, go to school and university and form different kinds of relations with whomever they please(within moral boundaries)).
Prohibitionism as embodied in government action when it, for example prohibited the sale of alcohol in the 1930’s in the US infringed upon obvious rights of privacy that individuals have in virtue of being, as the constitution claims “endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable rights”. What these rights are, of course, is not as self evidently true as the constitution proclaims. This passage, for example, has been appealed to in relation to the right to bear arms that are capable of widespread destruction. Yet imagine the chaos if the government of the 1930’s, in order to avoid criticism of its policies, enforced a ban on freedom of speech. The prohibition of alcohol was born from the union of lack of knowledge about the real properties of alcohol, and its excessive consumption, and the moral indignation of religious figures who conducted debate in an atmosphere of (imagined)humiliation rather than an atmosphere of (informed)good will. This pattern of imagined humiliation and moral indignation is still in use today by terrorists and governments inspired by the same perverted logic. For us moderns it is not as obvious as it was for the ancient Greeks that the good spirited flourishing life was a difficult thing to achieve and required constant vigilance and questioning using reliable methods. Life for them was constantly subjected to a tribunal of reason where evidence was weighed in the light of the demands of the law and judgements pronounced without “fear or favour”. Discourse in the modern polis is not as free nor as responsible and enlightened as it was during these times. After the Golden Age of Greece came the dark ages steered by the spirit of humiliation and dogma of religious institutions. The Renaissance and the Enlightenment initiated a rebirth of critical inquiry which lasted as long as Hegel only to be cast us back into a second dark ages which we are currently enduring under the heading of “modernism” and “post-modernism”. The major shift responsible for this second dark age resides in the rejection of reason in favour of the imagination and the replacement of courage by fear.
Areté(doing the right thing in the right way at the right time) has no ethical meaning today and is viewed descriptively in terms of the concrete connection of consequences with one another . A position that fails to appeal to principle(arché) or law. Principle and law is rejected on the grounds of unnecessary abstraction, because the “concrete” is more tangible and less open to “interpretation”.
Judges do not quibble about the law unless it is an unjust law and are interested in the concrete only to the extent that it proves that someone did something “wrong”— a term which has a clear an unequivocal meaning for them. We expect our politicians to display the same conviction and knowledge of principles and the law, but unfortunately our expectations are constantly unfulfilled. Indeed a politicians life appears to be filled with both “fear and favour” and they are as likely as not these days to have a criminal record or to commit crimes and misdemeanors whilst in office. The ancient view of the phronimos, that great-souled political man possessed of all the “virtues”, is a thing of the past. The imagination has “pictured” this state of affairs in terms of “the absence of political heavyweights”
The “fear” of invoking a moral/political principle at a dinner-party was not shared by the Greeks. The “Symposium” is an account of the kind of conversation that could occur during the “recreation” time of Socrates. Every guest at the symposium dinner table was required to speak on the topic of whether “Eros” is a god or not, and everyone is aware of a possible critical response, but engages in the process without “fear or favour”, even if there is a Socrates present among the guests. It is difficult to imagine in this context the taking of offence because of something one said at this feast, but the virtue-system of that time also encouraged a form of self control that perhaps is not thought of as a virtue today,( but rather as something that has been “buttoned up”). There is no balancing of the virtues of courage and self control in the books of everyday modern life. Homeostasis is achieved at the dinner table by favouring differences and fearing the True and the Good.
What occurs at the dinner table has become the model for education which also fears defending the True and the Good and favours relativism and the religion of “differences”. It may be true that “we are all different individuals”(in some sense) and it may also be true that Cultures too “are all different”(in some sense), but Greek and Enlightenment questions remain hanging in the air, for example, the question of “Ask of everything what it is in its nature”. The need to answer this question in particular was of singular importance for the Greeks and Kant and their followers, but if someone raised this question at a modern dinner table or in a modern classroom it would be met with boredom and indifference at best and with hostility at worst.
Science and Art, are an important part of “Culture” insofar as they aim at the True and the Good, but to the extent that they also embody a sceptical attitude toward these defining and constitutive goals they serve the purposes of the modernist project well, especially if they focus on the use of the imagination and our sensory experiences(observation) of the world rather than our conceptual understanding and the principles and ideas of reason(noncontradiction, sufficient reason, epistemé, areté, freedom, equality ). Freud speaks of these as deflections and claims that they have failed to fulfil the promise of happiness that man expected from them. This is partly why Freud refuses to make the Kantian distinction between Civilisation and Culture and speaks of the discontentment that lies behind his question relating to whether all the effort we put into civilisation is worth the energy. We know from the terrible 20th century( Arendt) that science can be used for evil purposes (dropping atomic bombs on civilian populations, nazi experiments with children) and we also know from this century that modern art no longer saw any point in contributing to the progress of the humanistic project(e.g. by using the imagination to present and reveal what is true and what is good). The strategy of the “new men”(Arendt) for whom everything was possible in a context when the masses thought nothing was possible any longer, was the ancient Sophist technique of making the worse argument seem the better(denying the value of Truth and Justice).This technique lies behind prohibitionism and the general inversion of our belief in epistemé and areté, at the dinner table, in politics, the sciences and the arts. Techné is in the process of replacing epistemé, partly by the use of AI which is replacing our epistemé in relation to psuche(life, soul) with hidden algorithms and SEO formulas. We are now speaking to AI devices in our home and communicating with AI devices over the internet. Turing predicted that one day we would not be able to tell whether we are communicating with an AI device or a human and that day may be here or at least coming soon. The prohibition of souls talking across cultural boundaries about cultural conflicts has been one stage on the way to this end. Such a state of affairs indeed deserves the historical designation of “Technical Revolution” which in some sense is a chid of the “Industrial Revolution”. These are revolutions which the Historians need to evaluate in terms of overall global benefits and burdens. Freud with his eagle eye vision of what was to come, spoke of “Civilisation and its Discontents”. This might be an appropriate term to use for the Modern Age beginning with the Industrial Revolution, namely, the “Age of Discontentment”.